Gcs - Gecb: All Menu - Service Tool Manual

No.
: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data
OTIS SCN: GAA30782GAB
Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 1/ 24

Berlin
ALL Menu - Service Tool Manual Date: 2015-03-25
GCS - GECB
All Menu - Service Tool Manual
Authorization Date D1 2015-03-25
Running on PCB GCA26800LC (GECB-EN) or higher

GCA26800MD (GECB_II) or higher
GBA26800NK (LCB_IIC) or higher
KBA26800ABG (Asian-IO) or higher
DAA26800AY (GECB-AP) or higher
GCA26800NR (GECB_LV) or higher
Software Version GAA30782GAB
Document Revision V 1.0
Date SCN Author Comment

2015-03-25 GAA30782GAB A.Pfeffer Original document
Copyright 2015, OTIS GmbH & Co. OHG Berlin.

No part of this document may be copied or reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior written consent of OTIS.
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Table of Contents
1 Revision History ...............................................................................3
2 Introduction ......................................................................................4
3 Menu Tree Structure ........................................................................5
3.1 Key Overview ................................................................................................ 6
3.2 Short Keys .................................................................................................... 7
4 Menu Functions of the Service Tool ...............................................8
4.1 ALL Monitor Menu M - 1 - … ...................................................................... 8
4.2 ALL Test Menu M - 2 - …............................................................................ 8
4.2.1 Events M - 2 - 1 - … ................................................................................ 8
4.2.1.1 Trace Menu M - 2 - 1 - 1 ............................................................................ 9
4.2.1.2 Trace Filter Menu M - 2 - 1 - 2 ................................................................. 12
4.2.1.3 Clear Events Menu M - 2 - 1 - 3 ............................................................... 12
4.2.1.4 Log Menu M - 2 - 1 - 4 ............................................................................. 13
4.2.2 Service Info M - 2 - 2 - … ...................................................................... 13
4.2.2.1 Actual Info M - 2 - 2 - 1 ............................................................................ 13
4.2.2.2 Saved Info M - 2 - 2 - 2 ............................................................................ 14
4.2.2.3 Clear Saved M - 2 - 2 - 3 ......................................................................... 14
4.2.3 Statistics M - 2 - 3 - … ........................................................................... 14
4.2.4 Code Tests M - 2 - 4 - … ....................................................................... 14
4.2.5 Remote Command M - 2 - 5 - … ........................................................... 14
4.2.5.1 ALL Subsystems M - 2 - 5 - 0- ................................................................. 14
4.2.5.2 GECB Subsystem M - 2 - 5 - 1- ............................................................... 19
4.2.5.3 Drive Subsystem M - 2 - 5 - 2- ................................................................. 19
4.2.5.4 FDoor Subsystem M - 2 - 5 - 3- ............................................................... 20
4.2.5.5 RDoor Subsystem M - 2 - 5 - 4- ............................................................... 21
4.3 ALL Setup Menu M - 3 - … ....................................................................... 21
4.3.1 Install M - 3 - 1 - … ................................................................................ 21
4.3.1.1 CST Collection M - 3 - 1 - 1 ...................................................................... 21
4.3.1.2 GDI Setup M - 3 - 1 - 2 ............................................................................. 22
4.4 ALL - Calibr Menu M - 4 - … ..................................................................... 24
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1 Revision History
2005-01-06 GAA30780AAA D. Cominelli first issue;
initially, only applicable to GECB
2007-24-10 GAA30780DAB D. Cominelli Updated with new access restriction
2009-04-02 D. Cominelli Added Remote Command section.
2009-05-05 GAA30780DAD A. Pfeffer No Change
2009-06-19 GAA30780DAE A. Pfeffer No Change
2009-09-08 GAA30780DAF A. Pfeffer No Change
2010-01-22 GAA30780DAG D. Cominelli Corrected Remote command menu
numbers
2010-05-07 GAA30780DAH A. Pfeffer No Change
2010-06-28 GP130780DAH A. Pfeffer No Change
2010-09-07 GP230780DAH H.-K. Spielbauer Release
2010-11-25 GAA30780DAJ M. Hnida Corrected M1212→M212,
M1213→M213, and M1214→M214
2011-02-10 GAA30780EAA H.-K. Spielbauer Release
2011-04-06 GAA30780EAB A. Pfeffer Release
2011-10-28 GAA30780EAC A. Pfeffer Release
2011-11-30 GP130780EAC A. Pfeffer Release
2012-04-13 GAA30780EAD A. Pfeffer Release
2012-06-22 GP130780EAD A. Pfeffer Release
2012-10-10 GAA30780EAE H.-K. Spielbauer Release
2012-11-15 GP130780EAE H.-K. Spielbauer Release
2012-12-20 GAA30780EAF H.-K. Spielbauer Release
2013-01-08 GAA30780EAG H.-K. Spielbauer Release
2013-04-01 GAA30780EAH SG. Cho Added section “GDI Setup”
2013-05-07 GAA30780EAH D. Cominelli Added “deenergized” description to
M253. Filled out section M251.
2013-08-19 Gxx30780EAJ D. Cominelli Corrected description of function
MM0:253
2013-11-04 GAA30780EAJ A. Pfeffer Release
2013-12-13 GAA30780EAK A. Pfeffer Release
2014-02-11 GAA30780EAL A. Pfeffer Release
2014-04-02 GP130780EAL H.-K. Spielbauer Release
2014-05-23 GP230780EAL A. Pfeffer Release
2014-05-23 GAA30782GAA A. Pfeffer Release
2014-07-16 GP130782GAA A. Pfeffer Release
2014-09-04 GP330782GAA D. Cominelli Release
2015-03-25 GAA30782GAB A. Pfeffer Release
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2 Introduction
This Service Tool Manual describes the "ALL" Menu functions of the Service Tool. The
ALL menu is a centralized view of all subsystems on the CAN bus. Via ALL menu screens,
one can view full system status, set system parameters, perform code tests, enter remote
commands, and perform user-friendly installation tasks. The ALL Menu also provides a
centralized trace buffer of all system events with timestamps and additional status infor-
mation at the time of the event.
The ALL Menu requires ZKIP Access Level 3, which at the moment is only given to Remote
Experts with an appropriate ZKIP dongle.
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3 Menu Tree Structure
.M. System Menu
0. 1. 2. 3. etc.
.M. ALL - Menu GECB - Menu DRIVE - Menu FDOOR - Menu
1. 2. 3. 4.
.F. Monitor Menu Test Menu Setup Menu Calibrate Menu
.S. (tbd) 1 Events (8) 1 Install (21) (tbd)
1 Trace (9) 1 CST Collec- (21)

tion
2 Trace Filter (12)
3 Clear Events (12)
4 Log (13)
2 Service Info (13)
1 Actual Info (13)
2 Saved Info (14)
3 Clear Saved (14)
3 Statistics (tbd)
4 Code Tests (tbd)
5 Remote Com- (14)
mand
0 ALL (14)
1 GECB (19)
2 DRIVE (19)
3 FDOOR (20)
4 RDOOR (21)
Legend:
1 Service Tool Key
(9) page number in this document
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3.1 Key Overview

The Menu System allows you to access the single Service Tool functions if you choose the
right path through the Tree Structure by pressing the corresponding key (number 1,2,...8).
The ">" character indicates that you can toggle between the different menus using the
GOON or GOBACK.
The CLEAR key lets you jump one step back.

If you want to jump back to one of the three Main Level of the architecture (MONITOR,
FUNCTION or SET) you can press the Main Level keys M , F or S.
Pressing M M brings you to the System Menu, where the individual subsystems or ALL
can be selected.
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3.2 Short Keys

The Short Keys provide direct access to certain , often used Service Tool functions, elimi-
nating the need to step through the menu structure.
The Service Tool functions Input and Calls are assigned to the
Standard Short Keys S7 (Shift 7), S8 (Shift 8).
Short Key S9 is a free programmable key to store any position of the ALL Menu Tree–
Structure as a Short Key. Once you have stored S9 (by pressing S9 at the desired position)
you can reset it only on level M (ALL – Menu).
Key old key name new key name Description
S7 DISPL INPUT DISP STATE M-M-1-1-1-2 STATUS INPUTS (note that this key jumps out of
the ALL menu tree and into the GECB Menu Tree)
S8 ENTER CALL ENT CALL M-M-1-1-1-1 STATUS CALLS (note that this key jumps out of
the ALL menu tree and into the GECB Menu Tree)
Programmable Shortkey
S9 PROG TEST • Select any Service Tool Function and press S9 to store
this key as a Shortkey for that function.
• While using any other Service Tool Function, press S9 to
jump to the previously stored function.
• Press M – S9 to reset the definition for this key. You can
now redefine this key for a different Shortkey
Example S9 Usage:
press keys description
M -2 -1 - 1 use M-2-1-1 to view the ALL Event Trace
S9 Program S9 as Shortkey for M-2-1-1
M -1 ALL Monitor - monitor system status
S9 Use S9 to view the ALL Event Trace
M – S9 Reset S9
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4 Menu Functions of the Service Tool

The following chapters describe the functions of the Service Tool ALL Menu.
4.1 ALL Monitor Menu M-1- …

TBD.
4.2 ALL Test Menu M-2- …

These functions provide access to the diagnostic functions of the system and allow testing
some basic functionalities.
4.2.1 Events M-2-1-…

The Events menus include Trace, Trace Filter, Clear and Log. The event trace is a time-
ordered buffer of event occurrences with a time-synchronized timestamp and extra data per
event. The event trace is a ring buffer of 32 entries where the newest event overwrites the
oldest event. So the fact that a particular event number has occurred can be lost over time
in the event trace.
The event log has an entry per event number that has occurred. The event entry always
shows the last occurrence. The fact that a particular event number has occurred cannot be
lost over time in the event log.
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.1.1 Trace Menu M-2-1-1

View all events which have been stored since last cleared.
Current Time Displays current date and time, hit ENTER to set the clock.
24.10. 16:03:45
ENTER
Setting Time Current field for setting blinks. Use number keys to set the time.
24.10.07 16:06 Use GOON / GOBACK to change fields. Hit ENTER when done
to set the time. Note that the year is only displayed when setting
the time.
View Events
Hit GOON from the Current Time display to view the event trace matrix:
time (goon/goback)
Event 1 Event 2 Event 3 Event 4

time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp

further info further info further info further info


further info
(up/down)
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
The following keys can be used in this menu:
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous event
DOWN / UP display the next/previous extra event info
ON push to jump to the top of the event column (event's timestamp display), two
pushes to jump to the beginning of the matrix (Current Time display)
OFF Scroll lock toggle.
ENTER Toggle between relative and absolute timestamp. A relative timestamp is pre-
fixed with a "+", and is the time difference between the previous event and this
(from Event's timestamp event. An absolute timestamp has no prefix and is the date and time at which
display) this event occurred.
S5 Clear Events (see chapter XX).
S6 Merlin lock toggle. Similar to scroll lock toggle but locks the scrolling at the
beginning of the text string. Should be used at the beginning of Merlin scripts.
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Description of display:
Display description values

1 1 subsystem id where the 1 - GECB
1 2 3 event originated 2 - DRIVE
1204 TCI/ERO on. 3 - FDOOR
+h03:06:00:679ms
4 5 4 - RDOOR
5 - SPBC
OR 9 - ARO
1204 TCI/ERO on. 2 204
25.10. 15:19:30 event number see Service Tool Reference
6 List for a list of events
3 TCI/ERO on event name see Service Tool Reference
DOWN List for a list of events
4 + timestamp prefix "+" - relative timestamp
blank - absolute timestamp
1204 TCI/ERO on. 5 h03:06:00:679ms relative timestamp hh:mm:ss:msec
A-00 NOR IN []][ 6 25.10. 15:19:30 absolute date/timestamp dd.mm. hh:mm:ss
789 a b c d
7 A car identifier A-G
DOWN 8 - direction indicator - (none), u (up), d (down)
9 00 floor position ** unknown position
00-31 current floor number
1204 TCI/ERO on. a NOR Operational Mode see Reference List for all
es dw DFC se DZ.
available Operational
e
Modes
b Drive State see Reference List for all
DOWN
available Drive States
c [] front door state ][ fully closed
1204 TCI/ERO on. <> opening
c001 GECB Info. [] fully opened
f g h d ][ rear door state >< closing
DDO both doors are fully
DOWN closed and Disable
Door Operation is
1204 TCI/ERO on. activated
Drv: Idle . e es dw DFC se DZ status of selected inputs lowercase is inactive
i uppercase is active
f c001 event counter 0 – 999
DOWN
g GECB subsystem name see subsystem ids above
h Info event class Info, Warn, Fault
1204 TCI/ERO on.
Cmd: Tci stop . i Drv: Idle drive state NotAvail, Shutdown,
j
PwrDown, Init, IdleNav,Idle,
Prep_Run, Ready, Run-
DOWN ning, Stopping, AtTarget,
Calibr, Wt_F_Saf, DDP
1204 TCI/ERO on. j Cmd: Tci stop drive command
F:CLD6 R:CLD6 k F:CLD6 R:CLD6 front/rear door com-
k mand
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.1.2 Trace Filter Menu M-2-1-2

TBD
4.2.1.3 Clear Events Menu M-2-1-3
You can either erase events in all subsystems or in individual subsystems.
To erase all subsystems:
Clear whole .
system? n=0 y=1
Press 1 to confirm clearing the whole system

or press CLEAR to cancel
Clear now? .
n=0 y=2
Press 2 to erase all subsystems

or press 0 or CLEAR to cancel
Cleared! .
press CLEAR
To erase individual subsystems (only the subsystems that support this function appear in the list):
Clear whole .
system? n=0 y=1
Press 0 to select individual subsystems for clearing

Clear GECB ? .
n=0 y=1
Press 1 to select the GECB for erasing

or press 0 skip the GECB or CLEAR to cancel
Clear DRIVE? .
n=0 y=1
Press 1 to select the DRIVE for erasing

or press 0 skip the DRIVE or CLEAR to cancel
•
•
•
Clear now? .
n=0 y=2
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Press 2 to erase the individual selected subsystems

or press 0 or CLEAR to cancel
Cleared! .
press CLEAR
4.2.1.4 Log Menu M-2-1-4
TBD
4.2.2 Service Info M-2-2-…

The Events menus include Actual Info, Saved Info and Clear Saved. Service information is
also known as "Plug and See" and indicates if the elevator is blocked and why it is blocked.
The Actual Info is the current blockage status of the elevator. The Saved Info is the last
blockage that occurred. The Saved Info can only be cleared manually using the Clear
Saved menu.
4.2.2.1 Actual Info M-2-2-1

This function displays current blockage status. Note that if the elevator is blocked, this
screen automatically appears when a SVT connection with ZKIP Level 3 is established.
No blockages .
logged .
or
CATEGORY .
BlockageReason .
for example:
SAFETY CHAIN .
DLM - DFC stuck active... (scrolling text)
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous blockage (up to 4 simultaneous blockages)
OFF Scroll lock toggle.
S5 Clear Blockage..
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
S6 Merlin lock toggle. Similar to scroll lock toggle but locks the scrolling at the
beginning of the text string. Should be used at the beginning of Merlin scripts.
4.2.2.2 Saved Info M-2-2-2

This function displays the last blockage status, even after the blockage has been cleared.
Note that this information can only be cleared manually with the "Clear Saved" function, M-
2-2-3.
The format of the screens and the key definition is the same as in the Actual Service Info
function, M-2-2-1.
4.2.2.3 Clear Saved M-2-2-3

This function is used to clear the saved Service Info.
4.2.3 Statistics M-2-3-…

TBD.
4.2.4 Code Tests M-2-4-…

TBD.
4.2.5 Remote Command M-2-5-…

Remote commands can be entered from the SVT (or Merlin) to ALL subsystems, the
GECB, the Drive, or the front and rear doors.
4.2.5.1 ALL Subsystems M - 2 - 5 - 0-

This menu can be used to Clear Events on all or any subsystems, or to Reset all or any
subsystems.
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.5.1.1 ALL Subsystems - Clear Events M-2-5-0-1

Clear events in all or any subsystems.
To clear all subsystems (that support the remote clear function):
Clear whole Enter 1 to clear the whole system, no ENTER is necessary.

system? n=0 y=1
1
Clear now? Enter 2 to confirm clear. Upon entering 2, events are cleared in
n=0 y=2 all subsystems that support the remote clearing function.
2
Cleared!
press CLEAR
To clear individual subsystems (that support the remote clear function):
Clear whole Enter 0 for individual subsystem query, no ENTER is necessary.

system? n=0 y=1
0
Clear GECB? Enter 0 to reject the subsystem, 1 to select it for event clearing.
n=0 y=1 Note that only subsystems that support remote event clearing will
be displayed.
0 or 1
Clear DRIVE?
n=0 y=1
0 or 1
Clear FDOOR?
n=0 y=1
etc...
Clear now? Enter 2 to confirm clear. Upon entering 2, events are cleared in
n=0 y=2 all selected subsystems.
2
Cleared!
press CLEAR
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.5.1.2 ALL Subsystems - Reset System M-2-5-0-2

Resets all or any subsystems.
To reset all subsystems (that support the remote reset function):
Reset whole Enter 1 to reset the whole system, no ENTER is necessary.

system? n=0 y=1
1
Reset now? Enter 2 to confirm reset. Upon entering 2, all subsystems that
n=0 y=2 support the remote reset function will be reset.
2
Note that since the GECB is also reset, a new SVT connection
will have to be established.
To reset individual subsystems (that support the remote reset function):
Reset whole Enter 0 for individual subsystem query, no ENTER is necessary.

system? n=0 y=1
0
Reset GECB? Enter 0 to reject the subsystem, 1 to select it for resetting.
n=0 y=1 Note that only subsystems that support remote resetting will be
displayed.
0 or 1
Reset DRIVE?
n=0 y=1
0 or 1
Reset FDOOR?
n=0 y=1
etc...
Reset now? Enter 2 to confirm reset. Upon entering 2, all selected
n=0 y=2 subsystems are reset, provided the “mistake-proofing” checks
below pass.
2
Reset performed! Note that if the GECB is also reset, this screen will not be seen
press CLEAR and a new SVT connection will have to be established.
Mistake-Proofing
1. A remote reset is only allowed if “mistake-proofing” checks pass. It is possible to remote-
ly reset all subsystems (applies only to subsystems that support this function) only if all
of the following are true:
1.1. car is not running to prevent emergency stop
1.2. ES not active WWJSS 11.2-B - person on car top
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1.3. PES not active WWJSS 11.2-B - person in pit

1.4. TCI-Lock not active latched in NVM anyway, use blockage clear
1.5. ERO not active WWJSS 11.2-E
1.6. TCI not active OR TCI active from German Elite Team
and one of following RSL error
events is more recent than
“204 TCI/ERO on”
1.6.1. 400 - RSL Parity noise, rs-board hardware
1.6.2. 401 - RSL Synch noise, rs-board hardware
1.7. DDO not active WWJSS 11.2-C – qualified person present
1.8. Service State not active WWJSS 11.2-C – qualified person present
2. Remote resetting is allowed for normal modes, failure modes, and load related modes,
and not allowed for emergency modes, rescue modes, open safety chain modes, and
when a qualified person is present according to the table below from the German Elite
Team:
Opmode Reset Allowed Description

ACP no qualified person present - keyswitch
ANS yes load related - allowed with risk analysis
ARD yes normal mode
ARO no rescue mode
ATT no qualified person present - keyswitch
CBP yes failure mode
CHC no qualified person present
COR yes normal mode
CTL no qualified person present - keyswitch
DAR yes failure mode
DBF yes failure mode
DCP yes failure mode
DCS no qualified person present
DHB yes normal mode
DLM yes failure mode
DTC yes failure mode
DTO yes failure mode
EAR no rescue mode
EFO no emergency mode - WWJSS 11.2-E
EFS no emergency mode - WWJSS 11.2-E
EHS no emergency mode - WWJSS 11.2-E
EMT no emergency mode - WWJSS 11.2-E
EPC no emergency mode - WWJSS 11.2-E
EPR no emergency mode - WWJSS 11.2-E
EPW no emergency mode - WWJSS 11.2-E
EQO no emergency mode - WWJSS 11.2-E
ESB no safety chain open or latched in software until cc button
GCB no qualified person present - keyswitch
HAD no qualified person present (latched in NVM anyway)
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Opmode Reset Allowed Description

HBP yes failure mode
IDL yes normal mode
INI yes normal mode
INS yes failure mode - reset allowed only if rsl problem (see 1.6 above)
ISC no qualified person present - keyswitch
LNS yes load related - allowed with risk analysis
LOD no qualified person present
LRN no qualified person present
MIT yes if load related (MIT-TYP=1) - allowed with risk analysis
NAV yes failure mode
NOR yes normal mode
OLD yes load related - allowed with risk analysis
PKS no qualified person present - keyswitch
PRK yes normal mode
ROT no qualified person present - keyswitch
SHO no qualified person present - keyswitch (could also be clock-induced)
UFS no safety chain open or latched in software
WCO yes failure mode
3. If the doors doors are not closed, the following warning is displayed (WWJSS 11.3-C):
3.1. “ATTENTION – Doors not closed! Follow Elite Service procedure before resetting.”
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.5.2 GECB Subsystem M - 2 - 5 - 1-

This menu can be used to activate/deactivate DDO and CHCS on the GECB. The com-
mands can only be activated remotely if they are not already active locally. The following
keys can be used in this menu:
Command number 1=Toggle the state of DDO

2=Toggle the state of CHCS
Clear Return to the previous menu.
The S7 and S8 short keys can be used to jump out of the ALL menu and into
S7 DISP STATE the GECB menu.
S8 ENT CALL
Example:
A-00 IDL ST ][][ DDO and CHCS are inactive, as indicated by lowercase letters.
1=ddo 2=chcs
1
A-00 IDL ST DDO Command 1 was entered to active DDO. Doorstate changes to
1=DDO 2=chcs DDO. Command is changed to UPPERCASE.
2
A-00 CHC ST DDO Command 2 was entered to active CHCS. Opmode changes to
1=DDO 2=CHCS CHC. Command is changed to UPPERCASE.
1
A-00 CHC ST ][][ Command 1 was entered to deactive DDO. Doorstate changes to
1=ddo 2=CHCS real door state. Command is changed to lowercase.
2
A-00 IDL ST ][][ Command 2 was entered to deactive CHCS. Opmode changes to
1=ddo 2=chcs back to IDL. Command is changed to lowercase.
4.2.5.3 Drive Subsystem M - 2 - 5 - 2-

TBD.
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.5.4 FDoor Subsystem M - 2 - 5 - 3-

This menu can be used to override front door commands. Once a door command is en-
tered, a "status inputs" screen is automatically shown. Command numbers can also be
entered from the status inputs screen to change or cancel the door command override.
The command stays active until command 1 is entered (“No doorcommand”) or the SVT is
disconnected, or 5 minutes elapse without any SVT keys being pushed.
GOON / GOBACK In the door command scroll list, displays the next/previous door command.
1=No doorcommand cancels door command override
2=Open w/ bypass opens doors with door bypass activated
3=Open no bypass opens doors with door bypass deactivated
4=Close w/ reversals closes doors with reversals enabled
5=Close no reversals closes doors with reversals disabled
6=Deenergize deenergizes doors (all other commands energize)
In the "status inputs" display, displays next/previous set of inputs.
Command number Give the currently visible door command. Note that any Command Number
or can be entered from the scroll list or from the "status inputs" display to give the
ENTER corresponding door command.
Clear Return to the previous menu.
ON In the "status inputs" display, jumps to the beginning of the input list.
The S7 and S8 short keys can be used to jump out of the ALL menu and into
S7 DISP STATE the GECB menu, WITHOUT CANCELLING THE OVERRIDDEN DOOR
COMMAND! After using one of these short keys, you can navigate through any
S8 ENT CALL GECB menus with the door override active unless/until you hit M-M, which
cancels the override. Once S7 or S8 is used, no further door commands can
be entered.
Example:
FDOOR COMMAND > Enter 1 or ENTER to cancel door command override.
1=NO DOORCOMMAND Currently active command is displayed in all CAPITAL LETTERS.
GOON
FDOOR COMMAND > Enter 2 or ENTER to open doors with bypass.
2=Open w/ bypass
GOON
FDOOR COMMAND > Enter 3 or ENTER to open doors without bypass.
3=Open no bypass
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3
A-00 IDL ST-[]][ Status Inputs is shown when command is entered. Minus sign
es dw dfc gds before the doorstates is the status of the door bridge ("+" is acti-
vated, "-" is deactivated).
2
A-00 IDL ST+[]][ Command 2 was entered from "status inputs" screen. Door
es dw DFC gds bridge activates, activating DFC.
6
A-00 IDL ST+[-][ Command 6 was entered from "status inputs" screen. Doors
es dw DFC gds deenergize, as indicated by minus sign in the door state symbol:
[- means opened and deenergized
]- means closed and deenergized
4.2.5.5 RDoor Subsystem M - 2 - 5 - 4-

Same as Fdoor Subsystem commands. See section 4.2.5.4.
4.3 ALL Setup Menu M-3- …

These functions allow setting up ALL menu contract parameters in EEPROM.
4.3.1 Install M-3-1-…

The Install menus allow setting ALL Menu installation parameters.
4.3.1.1 CST Collection M-3-1-1

The CST collection parameters allow you to enable or disable CST Ids for collection in the
CST. The normal way of configuring the CST "for collection" parameters is via an NMS
write configuration. But since the CST is also useful for engineering debugging, this func-
tion has been provided as a second means of enabling the CST Ids.
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.3.1.2 GDI Setup M-3-1-2

The objective of GDI Setup parameter is allow to send GDI alarm to NMS when some input
or output which chosen by user is active/de-active.
This function is useful for Elite Service and for engineering debugging to monitor elevator
status or to find out unknown cause of abnormal operation in the job site.
The normal way of configuring the GDI setup parameters is via NMS write configuration.

1 2 1 000 Parameter number 000-157
000 Gdi00Cnf new
Disable?=000> .
3 4 2 00 GDI number 00-15 (GDI0~GDI15)
GOON
001 Gdi00Cnf new
WhenSend=000> . 3 GDI Setup menu Parameter name see GDI parameter list below
GOON
002 Gdi00Cnf new
tmr.Trg.=000> .
GOON 4 000 Value see GDI parameter list below
003 Gdi00Cnf new
tmr.Clr.=000> .
display the next/previous parameter

GOON / GOBACK
display the next/previous GDI parameter

DOWN / UP
The S7 and S8 short keys can be used to jump out of the ALL menu and into the
S7 DISP STATE GECB menu.
S8 ENT CALL
Example:
<M-1-3-2>
H:GDI3 Setup IO GDI3 to valid address by using RSL IO <M-1-3-2>
off
1123=0 xx x>
.
<MM-0-3-1-2>
UP
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
030 Gdi03Cnf Set ‘Disable?’ to 0 if you want to send GDI3 alarm to NMS when
new GDI3 input is activated.
Disable?=000>
.
GOON
031 Gdi03Cnf Set ‘WhenSend’ to 1 if you want to send GDI3 alarm to NMS at
new threshold time.
WhenSend=001>
.
GOON
032 Gdi03Cnf Set ‘tmr.Trg’, verification time to wait before sending GDI trigger
new alarm since GDI3 input was activated. (unit: seconds)
tmr.Trg.=000>
.
GOON
033 Gdi03Cnf Set ‘tmr.Clr’, verification time to wait before sending GDI clear since
new GDI3 input was de-activated. (unit: seconds)
tmr.Clr.=000>
.
Install-Parameters:
No. Symbol Range Purpose and Range
000 Disable? 0-1 Gdi00Cnf~ Gdi15Cnf
Indicates whether to disable GDI alarm when RMH is in Service
Mode:
0 Enable GDI Operation
1 Disable in service
001 WhenSend 0-1 Gdi00Cnf~ Gdi15Cnf
Indicate when to send GDI alerts to NMS:
0 Don't Send
1 Send at threshold time
2 Send at anniversary time (not used)
002 tmr.Trg. 0-255 Gdi00Cnf~ Gdi15Cnf
Amount of time after a general digital input is on, before an alarm is gen-
erated.
0 (1) 255 s
003 tmr.Clr. 0-255 Gdi00Cnf~ Gdi15Cnf
Amount of time after a general digital input that has previously generated
an alarm is off before a clear message is generated.
0 (1) 255 s
004 cnt.GoOn Gdi00Cnf~ Gdi15Cnf (not used)
Number of times a general digital input must go on within a specified
period, independent of alarm generation, before an alert is generated. If
starts per period=0, then alarm used is UNOCC_ALARM_GDI_ON
etc(REM III type). If starts per period>0, then alert used is
ALERT_GDI_THRES. Number of starts per period limit
005 amtTimeE Gdi00Cnf~ Gdi15Cnf (not used)
Amount of time within which a GDI input must exceed its maximum
number of starts before an alert is generated number of starts period
(unit time- Time value must be non-zero)
(unit - 0=tics, 1=seconds, 2=minutes, 3=hours, 4=days)
No.: AllMenu_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
No. Symbol Range Purpose and Range

006 amtAccTE Gdi00Cnf~ Gdi15Cnf (not used)
Amount of accumulated time that a general digital input must be on with-
in a specified period before an alert is generated. This time is an accu-
mulation of all the time that the general digital input is on. Accumulated
on time per period limit (unit time)
(time=0 AND unit=tics indicates AOT GDI alarms DISABLED) De-
fault=disabled
007 amtTimeA Gdi00Cnf~ Gdi15Cnf (not used)
The amount of time within which a general digital input must exceed its
ACCUMULATED on time limit before an alert is generated. Accumulated
on time period
(unit time- Time value must be non-zero)
4.4 ALL - Calibr Menu M-4- …

TBD.
Software Basic Data No.: GAA30782GAB_BRD
Engineering Center GCS - GECB_V2 Page: 1 / 46

Berlin
Software Baseline Release Document Date: 2015-03-25
GCS - GECB_V2
Software Baseline Release Document
Product Qualification Scope Limited / Pilot Full Production SCN for Full Pro-
Release Release duction Release
ACD GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
ACD2 GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
ACD2-JIS - - none
ACD3-MR/MRL GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
ACD4-MR GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
MCS220C/CX/RX(2) GeN2 GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
GCS222MMR GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
GCS222MRL GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
GCS222Genesis GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
GCS222LVA (basic) GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
GCS222LVA (switch) GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
GCS222LVA (extended) GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
(*)
GCS212MMRLTD GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
(*)
GCS220BPE/EVO GAA30782GAB - GP430782GAA
(*) For 3-wire-door-interface only.
Document Revision:
Date Author Comment

2015-03-25 A. Pfeffer Original Document
Copyright 2015, OTIS GmbH & Co. OHG Berlin

Template Revision 3.7, 2013-10-10


Berlin
Limitations
- This software runs only on GECB_V2 ABA26800AVPx
Quality Approvals
Function Name Signature Date
Writer A. Pfeffer
Software Responsible A. Pfeffer
Project Management Dr. G. Stricker
Project Management J. Langer
Project Management Sha, Jianhong Richard Sha, Jianhong 26.3.2015
Software Management Dr. H. Spielbauer
Product Support * D. Schenkel
Quality Assurance K. Zühlke
SW Quality Management F. Donath
* for information only


Berlin
Software Change History
Date SCN Comments

2014-05-23 GAA30782GAA
First baseline for GECB Computing Core V2 (AxA26800AVPx)
Not compatible for GECB Computing Core V1 (AxA26800AMLx)
Changes:
• For GECB CC V2 only
• Based on GP230780EAL
• Parameter download for factory
• Repair function for invalid parameters
2014-07-16 GP130782GAA Compatible to GAA 30782 GAA

Changes:
• Improved robustness (RSL parity detection and avoid spurious In-
terrupts)
2014-07-17 GP230782GAA Compatible to GP1 30782 GAA

Changes:
• MRO for GCS222LVA with LCRD404

Changes:
• New SDK, Bootloader, Secondary Loader
• Added parameter NMS-TYP for REM6-Compatibility to NMS 4.2
and earlier
• ACD4 - Fixed "RSL via CAN"

Changes:
• Protection against overspeed during MRO
2015-03-25 GAA30782GAB Compatible to GP4 30782 GAA

Changes:
• Enhancements for Installation without Servicetool
• Penthouse Control (PTC)
• Dynamic EFO
• LVA Switch SMART Charger
• Multi Purpose Device via CAN (MPD)
• Option to delay ARO for Compatibility with EPO
• Improvements for DTO
• Reliability of RSL pulse for SOM
• Enhancements for REI
• Scheduled RSL IOs
• Self BTI
• Dual Up Peak (DUPK)
• New options for MIT and MOT
• Japan Instantaneous Call Assignment (JICA)


Berlin
Configuration Identification
Worldwide baseline software for
GCS - GECB_V2-EN / GGA26800LJ or higher
GCS - GECB_V2_II / GCA26800MD or higher
GCS – LCB_IIC / GBA26800NK or higher
GCS – Asian-IO / DAA26800DV or higher
GCS – GECB-AP / DDA26800AY or higher
GCS – GECB-LV / GCA26800NR or higher
Engineering Authorization Date

2015-03-25
Parent Baseline Number

GP430782GAA
Related Factory / Engineering - Information of Changes

Argenteuil Gien Tianjin Bloomington OECF
Argent. (REM) Cassina Guangzhou Bloomfield Shibayama
Breclav Madrid Hangzhou (Xizi) Tucson ESSI-SH
SSI-Berlin EPC Bangalore Sao Bernardo OECI
Jabil Moscow
Confirmation of change:
SSI Gien: Successullly passed FATR at GTT
SSI Madrid: Switch LVA P3
ESSI-SH: Successfully passed FATR/FMTR at XOEC
Pilot release will be extended to OECC when their FATR is available


Berlin
Applicable Boards
1) This software runs on GECB-EN versions or higher

Assembly no. I/O Board Comp. Platform Usage
GGA26800LJ1 GCA26800LC1 AxA26800AVP6 Full assembly version - 3-RSL
GGA26800LJ2 GCA26800LC2 AxA26800AVP6 Compatible to TCBC-KA1
GGA26800LJ8 GCA26800LC8 AxA26800AVP6 MCS220BPE
2) This software runs on GECB_II versions or higher

GCA26800MD GCA26800MD AxA26800AVP6 GCS222MRL
3) This software runs on LCB_IIC versions or higher

GBA26800NK1 GBA26800NK1 AxA26800AVP6 GCS220MMR Full assembly
(Car CAN and Group CAN)
GBA26800NK2 GBA26800NK2 AxA26800AVP6 GCS220MMR Partial assembly
(Car CAN)
GBA26800NK3 GBA26800NK3 AxA26800AVP6 HST-Homelift Partial assembly
(Car CAN)
“HST” Contract Software re-
quired
not part of this release
4) This software runs on GECB_LV versions or higher

GCA26800NR1 GCA26800NR1 AxA26800AVP6 ERO buttons onboard
GCA26800NR2 GCA26800NR2 AxA26800AVP6


Berlin
5) This software runs on Asian-IO versions or higher

Controller
type
DAA26800DV1 KAA26800ABB1 AxA26800AVP6 Full assembly - 3RSL
DAA26800DV2 KAA26800ABB2 AxA26800AVP6 ACD2 MR 1RSL+ RLV+TUV+EPO
(0 RTD, 0
DAA26800DV3 KAA26800ABB3 AxA26800AVP6 RRD) 1RSL+TUV+EPO
DAA26800DV4 KAA26800ABB4 AxA26800AVP6 1RSL
DAA26800DV5 KAA26800ABB5 AxA26800AVP6 Full assembly - 3RSL
DAA26800DV6 KAA26800ABB6 AxA26800AVP6 ACD2 MRL 1RSL+RLV+TUV+EPO
(1RTD,
DAA26800DV7 KAA26800ABB7 AxA26800AVP6 1RRD) 1RSL+TUV+EPO
DAA26800DV8 KAA26800ABB8 AxA26800AVP6 1RSL
6) This software runs on GECB-AP versions or higher

Controller
type
DDA26800AY1 DAA26800BA1 AxA26800AVP6 3RSL Full assembly
DDA26800AY2 DAA26800BA2 AxA26800AVP6 1RSL+ RLV+TUV+EPO+1C
DDA26800AY3 DAA26800BA3 AxA26800AVP6 1RSL+TUV+1CAN
DDA26800AY7 DAA26800BA7 AxA26800AVP6 BA1 – 2nd CAN
ACD3 MR
DDA26800AY9 DAA26800BA9 AxA26800AVP6 ACD4 MR BA2 + 2nd CAN
DDA26800AY11 DAA26800BA11 AxA26800AVP6 (0 RTD, 0 BA2 + REM
RRD)
DDA26800AY13 DAA26800BA13 AxA26800AVP6 BA3 + UIS/DIS - PRS
DDA26800AY14 DAA26800BA14 AxA26800AVP6 BA9 – RLV - PRS
DDA26800AY4 DAA26800BA4 AxA26800AVP6 3RSL Full assembly
DDA26800AY5 DAA26800BA5 AxA26800AVP6 1RSL+RLV+EPO+1CAN
ACD3 MRL
DDA26800AY6 DAA26800BA6 AxA26800AVP6 ACD4 MRL 1RSL+1CAN
DDA26800AY8 DAA26800BA8 AxA26800AVP6 (1RTD, BA4 – 2nd CAN
1RRD)
DDA26800AY10 DAA26800BA10 AxA26800AVP6 BA5 + 2nd CAN
DDA26800AY12 DAA26800BA12 AxA26800AVP6 BA5 + REM


Berlin
Dependencies
Item component Software version
1) Internal software Secondary Loader AAA31459AAC

Boot Loader AAA31458AAC
2) MCS220-C GeN2 MCBIII GAA30762BAF or higher

SPBC GAA30760AAE or higher
3) GCS222MMR GDCB AAA30924CAB or higher
4) ACD GDCB AP130924CAH or higher

SPBC_II GAA30760BAG or higher
SPBC_III for MR GAA31049AAB or higher
SPBC_III for MRL GAA30773BAE or higher
5) MCS220-CX GeN2 MCBIII GAA30762BAF or higher

MCBIIIx GAA30785CAB or higher
GDCB AP230924AAB or higher
SPBCII GAA30760BAD or higher
LWBII GAA30761AAB or higher
6) MCS220-RX(2) GeN2 MCBIIIx GAA30785CAB or higher

GDCB AP230924AAB or higher
SPBCIII GAA30773BAC or higher
7) EMS Windows EMS GDA30160AAA

ICSS (RCBII) GBB30077BAA
Ring ICD V 3.3 / 4.2
8) Compass Rel 2.1 GCB AP131017BAA

GPCB AAA31329BAA
DES AAA31083BAA
Touch Screen AAA31080BAA-LC
Keypad AAA31081BAA-LC
RCC AAA31091AAF
9) GeN2 with EFO7/EFO8 DCSS5-E GP430164AAA or higher

(Package GBA24353BH1)
10) GCS222MRL BCB_II GAA31054AAA or higher

BCB_III GAA31054AAC or higher
SP GAA31061BAA or higher
GDCB AAA30924CAF or higher
DCPB AAA31400AAB or higher
AAA31400AAE or higher with BCB_III
11) Genesis GDCB AP130924CAG or higher

MCBIIIx GAA30785CAH or higher
DCPB AAA31400AAD or higher
12) UCM for EN81-1 A3 GDCB AAA30924CAM or higher

DCPB AAA31400AAD or higher
13) GCS212MMR MCBIIIx GAA30785CAH or higher


Berlin
Item component Software version

GDCB AAA30924CAM or higher
DCPB AP131400AAD or higher
SPBC GAA30760AAG or higher
SPBCII GAA30760CAA or higher
SPBCIII GAA30773BAF or higher
14) GCS220MMR GDCB AAA30924CAP or higher
15) ACD2-MRL Comfort JIS GDCB AAA30924GAA or higher

UCMP (CF-8) JAA31477AAA or higher
SPBCIII GAA30773BAF or higher
OAD+(GWII) AAA31339DAB or higher
CONV(GWII) AAA31338AAC or higher
16) MCS220BPE LVD-CB AAA31400AAH or higher
17) ACD4-MR DCPB AAA31400AAG or higher

GDCB AP230924GAB or higher
CSPB GAA30882AAA or higher
18) GCS222LVA DCPB AAA31400DAA or higher

GDCB AAA30924GAF or higher
ToCB / COPG_III GAA30882AAD or higher
LVPB GAA30891AAB or higher
SP (onboard) GAA31061BAB or higher
OAD+ AP131339DAC or higher
19) Group GECB_V1 + If GAA30782GAB runs in a group with

GECB_V2 GECB_V1 boards, the V1 boards must be
equipped with:
GAA30780EAN


Berlin
Open Items
• SCR#3187 - SP Handover test for UCM Self-Monitoring
Reference Documents
Title Document Number
SVT User’s Guide – Manual GAA30782GAB_Stm
SVT User’s Guide – Reference List GAA30782GAB_Ref
Installation Parameter GAA30782GAB_Ins
RSL: List of I/Os GAA30782GAB_IO
Feature Setup Description GAA30782GAB_Fsd
Customer Service Tool Manual GAA30782GAB_Cstm
All Menu - Service Tool Manual GAA30782GAB_AllMenu_Stm
Service Panel Users Guide GAA30782GAB_SP


Berlin
Deliverable Media
Download from PDMLink or programmed OMU
Programming Instructions:
size: 810838 Bytes
Processor: Motorola Coldfire
Start address: 0000
Word length (bit): 32
fill unused bytes: FF
File Information for FLASH:
S-Rec File for FLASH: GAA30782GAB.s19 CRC32 = F2318D96
Part Information for OMU with user interface: (for field usage)
Programmed OMU Order Number: GAA30782GAB240
OTIS Blank Part Number 4MByte OMU: DAA26800H2 or higher
(e.g. M25P32 or NX25P32 (16Pin) )
Blank Label Part Number GAA102AFL4
Binary File for 4MByte OMU: GAA30782GAB_4.omu Checksum 0645969F
Part Information for bootable OMU: (update without user-interaction)

Programmed OMU Order Number: GAA30782GAB140
OTIS Blank Part Number 4MByte OMU: DAA26800H2 or higher
Blank Label Part Number GAA102AFL4
Binary File for 4MByte OMU: GAA30782GAB_B4.omu Checksum 06FE1033
OMU Labeling Data: Bootable OMU Labeling Data:

Copyright 2015, OTIS Copyright 2015, OTIS
GAA30782GAB12 GAA30782GAB1B2
OMU OMU
<yy/mm> #0645969F# <yy/mm> #06FE1033#
<yy/mm>: date of programming


Berlin
Contract-specific EEPROM:
Programmed EEPROM Order Number: E<unit number>1

Number or Required EEPROMS: 1
OTIS Blank Part Number AAA616NL15
(must have page write mode, e.g. Atmel
AT25256):
Programming Instructions:
Intel-Hex-File: E<unit number>.HEX

Processor: Motorola Coldfire
Start address: 0000
Word length (bit): 8
fill unused bytes All bytes shall be specified in hexfile
EEPROMs Instruction:
Every EEPROM content has to be based on below standard:
Check
Application Order number Intel-Hex-File PS-File
sum
Spare part
GAA 30784 AAA10 GAA30784AAA.HEX 4BAF GAA30784AAA.DOC
GCA26800LJ
Note: higher versions are also applicable


Berlin
Modification Description
Total of SCRs for GAA30782GAB is 82
SCR Number: 30780-00601
Title: SVT Access - ARO, SPBC and BCBIO node visibility with limited access SVT
Change Classification: Perfective
BRD Description:
The SPBC, ARO, BCBIO, LVPB, and CARIO nodes are now visible with an OFT-M.
Impact:
OFT-M
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-00936
Title: SP - remember previous menu when power is switched off and on
BRD Description:
The service panel functionality was modified to keep the last submenu or menu function that
was entered when the power is switched off and on.
Impact:
installation without service tool
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-00937
Title: SP - add a menu function to display the actual load
BRD Description:
In service panel menu a function to check the current load in the car was added.
Impact:
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-01099
Title: SP - Learn Direction: Change user interface to select between "Car" and "Platform"
BRD Description:
In service panel menu the user interaction for the construction function "Learn Direction"
was modified to avoid confusion. While the SDI is learned, SDI shows both directions.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-01230
Title: SP - automatically hide RESCUE menu if no rescue is needed.
BRD Description:
In service panel menu the rescue function was modified to be automatically exited in case
the elevator is in normal operation.
Impact:
GCS222MRL
Parameters
(04-DRIVE) DRV-TYP=1
(07-SERVICE) SP-TYP=1
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-01243
Title: SP - For PI, add single character '12' which can be used as PI display "12A"
BRD Description:
The position indicator on the service panel can now display "12" as a single character by
showing "1/2". The PI settings 41 ("1") and 42 ("S") were also added.
Impact:
SVT menu 1-3-4 setting position indicator, setting 40("1/2")
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-01335
Title: SP - "ERO->NOR" is shown if TES is operated
BRD Description:
In service panel menu functions, the instruction "ERO->NOR" is no longer shown if TES is
operated. "TES off!" is shown instead.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-01353
Title: SP - In the function "One Shoe Brake", show reminder to perform the test twice
BRD Description:
In service panel menu of handover function one shoe brake, a reminder was added to per-
form the test twice.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-01369
Title: SP - Additional reminders for Handover phase
BRD Description:
In service panel menu, reminders to perform CWT safeties and CWT slack belt tests were
added.
Impact:
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-01408
Title: SP - Simplify Confirmation in "Startup-Drive & LWD Learn"
BRD Description:
In service panel menu function Startup - Drive & LWD Learn the confirmations to start the
UDLS tests and to check that car is empty were simplified.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-01420
Title: SP - Modify Sequence of DDO/CHCS Check within Menus
BRD Description:
In according service panel menus the order of DDO/CHCS check and load check was
changed in order to check the load before checking DDO/CHCS.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-01450
Title: SP - Add TOOLS menu function to enter a car call
BRD Description:
In service panel menu a tools function to enter a call was added.
Impact:
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-01460
Title: SP - "Handover-Overload Safeties" sometimes does not work
BRD Description:
In service panel handover function "Overload Safeties" measures were taken to ensure that
tripping the governor is not missed.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-01647
Title: SP - Blinking message "TOOLS: Safety Wiring" shall be memorized after Power off
BRD Description:
In service panel the blinking message "TOOLS: Safety Wiring" is now memorized over
power off.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-01676
Title: SP - In "Handover - FloorLevelAdj." add option to repeat LWD&Drv Learn Run
BRD Description:
In service panel menu, the handover function "Adjust floor level" was extended to perform
an optional Drive+LWD Learn test at the beginning.
Impact:
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-01742
Title: SP - Modify Failure Display for "Construction - Brake"
BRD Description:
In service panel menu, the function Construction - Test Brake was modified in such a way
that no encoder fault is shown anymore in case of a brake fault.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-01860
Title: Low Pit: Add Low Pit inputs to SVT inputs menu
BRD Description:
The Low Pit inputs APS and RAPS are displayed in the SVT Inputs Menu.
Impact:
Installation parameter
System HWY-TYP 4 (APS), 8 (RAPS), 12 (APS and RAPS), or 28 (pit access from both
BOTTOM and BOTTOM+1)
RSL IOs
Inputs
1251 KS-L
1252 DS1
1253 PMSI
1254 APS
1256 RAPS
Output
1255 PBUZ
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-01882
Title: SP - Show blink message if drive detects UCM fault
BRD Description:
In service panel menu, a blink message will also pop up if an UCM blockage was detected
by the drive.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02175
Title: Add SSM message for OARO
BRD Description:
Add new output for car link to trigger voice message during ARO mode.
1719 AROMT (Automatic Rescue Operation Message Trigger)
Impact:
OpMode ARO
RSL IO: 1719 AROMT (Automatic Rescue Operation Message Trigger)
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02184
Title: Update DTO operation for running to the next floor
Change Classification: Adaptive
BRD Description:
When DTO is detected at the terminal landing, and the adjacent landing is a dummy floor,
the car can now move to another landing to open the door.
FTB74970
Impact:
DTO
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02280
Title: SP - Modify Screen of One Shoe Brake Test
BRD Description:
In service panel handover menu one shoe brake, the number of runs left is decremented in
the end of a run instead of at the beginning of a run.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02335
Title: SP - "Construction - Test Battery": Indicate missing temperature sensor
BRD Description:
In service panel menu, the function "Contruction - Check Battery" was modified and now
shows the status of the temperature sensor of the battery in the status screen.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02348
Title: SP Handover Car-Balance:
BRD Description:
When the load is checked in service panel menus, the old line is now completely cleared
before the new load is shown.
Impact:
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02369
Title: LVA - LINE input for LVD at SPARE2
Change Classification: Corrective
BRD Description:
Moved LINE input for GECB_LV from P_SP1.2 to P_SP2.2 and inverted it.
Impact:
GCS222LVA Switch
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02457
Title: EN-SHB does no longer work
BRD Description:
If EN-SHB is set and rear doors are set to be enabled, a DCS run is no longer requested. If
EN-SHB is set and a DCS run is conducted, the rear doors are not checked and the DCS
run can be completed successfully.
Impact:
DCS run with EN-SHB set
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02639
Title: SP - Handover car ascending overspeed
BRD Description:
In service panel menu, a reminder was added to test the overspeed governor in up direc-
tion.
Impact:
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02647
Title: "Switch OCB on" missing on ARO Test (OFT) for LVA
BRD Description:
In service tool menu the function <M-1-2-9> was modified for LVA to show an advice to
switch on OCB at the end of the test .
Impact:
installation with service tool
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02690
Title: Self BTI for GMH and Gen2 in China
BRD Description:
Self-BTI is performed BTI (Brake Torque Inspection) periodically by controller itself – daily,
weekly, and monthly.
Impact:
OpMode BTI
Parameter
- OCSS) EN-BTI, BTI-P,
- TIME) TFAx-OP=23
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02726
Title: Stop ERO run when switching from ERO to NOR
Change Classification: Preventive
BRD Description:
When a ERO run is performed and ERO is switched back to NOR while UIB/DIB is still
pushed, the software now sends a STOP command to the drive to ensure that the car is
stopped.
Impact:
Ultra-Drive
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02733
Title: Prevent "Activate SW" during car or door movement
BRD Description:
In service tool menu <M-3-1> the software can only be activated when the car is not running
and the doors are closed.
Impact:
M31 Activate SW
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02743
Title: Avoid nuisance event "710 No Battery"
BRD Description:
The event "0710 No Battery" is debounced by 1 second.
Impact:
GCS222LVA
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02785
Title: LVA - Avoid event "0244 2SE Fault" when MRO is activated
BRD Description:
Removed wrong event "0244 2SE Fault" during MRO
Impact:
GCS222LVA, MRO
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02789
Title: Rename "0407 RSL Warning" because it is misleading
BRD Description:
The logging of "407 RSL warning" was renamed to "407 CPU warning".
Impact:
Event log
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02798
Title: LVA - Failure Handling for MRO when BCB_II is missing
BRD Description:
If the Slave BCB_II is not responding in an LVA extended configuration, MRO without drive
(pulsing brake) uses an extended encoder pulses timeout to compensate for the delay
caused by the MRO1/2/3 curcuit.
Impact:
None
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02818
Title: SP - Extend menu function to test ARO outside of the landing
BRD Description:
In service panel menu the function Handover - Test ARO was extended to include an ERO
run in the beginning of the test in order to move the car out of the door zone.
Impact:
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02831
Title: Reliability of RSL pulse for SOM
BRD Description:
The SOM should now remain stabile, i.e., no more unnecessary switching.
Impact:
SOM
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02863
Title: SP - Improve software to facilitate car unloading after safeties test 125%
BRD Description:
In service panel menu handover functions for OLD and CWT Safeties, a functionality to se-
lect a desired distance-to-floor where the car/cwt shall be tripped is added. This can be
used to make the car stop at floor level. Also it can be used to allow tripping in a 2-floor-
configuration.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02864
Title: SP - request to have polyurethane buffer tested during handover test
BRD Description:
In sevice panel menu, the implementation of handover functions car buffer test and cwt
buffer test was modified in order to allow the user to select between a PU-Buffer test and a
high speed Oil-Buffer test. The low pit prop test was removed from these functions.
Impact:
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02865
Title: SP - Introduce new CWT Buffer Test menu
BRD Description:
In service panel menu, an additional function CWT Buffer Test was added to the handover
menu.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02866
Title: SP - Split the buffer test from the low pit prop test
BRD Description:
In service panel menu, an additional function Low Pit Prop Test was added to the handover
menu.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02869
Title: SP - in "Construction - Check Battery", add 48V-Drive Battery
BRD Description:
In service panel menu the construction function Check Battery was extended to show infor-
mation about the drive battery if present.
Impact:
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02894
Title: LVA - In M1322 Setup - IO- CARIO, the double address check shows wrong warnings
BRD Description:
Fixed wrong warning display when CARIO I/Os are programmed.
Impact:
GCS222LVA
SVT menu M1322 System - Setup - IO - CARIO
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02896
Title: Show Low Pit inputs in service tool "Inputs" menu
BRD Description:
Show the inputs KSL, PMSI and DS1 in the "Input" menu of the OFT.
Impact:
None.
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02909
Title: DTO - retries not performed if the door was opened by DOB
BRD Description:
Allow DTO to close the door if door was opened by DOB.
Impact:
DTO
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02947
Title: Multidrop: Avoid unexpected opening of adjacent door
BRD Description:
During RLV and ADO, avoid partial opening of the other door.
Impact:
Parameters
DOOR=14, REAR=14
EN-ABL=1
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02953
Title: Dynamic EFO
BRD Description:
Added option to use FPD inputs as additional EFO inputs (i.e. prevent car from moving to
landings with activated FPD input)
Added option to activate EFO with FPD inputs.
For shipments according to EN81-73 the parameter FPD-RUN shall be set to 1.
Impact:
Parameters
EN-FPD=3/4
FPD-RUN
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02954
Title: When DOB is pushed shortly, sometimes door closes immediately without door time
BRD Description:
After pushing DOB, the door is kept open for at least MIN-C, even if the DOB is pushed very
short.
Impact:
System with door bypass
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02955
Title: DEK - Gong should sound at DEK nearest to arriving car
BRD Description:
It is now possible to assign the DEK gong to a car, so that the DEK nearest the car can be
configured to gong when the car arrives at a hall call.
Impact:
DEK-TYP=1
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02964
Title: Avoid wrong Failure Handling when Drive detects DDP
BRD Description:
Improved failure handling for DDP detection.
Impact:
DDP detection by drive
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02966
Title: DEK - Add event for DEK unexpected reset
BRD Description:
If the DEK reports an error to the GECB, the GECB will log event "0511x DEK Error", where
x identifies the specifc error as documented in the SW Basic Data Reference List.
Impact:
DEK-TYP = 1
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02970
Title: EMS: When a unit is switched off, it should be displayed as "NAV"
BRD Description:
When the OCB is switched off for 20 seconds, the OpMode is changed to NAV so that EMS
shows "NAV" instead of "IDL"
Impact:
controller GCS222MRL
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02972
Title: Add option to delay ARO for compatibility with EPO
BRD Description:
A parameter ARO-D is added which allows to delay ARO runs by up to 240 seconds.
Impact:
Parameter ARO-D
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02984
Title: GECB_V1 - integrate SDK A1330982CAL to fix Zoofenster reset issue
BRD Description:
An SDK bug was fixed that sometimes caused a reset on GECB_V1 systems when a spurt
of LV interrupts occurred.
Impact:
GECB_V1 computing core
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02987
Title: DEK - Alternate hall call handling
BRD Description:
In unequal travel situations, where two cars must be sent to the same hall call because nei-
ther one of them can reach both destinations, sometimes a normal hall call is handled as an
extended hall call, and vice versa.
Impact:
DEK-TYP=1
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02996
Title: SP - Add menu function "Service - Test Overvolt"
BRD Description:
In service panel menu the "Test Overvolt" function in the Handover menu was also included
in the Service menu.
Impact:
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02998
Title: LVA Switch - Support SMART charger
BRD Description:
Support for "SMART Charger" which must be connected to P_SP2.4.
Impact:
GCS222LVA "Switch" with SMART Charger
Requires "TRIC-TYP"=0
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03011
Title: LVA - In M1322 Setup - IO, avoid "save as...?" warning for addresses 00-0 and 01-0
BRD Description:
For default addresses "00-0" or "01-0", the warning "save as RSL/CARIO/RvC?" has been
removed.
Impact:
GCS222LVA
SVT menu M1322 System - Setup - IO
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03012
Title: For BOOSTRSL, ignore EFO during power fail and allow ARO
BRD Description:
Adapted software for systems with ARO, EFO/EFS and EPFL3.
Impact:
ARO+EFO/EFS
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03019
Title: Reduce CPU utilization
BRD Description:
Avoid software resets in large Compass configurations with GECB_V1 (AML board). Use
parameter EN-CRT to adjust the maximum number of available floors in the group.
Impact:
Parameter
EN-CRT
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03026
Title: Add a RSL output based on Hall link for driving EFOR relay
BRD Description:
Added RSL outputs IO1725(EFOR) to activate EFOR relay when the car is stopped at EFO-
P with door opened during EFO or EFS mode.
Impact:
RSL : IO1725 (EFOR)
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03030
Title: REI: Updated REI start/complete time stamp record timing
BRD Description:
There was REI report generation issue occurred in Japan.
So REI Start/Complete time stamp was changed like below.
<As is>
REI run start -> BeforeLog collection start -> BeforeLog collection end -> AfterLog collection
start -> AfterLog collection end -> REI run end
<To be>
BeforeLog collection start -> BeforeLog collection end -> REI run start -> REI run end ->
AfterLog collection start -> AfterLog collection end
With this changes, REI report for Japan (REI-J) shall be generated normally.
Impact:
REI monthly report generation
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03033
Title: Display "OCB off!" if the power fails at systems without ARO
BRD Description:
When the power fails for a system without ARO, the symbol "OCB off!" is shown to instruct
the housekeeper to perform MRO.
Impact:
Parameter
DIS-ARO=1
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03034
Title: SVT: In M21 allow to search for CARIO addresses 90-96
BRD Description:
In service tool menu the function <M-2-1> "Search I/O" was extended and now also search-
es for CARIO addresses in the range 90-96, pin 1-8.
Impact:
Controllers with CARIO board:
GCS222LVA, ACD4
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03035
Title: LVA: For COPG, avoid flickering of car TTL
BRD Description:
Avoid flickering of car TTLs with COPG_III.
Impact:
Controller
GCS222LVA with COPG (Madrid)
Requires COPG software GP1 30882 AAF.
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03037
Title: MPD - CAN Wrapper for REM5 and service tool
BRD Description:
For the Spanish MPD, the REM5 interface (including REM-TYP 4) is now supported via the
CAN bus via CAN Wrapper messages by setting REM-PORT to 2.
Impact:
REM-PORT=2
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03051
Title: Penthouse Control - PTC
BRD Description:
A penthouse operation mode via EMT-mode was added.
Impact:
EMT-Types 133,153
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03052
Title: Misuse Protection of DCS Run
BRD Description:
Added protection against a specific scenario how to misuse DCS.
Impact:
DCS run
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03055
Title: Merge UAGAAA(for GCSS) SCRs into GAB
BRD Description:
JICA interface is availabe with EN-JICA=1 and ECA can be used with JICA.
Impact:
EN-JICA = 1
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03067
Title: Merge REI updates in UAJAAC into GAB
BRD Description:
This SCR includes following requirements: (from SCR#2172)
1. After BTI operation (If successes) add 1 floor up/down operation like as 1st/2nd BTI failed
step. (for global)
2. If OCSS know that BTI could not start because of bottom/2nd floor is security floor…etc
(12,008=8 case) before REI run, then quit REI because of controller issue. (only for Japan)
Manual REI case, collect before log and finished. Schedule REI case, collect before log at
next p-data/REI. (only for Japan)
3. If BTI operation failed (12,008=5-7 and 8@security floor status changed after REI run
case), quit REI because of controller issue. (only for Japan)
4. Add REI abort conditions:
- If OCSS know BTI could not start (12,008=8 case) before REI run. (only for Japan)
5. Disable REI error log count during INSERV is active. (for global)
- OCSS Error log (21,000-21,999)
- DTC by DFC, DCL (11,000-11,001)
- 5/6 LS failure (11,025)
6. Update SGS count for SGS2
This SCR fixed following issues: (from SCR#2776, SCR#2787)
1. (SCR#2776) The car stop at floor and open door even if there is SAO floor.
- The root cause is existing e2p_secured mask check both front and rear simultaneously. It
should check front/rear mask separately.
2. (SCR#2776) If car call is unsecured and hall call is secured at the floor, car is not stop at


Berlin
that floor when REI-TYP=1.

- REI do not open door(REI-TYP=2,3)/Stop(REI-TYP=1) at the floor.
- Because If someone who do not have security card at hall call secured floor, but start REI
operation and open door at the floor, then he could get in the cab although this floor is se-
cured. This floor is DO only released the security by correct steps. (Security card…etc)
3. (SCR#2787) Currently, the REI operation is aborted if Self-trigger time/day is not
matched.
It should not be aborted if REI is triggered by SVT.
Impact:
OpMode REI
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03068
Title: TBFA: Add an option for Time&DayOfMonth (from SCR#2806)
BRD Description:
1. New parameter TFAxDofM was added.
TFAxDofM - TBFA-x Day of Month
With this setup from 0-28, each function shall be activated monthly bases.
2. New TFA group 5 was added.
TFA5-OP, TFA5-TYP, TFA5-SHR, TFA5-SMI, TFA5-EHR, TFA5-EMI, TFA5-WEK,
TFA5DofM
Impact:
Time Based Feature Activation
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03069
Title: RI - Make GDI0, GDI1 and GDI2 generic (from SCR#2545)
BRD Description:
Previously hard-coded I/Os below for GDI0-2 were changed to new I/Os.
1174 MR_TMP hall link
1175 5LS_ERR hall link
1176 6LS_ERR hall link
With this changes, user can assign GDI0-2 any required I/Os.
Impact:
GDI Setup (GDI0~2)
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03072
Title: RI - REM-TYP 4 RFS reason is initially wrong
BRD Description:
On systems using REM-TYP 4, the RFS reason is no longer initially incorrect before chang-
ing to the correct value.
Impact:
REM-TYP=4
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03073
Title: Increase Size of Event Trace Buffer
BRD Description:
The size of the ALL Event Trace has been increased to 64 entries on GECB_V1 and 128
entries on GECB_V2.
Impact:
none
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03081
Title: Add parameter to disable scheduled RSL IO
BRD Description:
When set DIS_SCH to 1, all set of scheduled RSL IO would be disabled. For ex, RSL IO
UPC and DPC was set to activate MIT within time zone thru RSL IO schedule parameter.
When set to DIS_SCH to 1, UPC/DPC would not be activated.
Impact:
Impact into schedule RSL IO
Parameter: added DIS_SCH(disable scheduled IO operation when set to 1)
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03102
Title: LVA - Support UD404
BRD Description:
Introduced parameter LVA-TYP=4 for controller with UD404 and LVPB + BCB_II.
Impact:
GCS222LVA
Parameter
LVA-TYP=4
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03109
Title: During MRO, an invalid position can be shown as "00"
BRD Description:
On the Service Panel, fixed sporadic display of "00" when "- -" should be shown.
Impact:
MRO with GCS222MRL, GCS222LVA
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03115
Title: Sometimes, "Drv+LWD Learn" cannot be executed and "Error(tbd)" is shown.
BRD Description:
In SP function "Startup - Drv+LWD Learn", fixed sporadic display of "Error(tbd)".
Impact:
Installation without Service Tool
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03121
Title: SSM4: Handicapped-Message not announced
BRD Description:
Impact:
SSM4
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03125
Title: TCI-Lock not always cleared as expected
BRD Description:
Improved clearing of TCI-Lock.
Impact:
all controllers
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03158
Title: Add an RSL output to be activated when the battery voltage is ≤ 49 V during blackout
BRD Description:
Added indicator "IO1311 LowBat" which is switched on when the battery voltage drops be-
low 49V during blackout.
Impact:
I/O
1311 LowBat
Parameter
DRV-TYP=3
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03163
Title: GECB_V2: On very first power up, the "Symbol Init" does not complete
BRD Description:
The Symbol Initialization is not interrupted anymore.
Impact:
GCS222MRL
GCS222LVA
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-03195
Title: Rename IO1338 "P-DET" to "PDET"
BRD Description:
Name of IO1338 being displayed in the OFT menu has been changed from "P-DET" to
"PDET".
Impact:
Name displayed in OFT inputs menu has been changed.
_______________


Berlin
Total of SCRs from UAG30780AAA is 7
SCR Number: 30780-01594
Title: Scheduled IO operation
BRD Description:
When current time is inside time zone between start and end time, defined IO number shall
be virtually activated. For Ex, when want to activate MIT, set target IO number to UPC and
defined time zone which want to excute MIT.
Impact:
Added 8 records(x is from 1 to 8) of parameter set which consist of below items
RSLx-HI: IO number(Upper)
RSLx-LO: IO number(Lower) Targeted IO address = RSLx-HI * 100 + RSLx-LO
RSLx-SHR: Scstart hour
RSLx-SMI: start min
RSLx-SWE: start week(SMTWTFS)
RSLx-EHR: end hour
RSLx-EMI: end min
RSLx-EWE: end week(SMTWTFS)
______________
SCR Number: 30780-01911
Title: Expand Ring Protocol for JICA
BRD Description:
Updated messages as shown below and these can be activated when EN-JICA=1
Type 2 – Subtype00 (Cancel Call)
Type 3 – Subtype00 (Group Requests)
Type 5 – Car Parameter 61 (DUP Top Common Position)
Type 6 – Subtype04 (Channeling Operation Dual UP Peak Service)
Type 7 – Subtype05 (Group Request Start Priority with MIT)
Type 7 – Subtype06 (Standard Group Requests from OCSS)
Type 7 – Subtype36 (OTI Standard Car Status Message)
Impact:
For Asia only
EN-JICA = 1
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-01941
Title: Dual Up Peak
BRD Description:
When DUPC (Dual Up Peak Clock) is active while UPC (Up Peak Clock) is active, Dual Up
Peak operation is active with MIT operation mode. Cars in group was split to 2 subgroups
(low and high zone) according to the value of DUPK-G. Floor under common pos(DUPK-
CP) including lobby shall be commonly servered by cars allocated to low and high zone.
Floor over common pos (DUPK-CP) can be split to subgroup like low and high zone based
upon transfer floor(DUPK-P). Floor lower than DUPK-P and down call at DUPK-P would be
served by cars in low zone and floor higher than DUPK-P and up call at DUPK-P serveed
by cars in low zone .
Impact:
Added parameter DUPK-CP and reuse DUPK-P and DUPK-G
Added RSL input DUPC and output DUPL
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02001
Title: Improve lobby waiting service during MIT and NOR
BRD Description:
Waiting diection of car at lobby can be set thru PRK-DIR and door open waiting is also ad-
justable thru PRK-NT1 when Japan standalong group dispatcher(JICA) is alive.
Impact:
EN-JICA = 1
Added parameter MIT-DIR, PRK-NT1, PRK-NT2, PRK-OPT
_______________


Berlin
SCR Number: 30780-02002
Title: Independent UPC(Up Peak Clock) activation from ADF (Alternate Dispatch Floor)
BRD Description:
Disabled UPC active by ADF input while JICA(Japan standalone group dispatcher) is alive
Impact:
RSL input UPC would not activated even if ADF is active
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-02118
Title: Extend MOT option
BRD Description:
MOT can be independently activated from load status with MOT-TYP=2
Impact:
Added option 2 in MOT-TYP
_______________
SCR Number: 30780-03099
Title: Add ICA gongs for hall call assignment
BRD Description:
With HL-SET = 5, ICA Gong will be energized when the hall call is assigned as well as the
car is arrived a floor in the JICA configuration.
Impact:
HL-SET = 5
_______________


Berlin
Total of SCRs from U37NN8477_V1 is 1
SCR Number: 30780-03065
Title: LNS car bypass hall call for Compass
BRD Description:
The LNS car does not bypass the hall calls in Compass configuration.
With CMPS-LNS=1, the car can bypass the hall calls when the car is in LNS.
Impact:
- Install Parameter : CMPS-LNS=1
- System Configuration : Compass
_______________


Berlin
Qualification and Verification Procedure
Release Candidate: G2930782GAB

Software Qualification Report: Q_14_16
Following RRCA is applicable: FTB#74970
“DTO function doesn't work with Dummy floor”
The software qualification has been successfully performed by executing FATR/FMTR tests
at following installations:
Berlin Test Rack 1.2 GCS222LVA Basic 401

Test Tower TT1 GCS222LVA LC Genesis 401
Test Rack QA3 GCS222LVA Extended 403
Test Tower TT3 GCS222MRL
Test Rack 2 GCS222MMR
Madrid Test Tower GCS222LVA LC Switch
Gien Test Tower GCS222LVA Basic Low Pit
Test Tower GCS222LVA Extended 403
Test Tower GCS222LVA Extended 404
XOEC ACD & Group Test Facility
OECC ACD

No.: GAA30782GAB_CSTM
Software Basic Data
Engineering Center GCS –GECB Page: 1/ 54

Berlin
Customer Service Tool Manual Date: 2015-03-25
GCS - GECB
Customer Service Tool Manual


2015-03-25 GAA30782GAB A.Pfeffer Original document

Software Basic Data

Berlin
Table of Contents
2 Introduction ......................................................................................5
3 Tree Structure ..................................................................................6
3.1 Key Overview ................................................................................................ 7
4 Menu Functions of the Service Tool ...............................................8
4.1 Status Functions .......................................................................................... 8
4.1.1 Status Display M - 1 - 1 - … .................................................................... 9
4.1.2 Status Calls Menu S8 / M - 1 - 1 - 1 .................................................... 10
4.1.3 Status Inputs Menu S7 / M - 1 - 1 - 2 ................................................... 11
4.1.4 Status Outputs Menu M - 1 - 1 - 3 ......................................................... 12
4.2 Test Functions ............................................................................................ 13
4.2.1 Test Events Menu S6 / M - 1 - 2 - 1 ..................................................... 14
4.2.2 Test Diagnostics Menu M - 1 - 2 - 2 ...................................................... 16
4.2.3 Test Part-No Menu M - 1 - 2 - 3 ............................................................ 18
4.2.4 Test Selftest Menu M - 1 - 2 - 5 ............................................................. 19
4.2.5 Clear Events Menu M - 1 - 2 - 7 ............................................................ 21
4.3 Setup Functions ......................................................................................... 22
4.3.1 Setup DCS-Run Menu M - 1 - 3 - 5 ....................................................... 23
4.3.2 Setup Time Menu M - 1- 3 - 8 ............................................................... 26
4.4 Check Functions ........................................................................................ 27
4.4.1 UCM-EN Check Menu M - 1 - 4 - 1 ....................................................... 28
4.5 UCM (GECB, Korea/Japan only) M - 1- 9 .................................................. 34
5 APPENDIX .......................................................................................36
5.1 Operational Modes ..................................................................................... 37
5.2 Motion States .............................................................................................. 38
5.3 System Inputs ............................................................................................. 39
5.4 System Outputs .......................................................................................... 43
5.5 Info Messages............................................................................................. 44
5.6 Event Logging ............................................................................................ 45
5.7 Blink Messages .......................................................................................... 52
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1 Revision History

19-Jan-2007 GAA30780CAA D. Cominelli first issue
2007-04-05 GAA30780DAA H. –K. Spielbauer update for initial release
2007-10-15 GAA30780DAB D. Cominelli added function M-1-2-7
2008-02-04 GAA30780DAB D. Cominelli added functions M-1-2-3 (part display)
and M-1-3-5 (DCS run)
2008-02-05 GAA30780DAB D. Cominelli Added call entry and blink messages to
M-1-1-1 (status)
2008-07-17 GP130780DAB A. Pfeffer No change
2008-12-04 GAA30780DAC A. Pfeffer No change
2009-05-05 GAA30780DAD A. Pfeffer No change
2009-06-19 GAA30780DAE A. Pfeffer No change
2009-09-08 GAA30780DAF A. Pfeffer No change
2010-01-22 GAA30780DAG A. Pfeffer No change
2010-02-10 GAA30780DAG H. –K. Spielbauer UCMK added M-1-9
2010-05-07 GAA30780DAH A. Pfeffer No change
2010-06-28 GP130780DAH A. Pfeffer No change
2010-09-07 GP230780DAH H.-K. Spielbauer No change
2010-10-26 GAA30780DAJ H.-K. Spielbauer Events 21-25, 27-37, 111-113, 121,
122, 242-250, 319-324, 701-731 added
Setup Time added M-1-3-8
2011-02-10 GAA30780EAA H.-K. Spielbauer Added blink messages for ES, SAF
Wiring, UCM Detect, ETSD / ETSC
Fault, 6LS-TYP, No UIB DIB
2011-05-27 GP130780EAB A. Pfeffer No change
2011-10-25 G2530780EAC A. Pfeffer Added M141 CHECK UCM-EN
2012-09-11 GAA30780EAE DH Kang Added UCM Japan
2013-02-11 G1330780EAH D. Cominelli added function M-1-2-2
2013-06-12 GAA30780EAH A. Pfeffer Release
Software Basic Data

Berlin

Software Basic Data

Berlin
2 Introduction
The Service Tool is a pocket terminal that allows you to:
monitor of software states, system inputs and outputs
view Event Log
perform board self-test.
The access of each function is controlled by the Menu System which allows convenient
work with the Service Tool.
The Service Tool Manual describes the Menu System and the single Service Tool func-
tions.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3 Tree Structure
All Service Tool functions are organized as a Tree-Structure.
It is divided in a SYSTEM path, where you have access to the main Service Tool functions
STATUS (system monitoring)
TEST (system test functions)
SETUP (setup of system environment)
and in a TOOL path.
The TOOLS path contains the Service Tool functions which supports installation and
maintenance of the elevator.
.M. Main Menu
1.
.F. System Menu
1. 2. 3. 4.
.S. Status Menu Test Menu Setup Menu Check Menu
1 Calls (10) 1 Events (14) 5 DCS-Run (23) 1 UCM-EN (28)

2 Inputs (11) 3 Part (16) 8 Time (26)
3 Outputs (12) 5 Selftest (19)
7 Clear Events (21)
Legend:
1 Service Tool Key
(9) page number in this document
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3.1 Key Overview

If there is only one number to choose, you can call the function also with the key ENTER.
GOON or GOBACK.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

The following chapters describe the functions of the Service Tool.
4.1 Status Functions

The Status Functions allow to monitor the status of the system. The first row provides gen-
eral information about the Operational Mode and Drive State. The second row is different
for each Status Function.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.1.1 Status Display M-1-1-…

The first line of the Service Tool display is identical for all Status Functions:

1 A Car ID A-D car identifier for group configura-
123 4 5 6 7 tions.
A-01 IDL ST ][][ 2 - moving direction - not moving
u moving up
d moving down
4 IDL Operational Mode see Appendix for all available Opera-
tional Modes
5 ST Drive State see Appendix for all available Motion
States
6 ][ front door state ][ fully closed
<> opening
[] fully opened
7 ][ rear door state >< closing
DDO both doors are fully closed and
Disable Door Operation is acti-
vated
8 blink message A blinking message appears if the sys-
8 tem is blocked. This message shows the
A-01 >TCI-Lock!. reason of the shutdown. See Appendix
5.7 for all available Blink Messages.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.1.2 Status Calls Menu S8 / M - 1 - 1 - 1

With this function you can view the general status of the system and enter calls.
A-01 IDL ST ][][

C> U00D00 A 1C
GOON / GOBACK change the call type
0 … 9 enter a floor number
ENTER enter the selected call type at the selected floor
The first line of the Status Display is described in section 4.1.1 above. The following de-
scribes the second line of the display:

1 C call type C car call
A-01 IDL ST ][][ U up hall call
C> U00D00 A 1C D down hall call
1 2 3 4 5 6
E emergency hall call
c extended car call
u extended up hall call
d extended down hall call
e extended emergency hall call
use GOON / GOBACK to change be-

tween the call types
2 destination 0-31 the value you entered
> prompt to enter a destination
K destination entry device installed
at this floor, no call possible
3 U00 number of accepted
calls in up direction
4 D00 number of accepted
calls in down direction
5 A load status A ANS (LWX; <100kg)
D Default (normal; 80-110%)
F Full (LNS; >80%)
O overload (LWO; >110%)
6 1C group size and 1C-5C number of detected cars in the
power supply group during Normal Operation
1E-5E number of detected cars in the
group during Emergency Power
(EPO).
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.1.3 Status Inputs Menu S7 / M - 1 - 1 - 2

This function displays system inputs.
A-01 IDL ST ][][

aes es DW DFC
The inputs are arranged in pages, each page containing four inputs. Active inputs are dis-
played in upper case letters, inactive inputs are displayed in lower case letters. See Appen-
dix for a list of available inputs.
Only those inputs are displayed which are currently used by the software, that means that
the list of inputs in the Appendix may be longer than what is displayed on your system.
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous page of inputs.
UP / DOWN display a brief description of the input page in the first row.
ON jump to the first page of inputs

Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.1.4 Status Outputs Menu M-1-1-3

This function displays system outputs.
A-01 IDL ST ][][

LVC sfr .
The outputs are arranged in pages, each page containing four outputs. Active outputs are
displayed in upper case letters, inactive outputs are displayed in lower case letters. See
Appendix for a list of available outputs.
Only those outputs are displayed which are currently used by the software, that means that
the list of outputs in the Appendix may be longer than what is displayed on your system.
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous page of outputs.
UP / DOWN display a brief description of the output page in the first row.
ON jump to the first page of outputs

Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2 Test Functions

These functions provide access to the diagnostic functions of the system and allow to test
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.1 Test Events Menu S6 / M - 1 - 2 - 1

View all events which has been stored since last cleared.
00021 savedRuns number of runs since the events were last cleared
000153 savedMins number of elapsed minutes since the events were last cleared
View Events
UP / DOWN clear events

1 0204 TCI/ERO on number and text of event see Appendix for a
1 list of possible events
0204 TCI/ERO on. 2 c003 counter 0 – 999
c003 t00020 p**
2 3 4
3 00020 elapsed time since last 0 – 99999
occurence of this event
4 ** car position where the 00 – 31
last event occurred ** unkown
position
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Erase Events
You can erase all events which are stored in the system.
GOON / GOBACK Display the next/previous event
Erase all events

UP / DOWN
Erase EVENTS ?
n=0 y=1 > .
Press 1 - ENTER to continue

Erase EVENTS ?
n=0 y=2 > .
Press 2 - ENTER to erase all events

Erase EVENTS ?
done! .
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.2 Test Diagnostics Menu M-1-2-2

This menu displays the diagnostic values which have been stored in the E2Prom. These
values are memorized even if the power is switched off.
01 DIAG ACT-T .
000:00:00:01 .
View Diagnostics
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous diagnostic value
UP display description lower line (available for time-related values only)

1 01 DIAG ACT-T number and text of diag- see Service Tool
1 nostic value Reference List for a
01 DIAG ACT-T . list of existing diag-
002:03:04:05 .
2 3 4 5 nostic values
2 002 months 0-999
3 03 days 0-29
4 04 hours 0-23
5 05 minutes 00-59
1 03 DIAG UP-CNT number and text of diag- see Service Tool
01 DIAG UP-CNT . list of existing diag-
000000023 .
2 nostic values
2 000000023 counter
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Erase Diagnostics
You can either erase all values which are stored in the system or erase a single value.
GOON / GOBACK Display the next/previous diagnostic value
Erase all Diagnostic values

UP
Erase DIAGN. ?
n=0 y=1 > .

Erase DIAGN. ?
n=0 y=2 > .

Erase DIAGN. ?
done! .
Erase the displayed diagnostic value

ON
Erase Value ? .
02 DIAG TOT-T .
Press ENTER to erase this event

or press OFF to cancel
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.3 Test Part-No Menu M-1-2-3

Displays the Software Configuration Numbers (SCN) of the software.
No. GAA30081AAA.
28-Aug-01 11:32
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous number
Part Numbers of Standard Software

1 GAA30081AAA SCN of Standard-Software
1
No. GAA30081AAA.
28-Aug-01 11:32 2 28-Aug-01 11:32 date and time of authorisa-
2 tion
1 Unit-Number
EE=47AG2375 . 1 47AG2375
.
1 G1231032AAA SCN of Loader (integrated only TCBC software

1 into FLASH) 30781
PR=G1231032AAA . only TCBC software
28-Sep-04 11:32 2 28-Sep-04 11:32
2 date and time of Loader 30781
Part Numbers of Contract Software

SCN of Contract-Software
1 1 47CE2375
No. U47CE2375 .
28-Aug-01 11:32 2 28-Aug-01 11:32
2 date and time of authorisa-
tion
Baseline used: . 1 GAA30081AAA SCN of parent software

No. GAA30081AAA.
1
1 1 47CE2375 Unit-Number
EE=47CE2375 .
.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.4 Test Selftest Menu M-1-2-5

Performs a selftest of the software.
PRx SWx EE? RAx.
RS? .
PR: verifies whether the checksum of the secondary loader is correct
SW: verifies whether the checksum of the application software is correct
EE: checks whether the content of the E2Prom has been changed since the last selftest
RA: checks whether the RAM can be written correctly
RS: checks whether the remote station address setup is correct
A blinking '?' indicates that the corresponding test is running. After completion of the test,
the display shows '+' or '-', respectively, or 'x' if the test is skipped.
GOON / GOBACK • cancel the actually running test and start the next test
• display the next/previous RS-error status
Software Basic Data

Berlin

1 PRx Loader FLASH ? the test has not yet been completed
1 2 3 4 + the checksum of the Loader is correct
PRx SW+ EE- RA+
RS 05Ar000 . - the FLASH is corrupted
5 6 7 replace the Board!
x the test has been skipped
2 SW+ Application FLASH ? the test has not yet been completed
+ the checksum of the App is correct
- the FLASH is corrupted
replace the Board!
3 EE- E2Prom test ? the test has not yet been completed
+ the content of the E2Prom has not
been changed since the last selftest
- Any value in the E2Prom has been
changed since last selftest
Do this test once again. If you don't
get a '+' now, replace the E2Prom.
4 RA+ RAM test ? the test has not yet been completed
+ the RAM is ok
- the RAM is corrupted
replace board
5 RS 05 RS test 04-63
This RS has a problem as described be-
low
6 Ar Remote Station is Ar Available in Setup, but physically not
A – Available responding
a – not available check address configuration of RS
R – Responding check wiring and connection
r – not responding replace RS
aR Not available in Setup, but physically
responding
check I/O-setup
find misconfigured RS
AR Available in Setup, and also respond-
ing; Parity Error detected
There are multiple RS with the
same address in the system
7 000 Parity Error Counter 000-999
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.2.5 Clear Events Menu M-1-2-7

Allows clearing the event log.
Erase EVENTS ?
n=0 y=1 > .
Press 1 and ENTER to erase event log (or 0 and ENTER to abort).
Erase EVENTS ?
n=0 y=2 > .
Press 2 and ENTER to confirm erase event log (or 0 and ENTER to abort).
Erase EVENTS !
done ! .
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.3 Setup Functions

These functions allow performing necessary learn runs.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.3.1 Setup DCS-Run Menu M-1-3-5

The Door Check Sequence (DCS) - Function is a safety feature for MCS controllers. It in-
sures that all hoistway door contacts are installed correctly and will open the safety chain
when a door opens.
Until the Door Check Sequence is finished successfully it is only possible to move the car in
inspection mode. Normal runs are disabled.
to start DCS .
press ENTER .
The following error messages can be displayed before the DCS run is started:
Error Message Reason
DCS Start Error: The car is not at the lowest floor.

Into 1LS and DZ! move the car to the lowest floor (ERO)
DCS Start Error: The car is in 1LS, but not in the doorzone.
Leave 1LS! . Leave 1LS or move into DZ.
DCS Start Error: The car is in shutdown.

Not able to Run!
DCS Start Error: The car is in TCI or ERO mode.

Switch off INS!! Switch to Normal
DCS Start Error: The check has already been done

already done > press GOON to start DCS again.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

1 - moving direction - not moving
12 3 4 5 u moving up
-00 DW:clsd <>][ d moving down
open front door. 2 00
6 floor position ** unknown position
3 DW:clsd status of DW input and DW:clsd landing door is closed
DS contact dw:opnd landing door is opened
4 <> front door state ][ fully closed
<> opening
[] fully opened
>< closing
5 ][ rear door state ][ fully closed
<> opening
[] fully opened
>< closing
6 open action open front door
front open rear door
door check DW input
close front door
close rear door
moving to bottom
up to next floor
error text see table below
Software Basic Data

Berlin
The following error messages can be displayed during the DCS run:

Front Door Error landing door contact is not opened while front car door is opened
Rear Door Error landing door contact is not opened while rear car door is opened
aborted by ENTER The key ENTER has been pressed; DCS is aborted.
DW not closed car door is closed but landing door contact is open
Door opening Err door could not be opened within 20 seconds
Position Error The calculated position is higher than TOP.
Door closing Err door could not be closed within 20 seconds
SE is missing! safety chain is closed but SE is low.
At the end of the DCS the following displays appear:
DCS successfull. press GOON to continue

press GOON >
Check PES,GTC... Reminder what has to be done next

press GOON > press GOON to continue
to start normal! press GOON to continue

press GOON >
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.3.2 Setup Time Menu M - 1- 3 - 8
This menu is used to setup the date and time of the real time clock.
TIME – Menu >

Set Date/Time=1
The following keys can be used:
1 Enter menu to set or change date and time
Setting Time .
31.12.07 23:59.
1 31 Day 1-31
Setting Time . 2 12 Month 1-12
31.12.07 23:59.
1 2 3 4 5 3 07 Year
4 23 Hour 0-23
5 59 Minute 0-59
GOON / GOBACK Change the position of the cursor. The cursor is indicated by a blinking value.
0 … 9 Enter the new value
ENTER Store date/time.
CLEAR delete the last input

Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.4 Check Functions

This menu is used to perform system check functions, e.g. handover tests.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.4.1 UCM-EN Check Menu M-1-4-1

This function allows to perform the handover test for Unintended Car Movement Protection
according to EN81-1.
For the Handover Test procedure, the safety chain is interrupted by a specially designed
test plug which is located between the DS and the GS contacts.
After the plug has been removed and a key has been pushed, the car performs a special
run with closed the doors and the door bypass is bridged. This special run will use a defined
profile to simulate free fall.
When the car leaves the doorzone, the door bypass circuit interrupts the safety chain and
causes an emergency stop.
After the test, the displacement of the car must be manually measured by the mechanic.
The Service Tool guides the mechanic through the steps of the handover procedure.
First, the desired direction of the test run must be chosen:
Direction? .
Up=1 Down=2 > .
The following keys can be used in this step:
1. Enter “1” to perform the UCM test in up direction.

At top floor, “Up=x” is shown and this option is not available.
2. Enter “2” to perform the UCM test in down direction.

At bottom floor, “Down=x” is shown and this option is not available.
ENTER Press ENTER to continue

Software Basic Data

Berlin
Now the required load must be confirmed. For the UP test, the car must be empty. For the
DOWN test, the car must be fully loaded.
If “Up=1” was selected: If “Down=2” was selected:

Load=0%? . Load=100%? .
n=0 y=1 > . n=0 y=1 > .
0. Abort the function to load the car as required.
1. Confirm that the car is loaded correctly.
For safety reasons, the doors must be closed during this test.
If DDO is not active, the following screen is shown:
DDO on! .
.
No keys can be used in this step. When DDO is activated, the next screen is shown auto-
matically.
To prevent unexpected movement of the car, hall calls must be deactivated during this test.
If CHCS is not active, the following screen is shown:
CHCS on! .
.
No keys can be used in this step. When CHCS is activated, the next screen is shown auto-
matically.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Now the mechanic is instructed to remove the plug which is labeled as indicated below.
Remove Plug: .
“EN81 UCM-Test”.
No keys can be used in this step. When the plug has been removed (i.e. DW and DFC are
low), the next screen is shown automatically.
Note that the plug simulates an opened landing door so that the software will prevent
HAD as long as this menu is active.
If you leave the menu after removing the plug, HAD will be detected!
Confirm to start the test run.

Start Up? . Start Down? .
n=0 y=1 > . n=0 y=1 > .
0. Abort the function.
1. Confirm to start the test run.
The door bypass is activated and a special command is sent to the drive to perform the
UCM test run (simulating free fall). This run will be interrupted by the safety chain when the
car leaves the doorzone and the doorbypass drops.
ok. .
wait... .
No keys can be used in this step. When the Drive reports that the run has ended, the next
screen is shown automatically. If the Drive does not respond within 8 seconds, the function
is aborted and the failure screen is shown.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
The software checks whether the test run was successful and also whether UCM was de-
tected by GECB as well as Drive.
ok. .
checking... .
No keys can be used in this step. When everything was correct, the next screen is shown
automatically. If this cannot be determined within 8 seconds, the function is aborted and the
failure screen is shown.
Now the mechanic must verify that the car has stopped within the required limits. Refer to
the Field Instruction Manual for details.
Check car! .
press ENTER .
Now the mechanic is instructed to insert the plug which is labeled as indicated below.
Insert Plug: .
No keys can be used in this step. When the plug has been inserted (i.e. DW and DFC are
high), the next screen is shown automatically.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Confirm the result of the test.
Test OK? .
n=0 y=1 > .
0. Press “0” if the car was not stopped within the limits.
1. Press “1” if the car was stopped within the limits.
ENTER Press ENTER to continue.
Now the mechanic is instructed to perform an ERO run so that the UCM blockage is
cleared.
Run ERO to .
continue .
No keys can be used in this step. When the Drive performs an ERO run, the next screen is
shown automatically.
After successful test, the final screen is shown:
UCM-Test .
done! .
No keys can be used in this step. The test sequence is finished.

Software Basic Data

Berlin
If the test was aborted, the abort screen is shown:
UCM-Test .
aborted! .
No keys can be used in this step. The test sequence is aborted.
If an error has occurred, the error screen is shown:
UCM-Test .
FAILED! .
No keys can be used in this step. The test sequence has failed.
Check the status and the event log to determine the reason of the failure.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.5 UCM (GECB, Korea/Japan only) M - 1- 9
This menu is used to release or to monitor the UCM (Unintended Car Movement) relay con-
tact. The menu is only visible if the parameter UCM-TYP=1 or 2 is enabled. For more de-
tails, refer to Gxx30780xxx_INS and Gxx30780xxx_FSD.
NOTE: With Korean UCM(UCM-TYP = 1), the door should be closed and CAN communica-
tion between GECB and GDCB should be available in order to clear UCM errors.
Special Feature>
3=UCM Reset .
3 Reset UCM relay
Note : UCM errors can be also cleared by ERO toggle 3 times within 10 sec.
Special Feature>
4=UCMErr Status.
4 Monitor UCM error condition
Description of display (for Korea) :

1 Z Missing doorzone with door opens z-Z
UCM-ERR: . 2 D GDCB detects UCM with door d-D

z d n q o c . opens
1 2 3 4 5 6 3 N CAN message is not received from n-N
GDCB for x seconds
4 Q Count data from GDCB is wrong q-Q
5 O UCM relay open error o-O
6 C UCM relay close error c-C
Description of display(for Japan):

Software Basic Data

Berlin
Display description Msg id

1 UCM No Response No message from UCM board 0
UCM-ERR: . Door OpenRun Err Door Open Run Fault 1
Error msg .
1 Over Speed Err Over Speed Fault in door open run 2
DZ Senser Err Short mode failure of Door Zone 3
Sensers(1LV and 2LV)
BS Err Consecutive failure of Brake 4
Switches(BS1, BS2)
S-RelayErr Short mode failure of S-relays(S1, S2, 5
S3, BY)
CGS Err Short mode failure of CGS relays(CGS 6
and CGS2)
BypassCircuitErr Short mode failure of Door Bypass 7
Circuit(LV1, LV2, LVC contacts)
PVT Err Open mode failure of PVT 8
UCMR Err Short mode failure of UCMR contact 9
SCR Err Short mode failure of Speed Check 10
Relay
WD Reset Watch dog reset happen and latch up 11
the system at boot-up
Memory Error Check sum mismatch detected and 12
latch up the system at boot-up
Special Feature>.
5=UCM Scn .
The following keys can be used(for Japan):
5 Display SCN of UCM software on the UCM fixture board

1 SCN of the UCM Software configuration Number on the
UCM-SCN: . software UCM fixture board
JAA31477AAA .
1
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5 APPENDIX
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1 Operational Modes
Mode Description
ACP Anti Crime Protection
ANS Anti Nuisance Service
ARD Automatic Return Device
ATT ATTendend service
CBP Car Button Protection
CHC Cut off Hall Call
COR COrrection Run
CTL Car To Landing
DBF Drive / Break Fault
DCP Delayed Car Protection
DCS Door Check Sequence
DHB Door Hold Button mode
DLM Door Lock Monitoring
DTC Door Time protection Close
DTO Door Time protection Open
EFO Emergency Fireman's Operation
EFS Emergency Fireman's Service
EHS Emergency Hospital Service
EMT Emergency Medical Transport
EPC Emergency Power wait for Correction run
EPR Emergency Power Rescue run
EPW Emergency Power Wait for normal
EQO Earth Quake Operation
ESB Emergency Stop Button resp. J-Relay fault
GCB General Control of Buttons
HAD Hoistway Access Detection
HBP Hall Button Protection
IDL IDLe
INI INItialize
INS INSpection
ISC Independent ServiCe
LNS Load Non Stop service
MIT Moderate Incoming Traffic
NAV Not AVailable
NOR NORmal
OLD OverLoad Device
PKS ParKing Switch
PRK PaRKing
ROT car RiOT operation
SHO SHabat Operation
WCO Wild Car Operation
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2 Motion States
State Description
CR Correction Run
EF Emergency Fast run
ES Emergency Stop
EW Emergency during Wait
FR Fast Run
ID IDle
IN INspection Run
NR Not Ready
RL Relevel
RS ReScue Run
SR Slow Run
ST STop
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.3 System Inputs
The following list shows all possible inputs. Note that your system only displays the inputs
that it uses.
input group Description

ES Safety Chain Emergency Stop switch
DW door open contact
DFC Door Fully Closed contact
GDS Gate Door Switch
SE Start Enable Start Enable

1TH Thermal contact 1
TCI Inspection Top of Car Inspection switch

UIB Up Inspection Button
DIB Down Inspection Button
ERO Emergency Recall Operation switch
TDO Top of Car Door Open Button
TDC Top of Car Door Close Button
^TDO rear Top of Car Door Open Button
^TDC rear Top of Car Door Close Button
TCB Top of Car Inspection Button (TCIB)
DZ Doorzone Door Zone (LV1 and/or LV2)

1LV Door Zone switch 1LV
1LS Limit Switches Limit Switch 1

2LS Limit Switch 2
BY Drive BY-Relay
BRK BR-Relay
LWO Load Weighing overload signal LWO

LWX load weighing bypass LWX
LNS Load Non Stop
L30 30% load in car
L50 50% load in car
DOL Front Door Door Open Limit switch

DCL Door Close Limit switch
DOB Door Open Button
DCB Door Close Button
EDP Electronic Door Protection
LRD Light Ray Device
DOS Door Open Signal
GSM Gate Switch Monitor
MDD Moving at front of Door Detection
DHB Door Hold Button
Software Basic Data

Berlin

SDB Special Door Open Button
^DOL Rear Door rear Door Open Limit switch

^DCL rear Door Close Limit switch
^DOB rear Door Open Button
^DCB rear Door Close Button
ÊDP rear Electronic Door Protection
^LRD rear Light Ray Device
^DOS rear Door Open Signal
^GSM rear Gate Switch Monitor
^MDD Moving at rear of Door Detection
^DHB rear Door Hold Button
^SDB rear Special Door Open Button
CCT Switches Car Call to Top

CCB Car Call to Bottom
DDO Disable Door Operation
RTB Remote Tripping Button
RRB Remote Resetting Button
EFO Emergency Emergency Firemen Operation

HTS Hall Temperature Sensor from SPB
AEF Alternative EFO (AEFO)
EFK Emergency Fireman Key
ASL Alternative Service Landing
ESK Emergency Service Key switch
ESH Emergency Service Hold switch
CFS Car Fireman Service switch
CS Car fireman service Start switch
XEF Overide EFO
EFB Emergency Firemen Key Bypass
(EFKB)
ADB Alternative Door Button
EDB EFO Door Button
1EF Taiwan Fireman Service Key switch 1
2EF Taiwan Fireman Service Key switch 2
DDS Disable Door Switch Relay
DES Disable EEC Relay
NU Emerg. Power emergency power operation signal

NUD emergency power operation signal
NUG emergency power operation signal
NRF NURF
EQ1 Earthquake Earthquake Contact Grade 1

EQ2 Earthquake Contact Grade 2
EQS Earth Quake Switch
EQW Earthquake Counterweight Switch
EQR Earthquake Reset Switch
ISS OCSS Independent Service Switch

ÎSS rear Independent Service Switch
Software Basic Data

Berlin

ISP Independent Service Parking switch
PDD Partition Door Device switch
FAN Fan
^FAN rear Fan
HFA Handicapped COP Fan
CTL Car To Lobby
CTC CTLPC Car To Landing Park with
doors Closed switch
CTO CTLPO Car To Landing Park with
doors Open switch
PKS ParKing Switch
PKG PKS Group switch
CFB RSL Car FeedBack
IST Intermittent Stop switch
ROT Riot OperaTion
ACC Anti Crime Car switch
ACH Anti Crime Hall switch
GSI Group Successive Starting In
COC Cut/Disable Car-call cut Off (Car)

COH Car-call cut Off (Hall)
HCO Hall-call Cut Off
HCH Hall Call Cut off from Car
GCO hall call Cut Off (Group)
CHC Cut Hall Call switch latch
DFD Disable Front Door
DRD Disable Rear Door
GCB General Control Button
^GCB Rear General Control Button
CRC Card Reader Contact
BOS BOSs card reader overwrite
LDS Lobby Door Open Switch
MAS Maintenance Access Switch
HCR Hall Call Card Reader
ATK Attendant Attendant Key switch

ATU Attendant key Up
ATD Attendant key Down
NSB Non Stop Button
RB Reset Button
^RB rear Reset Button
GRT Group Group Riot

DPC Down Peak Clock
UPC Up Peak Clock
DUP Dual Up Peak Clock
SRO Separate Riser Operation Switch
AD1 Alternate Dispatch floor key switch 1
BPZ Parking Zone
ELZ Parking Zone
GFB Group link Feedback input
Software Basic Data

Berlin

WCO Wild Car Operation switch
SG1 Split Group operation key switch 1
CS1 Secure Access Car Secure access button 1

CS2 Car Secure access button 2
CSC Car Secure access Clear switch
CSK Car Secure access Keyswitch
GSK Group Secure access Keyswitch
CLR REM Car Light Relay

DFO Door Fully Opened
^DFO Rear Door Fully Opened
LEV Level Signal for REM
DCD Russian Code Disable Call and Door switch

CCB Car Call to Bottom landing
CCT Car Call to Top landing
PC1 Simplex Park Car Clock 1

PC2 Park Car Clock 2
SHC Shabbat Shabat Operation Switch

SHT Shabat Operation Timer
AMC Miscellanious AM Clock input

LPT Landing Passing Tone
SMB Speech Message Board Busy
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.4 System Outputs

The following list shows all possible outputs. Note that your system only displays the out-
puts that it uses.
output group Description

1RT Tripping Remote Tripping for car
1RR Remote Resetting for car
3RT Remote Tripping for counterweigt
LVC Door Bypass LVC-Relay

SFR Safe To Relevel (door bypass active and
no demand to run)
DFR OCSS DFC-Relay

PDR Power Down Relay (Power Save Mode)
LR Light Relay
UD Up / Down (e.g. trip counter)
NUD Emergency
NUG
BUT REM BUTton operated (any demand to move)

DO Door fully Opened
NORM NORMal operation (no faults)
CPR Car PaRked, waiting for demand
MF Main Floor (lobby)

LND LaNDing passing
OOS Out Of Service
LEV LEVel signal
DC Door Close Command

RFS Request For Service
SPB Service Panel Board Fault
SCS Slack Belt Contact Switch
HTS Hall Temperature Sensor on SPB

RDO Rear Door Open Signal
RDC Rear Door Close Signal
BRK Brake Signal from Drive

SAF Safety Chain (ES)
DS Door Switch (with DBP: DW, w/o DBP:
DFC)
CLM Car Light Monitoring
DOP Door Open Sensor

^ROP Rear Door Open Sensor
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.5 Info Messages
The following messages are accessible in the Main Menu "GECB – Menu".
Please use Shift Key UP to access the information, and GOON to scroll through the infor-
mation.
Info Message Comment

OVF-WW CAN-Comm Controller Type and Drive Type
Operat: FCL > used Operation Mode

DCL >
SAPB-IL >
SAPB-CC >
FCL-UD >
FCL-SB >
DCL+BSM>
DBP : yes > Door Bypass enabled?

no >
# RSL's: 1 > Number of RSL links. "3" is displayed if the GECB-IO board
3 > physically supports 3 links. Otherwise "1" is displayed.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6 Event Logging
The table below lists all possible event logging messages of the Service Tool. The events
are divided into the following classes:
I Info
W Warning
F Fault
event class reason

total runs total number of runs since last power on
minutes on minutes since last power on
0000 Task Timing W Dummy task has not been called within timeout. Software
has been restarted.
0001 S/W Reset W watchdog circuit on GECB was triggered. Software has
been restarted.
0002 Illegal Int W illegal interupt was executed
0003 CanTxFull W CAN messages cannot be sent
0004 CanBusOff W CAN communication has been restarted
0006 StackCheck F Stack Violation was detected. Software has been restart-
ed.
0007 SCN Error F Wrong Software.
order a new software with correct partnumber.
0008 TimerSync F Internal software timers have not been updated correctly.
Software has been restarted.
0009 Task Fail F Application software doesn't run properly. Software has
been restarted.
0010 McbCommErr F No CAN connection to the drive
0011 SpbCommErr W No CAN connection to the SPB
0012 Power On I Board has been powered on.
0013 Event Fail W
0014 PowerOffOn I Short Failure of PowerSupply.
0016 S/W Restart W Reset with unknown reason
0017 Trace Error F bad value in the eventTraceControl buffer
0019 MissedLvInt F lv1 and lv2 edge was missed
0021 Time Adjust I Time was changed using SVT function
0022 Time Summer I Time was adjusted for summer time
0023 Time Winter I Time was adjusted for winter time
0024 Time NotSet W Time has not yet been set
0025 ExternReset W The external watchdog caused a reset
0027 PowerReturn I Power returned after ARO
0028 CcanSndFail W Sending car bus CAN message failed
0029 CcanPubFail W Publishing car bus CAN message failed
Software Basic Data

Berlin
event class reason

0031 GcanTxFull W Group bus CAN messages cannot be sent
0032 GcanBusOff F Group bus CAN communication failure
0033 GcanSndFail W Sending group bus CAN message failed
0034 GcanPubFail W Publishing group bus CAN message failed
0036 GwCommErr W Gateway communication failure
0037 Time Fault W The real time clock was corrupted and has now been reset
to 01.01.2004.
Use M-1-3-8-1 to set the correct date/time
0100 OpMode NAV F OCSS is not available due to drive fault (e.g. drive-fault
(NR). This mode is also active after INS before the COR
starts
0101 EPO shutd. W The car is not able to run during EPO (e.g. because it is
switched to ERO); the next car is allowed to recover.
0102 OpMode DTC W door was not able to close (missing DCL, DFC or DW)
within timeout
0103 OpMode DTO F door was not able to open (missing DOL) within timeout
0104 OpMode DCP W car was not able to answer a call within timeout (e.g. door
was held open manually)
0106 PDS active I partition door switch is opened
0107 DS bypass F Malfunction of Disable Door Switch Relays (DDSR) for
Generic Firemen Service.
0108 EEC bypass F Malfunction of Disable Emergency Exit Contact Relay
(DEMERC) for Generic Firemen Service.
0109 Stuck DCB F Door Close Button contact permanent active
0110 Stuck RDCB F Rear Door Close Button contact permanent active
0111 Stuck CB I Car Call Button contact permanent active
0112 Stuck HB I Hall Call Button contact permanent active
0113 NoCarLight F The light within the car has failed.
0121 OpMode ARO F
0122 SP:en.Feat! I One of the following features is programmed in the

E2PROM but not yet enabled by Service Panel:
• EFO
• EPO
• CLR
• HBP
Use “Startup-Enable Features” to activate these fea-
tures.
0201 Correct.Run I A correction run was performed (e.g. after INS, NAV)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
event class reason

0202 /ES in FR W ES-input was activated during Fast Run
0203 /ES in SR W ES-input was activated during Slow Run
0204 TCI/ERO on I TCI or ERO has been switched on
0205 SE-Fault F The car cannot start due to missing SE-signal
Check the door bypass
0210 /DZ in NST F DZ-signal was lost or not detected at all after having
stopped
0211 /DFC in FR W car door has been opened during Fast Run
0212 /DFC in SR W car door has been opened during Slow Run
0213 DrvPrepErr W PrepareToRun expected from Drive
(e.g. missing loadweighing information for ABL)
0214 DrvStuckPtr W Drive stuck in PrepareToRun
0215 DrvStuckRtr W Drive stuck in ReadyToRun(NoAbl)
0216 DrvBrakeErr F Brake not lifted.
0217 DrvCreepErr F Drive Creeptime too long.
0218 DrvShutdown F The drive reports a Shutdown
See event logging of Drive.
0219 DrvStartErr F
0220 DrvService W The drive requested “Request For Service” (REM). See
drive event logging for reason.
0222 1TH-Fault W The DBR-contact which is connected to the input 1TH is
opened. The drive is powered down to allow cooling.
0223 2TH-Fault F One of the contacts which is connected to the 2TH is
opened.
0224 DrvEndRun F Drive did not end the run.
0225 110VAC dead F 110VAC is dead for 5 seconds
0228 1LS+2LS on F Limit switches 1LS and 2LS are active at the same time.
Check power supply of the position reference system.
0230 RSL Adr Chk F Some RSL I/Os have to be programmed to a valid address
and are not allowed to be set to 00-0 or 01-0. Currently
only one I/O is checked:
691 – TCI
Set I/O 691 to a valid address
0233 PowerSave I The drive package has been powered on
0234 UCM Detect F Unintended Car Movement was detected. UCM-TYP=1,
See also Feature Setup Description. 3
0237 /DW in FR W landing door has been opened during Fast Run
0238 /DW in SR W landing door has been opened during Slow Run
0242 ETSC Fault F Emergency Terminal Slowdown Circuit has failed.
0243 ETSC Block F System is blocked after ETSD Failure to prevent further
runs.
0244 2SE-Fault F The input 2nd Start Enable opened (e.g. active BID).
0245 /UIB/DIB FR W The safety chain opened at UIB or DIB during a run while
accelerating or at constant velocity.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
event class reason

0246 /UIB/DIB SR W The safety chain opened at UIB or DIB during a run while
decelerating.
0247 No UIB DIB F The safety chain stayed open at UIB and DIB for longer
than 5 seconds.
In Low Overhead Installations (OHLOW), check KS con-
tact
0248 ES Wiring F ES Safety chain wiring fault (PES not wired in series)
check safety chain wiring. After correction of the wiring
the error is cleared by switching off/on
0249 SAF Wiring F SAF Safety chain wiring fault (DS/GS not wired in series)
check safety chain wiring. After correction of the wiring
the error is cleared by successful door operation
0250 6LS-TYP! W The parameter “6LS-TYP” at GECB has a different value
than the parameter “6LS-TYP” at the drive.
0300 DBP: dfc_SE F While the door was opening or fully opened, the door by-
pass was found to be inactive (DFC low or SE high)
0301 DCL in [ ] F (R)DCL was active while the door was fully opened
0302 DoorBridge F DW or DFC was not low during the last door cycle, that
means that the safety chain is bridged or the Door Bypass
is defect.
0304 DOL:alw. on F DOL was active while the door was fully closed. This event
is also logged when the fuses of the door system are
burned.
This event is not logged within the first 40 seconds after

system startup.
0306 Hwy Access F Landing Door was opened or the car door is bridged.
see description for blinking message 'Switch INS'
0307 RDOL:alw.on F RDOL was active while the door was fully closed. This
event is also logged when the fuses of the door system
are burned.
This event is not logged within the first 40 seconds after

system startup.
0308 DOOR sync F Multidrop synchronization error
0309 DOOR adr. F Multidrop unused message origin
0310 FDOOR chk F Multidrop front door checksum error
0311 RDOOR chk F Multidrop rear door checksum error
0312 FDOOR reply F Multidrop front door communication timeout (>200ms)
0313 RDOOR reply F Multidrop rear door communication timeout (>200ms)
0314 GDS noPull F GDS relay not pulled
0315 GDS noDrop F GDS relay not dropped
0319 FGSM Error F GSM input error Front door
0320 RGSM Error F GSM input error Rear door
Software Basic Data

Berlin
event class reason

0321 FDOOR stuck W Front door is stuck reversing
0322 RDOOR stuck W Rear door is stuck reversing
0323 FDOOR /Deen W disable PowerSave mode after deenergized front door
could not kept closed
0324 RDOOR /Deen W disable PowerSave mode after deenergized rear door
could not kept closed
0400 RSL parity W Two remote stations with the same address are connected
to the same link
0401 RSL sync W Synchronisation lost on remote serial link.
Check whether there is a shortcut on the link.
0402 RSL reinit F RSL driver has reported a problem. RSL was reinitialized.
0403 RSL Fail F Application has detected that the RSL driver doesn't run
anymore. Software has been restarted.
0404 RSL Hrtbeat F RSL driver has detected that the application doesn't run
anymore. Software has been restarted.
0405 RSL Board F RSL board mismatch!
0406 Group RSL F Group RSL has failed
0500 RNG1 msg W data error on Duplex/Triplex ring
0501 RNG1 time W no ring messages received from other car for a specific
time
0502 RNG1 sio W framing error on Duplex/Triplex ring
0503 RNG1 tx W ring messages couldn't be sent in an appropriate time
0504 RNG1 rxOff W No messages are received within a timeout, and NO
BREAK is detected.
0505 RNG1 reset W Reinitializing RING Service (stm_ring_run expired)
0506 DES offline F DES is not present
0507 GCB offline F no GCB is present
0508 GCB fail F
0600 SPB-Alert W The Service Panel Board detected a malfunction which
hinders a manual rescue operation with SPB and SDI.
Possible reasons are:
- defective speed encoders for SDI
- defective E2PROM on SPB
- Missing battery for SPB
Press the SPB-buttons REB + DDO simultaneously to lo-
cate the error.
0601 SPB:TempHTS W The Service Panel Board detected an overtemperature.
0602 LwssService W The LWSS requested “Request For Service” (REM). See
LWSS event logging for reason.
0604 S/W Changed I SCN changed
0605 Update S/W! W New subsytem software was installed that requires new
GECB software.
0606 SpbService W The SPB requested “Request For Service” (REM). See
SPB event logging for reason.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
event class reason

0607 /TUM1 F
0608 /TUM2 F
0609 /TDM F
0610 /TUPS F
0611 /TDPS F
0612 SOS up F
0613 SOS down F
0614 PRBB BatLow W
0701 SP missing F Node Guarding does not detect the SP at the CAN bus.
Check CAN_OK LED at SP; Check CAN wiring between
GECB & SP;
0702 BCB missing F Node Guarding does not detect the BCB at the CAN bus.
Check CAN_OK LED at BCB_II; Check CAN wiring be-
tween GECB & BCB_II;
0703 BcbIoFail F The state of inputs were not received every second or the
output command were not acknowledged.
CAN bus overload? Defect BCB_II?
0704 BcbHwFail F The BCB published an EEPROM error.
Exchange BCB_II;
0705 BcbSwFail F The BCB published a task timing problem.
Exchange BCB_II;
0706 EncoderFail F The rescue encoder generates no signals during a normal
run.
Check rescue encoder wiring; Replace rescue encoder or
GECB_II;
0707 OCB fail F The OCB auxiliary contacts are wired incorrectly.
Check wiring to OCB; Check OCB; Check GECB_II inputs;
0708 Overspeed W The measured rescue encoder speed is 15% faster than
the nominal speed. The OS contact or the safeties could
be activated. MRO is prevented.
Reset OS contact; Check Encoder / Speed parameter;
0710 No Battery F The BCB misses the rescue battery.
Check RPS / battery;
0711 BatTempErr W The BCB indicates that the battery cannot be charged,
because the temperature is out of range.
Check battery temperature sensor;
0712 BatFault F The BCB indicates a battery charge failure or a defect bat-
tery.
Replace battery;
0713 NoBatSignal F The BCB has not charge unit signals. It could be defect
BCB or a missing charge power supply.
Replace BCB_II;
0714 Low Battery I The battery voltage is to low for ARO or MRO with drive.
Charge battery or replace it;
Software Basic Data

Berlin
event class reason

0715 BatCharged I The BCB indicates a fully charged battery.
0716 BatPower I The BCB is powered by battery, caused by lost main pow-
er supply.
0717 NormalPower I The BCB operates by the main power supply.
0719 No3runNoAro I The main power is lost, but there where less than 3 runs
before power fail and after ERO or after operating the
OCB. These 3 runs are needed to execute ARO.
0720 AroStarted I ARO were initialized
0721 AroAborted W The OCSS ARO mode was aborted (e.g. by INS, timeout,
invalid position, drive shutdown). If no other event was ad-
ditional logged (as ARO abort indicator), the failure must
be found in the drive (shutdown).
0722 AroFinished I ARO sequence was finished.
0723 AroNoDrive F Drive does not communicate at the beginning of ARO.
Check wiring between drive / RR relays / BCB_II;
0724 AroTimeout W ARO didn’t reached the target and opened the door during
5 minutes.
0725 NoPreferDir F ARO or MRO: Drive did not send its preferred direction.
Check CAN connection to the drive;
Check if drive is powered by battery; Check drive events;
0726 BothDirFail F MRO with drive: the car didn’t move / both directions test-
ed.
Check rescue encoder & drive;
Check Drive events;
0727 DrvLineFail W The drive indicates a line failure.
0728 /RRI_IN F The read back contacts of the RR relays were missed dur-
ing ARO or MRO.
0729 /ARO_IN F The read back contacts of the ARO relays were missed
during ARO or MRO.
0730 MroWithDrv I MRO with drive were started.
0731 Mro w/o Drv I MRO without drive were started.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.7 Blink Messages
The following messages are blinking in each status display of the Service Tool:
Blink- Description related set-

Message up
wrongBoard The software cannot identify the board.
replace the GECB.
SCN Error Wrong Software
order a new software with correct partnumber (refer
to Baseline Release Document).
ES Wiring ES Safety chain wiring fault (PES not wired in series)
check safety chain wiring. After correction of the wir-
ing the error is cleared by switching off/on
SAF Wiring SAF Safety chain wiring fault (DS/GS not wired in se-
ries)
check safety chain wiring. After correction of the wir-
ing the error is cleared by successful door operation or
by unlocking the landing door.
Learn Run a) The drive package is performing its Learn Run to DRV-TYP=0
learn the hoistway situation.
b) The drive package is adjusting the encoder.
wait until the learn run has completed.
DoorBridge DW or DFC input has not been low while the door was
opened. Reason is a bridged door lock.
check safety chain
This event is stored into EEPROM so that the ONLY
way to bring the elevator into operation again is by
using INS.
Switch INS Landing door was opened for longer than 2 seconds or
the car door is bridged. Elevator is taken out of service.
way to bring the elevator into operation again is by using
INS.
TCI-lock The sequence to leave TCI-mode was not correctly fol-
lowed:
1. operate TES
2. open door
3. leave car roof
4. switch TCI off
5. release TES
6. close door
Software Basic Data

Berlin

Message up
No 110VAC! The power supply of the safety chain is missing.
Check connection.
Check fuses.
1LS+2LS on Limit switches 1LS and 2LS are active (low) at the same
time.
Check power supply of the position reference system.
Adr-Check Some RSL I/Os have to be programmed to a valid ad- TCI(691)
dress and are not allowed to be set to 00-0 or 01-0. Cur-
rently only one I/O is checked:
691 – TCI
DOL alw.on The signal DOL RDOL is low while the door is closed. DOL (000)
Check Event log to find out whether the front or the RDOL(544)
rear door signal is wrong.
Check door fuses.
Check 24V power supply
SE-Fault The car cannot start due to missing SE-signal
1TH-Fault The DBR-contact which is connected to the input 1TH is
opened. The drive is powered down to allow cooling.
2TH-Fault One of the contacts which is connected to the 2TH is
opened.
PowerSave The drive package is currently switched off to save en- PDR-D
ergy.
start DCS! a) Normal operation is not allowed until the Door Check
Sequence has been completed successfully.
b) The DCS is required again if one of the parameters
TOP or BOTTOM is changed.
Enter M-1-3-5 to start the DCS!
Shutdown The drive reports a Shutdown or CAN-Communication
not working
See event logging of MCB.
check CAN-wiring
check CAN-LEDs
Car Light Car Light Relay on top of car is dropped. CLR (1000)
Note:
This message has been renamed in AAE.
LBG/CSP-2 Light Beam Gate has been active. LBG
(967, 968)
SPB: HTS Hall Temperature Sensor from Service Panel Board is SPB-Temp
activated. Car is shutdown at next committable floor and
taken out of service until the temperature is lower than
parameter SPB-Temp.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

Message up
SPB-Comm. CAN-Communication to SPB is not working.
check CAN-wiring
check CAN-LEDs
MRO active The SPB requests to ignore the inputs at Manual Res-
cue Run.
OmuPresent A wrong procedure was used to plug the OMU. TCI (691)
It must be ensured that TCI is switched OFF while the
controller is powered down:
While the controller is on, switch TCI off (NOR or
ERO)
switch the controller off
switch the controller on
UCM Detect Unintended Car Movement was detected. UCM-TYP=1,
See also Feature Setup Description. 3
ETSD-Fault ETSD Circuit has triggered. This is the case if PX2.1=2
DFC+uib+dib is seen during run. UP(576)
DN(577)
ETSC-Fault ETSD Selftest has failed. PX2.1=2
UP(576)
DN(577)
6LS-TYP! The parameter “6LS-TYP” at GECB has a different val- 6LS-TYP
ue than the parameter “6LS-TYP” at the drive.
Check GECB Parameter “6LS-TYP”
Check MCB3/MCB3x/GDCB Parameter “6LS-TYP”
No UIB DIB The safety chain stayed open at UIB and DIB for longer
than 5 seconds.
In Low Overhead Installations (OHLOW), check KS
contact
No.: GAA30782GAB_FSD
OTIS Software Basic Data SCN: GAA30782GAB
Page: 1 / 196
Engineering Center GCS – GECB Date: 2015-03-25
Berlin
Feature Setup Description
GCS - GECB


2015-03-25 GAA30782GAB A. Pfeffer Original document
Copyright 2015, OTIS GmbH Berlin

No part of this document may be copied or reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior written consent of OTIS GmbH.
Page: 2 / 196
Berlin
Table of Contents
1 Revision History............................................................................................................6
2 Operational Modes...................................................................................................... 11
2.1 ACP - Anti-Crime Protection .............................................................................................................. 11
2.2 BLC - Better Living Circuit ................................................................................................................. 12
2.3 ANS - Anti-Nuisance Operation ......................................................................................................... 13
2.4 ARO - Automatic Rescue Operation.................................................................................................. 14
2.5 ATT - Attendant Operation ................................................................................................................. 16
2.6 Alternative Simplex Zone Parking ..................................................................................................... 18
2.7 CCB - Car Calls Behind....................................................................................................................... 20
2.8 CFT - Cafeteria Position ..................................................................................................................... 20
2.9 CGS - Buzzer control for Detecting Landing Door Opened ........................................................... 20
2.10 CK, CBC - Car Button Cancel ............................................................................................................. 21
2.11 Compass - Destination Entry ............................................................................................................. 22
2.12 COR Rescue operation ....................................................................................................................... 23
2.13 CTL,CBL - Car Calls to Terminal Landings ...................................................................................... 27
2.14 DBF - Drive / Brake Fault .................................................................................................................... 29
2.15 DHB - Door Hold Button ..................................................................................................................... 30
2.16 EQO - Earthquake Operation ............................................................................................................. 31
2.17 EFO according to EN81-73 ................................................................................................................. 39
2.18 EFO – Dynamic EFO............................................................................................................................ 41
2.19 EFO - Hong Kong Fire Alarm Home Landing ................................................................................... 43
2.20 EFS - Hong Kong Code for Fireman’s Lifts ...................................................................................... 43
2.21 EFS-TYPs ............................................................................................................................................. 44
2.22 EFS - Emergency Firemen Service without correction runs .......................................................... 45
2.23 EFS according EN81-72 ...................................................................................................................... 45
2.24 EFS with Safety Chain Bypass for Korea / Taiwan .......................................................................... 47
2.25 FCL - Full Collective with Car Call Priority Services for Korea ...................................................... 52
2.26 HAD - Hoistway Access Detection .................................................................................................... 52
2.27 HCC - Hall Call Cancel ........................................................................................................................ 52
2.28 PTC - Penthouse Control .................................................................................................................... 53
2.29 Stuck Hall Button Detection ............................................................................................................... 55
2.30 SHO - Shabat Operation ..................................................................................................................... 55
2.31 WDOB/WDCB - Wheel Chair DOB/DCB ............................................................................................. 57
2.32 Wheel Chair Service (WCS) ................................................................................................................ 58
2.33 Door Open Hold By Trunk Key (DH-Trunk)....................................................................................... 59
2.34 Position Recovery after Power Fail ................................................................................................... 60
3 Energy Saving ............................................................................................................. 61
3.1 Cut off Position Indicator during Parking Mode .............................................................................. 61
3.2 Door Power Save ................................................................................................................................. 61
3.3 Drive Power Save ................................................................................................................................ 62
3.4 LR - Car Light ....................................................................................................................................... 62
Page: 3 / 196
Berlin
3.5 RGEN - Regenerative mode display .................................................................................................. 62

4 Security Functions...................................................................................................... 65
4.1 Overview .............................................................................................................................................. 65
4.2 CRO - Car Call Card Reader Operation ............................................................................................. 65
4.3 HCRO - Hall Call Card Reader ............................................................................................................ 67
4.4 CCO - Car Call Cutoff .......................................................................................................................... 68
4.5 HCO - Hall Call Cutoff ......................................................................................................................... 68
4.6 CHCS - Cutoff Hall Call Switch .......................................................................................................... 68
4.7 EMS Security Options ......................................................................................................................... 69
4.8 Hong Kong Anti Burglar Operation ................................................................................................... 69
4.9 SAO - Car Security Access Operation .............................................................................................. 70
4.10 PET Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 73
5 Drive Related Setup .................................................................................................... 76
5.1 Drive OverHeat .................................................................................................................................... 76
5.2 ETS - Emergency Terminal Slowdown with Safety Switches (PX2.1=2) ....................................... 77
5.3 ETS - Emergency Terminal Slowdown with Reed Switches (PX2.1=4 or 5) .................................. 82
5.4 RPD-P2 - Low Cost Single Position Sensor ..................................................................................... 84
5.5 SMART Charger for “LVA Switch” .................................................................................................... 86
5.6 TPOS - Cyclic Parking......................................................................................................................... 87
5.7 UCM EN81 - Unintended Car Movement ........................................................................................... 89
5.8 UCM Korea - Unintended Car Movement (UCM-K) .......................................................................... 92
5.9 UCM Japan - Unintended Car Movement (UCM-JIS) ....................................................................... 98
5.10 6LS - Emulation via Software ........................................................................................................... 101
5.11 Alternate Profiles............................................................................................................................... 103
6 Door Related Setup................................................................................................... 104
6.1 Generic Door Operator ..................................................................................................................... 104
6.2 DO-5 / AT120 ...................................................................................................................................... 115
6.3 Generic Door Operator (DO/DC RSL interface) .............................................................................. 117
6.4 SGS2 - Secondary Safety Gate Shoe for Korea ............................................................................. 119
6.5 Door Bypass ...................................................................................................................................... 119
6.6 Door Reversals after Power On ....................................................................................................... 120
7 Car related Setup ...................................................................................................... 121
7.1 CGS - Door Short Protection for Korea........................................................................................... 121
7.2 CMG - Car Mounted Governor ......................................................................................................... 121
7.3 FAN - Fan Control for Asia ............................................................................................................... 122
7.4 Hong Kong Car Door Locks ............................................................................................................. 123
7.5 GECB: SO(Safe to Open) Signal for Japan ..................................................................................... 124
8 Group Related Setup ................................................................................................ 126
8.1 OTIS2000 Openings .......................................................................................................................... 126
8.2 Dummy Doors .................................................................................................................................... 127
8.3 DEK with RSL Encoded Interface .................................................................................................... 128
9 Hoistway Setup ......................................................................................................... 129
9.1 OHLOW/SHPIT - Reduced Hoistway................................................................................................ 129
Page: 4 / 196
Berlin
9.2 LOWPIT1 - Low Pit ............................................................................................................................ 131

10 Controller Related Setup .......................................................................................... 135
10.1 GCS222MRL ....................................................................................................................................... 135
10.2 GCS 222 LVA ..................................................................................................................................... 136
10.3 ACD with CSPB ................................................................................................................................. 140
11 Signal Devices .......................................................................................................... 141
11.1 CPI-11 - ELD Car Position Indicator ................................................................................................ 141
11.2 OOS - Out Of Service ........................................................................................................................ 141
11.3 CDI,HDI,CDL,HDL,CNG - Direction Indicator / Lantern / Gong ..................................................... 142
11.4 FMO - Fixture Maintenance Operation ............................................................................................ 144
11.5 REM Signals ....................................................................................................................................... 144
11.6 TRIC - Trip Counter ........................................................................................................................... 147
11.7 Voice Announcement for Handicapped Person for Korea............................................................ 147
12 LW - Load Weighing ................................................................................................. 147
12.1 In Car Load Weighing via CAN Bus................................................................................................. 147
12.2 Dead End Hitch Load Weighing via CAN Bus ................................................................................ 148
12.3 Discrete In Car Load Weighing via RS Inputs for CAN drives ...................................................... 148
12.4 Discrete Inputs for hydraulic ........................................................................................................... 149
12.5 Discrete Car Inputs for none CAN drives ....................................................................................... 149
12.6 Discrete Machineroom Inputs for none CAN drives ...................................................................... 150
12.7 Disable Overload (OLD) .................................................................................................................... 150
13 Inputs ......................................................................................................................... 151
13.1 1TH - Thermal contact 1 ................................................................................................................... 151
13.2 2TH - Thermal contact 2 ................................................................................................................... 151
13.3 HTS - Hall Temperature Sensor ....................................................................................................... 151
14 TBF - Time Based Features (Real Time Clock) ....................................................... 152
14.1 DST - Daylight Saving Time (Summertime/Wintertime) ................................................................ 152
14.2 NNR - Night Noise Reduction ........................................................................................................... 153
14.3 TFA - Time Based Feature Activation ............................................................................................. 153
15 Battery Backup Rescue ............................................................................................ 155
15.1 ARO (Automatic Rescue Operation) ............................................................................................... 155
15.2 MRO (Manual Rescue Operation) .................................................................................................... 160
16 Remote Elevator Inspection (REI) ........................................................................... 170
16.1 MEL – Manual Error Log Collection ................................................................................................ 170
16.2 REI Operation General (Manual REI) ............................................................................................... 170
16.3 Self-Trigger REI ................................................................................................................................. 181
16.4 Sequential REI ................................................................................................................................... 182
16.5 REI Test by SVT ................................................................................................................................. 182
16.6 REI Data Collection ........................................................................................................................... 183
17 Remote Elevator Monitoring (REM) ......................................................................... 192
17.1 REM6 Setup ....................................................................................................................................... 192
17.2 RFS Alarm .......................................................................................................................................... 192
Page: 5 / 196
Berlin
17.3 OOS Alarm ......................................................................................................................................... 195

18 Parameter and RSL IO management ....................................................................... 196
18.1 Adjusting Bad parameter ................................................................................................................. 196
Page: 6 / 196
Berlin
1 Revision History
Date Rev Author Comment

18-Jan-2001 V1.0 A. Gerwing first issue
14-Mar-2002 V 1.1 A. Gerwing RBU-1 added
V 1.2 M. Hoinkis HCB-Features added
7-Oct-2002 V1.3 H.-K. Spielbauer EQO added
Dec-2002 V 2.0 A. Pfeffer Document applicable for LCB2, TCB,
HCB, TCBC
May-2003 GAA30082CAC A. Pfeffer new AT25; EFS without COR; REM
signals; Direction lanterns added
Aug-2003 GAA30081AAE A. Pfeffer no changes
25-Sep-2003 GAA30084CAB A. Pfeffer no changes
M. Hoinkis SAC extended
A. Pfeffer SAC extended
A. Pfeffer EFS for EN81-72 added, clearer de-
scription for EN-HCRO
07-Sep-2004 GAA 30781 AAA M. Hoinkis added TCBC 30781 baseline
14-Dec-2004 GAA 30781 AAB M. Hoinkis no changes
2005-04-06 GAA 30780 AAA A. Pfeffer no changes for GECB
2005-04-14 GAA 30781 AAC M. Hoinkis TCBC: ACG for DO-5 / AT120
2005-07-21 GAA 30780 AAB A. Pfeffer Compass added for GECB
2005-08-04 GAA 30781 AAD M. Hoinkis Automatic Rescue Operation update
2005-08-16 GAA 30781 AAE M. Hoinkis add EQO-4, RSL load weighing
2005-09-02 GAA 30781 AAE M. Hoinkis add Taiwan EFS, DBF, 1TH, 2TH, HTS
2005-10-04 GAA 30781 AAE M. Hoinkis add AROL output for ARO
2005-10-20 GAA 30781 AAE M. Hoinkis add reduced hoistway / ARO update
2005-11-15 GAA 30781 AAE M. Hoinkis Dir. Ind. / ARO / EFS / corr.
2005-12-07 GAA 30781 AAE M. Hoinkis RFS reduction
2006-01-05 GAA 30781 AAE M. Hoinkis Taiwan EFS update
2006-02-22 GAA 30781 AAF M. Hoinkis HAD added / Taiwan EFS update
2006-10-27 GAA 30780 BAA M. Hoinkis EN-81-73 (EFO) added
2006-11-1 GAA 30780 BAA B. Braasch Op. Mode: Anti-Crime Protection
(ACP); Anti-Nuisance Operation (ANS);
Attendant Operation (ATT); Cafeteria
Position (CFT); Cancel Door Dwell
Time; Car Calls Behind; Car Calls to
Terminal Landings; added
Security: Car Call Cutoff; Hall Call
Cutoff; Cutoff Hall Call Switch; added
2006-11-9 H. Spielbauer EN 81-73 Flowchart
2007-01-03 GAA 30781 AAG M. Hoinkis EFS-TYP table added, DO/DC RSL
interface added
2007-01-08 GAA 30780 CAA B. Braasch Op. Mode: (ATT) new description ;
2007-04-03 GAA 30781 AAH M. Hoinkis ARO description extended
2007-04-04 GAA 30780 DAA A. Pfeffer no changes
2007-08-29 GP1 30780 DAA A. Pfeffer no changes
2007-04-20 GAA 30781 AAH M. Hoinkis REM signals: OOS / RFS / SPBF ex-
tended for TCBC
2007-05-02 M. Hoinkis LOSP: hint for HWY-TYP = 0
2007-05-23 M. Hoinkis REM OOS: 60 min suppression after
ERO removed
Page: 7 / 196
Berlin

2007-12-14 GAA30780DAB A. Pfeffer Added: Time Based Features; Hall Call
Cancel; Test Fixture
Revised: 1TH, 2TH, HTS, CCTL
2008-06-13 GAA30082DAC M. Hoinkis EFO: EFO-LOCK added; HAD & LCB_II
added
2008-06-30 GAA30082DAC M. Hoinkis EFO: EFO-LOCK & EN-BAK parameter
removed
2008-07-22 G1530780DAC A. Pfeffer Added Hong Kong Features: Homing
Floor (EFO), Fireman’s Lift (EFS), Car
Door Lock, Anti Burglar Operation.
2008-07-22 G1530780DAC A. Pfeffer Added Korean Fan Control, Door Short
Protection, One Sensor PRS, Voice
Anouncement, UCM
2008-07-22 G1530780DAC A. Pfeffer Added ETS
2008-09-25 G1530780DAC H. Spielbauer EN 81-73 Flowchart update
2008-11-12 G2330780DAC A. Pfeffer No changes
2008-12-04 GAA30780DAC A. Pfeffer Car Button Cancel (CK, CBC)
7ewriteten.
2009-04-17 A. Pfeffer GCS222MRL added
2009-05-05 GAA30780DAD M. Hoinkis Battery Backup Rescue added; RFS for
GECB
2009-06-08 G1330780DAE A. Pfeffer EN-CK expanded
2009-06-19 GAA30780DAE A. Pfeffer Release
2009-07-16 G1630780DAF H.-K. Spielbauer Application for GECB only
2009-09-08 GAA30780DAF A. Pfeffer No changes
2009-10-09 A. Pfeffer TRIC description added
2009-11-10 A. Pfeffer OPERAT=0 added for Compass
2009-12-10 G2130780DAG A. Pfeffer, Added Korean Features: Car Call Priori-
Kang DongHo ty , Cut Off Position Indicator during
PKS, Stuck Hall Button Detection,
Buzzer Control for Opened Landing
Door, ARO for GECB-EN
2010-01-21 S. Seelmann Generic Door Description added
2010-01-22 GAA30780DAG A. Pfeffer Sticky Brake Prevention added
Parameter DOL-D added for Generic
Door
2010-02-05 A. Pfeffer “Vector: 6LS Emulation” added
2010-02-18 G1330780DAH A. Pfeffer “Vector: Car Mounted Governor (CMG)”
added
2010-03-17 G1630780DAH A. Pfeffer “Cyclic Parking” modified
2010-03-17 G1630780DAH A. Pfeffer Chapter “Energy Saving” added;
“Cut Off Position Indicator during PKS”
moved to “Energy Saving”
2010-05-07 GAA30780DAH A. Pfeffer Release
2010-06-15 G1130780DAJ M. Hoinkis i/o’s AEFO, ASL, EFK, EFO explained
2010-10-26 GAA30780DAJ H.-K. Spielbauer Release
2011-01-04 G1130780EAA A.Pfeffer Added UCM EN81
2011-04-06 GAA30780EAB A.Pfeffer Release
2011-05-09 G1130780EAC M. Hoinkis MRO_EB added

2011-05-18 G1430780EAC D. Cominelli Added ETSD with Reed Switches –
Page: 8 / 196
Berlin

ET_Px table still TBD
2011-06-27 G1730780EAC M. Hnida Added Low Pit
2011-07-20 G1730780EAC SG Cho Added option 2 for DS-CCB
Added WDOB/WDCB
2011-07-07 G1730780EAC DH Kang Added UCM fault clearing for Korea;
Added how to clear UCM fault by unin-
tended UCM-TYP =1;
Added EFS-TYP=12
2011-08-26 G2030780EAC A. Pfeffer Moved chapter DHB
2011-08-31 G2030780EAC M. Hnida Added blink messages “LOPIT cfg!”,
“KS-L fault”, and “APS fault” and errors
0619 HWY-TYP, 0334 KS-L fault, and
0335 APS fault
2011-10-24 G2530780EAC D. Cominelli Defined the ET_Px and ET_Sx inputs
as inverted, and describe the ETSD with
Reed Switch setup in table form.
2011-10-26 G2530780EAC A. Pfeffer - Renamed and Reordered chapters.
- Deleted EAR, CSP-5.
- Adapted setup table formatting of
ACP, ANS, ATT, CCB, CFT, CCO, HCO
- Added “OTIS2000 Openings” and
“Dummy Doors”.
- Revised DBF
2011-10-26 G2530780EAC A. Pfeffer Added Parameter Requirement for
UCM-EN81 Test
2011-10-28 GAA30780EAC D. Cominelli - Removed ET_Px table because will be
described in the startup routine docu-
ment.
2011-10-28 GAA30780EAC A. Pfeffer - Removed descriptions for other boards
than GECB.
2011-11-21 G1130780EAD M Hoinkis - 6.1.4 extension (hidden door setup)
- 6.5 Door Bypass LCB_IIC (new)
- 12.4-6 discrete LW for LCB_IIC (new)
2011-11-25 G1330780EAD M Hoinkis - Door setup extended for LCB_IIC
- 2.27 Pos recover added
- 6.6 Door rev. after power on added
2012-04-13 G2630780EAD A. Pfeffer - UCM3: UCM-EN81 Test via RSL
2012-04-13 G2630780EAD D. Cominelli Added Alternate Profiles section under
Drive-Related Setup.
2012-06-04 G1230780EAE SG Cho Adapted for JIS: 2.10 EN-CK, 2.26
HCC, 7.3 FAN
Added 2.6 Alternative Simplex Zone
Parking, 2.29 WCS, 12.7 Disable OLD,
16. REI, 17. REM
2012-06-04 G1230780EAE DH Kang Added 2.2 BLC, 2.30 DH-Trunk, 5.10
Drive OverHeat, 7.5 SO
2012-06-04 G1230780EAE GS Wang Added 2.15.2 EQO-5(Japan), 4.10 PET
operation
2012-08-14 G2230780EAE SG Cho Updated 2.14 DHB, 2.29 WCS, 4.10
PET Operation, 5.6 UCMK, 16.1 REI
Deleted 5.1 DHB
2012-09-11 GAA30780EAE DH Kang Added 5.10 UCM Japan
Updated 5.6 UCM Korea
Page: 9 / 196
Berlin

2012-12-06 GAA30780EAG GS Wang Added COR rescue operation
2013-01-09 GAA30780EAG D. Cominelli Added section 10.2 – ACD with CSPB
2013-03-07 G1530780EAH A. Pfeffer Added section 10.2 - GCS 222 LVA
2013-03-27 G1630780EAH A. Pfeffer Modified section 10.2 - GCS 222 LVA
2013-04-04 G1730780EAH A. Pfeffer Added exampled for 3.5 RGEN Display
2013-04-11 G1830780EAH A. Pfeffer Section 5.5 – Added instruction for pa-
rameter changes
2013-04-24 GP130780EAG A. Pfeffer Release
2013-07-08 GP230780EAG GS Wang Updated COR rescue operation about
mode change to DCS when abnormal
APRS detected.
2013-09-06 GP230780EAG A. Pfeffer Release
2013-10-10 G2230780EAJ A. Pfeffer In section 10.2 - GCS 222 LVA, added
parameter description “LVA-TYP”
2013-10-14 Gxx30780EAJ D. Cominelli Added section 8.3 “DEK with RSL
Encoded Interface”
2013-10-28 G2730780EAJ A. Pfeffer In section 10.2 - GCS 222 LVA, added
CARIO I/O Mapping
2013-12-09 Gxx30780EAK D. Cominelli Added section 17.1 “REM6 Setup”
2014-01-14 GP330780EAG GS Wang Added section 18.1 – Automatic adjust-
ing parameter
2014-06-10 GP230780EAL A. Pfeffer Corrected CAR I/O Mapping for RDOS
2014-06-03 G7130780EAL M. Hnida Added Low Pit with pit access from
both front and rear door
2014-05-02 G2230782GAA A. Pfeffer Modified 8.2 Dummy Doors – now
includes setting of Allowed Mask and
Drive parameter
2014-05-21 G2230782GAA DH Kang Added Automatic adjusting parameter
2014-09-01 G1430782GAB A. Pfeffer EFS: Removed obsolete parameter
EN-EVT from description
2014-11-14 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland In section 2.4 “ARO”, added DIS-ARO,
ARO-T
2014-11-17 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Added section 2.28 “Penthouse Con-
trol”
Page: 10 / 196
Berlin

2014-12-04 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Renamed ARO-T to ARO-D
2014-12-18 G1930782GAB A. Pfeffer In “Drive Releated Features”, changed
order of chapters for alphabetical order
2014-12-18 G1930782GAB A. Pfeffer Added “Smart Charger for LVA Switch”
2015-02-02 G2330782GAB A. Pfeffer For LVA, added type of RSL LT
2015-02-09 G2330782GAB M. Ifland Added section 2.18 “EFO – Dynamic
EFO”
2015-02-27 G2430782GAB M. Ifland In section 2.28 “PTC” swapped modes
133 and 153
2015-03-06 G2630782GAB A. Pfeffer Added "15.1.1 ARO with GECB_LV"
and "15.2.3 MRO with GECB_LV"
2015-03-19 G2730782GAB A. Diethert 2.28 “PTC” only mode 153 is suited
2015-03-25 G2830782GAB A. Pfeffer Renamed 1338 P-DET to PDET
2015-03-25 G2930782GAB A. Diethert Minor revisions for 2.28 “PTC”
Page: 11 / 196
Berlin
2 Operational Modes
2.1 ACP - Anti-Crime Protection
Anti-crime protection forces each car to stop at a pre-defined landing and open it’s doors.
This allows a security guard or receptionist at the landing to visually inspect the passengers.
The car stops at this landing as it passes to serve further demand.
Install-Parameters:
Group name value description
9-SECURITY IST-P 0-99 Intermittent Stop Position
0..99: enabled, valid floor
>99: disabled
9-SECURITY EN-IST 1-7 Enable Intermittent Stop
0: disabled
1: up direction only
2: down direction only
3: both directions
4: not used
5: up direction when ISTS active
6: down direction when ISTS active
7: both directions when ISTS active
I/O-Numbers:
no. name description type location
616 ACSC Anti Crime Switch Car in car
617 ACSH Anti Crime Switch Hall in car
745 ISTS Intermittent Stop in group
When Anti-Crime Protection is triggered from the keyswitch ACSC or ACSH the mode
changes immediately to ACP. The car stops at every floor and opens the door enroute to
serving any registered car calls. The car shall be able to answer hall calls directly without
stopping if no car calls are registered.
Anti-Crime Protection can also be activated via installation parameters. When IST-P is set
to a valid floor and EN-IST is enabled, the car shall operate in normal operation until it
reaches the IST-P position. The car shall then stop at the IST-P position and open the doors
fully allowing for visual inspection. This feature can be configured to only occur in the up
direction, down direction, both directions, and/or only when the ISTS switch is activated on
the group link.
ACP has priority over SCX, CHN, MIT, LNS, ANS, DCP, PRK, NOR, and IDL modes.
Page: 12 / 196
Berlin
2.2 BLC - Better Living Circuit

Introduced in GAA30780EAE
This is the specification to be added for the apartment building constructed by the Housing
Corporation for Japan. When the Emergency Call Button (ECB) in the car is pressed, the
following operations for each type will be executed.
Parameters:
5-DOORS DCB-ACP 0,1 Enable DCB during ACP (Triggered by Better Living
Circuit)
0 DCB/RDCB/WDCB/RWDCB is disabled during ACP
1 DCB/RDCB/WDCB/RWDCB is enabled during ACP
9-SECURITY BLC-TYP 1-4 Better Living Circuit Type:
0 Invalid
1 Execute Type 1 (Buzzer only)
2 Execute Type 2 (Buzzer & ACP mode)
3 Execute Type 3 (Buzzer & ACP mode with timer)
4 Execute Type 4 (New Nagoya Sepc.)
BLC-T 10-255 BLC Buzzer Timeout:
10 (1) 255 s
BLC-DCB 0,1 Enable DCB during BLC
0 DCB/RDCB/WDCB/RWDCB is disabled during ACP
triggered by BLC
1 DCB/RDCB/WDCB/RWDCB is enabled during ACP
triggered by BLC
ECB-TYP 0,1 ECB button type:
0 Normal
1 Detection of rising edge
ECB-TYP can be selected depending on ECB devices.
I/O-Numbers:
23 BUZ Buzzer out car
1193 BRB1H Buzzer Reset Button for Hall Link w/ ACP reset in hall
1194 BRB2H Buzzer Reset Button for Hall Link w/o ACP reset in hall
1211 BUZH Buzzer for Hall Link out hall
1229 ECBC Emergency Call Button for Car Link in car
Type 1:
The alarm buzzer sounds and [ACP] is not activated while the emergency call button (ECBC)
button is being pressed.
Type 2:
Alarm sound is activated when the ECBC is pressed and deactivated when buzzer reset
button (BRB1H) is active. [ACP] mode is active while the alarm is sounding. When BRB1H
pressed, the alarm buzzer stops [ACP] is reset and return to normal operation mode. If
Page: 13 / 196
Berlin
BRB1H pressed during moving, the car will stop at the nearest floor and then return to
normal operation mode.
Type 3:
When the ECBC is pressed, the alarm sounds for about 3 minutes (BLC-T). This timer value
is initiated whenever ECBC is pressed. [ACP] mode is active while the alarm is sounding.
When the preset 3 minutes are expired or BRB1H is pressed, the alarm buzzer stops, [ACP]
is reset and return to the normal operation mode. If the preset time is expired or BRB1H is
pressed during moving, the car will stop at the nearest floor and then return to the normal
operation mode.
Type 4:
When the ECBC is pressed, the alarm sounds for about 3 minutes (BLC-T). This timer value
is initiated whenever ECBC is pressed. [ACP] mode is active while the alarm is sounding.
When the preset 3 minutes are expired, the alarm buzzer stops, [ACP] is reset and returns
to the normal operation mode. If the preset time is expired during moving, the car will stop at
the nearest floor and then return to the normal operation mode. When BRB1H is pressed,
[ACP] is immediately reset and returned to the normal operation mode. If BRB1H is pressed
during car moving, the car stops at the nearest floor and then returns to the normal
operation mode even before the preset time of 3 minutes elapses, but warning buzzer
continuously active until BRB2H is active or 3 minutes are expired. When BRB2H is pressed,
the warning buzzer immediately stops sounding even before the preset 3 minutes elapsed,
but [ACP] is continuously active until BRB1H is active or 3 minutes are expired.
2.3 ANS - Anti-Nuisance Operation
Upon activation, all registered car calls are cancelled. This is used to prevent the car from
answering car calls when no one is in the car.
Install-Parameters:
1-SYSTEM ANS 1-255 Anti Nuisance Call Limit
0: disabled, all calls answered
1..255: calls needed to trigger ANS if car is loaded with
ANS load (input: LWX)
If the car is empty (i.e. less than 10% of rated load), and there are more calls entered than
defined by the parameter ANS, all car calls are deleted.
Page: 14 / 196
Berlin
2.4 ARO - Automatic Rescue Operation

The operational mode ARO is available since GAA30780DAB.
Install-Parameters:
5-DOORS DAR-T 15-255 Door Time for Automatic Release:
In case of a fault the door is kept open for DAR-T and then
closed.
9-SECURITY RSC-SEC 0,1 Rescue Security Options:
0 Do not open secured doors after a rescue run
1 Open doors after a rescue run, even if secured
1-SYSTEM DIS-ARO 0,1 Disable ARO
0 ARO enabled
1 ARO disabled
1-SYSTEM ARO-D 0-240 Delay ARO
The system waits for ARO-D before ARO is started.
I/O-Numbers:
1045 AROL Automatic Rescue Operation Light out car
The features ARO and EPO are mutual exclusive. The OCSS ARO mode will not be started,
if the GECB is in inspection mode.
The ARO mode will be aborted, if the EFS Phase II were activated before ARO. Phase I
(EFO) also prevents ARO.
More Details about the preparing the ARO phase are described in chapter 15.1.
The OCSS will reject the ARO request in case of:
• INS mode
• Position from Drive is invalid
• EFS mode
• EFO mode (since version GAA30780DAB)
• ARO run would be up at TOP floor or down at BOTTOM floor
• DIS-ARO is set to 1
• the following timeouts happens:
max. time what for

60s drive must be idle and published a valid position to the GECB after the beginning of ARO
4:20min the target must be reached after the drive became idle
60s the safety chain must be closed after the beginning of closing
Page: 15 / 196
Berlin
ARO-Sequence:
The drive publishes the rescue direction (generative direction, determined by load weighing)
to the GECB. The GECB starts a rescue run to the next DZ (if not at DZ) and checks it. If it
is a dummy floor, the car will move to the next DZ in the same direction. If the car stays /
reaches a DZ which is not a dummy floor, the GECB will open one door if the door is not
secured. At first the front door will be checked. If the front door is not available or secured
(parameter ‘RSC-SEC’, fire proof door, SAC, card reader, EMS security), the rear door will
be checked and opened (if available or not secured). The buzzer will be switched on, if one
door opens. The door open time depends on the parameter ‘DAR-T’. The buzzer will be
switched off, if both doors are closed. During closing of the door, the DOB will be enabled. If
the doors are closed or a timeout of 1 minute happens (for closing the doors), the GECB will
sends a message (ARO finished) to the SPBC_III or the internal rescue module (GECB_II).
Since version GAA30780DAB: After closing the door the DOB would open the door
(possible for 30s after the DAR-T).
Since version GAA30780DAD: A run to the next DZ will be executed, even though the posi-
tion is invalid. Then the door opens only, if no rear door, no dummy door and no secured
door is programmed. If the position is invalid, a run up within 2LS or run down within 1LS is
not possible.
Since version GAA30780EAK: ARO can be disabled with the parameter DIS-ARO for con-
trollers which do not support this option.
Since version GAA30782GAB: ARO runs can be delayed by a time period specified in the
parameter ARO-T. Until this time has elapsed, the system waits for power to resume.
ARO times:
time what for
DAR-T the door will be open for this time
30s DOB will be evaluated after DAR-T before switched off
(since GAA30780DAB)
ARO-T ARO will not be started until ARO-T has elapsed
Rescue direction will change, if load weighing fails:
delay what happens

0 drive publishes the rescue direction (preferred direction)
up to 200ms GECB sends rescue run command
1s brake drops (stop by drive, because the drive needs to much power; caused by failed load
weighing -> wrong preferred direction)
up to 50ms drive publishes new rescue direction ( inverted)
up to 200ms GECB send new rescue command
up to 500ms drive starts rescue run
This direction change happens only once (controlled by drive).

Page: 16 / 196
Berlin
2.5 ATT - Attendant Operation
The Attendant Service Operation feature shall accommodate semiautomatic operation un-
der manual control.
The car shall be placed on and removed from attendant operation by a key switch(ATK) in
the car operation panel.
Once on attendant operation, a car shall operate automatically except that judgments as to
car loading, door closing, and hall call bypass are made by the attendant. The optional Auto
Running Light(ARL) indicates that the car is under attendant operation.
Doors shall be commanded to open automatically for each car or hall stop and remain open
until the Door Close Button(DCB) ( Alternativly Door Close Button RDCB for alternate door)
is pressed. Doors shall be commanded to re-open when the Door Close Button is released
before the doors have fully closed.
Constant pressure applied to the non-stop button(NSB) bypasses hall calls as the car trav-
els through the Hoistway to serve registered car calls. Upon entering attendant operation,
any previous car calls registered are deleted.
Nudging, door protection devices and load weighing bypass are inhibited.
Install-Parameters:
1-SYSTEM ATT 0 Attendant Operation Type:
0: Press DCB or RDCB until the door is fully closed (start
demand exists (ATT-1))
1: Press ATTU/ATTD until the door is fully closed (start
demand exists (ATT-3))
2: Like 0, but the door may also be closed without any de-
mand
I/O-Numbers:
548 ATK Attendant Service Key in car
3 DCB Door Close Button in car
591 ATTD Attendant Down Button in car
590 ATTU Attendant Up Button in car
594 NSB Non Stop Button in car
740 FDL Further Demand Lamp out car
595 NSL Non Stop Lamp out car
593 FDLD Further Demand Down Lamp out car
592 FDLU Further Demand UP Lamp out car
742 ARL Attendant Running Lamp out hall
5500-5599 AUHCL 0-99 Annunciator Up out car
5600-5699 ADHCL 0-99 Annunciator Down out car
Page: 17 / 196
Berlin
The inputs and outputs need to be addressed according to the operation type selected and
whether the additional lamps are required.
Page: 18 / 196
Berlin
2.6 Alternative Simplex Zone Parking
With PRK-TYP=1, after responding to the last call, the car shall move to pre-determined
floor after ARD-T is expired. In this case, the [PRK] mode is displayed on SVT.
This function is only for simplex operation.

Install-Parameters:
2-OCSS FIX-PRK 0-8 Enable Fixed Zone Parking:
0 (1) 8 Number of Fixed Zones
FIX-MASK 0-255 Enable Fixed Zone Parking:
1 Bit for each zone where the car is allowed to park in
PRK-TYP 0-1 Alternative Simplex Parking Type:
0 If PCLKx is operated, the car will park at PARK-x imme-
diately. (If all PCLKx inputs OFF, the car parks at ARD-P.)
1 If PCLKx is operated, the car will park at PARK-x after
ARD-T is expired. (If all PCLKx inputs OFF, it seems that
ARD-P is ignored.)
Note: Simplex only

PARK-1 0-255 Park Clock Position 1:
Simplex: If PCLKx is operated, the car will park at PARK-x
instead of ARD-P.
PCLK1 has highest, PCLK8 has lowest priority.
Group: Bottom position of the Fixed Parking Zone x.
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
Page: 19 / 196
Berlin

0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
I/O-Numbers:
no. name description type location since
753 PCLK 1 Park Car Clock 1 in group
This table shows how to determine parking run floor by combination of parameters and in-
puts. (Applicable for PRK-TYP=1)
Parameter Value Input

Parking Run Floor
PARK-1 PARK-2 PCLK1 PCLK2
- - - - No parking run
OFF - No parking run

valid invalid
ON Run to PARK-1
ON ON Run to PARK-1
ON OFF Run to PARK-1

valid valid
OFF ON Run to PARK-2
OFF OFF No parking run
ON Run to PARK-2
invalid valid -
OFF No parking run
Note: PCLK1 has higher priority than PCLK2. (PCLKx>PCLKx+1)
Page: 20 / 196
Berlin
2.7 CCB - Car Calls Behind
This feature allows car calls to be registered anywhere in the building. Normally, car calls
are only allowed to be entered in the direction the car is moving.
Install-Parameters:
2-OCSS DS-CCB 0-2 Disable CCs behind moving car
0 CCs behind allowed
1 CCs behind not allowed
2 CCs behind allowed but canceled when direction re-
versed
The parameter DS-CCB defines whether car calls are allowed in the opposite direction of
the car’s current moving direction.
0 = enabled, car calls always allowed
1 = disabled, calls only allowed in moving direction
2 = car calls behind allowed but canceled when direction reversed
2.8 CFT - Cafeteria Position
At the defined Cafeteria Pos, longer than normal door times are desired to handle the addi-
tional traffic.
Install-Parameters:
1-SYSTEM CFT-P 1-99 Floor with restaurant/cafeteria
0...99: valid position
<99: disabled
5-DOORS CFT-NT 255 Cafeteria Door Dwell time:
0..25.5 seconds
Note: This door time is used at CFT-P if it is longer than

MIN-H.
2.9 CGS - Buzzer control for Detecting Landing Door Opened

Introduced in GAA30780DAG
If a landing door is opened with the closed car door for 1.5sec while the operation mode is
not INS mode, a car buzzer will be sounded. The sound time is about 10seconds but buzzer
will not be sounded when the operation mode is the INS mode by TCI or ERO switch. To
enable this feature also during run, select EN-CGS = 2.
Page: 21 / 196
Berlin

5-DOORS EN-CGS 2 Enable Door short Protection with CGS signal
0 disabled
1 enabled
2 like 1, but warning buzzer is enabled for the opened
landing door
2.10 CK, CBC - Car Button Cancel

With this feature, you can reduce the remaining door dwell time or delete an existing car
call.
Install-Parameters:
5-DOOR EN-CK 0 Feature disabled. Door remains open until door dwell time
has expired normally. Entered car calls cannot be cleared.
1 CK - When a car call button is pushed, the door immediate-
ly begins to close.
2 CBC - While the car is stopped, enter car button twice again
to delete an inadvertandly entered car call.
3 Options 1 + 2 together
4 CBCR1 - Cancel registered car call with car button (press
once) even during run
5 Options 1 + 4 together
6 CBCR2 - Cancel registered car call with car button (press
twice) even during run
Cancel Door Dwell Time

This feature reduces the door dwell time if a car call button is pushed. That means that the
door immediately begins to close after a car call has been entered.
Reversal devices are still active and will cause a normal reopening of the door. The door will
stay open again for MIN-C.
To enable this feature, select EN-CK=1.
Cancel Car Call

With this feature, the car call can be deleted if the same car button is pushed again twice.
To enable this feature only during stop, select EN-CK=2. To enable this feature also during
run, select EN-CK=4(press once), EN-CK=6(press twice; since GAA30780EAE).
Note: If JIS with EN-CK=6, the car call shall not be canceled when EFS mode or there is
only one car call.
Page: 22 / 196
Berlin
2.11 Compass - Destination Entry

The GECB software GAA30780AAB supports Destination Entry using the Group Control
Board (GCB). The following parameters must be programmed to enabled this feature:
Use M-1-1-5 to verify whether a GCB is online and whether Compass is active.
Install-Parameters:
1-SYSTEM OPERAT 0 FCL Full Collective
2-OCSS DOC 255 Disable Door Reopening
3-GROUP MIT-ST 0 Disable MIT (handled by GCB)
MIT-T 0 Disable MIT (handled by GCB)
MIT-VD 0 Disable MIT (handled by GCB)
MIT-DOOR 0 Disable MIT (handled by GCB)
SEL-COMP 3
RNG-BAUD 1 19200 baud
DEST-DE 5 1: no Annunciator, no COP
3: Annunciator, but no COP
5: COP, but no Annunciator
7: Annunciator and COP
For a simulation environment (i.e. no real passengers) add

'8' to the above values.
GCB-EN 8
4-DRIVE DUTY-HI xx low two digits of the car capacity (e.g. 50 for 1150kg)
DUTY-LO xx high two digits of the car capacity (e.g. 11 for 1150kg)
5-DOOR MIN-C 20 MIN-C and MAX-C must be identical (adjustable by GCB)
MAX-C 20 MIN-C and MAX-C must be identical (adjustable by GCB)
MIN-H 40 MIN-H and MAX-H must be identical (adjustable by GCB)
MAX-H 40 MIN-H and MAX-H must be identical (adjustable by GCB)
EXT-C 80 8s dwell time for handicapped car calls
EXT-H 30 30s dwell time for handicapped hall calls
EXT-H*10 1 select EXT-H as "1 sec" timer
I/Os
IO Symbol Description Since Def Type LOC
5500 AUHCL 0 Annunciator Front Call Lantern 0 0 out car
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
5599 AUHCL 99 Annunciator Front Call Lantern 99 0 out car
Page: 23 / 196
Berlin
2.12 COR Rescue operation
The objective of this function is to rescue passenger at the rescue floor before entering
correction run to terminal landing when lost its position.
Note: the rescue floor means the nearest door valid floor matched secured status
according to the bit 1 of CR-OPT.
Notice: There is a risk to open door at wall for CR-CHK-T * 100 ms when APRS was not
detected at dummy floor (landing door invalid floor) with the enabled bit 3 of CR-OPT or
when APRS was abnormally detected at dummy floor with the disabled bit 3 of CR-OPT.
Notice: COR rescue is available for front door only at phase 1
1. Rescue run to the nearest door valid floor is allowed when enabled rescue at the
nearest door valid floor under COR (bit 0 of CR-OPT) and DAR-T is higher than 0.
2. In order to identify the correct door for the rescue operation, conditions for door installed
condition and acceptance to open door at then secured floor shall be checked as shown
below.
2.1 Front doors only for all landing
If it is accepted to open door at the secured floors, OCSS can move car to the
nearest landing without additional position reference which can provide the
information to check which side door is valid,
If it is not accepted to open door at the secured floors, additional position reference
for front (CR-FSO) at all secured floors is required to provide the landed floor is
allowed or not to open front door when APRS installed at landing disabled to open
door under COR rescue.
2.2 Front and rear doors at all landings
If it is accepted to open door at the secured floors, OCSS can move car to the
nearest landing without additional position reference which can provide the
information to check which side door is valid
If it is not accepted to open door at the secured floors, additional position references
for front (CR-FSO) at all secured floors or rear (CR-RSO) at all secured floors is
required to provide the landed floor is allowed or not to open door at each side
when APRS installed at landing disabled to open door under COR rescue.
2.3 Front and rear doors at some landings
Recue run to the nearest floor with front and rear doors at some landings is not
available at this moment regarding of the risk of car door opening in front of a
concrete wall.
Page: 24 / 196
Berlin
To support rescue run to the nearest floor under condition like front and rear doors
at some landings, additional position references for front (CR-FSO) at all front
dummy floors or rear (CR-RSO) at all rear dummy floors is required check the
landed floor is allowed or not to open door at each side when APRS installed at
landing disabled to open door under COR rescue.
3. Monitoring APRS installed status
3.1 APRS installed status for each floor shall be inspected during learn-run or DCS run
and being saved in non-volatile memory.
3.2 When changed the service floor to dummy floor or dummy floor to service floor, the
installed status of APRS shall be reset.
3.3 If APRS is active after 500ms since leveling sensor turned off during run, APRS
abnormal operation detected and ERR_0275(CR-FSO Flt) & ERR_0276 (CR-RSO
Flt) is logged.
3.4 if physical address of APRS was not set and COR rescue operation is enabled,
ERR_0275 (CR-FSO Flt) & ERR_0276 (CR-RSO Flt) is logged
3.5 ERR_0275 and ERR0276 shall be ignored when “DCS Run” message displayed at
SVT because “DCS Run” message is enough to notify user to re-check APRS
installed status.
3.6 APRS can be truly active when signal de-bounced for 500ms during COR rescue
operation
3.7 When APRS was improperly installed like missed APRS at dummy floor or detected
APRS at normal service floor with set of +8 in CR-OPT, operation mode shall be set
to DCS if not set +16 in CR-OPT.
4. Abort COR rescue operation
4.1 Before entering COR rescue operation
A. When APRS abnormal operation was monitored, the rescue run to the nearest
floor shall be aborted and op mode changed to DCS except for option not-entering
DCS.
B. When APRS was not installed at dummy floor and set to install APRS at dummy
floor (bit 3 of CR-OPT=1), op mode changed to DCS except for option not-entering
DCS.
C. When APRS was not detected and set to install APRS at service floor (bit 3 of CR-
OPT=0), the rescue run to the nearest floor shall be rejected and directly move to
run to terminal landing.
D. When limit switch failure detected like simultaneous 1LS and 2LS activation, the
rescue operation shall be aborted.
4.2 While moving to the nearest landing
A. When 2LS detected while moving upward, the rescue operation shall be aborted.
Page: 25 / 196
Berlin
B. When 1LS detected while moving downward, the rescue operation shall be
aborted.
C. When position recovered during run with rescue command under COR rescue
operation, the position from drive shall be discarded to avoid the unexpected
position recovery cause the stuck NOR. If position is correct after stopped, accept
the position from drive.
4.3 When try to open door at the nearest landing
A. When landing door switch was not open status after CR-CHK-T since door open
command active at the rescue floor, the rescue operation is immediately aborted,
close door. This is to protect against an APRS failure that indicates a door exists
where one truly does not exist. Exceptionally, CR-CHK-T is not effective when no
dummy floor exist. When failed in detection of landing door open, operation mode
shall be set to DCS after position recovered if not set +16 in CR-OPT.
B. If car door was not physically opened for a specified time (DAR-T), entered the
generic COR returning to terminal landing.
5. Moving to the nearest landing
5.1 CR-DIR shall be preferred direction at the initial run for COR rescue.
5.2 When 2LS detected before entering COR rescue, preferred direction shall be down
5.3 When 1LS detected before entering COR rescue, preferred direction shall be up.
5.4 Real moving direction and stop door zone shall be controlled by drive
6. When the below condition satisfied, door open is allowed
6.1 Both leveling sensors like LV1 & LV2 are active. When using single LV, LV1 or LV2
active.
6.2 Signal leveling sensor like LV1 or LV2 is active and UIS or DIS is active
6.3 Both UIS and DIS are active
6.4 Limitation in stop control before opening door
When use 4 sensors type PRS with LCRD drive, drive can’t stop car at door zone
under the below condition.
Not able to stop car at both direction when both UIS and DIS failed
Not able to stop car at upward when UIS failed
Not able to stop car at downward when DIS failed
7. Door selection to be opened when car stopped at door zone
7.1 If there was no dummy floor for front and secured floor allowed to open door, front
door is always allowed to open.
Page: 26 / 196
Berlin
7.2 If there was no dummy floor for rear and secured floor allowed to open door, rear
door is always allowed to open.
7.3 When both front and rear door is allowed to open, front is override rear door.
7.4 If there was dummy floor or secured floor was not allowed to open door, APRS input
from each side is criteria to decide door to be opened.
7.5 Door open is allowed if APRS detected inside door zone when APRS installed at
service floor(bit 3 of CR-OPT=0) and is allowed if APRS was not detected when
APRS installed at dummy floor(bit 3 of CR-OPT=1)
8. Door opening at the nearest landing
8.1 If door open was tried and door open is invalid at the stop position when APRS
installed at service floor (bit 3 of CR-OPT=0)
Moving to the next door zone when APRS installed at service floor (bit 3 of CR-
OPT=0) and APRS was detected during normal operation.
COR rescue operation shall be aborted after max 3 times movement which is
counted by checking door zone senor or UIS or DIS.
8.2 If door open was tried and door open is invalid at the stop position when APRS
installed at dummy floor (bit 3 of CR-OPT=1)
Abort COR rescue operation and return to terminal landing according to generic
COR when APRS installed at dummy floor (bit 3 of CR-OPT=1.
8.3 After confirmed door was successfully opened, below fixture control shall be
followed while door open for a specified time (DAR-T)
1) Turn on GOL (Get Off Light) while door open
2) Buzzer will be flickered except for disabled buzzer flickering with bit 2 of CR-OPT.
8.4 After waiting at the rescue floor with door opened for a specified time (DAR-T)
perform the general COR to terminal landing. The time should be adjustable by
parameter which the range of value is from 5 to 30sec and default value is 15 sec.
When door reversal device active while opening door, waiting time at the rescue
floor will restart.
8.5 After expired waiting time (DAR-T) at the rescue floor, close door, turn off GOL (Get
Off Light) and car enter to COR run to terminal landing and turn on MD_COR until
returned to normal operation.
9. When returned from COR to normal operation mode which can service hall call or
ISC/PKS/OLD or REI, MD_BTN will be turned on for 3 seconds to notify car was
successfully returned to normal operation. MD_BTN shall be turned on after 2 sec from
position recovered regarding of the specific case that drive can recover position for 1
sec and return to the invalid position status.
Install-Parameters:
Page: 27 / 196
Berlin

1-SYSTEM CR-OPT 0 Option for COR operation:
+1 Enable rescue at the nearest door valid floor
+2 Allow door open at the secured floor
+4 Disable buzzer at the rescue floor
during door opened
+8 Installed APRS at floor disabled to open door
+16 Do not enter to DCS mode when abnormal APRS de-
tected.
Note: When secure floor exist, prohibited to open door at the

secured floor and no additional PRS installed at the secured
floor, rescue to the nearest floor will be aborted.
1-SYSTEM CR-DIR 0 Correction Fast Run Preferred Direction:

0 Down
1 Up
5-DOOR DAR-T 15 Door Time for Automatic Release:

closed.
15 (1) 255 s
Note: Applies for MCLS, CLR, SKL, DLM, HAD, 1TH/2TH,
DBF
Or
Door time for COR rescue operation:
0 Disable rescue at the nearest door valid floor
1 (1) 5 Default 15 second
6 (1) 255 second
5-DOOR CR-CHK-T 8 Delay to check landing door opened after open command:
When DW is closed after DOR-CHKT since door open
command active, immediately close door under rescue
operation with dummy floor.
0 (0.1) 2 s
I/O Name Link Description

1163 WTL car Waiting light
1164 GOL car Car indicating light - "Please get off"
1276 MD_COR car Mode display for COR run
1316 MD_BTN car Mode display for back to normal
1317 CR-FSO car Front Safe to open when position lost
1318 CR-RSO car Rear Safe to open when position lost
1163 WTL car Waiting light
2.13 CTL,CBL - Car Calls to Terminal Landings
If the controller has switches available, car calls to the terminal landings can be defined.
When activated, the car registers a call to either the bottom landing or the top, dependent
Page: 28 / 196
Berlin
upon the switch activated. Note that DCDS must be activated before CCTL or CCBL can be
used.

13 CCTL car Car call to top landing, only if DCDS is active
14 CCBL Car Car call to bottom landing, only if DCDS is active
786 DCDS Car Disable call and door switch (DDO+CHCS)
The inputs must be addressed correctly. Note that for buildings with unequal travel, the calls
to the top or bottom landing are based upon the allowed mask.
Page: 29 / 196
Berlin
2.14 DBF - Drive / Brake Fault

In case of a failure (e.g. car light, HTS, 1TH, 2TH, drive not ready) the car stops at the next
commitable landing, deletes all calls, opens door for DAR-T, then closes the door.
New calls will not be accepted. Only the DOB is operating.
Install-Parameters:
1-DOOR DAR-T 15-255 Door Time for Automatic Release:
closed.
DBF is performed for the following conditions:

Feature Detection
Car Light Failure Detected by I/O 1000 CLR.
Requires (1-SYSTEM) CLR-RUN=0
This input is low-active
Drive Fault Contact GECB-EN, -AP:

Detected by discrete inputs 1TH and 2TH, located at the GECB.
GECB_II:
Detected by discrete inputs 2TH and 2SE, located at the BCB_II
These inputs are low-active
Overtemperature Detected by Hall Temperature Sensor HTS, located at SPB, SPBC or SP.
The temperature limit is defined by the parameter (7-SERVICE) SPB-TEMP
ETS Fault Refer to separate ETS chapters 5.1 and 5.3.
6LS-TYP Mismatch Mismatching parameters (4-DRIVE)6LS-TYP on GECB and (Contract)6LS-TYP

on the Drive.
Refer to separate 6LS chapter 5.9
LowPit/APS Failure Refer to separate LowPit chapter 9.2
Hong Kong Door Lock: Detected by the I/Os 1039 XLV1 and 1040 XLV2
External LV Failure
Page: 30 / 196
Berlin
2.15 DHB - Door Hold Button

When the DHB keyswitch is operated the door opens for a specific duration. After that dura-
tion has expired the door closes automatically.
By pressing any Car Call Button or the Door Close Button the doortime can be canceled
manually and the door will close.
If DHB-TYP is set to ‘+1’ the door time can also be canceled by activating DHB again. If you
have opened the front door by using DHB, the activation of RDHB will open the rear door
and will not close the front door. To close a door you have to use the same keyswitch as
you have used to open a door.
If DHB-TYP is set to ‘+2’, existing car calls are deleted in DHB mode.
If DHB-TYP is set to ‘+4’, existing hall calls are not deleted in DHB mode.
If DHB-TYP is set to ‘+8’, the car direction is memorized in DHB mode.
IO-Numbers:
I/O name description
620 DHB Door Hold Button for front door
628 RDHB Door Hold Button for rear door
Install Parameters:
2- OCSS DHB-TYP DHB doortime can be canceled by...
0 press DCB or any CCB
(in this case the DHB-T is a 1-sec-timer
+1 press DCB or any CCB, or press DHB again
(in this case the DHB-T is a 10-sec-timer!)
+2 delete car calls when in DHB (since DAJ)
+4 keep hall calls when in DHB (since DAJ)
+8 keep car direction when in DHB with forward hall calls (since
EAE)
5-DOORS DHB-T Defines the door open time if DHB is operated. It specifies a 1-
sec-timer if DHB-T=0 and specifies a 10-sec-timer if DHB-T=1
Page: 31 / 196
Berlin
2.16 EQO - Earthquake Operation

Earthquake operation occurs when seismic activity is detected - via the counterweight sen-
sor or a seismic sensor.
Install-Parameters:
8-Emergency EQO Version of Earthquake Operation:
0 EQO-6 (New Zealand / Australia)
Earthquake operation mode can be reset with input signal
EQRS
1 EQO-7 (Mexico)
Earthquake operation mode can be reset by deactivating
EQS
2 EQO-4 (PAO)
EQC1 and EQC2 (60s after door open at the earliest)
3 EQO-5 (JAPAN)
EQC1 (60s after door open at the earliest), and EQC2 and
EQC3 can be manullay reset.
8-Emergency Mid Pos Mid Shaft Position:
0-31 Position, where the CWT meets the car
The car will not run to the CWT position at EQO.
255 disabled
EQO mode overrides all forms of security. EQO mode does not override Fire Proof Doors
and overrides not EFO/ EFS modes. The DCB and RDCB will be ignored at EQO.
In group operation each car reacts independent of the other cars in the group. If a common
reaction is required for cars in the same shaft the sensors have to be wired accordingly.
If the car is traveling and EQO is requested by the corresponding input:

• operational mode EQO – Earth Quake Operation is entered (EQL switched on)
• set target to next commitable
• stop at target, open doors and stay with open doors
If the car is stopped in a door zone and EQO is requested by the corresponding input:
• stay at floor, open doors and stay with open doors
Page: 32 / 196
Berlin
If the car is traveling, the parameter ‘Mid Pos’ is set to a landing and EQO is requested by
the corresponding input:
• set target to next commitable
• if target is equal to ‘Mid Pos, then stop immediately, turn direction and start rescue run to
next floor, else keep direction and target
• stop at target, open doors and stay with open doors
2.16.1 EQO-4 (PAO)

This EQO type uses the following I/O Numbers:
I/O-Numbers:
1008 EQC1 Earth Quake Contact 1 (80 Gal) in con
1009 EQC2 Earth Quake Contact 2 (120 Gal) in con
1010 EQR1 Earth Quake Reset 1 out con
0738 EQL Earth Quake Light out car
0026 LR Light Relay (car light / fan) out car
0553 PKL Parking Light out hall
sensor unit: 1Gal = 0.01m/s² 981Gal = 9.81m/s² = 1g

The EQO mode will be activated, if EQC1 or EQC2 is active. The output EQR1 tries to reset
the sensor 1 every 3s (active for 2s) after the door has been opened for 60s. The sensor 2
has been reset manualy. Normal operation is resumed if the door has been opened for 60s
and both signals are inactive.
When the car is in Parking Shut Off (PKS) mode, it does not go into the Earthquake
Operation mode.
EQO mode is memorized even when the power is switched off.
The buzzer will be sound until the door is fully open. If the door becomes fully open, the LR
(car light / fan) output will be switched off and the PKL output will be switched on.
To avoid a run to the CWT position, the parameter ‘Mid Pos’ must be enabled.
Page: 33 / 196
Berlin
2.16.2 EQO-5 (Japan)
There are several types of earthquake sensor is valid in EQO-5 like P-wave Sensor(PWC),
Emergency Earthquake Flas(EEQF), special low-gal(EQC1), low-gal(EQC2) and high-
gal(EQC3 & SEQS). Low-gal and high-gal sensor maunually reset and exceptionally low-gal
sensor can be automatically reset if earthquake automatic recovery operation (EN-EQAR) is
successfully completed.
If car is running inside express zone and earthquake sensor active, immediately stop the car.
When car stops between floors with earthquake sensor active, car try to move to the near-
est floor thru EQO restart (EN-EQAR).
After arrived nearest floor, doing general EQO operation like opening door for 15 sec (EQO-
NT) or EEQF-T when EEQF active, and stayed at EQO mode for 60 sec.
EQAR-NT minutes after completion general EQO operation, try to return to normal
operation by checking operatable status which is running floor to floor and bottom to top thru
Earthquake Auto Recovery Operation. Earthquake Auto Recovery Operation is permitted
when remote service is valid if EQAR-O was set to check remote service connection status
and EQAR-NT
2.16.2.1 EQO Restart (EQO-R)
1. When car stop between floors with general sensor except for low-gal and high-gal,
car immediately try to run to nearest floor.
2. When car stop between floors with low-gal sensor active, Car can runs to the near-
est floor with the low speed (0.33m/sec) within 10 sec or after 60 sec. If car is inside
express zone and not run to nearest floor within 10 sec, car can move to nearest
floor by turning on EQLSS & continuously pushing DCB.
3. When car stop between floors with high-gal sensor active, Car can runs to the near-
est floor within 10 sec or by turning on EQLSS & continuously pushing with the low
speed (0.33m/sec) at counter weight away direction. If car is inside express zone,
car can move to nearest floor by turning on EQLSS & continuously pushing DCB.
2.16.2.2 EQO operation with express zone (EQO-EZ)

Page: 34 / 196
Berlin
1. There are 2 types of method to determine whether the car can decelerate and stop
at the nearest floor within 10 seconds while running in the express zone is described
below.
2. Type1 is based on parameters with AMEZ1 sensor input. If the decelerate and stop
possible position is above EZ1-BOT (3F) and below "AMEZ1" when the car is run-
ning up in the express zone, it is impossible to stop at the nearest floor within 10
seconds. If the decelerate and stop possible position is below EZ1-TOP(10F) and
above AMEZ1 when the car is running down in the express zone, it is impossible to
stop at the nearest floor within 10 seconds.
Express Zone 3F - 10F
11F
10F ← EZ1-TOP Position = 10F
9F
8F
7F ← "AMEZ" sensor is set at the middle in the
express zone.
6F
5F
4F
3F ← EZ1-BOT Position = 3F
2F
1F
3. Type2 is based on parameters without AMEZ1 sensor input. If the car position is be-
tween EZ1-BOT (3F) and EZ1-UPST (5F) during car running up in the express zone,
it is regarded as impossible to decelerate and stop at the nearest floor (11F) within
10 seconds. Therefore, the car makes an emergency stop. If the car position is be-
tween EZ1-TOP (10F) and EZ1-DNST (8F) during car running down in the express
zone, it is regarded as impossible to decelerate and stop at the nearest floor (2F)
within 10 seconds. Therefore, the car makes an emergency stop.
Express Zone 3F - 10F
11F
10F EZ1-TOP = 10F
9F
8F EZ1-DNST = 8F
7F
6F
5F EZ1-UPST = 5F
4F
3F EZ1-BOT = 3F
2F
1F
Page: 35 / 196
Berlin
2.16.2.3 Set Up Parameters

IO-Numbers:
646 EQRS Earthquake reset swich in hall
1008 EQC1 Special low-gal detector I/O address in car
1009 EQC2 Low-gal detector I/O address in car
1010 EQR1 Earth Quake Reset 1 out car
1201 EEQFL Emergency Earthquake Flash Lamp out car
1208 NOL No Operation Lamp out hall
1212 PWC P-wave sensor in hall
1213 EEQFH Emergency Earthquake Flash input for Hall Link in hall
1214 EEQFG Emergency Earthquake Flash input for Group Link in group
1215 EQC3 High-gal detector from CAR link in car
1216 EQSR1 Special low gal sensor reset relay out hall
1217 EQSR2 Low-gal sensor reset relay out hall
1218 SEQS Earthquake switch for S.I.P in hall
1219 EQLSS EQO slow speed switch located at HALL or SIP in hall
1221 EQC1H Special low-gal detector from Hall link in hall
1222 EQC2H Low-gal detector from Hall link in hall
1223 EQC3H High-gal detector from Hall link in hall
1224 PWCL EQO sensor(Pwc) operated light for S.I.P. out hall
1235 AMEZ1 EQO sensor (Special low) operated light for S.I.P. in hall
Install Parameters:
8- SECURI- Earthquake Operation Type:
TY EQO 3 3 EQO-5 (Japan) EQO-P
EQO Door Time:

When door time expires after the door fully opens, the door
closes
EQO-NT 15
0: Standby with the door opened
1(1) 255 s: Door time 1-255s
EQO-P default door:

0 Both doors will open
EQO-DO 1
1 Only front door opens
2 Only rear door opens
EEQF Type:
0 light/fan off and DOBL on
EEQF-TYP 0 1 light/fan light on and DOBL off
2 light/fan light on and DOBL on
EEQF-timeout:
0 Invalid
EEQF-T 90
1(1) 255 s
Enable EQAR operation

0 Disabled
EN-EQAR @
1 Enabled
Page: 36 / 196
Berlin
Timer used from completion of EQO to start EQAR(Default is

programmed as 10min)
EQAR-NT 10
1 (1) 255 min
Option for EQAR:

+1 Active NOL(Car Not in Operation light)
+2 Active CFS when EQAR failed
EQAR-O 3
+4 Execute EQAR without REM
+8 Prohibit EQAR with load > 80KG
Enable EQO-Restart operation

0 Disabled
EN-EQOR @
1 Enabled
Bottom floor of express zone for EQO-Restart

1-99 valid floor
EZ1-BOT @
100-255 invalid
Top floor of express zone for EQO-Restart

1-99 valid floor
EZ1-TOP @
100-255 invalid
Emergency stop limit position in express zone(UP)

0-99 valid floor
EZ1-UPST @
100-255 invalid
Emergency stop limit position in express zone(DN)

0-99 valid floor
EZ1-DNST @
100-255 invalid
Earthquake Operation Type:

EQO 3 3 EQO-5 (Japan) EQO-P
EQO Door Time:

When door time expires after the door fully opens, the door
closes
EQO-NT 15
0: Standby with the door opened
1(1) 255 s: Door time 1-255s
EQO-P default door:

EQO-DO 1 1 Only front door opens
EEQF Type:
0 light/fan off and DOBL on
EEQF-TYP 0 1 light/fan light on and DOBL off
2 light/fan light on and DOBL on
EEQF-timeout:
0 Invalid
EEQF-T 90
1(1) 255 s
Enable EQAR operation

EN-EQAR @
0 Disabled
Page: 37 / 196
Berlin
1 Enabled
Timer used from completion of EQO to start EQAR(Default is
programmed as 10min)
EQAR-NT 10
1 (1) 255 min
Enable device for EQAR

+1 Active NOL(Car Not in Operation light)
EQAR-O 3
+8 Prohibit EQAR with load > 80KG
Enable EQO-Restart operation

0 Disabled
EN-EQOR @
1 Enabled
Bottom floor of express zone for EQO-Restart

1-99 valid floor
EZ1-BOT @
100-255 invalid
Top floor of express zone for EQO-Restart

1-99 valid floor
EZ1-TOP @
100-255 invalid
Emergency stop limit position in express zone(UP)

0-99 valid floor
EZ1-UPST @
100-255 invalid
Emergency stop limit position in express zone(DN)

0-99 valid floor
EZ1-DNST @
100-255 invalid
14. RE- EqrTrg-T 255 Elapsed hours since temporary operation after finished EQR
MOTE 0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 hours
2.16.3 EQO-6 (New Zealand / Australia)
I/O-Numbers:
623 EQS Earth Quake Switch in hall
645 EQCW Earth Quake Counterweight Switch in con
646 EQRS Earth Quake Reset Signal in con
Page: 38 / 196
Berlin
The seismic sensor EQS provides a static high active signal in case of seismic activity. The
EQCW signal is used to trigger the earthquake operation and requires a separate reset sig-
nal EQRS. Both signals force the car to stop at the next commitable landing, with doors
open, and shut down.
Normal operation is resumed if both signals are inactive and EQRS has been reset. EQO
mode is memorized even when the power is switched off.
The buzzer will be sound during the complete EQO operation.
To avoid a run to the CWT position, the parameter ‘Mid Pos’ must be enabled and the
EQCW input must be active. If only the EQS input is activ and the EQCW input is inactive,
the parameter ‘Mid Pos’ will be ignored (same situationen like ‘Mid Pos’ = disabled).
2.16.4 EQO-7 (Mexico )
I/O-Numbers:
623 EQS Earth Quake Switch in hall
The seismic sensor EQS provides a static high active signal in case of seismic activity. The
EQS signal force the car to stop at the next commitable landing, with doors open, and shut
down. Normal operation is resumed if EQS is inactive again.
The buzzer will be sound during opening the door.
To avoid a run to the CWT position, the parameter ‘Mid Pos’ must be enabled.
Page: 39 / 196
Berlin
2.17 EFO according to EN81-73

This feature is available since GECB software version GP130780DAB.
This feature describes how to setup the inputs and parameters for the control of lifts in the
event of fire.
These are the key requirements if a fire signal has been initiated:
• Landing / car controls (incl. DOB) must be rendered inactive
• Registered calls to be cancelled
• The lift shall return immediately to the designated floor
- If the lift stays at a different landing than the EFO position.
- If the lift is moving in the direction of the designated floor it should continue the run
without stop
- If the lift is moving in the other direction it should stop at the next landing without
opening the doors and run non-stop to the designated floor
• Safety devices have priorities
• Door reversals to be rendered inactive
• One lift of a group must not influence the others
• Lift will stay at the designated landing with open doors
• LRD and EDP shall be rendered inoperative.
The following flowchart explains the decision logic during this operation.
Page: 40 / 196
Berlin
Fire Occured
EFO mode active? No
Fire Sensor at the main

evacuation floor active and
No
EFO override inactive?
[AEFO, EF-I-LT] Other Fire Sensors
active and EFO
No
override inactive?
[EFO, EF-I-LT] Manual Recall
device operated?
Yes [EFO, EF-I-LT]
Yes Yes
Select Alternate Select Main Designated

Designated Landing as Landing as evacuation
evacuation floor [ASL-P] floor [EFO-P]
Yes
Render Landing/Car
Controls incl. DOB inactive
[EFONDG, EFO-REV]
Cancel Registered Calls

No Buzzer operation
[EFO-BUZ, EFO-SD]
Activate EFO mode
Car is stopped at
Yes No
evacuation floor?
No
Car is stopped at Doors are open?
No
different floor?
No
Car is moving in
Open Doors
the direction of the
No [EFO-DC, EFO-DO] Yes
evacuation floor?
Yes
Yes Activate "No Entry"
Stop at the next landing
Indicator
without opening the doors
[ASLPL, EFOPL]
Move directly to the Reset Condition true?

evacuation floor without [!EFO&!AEFO; EFKB]
intermediate stop
No Yes
EFO override active?

Yes
[EFO-OP, XEFO]
No
Normal Operation
Page: 41 / 196
Berlin
I/O-Numbers:
no. name description type
624 EFO Initiate Emergency Fire Operation to designated landing in
772 AEFO Initiate EFO to alternate landing in
775 XEFO EFO override in
1011 ASLPL Alternate service landing position light out
1012 EFOPL EFO position light out
I/O to Parameter relation:

no. name leads into run to position of parameter
624 EFO EFO-P
772 AEFO ASL-P
hint: EFK 016 & ASL 586 are used for EFS (not for EFO)
The following parameters must be programmed for EN81-73:
SVT Display description value comment remark

EFO-P EFO position contract-
specific
EFO-NC EFO Next Commitable 0 Go directly to designated landing
Position
EFO-DC EFO with Doors Closed 0 Stop at designated landing with
open doors
EFO-DO EFO default door 0 Both doors
EFO-OP EFO override option 1 XEFO input overrides EFO after
arrival at return landing
EFONDG Enable nudging speed for 1 Nudging enabled
EFO
EFO-REV Allowed Reversal Devices 1 only SGS/DOS allowed
during EFO
EFO-MP EFO mode priority 0
EFO-MP-T EFO mode priority time 0
EFO-SD EFO signal devices 0 No buzzer operation
EFO-BUZ EFO buzzer operation for 0 No buzzer operation
EN81-72
ASL-P Alternate Service Landing contract-
specific
EF-I-LT EFO/EFS input latching 0 EFO and AEFO are not latched
2.18 EFO – Dynamic EFO
This feature is available since GECB software version GAA30782GAB.

In addition to the Common Fire Alarm Signal an option to modify the evacuation floor de-
pending on the current state of FPD inputs is available (EN-FPD = 3/4). If the FPD input in
Page: 42 / 196
Berlin
the designated evacuation floor is active at the time the evacuation is triggered, the elevator
moves to a neighbouring floor.
FPD-RUN determines the preferred direction for the next available floor (with FPD input
inactive). If the elevator is moving at the time the evacuation is triggered, the current travel
direction overrules the preferred search direction.
FPD-RUN allows to prevent running through a fire area while running to the evacuation
floor. It must be noted, that this option does not comply with EN-81-73.
An option to trigger evacuation with any activated FPD input is also added.
The following parameters must be programmed in addition to those for the common EFO
mode:

EN-FPD Enable FPD 3 Disable floors with FPD active as
EFO/AEFO target
4 Same as 3, additionally FPD
input also triggers evacuation
FPD-RUN FPD Run Options 0 Preferred direction up, runs
through fire area
1 Preferred direction down, runs
through fire area
2 Preferred direction up, no run
through fire area
Not according to EN81-73
3 Preferred direction down, no run
through fire area
Not according to EN81-73
Page: 43 / 196
Berlin
2.19 EFO - Hong Kong Fire Alarm Home Landing
This feature is available since GECB software version GAA30780DAC.
In addition to the Common Fire Alarm Signal there are three separate inputs for Smoke
Sensors.
Upon receiving the Common Fire Alarm Signal (EFO), the lift will return to the homing floor.
If the lift receives a Fire Alarm Signal from the homing floor, however, it will run to ASL1
floor.
If the lift receives a Fire Alarm Signal from the homing floor and the ASL1 floor, it will run to
ASL2 floor.
If the lift receives Fire Alarm Signals from all of the homing floor and the ASL1 and ASL2
floors, it will run to the homing floor.
Install-Parameters:
8-EMERGENCY EFO-P Homing landing
ASL-P Alternate Service Homing Landing
ASL2-P 2nd Alternate Service Homing landing
I/O-Numbers:
1031 AEFL Output to indicate Fire Alarm Homing operation out
1032 FOSS1 Fire Operation Smoke Sensor at Homing Landing in
1033 FOSS2 Fire Operation Smoke Sensor at ASL landing in
1034 FOSS3 Fire Operation Smoke Sensor at 2nd ASL landing in
The inputs FOSS1 – 3 are, by default, high active, but can be inverted by setting the invert
bit when programming the io number.
2.20 EFS - Hong Kong Code for Fireman’s Lifts
If the lift is in EFS mode and loses the Power, the lift will automatically recover to the near-
est floor in the direction of the homing floor when the power is restored.
Install-Parameters:
8-EMERGENCY EN-BAK 2 Enable automatic recover run
HDWPOS 3 Enable position retention in case of power failure
Page: 44 / 196
Berlin
2.21 EFS-TYPs
The following parameters (EFSINI, EFSCLD, EFSOPD, EFS-RC, EFS-EX, EF-I-LT) are set
internal, if the parameter EFS-TYP will be set to ‘0’ to ‘9’.
EFS-TYP EFSINI EFSCLD EFSOPD EFS-RC EFS-EX EF-I-LT

0 EFO 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 EFS 1 (Aut) 1 1 1 0 0 0
2 EFS 2 (Man.) 2 1 1 0 0 0
3 ANSI 4+32 2 2 64 0 0
4 British 1 1 2 1 0 0
5 Swiss 4 1 1 2+4+8+16 0 0
6 Australia 8 8 2 0 2 0
7 New Zealand 8 8 2 0 0 0
8 EFS 2 (ESK) 4 1 1 0 0 0
9 New Zealand 1 2 2 0 0 0
(DCB)
10 Generic (no pre - - - - - -
setup)
11 Reserved for - - - - - -
Japan
12 EFS Korea - - - - - -
Note1: if EFS-TYP is over than Generic (10), just use EFS-TYP for regional difference
control and parameter definition in Generic.
Note2: EFS Korea: same as GENERIC (10) but IO970 and 971 are available in this option
only. These IOs are not available any more in other options of EFS-TYP.
hint to EFSOPD:
For old software the value 4 has to be added for 2 & 8, to get the desired functionality; this
is not necessary since GECB version GAA30780DAB;
I/O to Parameter relation (common for all EFS-Types):

no. name leads into run to position of parameter
016 EFK EFO-P
586 ASL ASL-P
hint: EFO 624 & AEFO 772 are used for EFO (not for EFS)
Page: 45 / 196
Berlin
2.22 EFS - Emergency Firemen Service without correction runs

In some areas (e.g. UK, Düsseldorf) it is required that no correction run may be performed
during EFO or EFS mode.
This chapter describes how you can setup this feature.
1. Make sure that the E2Prom can store data during power-off:
• Switch to ERO and to NOR again
• In the event-list, you will see "0204 TCI/ERO on"
• Switch the power off and on again
• In the event-list, you must still see "0204 TCI/ERO on".
If this is not the case, the E2Prom does not support the page-write-mode and you
have to order a new E2Prom from the factory. See Baseline Release Document for
ordering details.
2. Make sure that the LV sensors are buffered long enough

• Install a voltage buffer which keeps the voltage of the LV sensors for at least 5 sec-
onds after the power has been switched off
• While the car is parked at a floor, use the Service Tool to monitor the LV1, LV2 sig-
nals (must be displayed in uppercase)
• Switch the power off
• The status of the sensors LV1, LV2 must be still displayed in uppercase for at least 5
seconds. If this is not the case, the system would not detect whether the car slides
over a doorzone if it is switched off during a run.
If these two checks are successful, the system is able to avoid a correction run during
EFO/EFS.
Install-Parameters:
8-EMERGENCY EN-BAK 1 Enables that all necessary information is stored into
E2Prom when the system is switched off.
HDWPOS 3 Enables hardware position backup:
No sensor is needed. The position backup is completely
handled by the Drive.
2.23 EFS according EN81-72

This EFS-type is available since software version GAA30780BAA:
Page: 46 / 196
Berlin
These are the key requirements of the Emergency Firemen Service:

EFO (Phase 1):
• The DOB and SGS inputs shall be functional during Phase 1. LRD and EDP shall be
ignored.
• When Phase 1 is initiated and the door is open for longer than 2 minutes, an audible
signal in the car shall sound, which shall be distinguishable from other warnings.
• When Phase 1 is initiated and the car is in inspection mode, the same audible signal
shall sound.
EFS (Phase 2):
• It shall not be possible to register more than one car call simultaneously. Registering a
new car call will cancel the previous car call.
• After arriving at a floor, the door shall not open automatically. DOB must be pressed
constantly to open the door. When DOB is released before the door is completely open,
the door shall automatically re-close. When DOB is released after the door has
completely opened, the door shall remain open until a new car call is registered.
The following parameters must be programmed for EN81-72:

specific
EFO-NC EFO Next Committable 0
Position
EFO-DC EFO with Doors Closed 0
EFO-DO EFO default door 0
EFO-OP EFO override option 0
EFO
EFO-REV Allowed Reversal Devices 2 DOB and SGS/DOS allowed
during EFO
EFO-MP EFO mode priority 0
EFO-MP-T EFO mode priority time 0
EFO-SD EFO signal devices 0
EFO-BUZ EFO buzzer operation for 1...120 Distinguishable buzzer (short- new parameter
EN81-72 long-...) when EFO is requested.
Set this parameter to '1' to start
the buzzer immediately.
Set this parameter to '120' to
start the buzzer after 2 minutes.
ASL-P Alternate Service Landing 255 not required
EFS-TYP Type of Emergency Fire- 10
man
EFS-DO EFS default door 0
EFSINI EFS initiation of Phase 2 1=automatically
2=ISS (IO 4)
Page: 47 / 196
Berlin

4=ESK (IO 626)
EFS-CALL EFS car call handling 2 Latest Call Wins new parameter
EFSCLD EFS close door type 1 car button (constant pressure)
EFSOPD EFS open door type 2 when DOB constantly pressed
EFS-EX EFS exit type 0
EFS-RT EFS return time 40
EFS-RC EFS recall type 128 deactivate EFK for 1..5 sec to new option
repeat EFO
EF-I-LT EFO/EFS input latching 0
EN-BAK Enable E2P-backup of 1 Set to '1' if correction runs shall
EFO/EFS be avoided. Requires additional
voltage buffer.
HDWPOS Hardware position refer- 3 Set to '3' if correction runs shall
ence be avoided. Requires additional
voltage buffer.
The relationship between EFO-SD and EFO-BUZ is shown in the following table:
condition while EFO-SD=0 EFO-SD=1 EFO-SD=0 EFO-SD=1

Phase 1 is re- EFO-BUZ=0 EFO-BUZ=0 EFO-BUZ=120 (*) EFO-BUZ=120 (*)
quested
Door open (e.g. While the door is buzzer is constantly no buzzer buzzer is constantly
DOB) nudging, the buzzer on on
is constantly on
Door open for see above see above buzzer is beeping buzzer is beeping
longer than 120 "short-long-..." "short-long-..."
seconds (*)
(e.g. DOB)
ERO buzzer is constantly buzzer is constantly buzzer is beeping buzzer is beeping
on on "short-long-..." "short-long-..."
TCI buzzer is constantly buzzer is constantly buzzer is beeping buzzer is beeping
on on "short-long-..." "short-long-..."
NAV buzzer is constantly buzzer is constantly buzzer is constantly buzzer is constantly
on on on on
(*) If the "short-long-..." buzzer sequence shall start earlier than after 120 seconds, EFO-
BUZ has to be programmed to a lower value.
2.24 EFS with Safety Chain Bypass for Korea / Taiwan

This EFS-type is available since the following software versions:
GECB: GAA30780BAA
Page: 48 / 196
Berlin
I/O-Numbers:
no. name description connected to type location
016 EFK Emergency Fireman Keyswitch key switch at land- in hall
ing
st
955 1EFS 1 Emergency Fire Service Car FSS1 key (COP) in car
nd
956 2EFS 2 Emergency Fire Service Car FSS2 key (COP) in car
970 DDSCR Disable DS relay contact DDSR1&2 contacts in con
971 DEMERC Disable Emergency relay contact DESBR & DEECR in con
contacts
810 DESBR Disable ESB relay DESBR coil out con
811 DDSR1 Disable DS relay (for hwy. door) DDSR1 coil out con
812 DEECR Disable EEC relay DEECR coil out con
813 DSGSR spare (SGS) - out con
974 DDSR2 Disable SGS relay (for car door) DDSR2 coil out con
no. name description EFK 1EFS 2EFS location

957 EFOL Emergency Fire Operation Light on, if car - - car
not at
EFO-P
1063 EFOAL Emergency Fire Operation Active on - - car
Light
0023 BUZ Buzzer on - on, if not car
moving
999 EFSL Emergency Fire Service Light - on on car
024 FSL Fireman Service Light on on on car
716 EFL Emergency Fireman Light on on on hall
959 EFLM Emergency Fire Light Machineroom on, if INS on, if INS on, if INS con
960 EFLTC Emergency Fire Light Top of Car on, if INS on, if INS on, if INS car
The RSL inputs 1EFS and 2EFS must be connected to a three position key switch (off,
1EFS, 2EFS) located in the car (instead ESK). If the position 2EFS is active, the position
1EFS must be also still active. If 2EFS is active, the safety chain of the car and landing door
will be bridged.
Parameters:
SVT Display description value comment
specific
EFO-NC EFO Next Commitable 0 move to EFO-P
Position
EFO-DC EFO with Doors Closed 0 The doors will be kept open at EFO-P
Page: 49 / 196
Berlin

EFO-DO EFO default door 0 Both doors will be open at EFO-P
EFO-OP EFO override option 0 disabled
EFO
EFO-REV Allowed Reversal Devices 0 all devices disabled
during EFO
EFO-MP EFO mode priority 0 disabled
EFO-MP-T EFO mode priority time 0 not used
EFO-SD EFO signal devices 4 constantly on (during recall phase)
EFO-BUZ EFO buzzer operation for 0 no buzzer at TCI/ERO
EN81-72
ASL-P Alternate Service Landing 255 disabled
EFS-TY Type of Emergency Fire- 10 must be GENERIC !
man
EFS-DO EFS default door 0 Both doors will open
EFSINI EFS initiation of Phase 2 16 when 1EFS operated
EFS-CALL EFS car call handling 0 Nearest Call Wins
EFSCLD EFS close door type 1 car button (constant pressure)
EFSOPD EFS open door type 1 automatically
EFS-EX EFS exit type 1 if not moving and door is open
EFS-RT EFS return time 0 disabled
EFS-RC EFS recall type 32 1EFS off
EF-I-LT EFO/EFS input latching 0 disabled
EN-BAK Enable E2P-backup of 0 disabled
EFO/EFS
HDWPOS Hardware position refer- 0 disabled
ence
Behavior Table:
st nd
device recall operation (EFK) 1 fireman operation 2 fireman operation
(1EFS) (1EFS & 2EFS)
door reversal devices override override override
Emergency Exit Contact override override override
Light Relay (LR) dropped (car light on) dropped (car light on) dropped (car light on)
Moving prevented by override override override
Overload (OLD)
Buzzer triggered by OLD effective override override
Overload Signal (OLS) effective effective effective
door safety chain (DS/GS) effective effective override
Recall Phase (EFK):

The EFK input starts fetching the car to the EFO-P. All calls will be deleted. The buzzer will
be sounded until the door is fully closed (if open before). If the car travelling away from the
designated floor, it will reverse the direction at the next landing without opening the doors
Page: 50 / 196
Berlin
and will go directly to the EFO-P. If the car arrived the EFO-P, the car stays there with open
doors.
1st Fireman Operation Phase (1EFS):

The 1EFS input switches the car into Fireman Service. Only car calls will be accepted. If
none car call operated, the doors will be closed (if not fully open). A car call must be
pushed until the door is fully closed to start a run to a target. If the car is running, other car
calls can be operated. In that case the car will be running to the nearest floor and all car
calls will be deleted after stopping. The doors opens automatically.
2nd Fireman Operation Phase (2EFS):

The 2EFS input activates the 2nd fireman operation phase, where the door safety chain will
be bridged. The 2EFS input is connected to a spring return key switch. The 2EFS key
switch must be held until the run starts. A car call must be pushed for 3 seconds to start a
run to a target. If the door contacts not closed during these 3s, the fireman door bypass
bridge (not the normal door bypass) will be activated. The car call button and 2EFS key
switch must be held until the run starts. With the beginning of the run the buzzer will be
turned off. The doors opens automatically.
Return to Normal operation (NOR):

The sequence “2EFS off, 1EFS off, EFK off at EFO-P” switches back to normal mode.
Alternative: If the car is at the EFO-P position with open doors, 2EFF, 1EFS and EFK can
be switched off together to leave EFS.
Fireman Door Bypass Bridge:

The following contacts will be bridged: EEC (Emergency Exit Contact [car rooof]), ESB
(Emergency Stop Button [COP]), GS (Gate Switch [car door], DS (Door Switch [hwy. door]).
Bypass Outputs:
RSL output for NOR OpMode EFO OpMode EFS OpMode EFS & 2EFS input &
device (recall operation) car call for 3s & DS open
810 DESBR ESB - on - -
812 DEECR EEC - on on on
st
811 DDSR1 DS - - - on, until door opens 1 time
st
974 DDSR2 GS - - - on, until door opens 1 time
(813 DSGSR) spare - - on on
The inputs DEMERC and DDSRC supervises the bypass. In case of a failure the
operational mode NAV will be active (events 0107 or 0108).
Page: 51 / 196
Berlin
Bypass Inputs (expected levels):

RSL output for device not EFO & OpMode EFO OpMode EFS OpMode EFS event #
not EFS (1EFS) (2EFS & DDSR1 (if
(io811) active) failed)
971 DEMERC ESB / EEC high - - - 0108
970 DDSCR GS / DS high high high - 0107
Note : DDSRC(IO970) and DEMERC(IO971) are available in EFS_TYP=12 only. These IOs
are not available any more in other options of EFS-TYP.
Page: 52 / 196
Berlin
2.25 FCL - Full Collective with Car Call Priority Services for Korea
Introduced in GAA30780DAG.
This feature allows that car calls have priority over hall calls. For example, the registered
hall calls shall not be answered even if there are hall calls until the registered all car calls
are servered but additional hall call can be registered. If there is hall call with the same
direction in landing that car is stopped by car call, this hall call will be answered. (This
feature is generally to protect a personal privacy in motel). To enable this feature also
during run, select OPERAT=6. This feature is only for simplex.
Parameter:
1-SYSTEM. OPERAT 0 FCL (Full Collective)
1 DCL (Down Collective)
2 SAPB (Single Automatic Push Button)
3 SAPB with Car Coming Light
4 FCL, delete both calls on arrival
5 FCL with single button for both directions
6 FCL with car call priority services (simplex only)
2.26 HAD - Hoistway Access Detection

If the car door is closed and the hoistway door opens for more than 4s, the OCSS mode
HAD will be activated. When the hoistway door is closed, the car runs to the next floor
(dummy doors and active FPD’s jumped over) with rescue speed and opens the doors for
the DAR-T. Then the car is blocked until ERO, TCI or PES will be activated for more than
4s. Stops inside 1LS or 2LS will never be a target for the rescue run (exception: 2 stop unit).
2.27 HCC - Hall Call Cancel

Introduced in GAA30780DAB.
This feature allows the passenger to delete a hall call if a hall button was accidentally
pushed.
There are two methods to cancel a hall call. Use EN-HCC to select either of these methods:
Page: 53 / 196
Berlin
Parameter:
2-OCSS. EN-HCC 0 Hall call canceling not possible
1 Hall call is deleted if the hall button is pushed once again.
2 Hall call is deleted if the hall button is pushed twice again

(within approximately 1 second).
Note: The hall call shall not be canceled conditions below:

• EN-HCC=1, if re-press the same hall call within 500ms.
• EN-HCC=2, if the interval of between two press hall call is more than 1s for EN, 2s
for JIS.
• If JIS, when EFS mode or there is only one hall call.
2.28 PTC - Penthouse Control

Introduced in GAA30782GAB.
This feature allows penthouse functionality via EMT-mode.
Install-Parameters:
1-System LW-TYP Suitable Load Weighing Device to be selected
2-OCSS EN-EXT 1 Enable extended calls
2-OCSS ANS(kg) To be adjusted for Passenger Detection via LWX
3-GROUP SEL-COMP 3 Select Compatible Communication for GCS_ Systems
8-Emergency EMT-TYP 153 Penthouse function including detection of empty car
8-Emergency EMT-T 10-255 Waiting time for priority run
I/O-Numbers:
7 LWX ANS Load Weight if LW-TYP=2 in car
607 LRD Light Ray Device in car
1338 PDET Passenger Detection Device in car
3900-3999 eEHC 0-99 Extended Emergency Hall Call In/out group
Notes:
• The penthouse entry is required to be a front door.
• For Empty Car Detection either PDET or LWX is required.
• Extended Emergency Hall Calls must be set in the lobby and in the top floor.
• In the allowed mask the eEHC-calls must be setup at the according landings.
Page: 54 / 196
Berlin
General PTC Functionality:

• Protection of the penthouse floor during normal operation is usually realized by a key
switch (disable input to penthouse floor call button).
Penthouse TTL is activated when the call to the penthouse is entered.
• Two buttons for Express Calls eEHC are located at top floor (in penthouse) for top
floor (penthouse) and lobby (for Visitor Pick-Up).
Confirmation light TTL for the Penthouse or Lobby eEHC call is activated when the
according Express Call is entered.
• On Express Call hall calls are ignored (automatic CHCS in EMT mode).
• All pending car calls are served prior Express Call is executed.
• On execution of Express Call empty car is detected by PDET and LWX.
The car waits with open door until car is empty.
As long as the car is occupied, further car calls can be entered and will be served.
Extended Hall Call to Penthouse Floor:
• Express Call eEHC to top floor (in penthouse) is served in EMT mode with priority
considering the above listed PTC functionality.
• In EMT mode the car call (from penthouse floor) is executed with priority (CHCS).
• If EMT-T time is elapsed before any car call is entered the system returns to NOR
mode to serve hall calls.
Visitor Pick-up at Lobby with automatic Call to Penthouse Floor:
• Express Call eEHC to lobby floor is served in EMT mode with priority considering the
above listed PTC functionality.
• When the visitor enters the car, the Express Call eEHC to top floor (in penthouse) is
atomatically executed in EMT mode with priority.
This automatic eEHC is triggered by Light Beam Gate LRD at car door, Load Weigh-
ing signal LWX or Passenger Detection PDET.
Note: Visitors must be instructed to enter only empty cars.
• If EMT-T time is elapsed before anyone enters the car (no passenger detected) the
system returns to NOR mode to serve any calls.
Page: 55 / 196
Berlin
2.29 Stuck Hall Button Detection

A stuck button can occur by the mechanical trouble or intentional operation by passenger
(HB-DOB). Especially, a stuck hall button can frequently occur over against a car call button
and DCB(door close button) and so on. Therefore, we need to separate the detection of
stuck hall button from the detection of stuck button for car call button and dcb, and to add
the adjustable parameter timer (HBDOB-T). The adjustable parameter timer can be used for
discrimination between the mechanical trouble and intentional operation by passenger. For
example, after a car is arrived in a landing with hall call, the corresponding ttl for each call
type to be deleted is switched off, and if an input of hall button still exists until HBDOB-T
expired, a stuck hall button will be detected. In this time, ERR_0112 event (Stuck HB) will
be set as the information event.
For example, if we assume that the max. time for intentional operation by passenger is 3
minutes from experience, we can set HBDOB-T 180seconds. In this case, a stuck hall
button for the corresponding landing can be detected after HBDOB-T.

2-OCSS HBDOB-T 180 HB DOB Delay
10 - 255 seconds until Hall Button
is detected as stuck und function
is canceled
2.30 SHO - Shabat Operation
1. On Shabat day the lifts will run automatically according to a fixed program.
There will be no possibilty to call or to send the car by means of a push button. The car
will stop at any landing as fixed in the program, will wait for a fixed time at the landing
and will then proceed to the next stop automatically.
2. Shabat program will be operated and cancelled by means of a two position key operated
switch (ON-OFF) located at the main floor panel and a contact of an electrical clock
mounted in the controller.
When the key switch is placed in the "ON" position:

• The hall and car call buttons are rendered inoperative.
• The lift will be disconnected from group operation.
• The lift will respond to the existing car calls, afterwards it will return to the main floor,
the door will open and remain open.
Page: 56 / 196
Berlin
• When the electrical clock contact is than closed, the special shabat service will start
and the lift will run and stop at each floor in both directions automatically or when
enabled according to the setup in the special operation allowed mask.
3. The car will be illuminated during the whole time the lift is switched to shabat program.
All signaling lights including the position indicator (optional the PI is not turned off) are
turned off. The only exception are the direction arrows, which will only change whenever
the car has to change the direction in one of the terminal landings.
4. An optional buzzer will inform the passengers two seconds before the door starts to
close and during the door closing.
Page: 57 / 196
Berlin
I/O-Numbers:
666 SHAC Keyswitch to initiate Shabat operation in
667 SHAT Timer to start automatic runs in
668 SHLC Shabat operation Light Car out
751 SHBUZ Shabat door close Buzzer out
752 SHLH Shabat operation Light Hall out
Install-Parameters:
2-OCSS SHO-POS Start Position (Lobby) for Shabat Operation
SHO-PI If set to 1, the PI is disabled during Shabat Operation
SHO-Mask If set to 0, the car will stop at each floor in both directions
and open all doors present at that floor
If set to 1, the SHO Allowed Mask will apply.
5-DOORS SHO-T Adjustable door time for each stop other than main floor
SHO-LT Adjustable door time for stops at main floor
Special Operation Mask:
By pressing M 1 3 3 4 on the service tool , special operation mask can be set up:
The display will look like this:
At SUDFR WUDFR
00 0000 0000
The S stands for Shabat Operation, the W for Wild Car Operation.
The U stands for stop in Up direction
The D stands for stop in Down direction
The F stand for the Front door to be opened
The R stand for the Rear door to be opened
2.31 WDOB/WDCB - Wheel Chair DOB/DCB

This feature is a Japan requirement to extend door time separately for handicapped person.
The doortime for wheel chair DOB (WDOB) is extended to EXT-C.
The other operation is exactly the same with normal DOB/DCB.
Note: This feature is available only for 3-wired door system.
I/O-Numbers:
1166 WDOB Wheel chair Door Open Button 0 in car
1167 WDCB Wheel chair Door Close Button 0 in car
1168 WDOBL Wheel chair Door Open Button Light 0 out car
1169 WDCBL Wheel chair Door Close Button Light 0 out car
1170 RWDOB Wheel chair Rear Door Open Button 0 In car
1171 RWDCB Wheel chair Rear Door Close Button 0 In car
Page: 58 / 196
Berlin

1172 RWDOBL Wheel chair Rear Door Open Button Light 0 out car
1173 RWDCBL Wheel chair Rear Door Close Button Light 0 out car
2.32 Wheel Chair Service (WCS)

If there is an extended car call demands and the IO 1165 WISS input is active (WISS=01 0)
then the car is into WCS mode. In this case, ths car bypasses all hall calls and serves car
calls only.
The doortime for wheel chair DOB (WDOB) is extended to EXT-C.
During the period of wheel chair independent service, either the Independent Lights (INL) or
the Non-Stop Lights (NSL) in the car and hall are on according to parameter setting.
When an extended car button is pressed, standard car call can be simultaneously registered
with parameter CB-EXT=1. Simultaneously registered standard car call can be cancelled by
pressing just extended car button with parameter EN-CK=4, 5.
Install-Parameters:
Group name value Description
2-OCSS INL-TYP 0,1 Independent Light Type
0 INLH light up during ISC
+1 INLH light up during WCS, EHS, EMT
Note: I/O 597 INLH

NSL-TYP 0,1 Non Stop Lamp Type
0 NSLC light up during ATT
NSLH light up during LNS
+1 NSLH light up during WCS, EHS, EMT
Note: I/O 595 NSLC, 741 NSLH

Page: 59 / 196
Berlin
CB-EXT 0-2 Simultaneous registeration/cancellation for stand-

ard/extended car call
0 Registeration - registered separately
Cancellation - both are canceled (with EN-CK=1~3)
Cancellation - canceled separately (with EN-CK=4~6)
1 Registeration
- standard is registered only when standard car call is
pressed
- both are registered when extended car call is pressed
Cancellation
- standard is canceled only when standard car call is
pressed
- both are canceled when extended car call is pressed
2 Registeration - both are registered (with EN-CK=4~6)
Note: CB-EXT=2 is available with EN-CK=4,5,6.
I/O-Numbers:
Wheel Chair Independent Service key
1165 WISS in car EAE
Switch
2.33 Door Open Hold By Trunk Key (DH-Trunk)

When the trunk opens during car stop by TRUNK input from the key contact, the [DHB]
mode is immediately set, and the door open hold time is extended. During the [DHB] mode,
“[DHB]” is displayed on the service tool. This function corresponds to JEAS-A514B
(Standard Revision 03-02) “Standard of Elevator with TRUNK”.
The TRUNK operation methods are regarded as follows.

The door open time is about 30 seconds at the floor where the elevator stops when
the TRUNK door is opened.
When the door open button is pressed with the TRUNK door open, the door open
time can be extended about 30 more seconds.
The car can depart the floor with immediate door close by the door close button
being pressed.
With TRUNK door open, the elevator operation shall execute as same as the normal
operation.
The door open hold time by TRUNK is about 30 seconds (DHB_TK-T Setting) since TRUNK
input. When the time elapses, the [DHB] mode is reset and the door automatically closes. In
this case, during the period from the door start to close to five seconds before the door
Page: 60 / 196
Berlin
starts to close, overloaded buzzer in the car (BUZ) warns a door closing notice. Moreover,
with or without a buzzer sound before door close can be changeable on the service tool.
When the car call is assigned, before 30 seconds of the door open hold time expires, the
door close button is pressed, the [DHB] mode is reset and the door close is executed. In the
group operation, all assigned hall calls immediately shift to other cars when the [DHB] mode
is set.
Note) This feature cannot correspond to the rear door.
Parameter:
5. DOORS DHB_TK-T 30 Door Open Hold Time for Trunk Key:
0 (1) 254 s
0, 255 Disabled
DS-TKBUZ 0 0: Sound
1: No Sound
I/O-Numbers:
1161 TRUNK Trunk Key switch in car EAE
2.34 Position Recovery after Power Fail

The position recovery needs the following adjustment or hardware:
PCB condition
GECB • SPBx & rescue encoder & DZI or
• PRBB (position retention buffer board) or
• parameter EN-BAK = 1 *
GECB_II • BCB_II/III & rescue encoder or
• parameter EN-BAK = 1 *
LCB_IIC • standard * (not for OVF10/OVF20CRO)
• DZ must be active within 3s after power on
* Position recovery only at DZ, if the car did not move before and during power fail
For EFS and position recovery see chapter 2.22!

Page: 61 / 196
Berlin
3 Energy Saving
3.1 Cut off Position Indicator during Parking Mode

The Position Indicator is switched off while a car is in parking mode by parking key switch
PKS.

2-OCSS PKS-OPT 1 Position Indicator in Parking mode
0: Position Indicator stays on
1: Position Indicator is switched off
3.2 Door Power Save

Introduced in GAA30780DAH.
When the doors are idle for 1 minute, the door system deenergizes the motor to reduce
energy consumption.
Depending on the door mechanic, the software can be configured to deenergize the door
motor while the door is closed, opened or both.

5-DOOR DOOR-PWR 1,2,3 0 no power save mode
1 power save mode while door is fully closed
2 power save mode while door is fully opened
3 power save mode while door is fully closed or opened
If the safety chain opens while the CLOSED door is deenergized, the door is commanded to
close so that the safety chain is closed again. This is necessary to reliably detect HAD.
If this occurs 3 times at the same floor, the event “0323 FDOOR /Deen” is logged and the
Door-Energy-Saving feature for closed doors is disabled until the current floor is left.
At another floor, the Door Energy Saving feature is enabled again.
If the car door leaves the OPENED position (e.g. DOL signal is lost), the car door shall be
commanded to open again to avoid passenger annoyance.
If this occurs 3 times at the same floor, the event “0324 RDOOR /Deen” is logged and the
Door Energy Saving feature for opened doors is disabled until the current floor is left.
At another floor, the Door Energy Saving feature is enabled again.
Page: 62 / 196
Berlin
3.3 Drive Power Save

After an adjustable time, the Drive package is commanded to switch off its power section.
When a demand is registered, the drive is switched on again.

4-DRIVE PDR-D 4 - 42 Minutes
Until GAA30780DAG, the lower limit of PDR-D was 15 minutes.

Since GAA30780DAH, the lower limit of PDR-D is 4 minutes.
3.4 LR - Car Light

After an adjustable time, the car light is switched off.

1-SYSTEM LR-T 20 Time after which the car light is switched off.
LR-MODE 0, 2 0 LR-T is in “seconds”. Used for LED lamps
2 LR-T is in “minutes”. Used for flourescent lamps which are
not allowed to be switched too often.
3.5 RGEN - Regenerative mode display

Regenerative mode display is used to display how much energy saving is on thru
regenerative operation. This function is valid since GAA30780DAK
3.5.1 Set Up Parameters

2-OCSS RGEN_TYP 1 Type of regenerative status display
0 Disabled
1 Direct level direct port control (level 3 => port 3)
2 Decoded level bit control(level 3 => port1 & 2 on, others off)
RGEN_LVL 1 Level count of regenerative status display
0 Disabled
1-100 Level display(0:no regenerative, level range=100%/level
count)
Page: 63 / 196
Berlin
3.5.2 Setup I/O

1238 RGEN_D1 Regenerative mode display output port1 out car
3.5.3 Example
Example of parameter setup: On/off status display correspondent to regenerative status by
using RGEN_D1. Less than 2% was considered as no regerative status regarding of vari-
ance.
RGEN_TYP=1, RGEN_LVL=1: range between levels = 100% (100%/RGEN_LVL (1))
Port ID(RGEN_xx)
Regenerative
Level
status
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
0 ~ 2% 0 off off off off off off off off off
3 ~ 9% 1 on off off off off off off off off
90% ~ 1 on off off off off off off off off

Page: 64 / 196
Berlin
Example of parameter setup: 10 level lamp control

RGEN_TYP=1 & RGEN_LVL=10: range between levels = 10% (100%/RGEN_LVL (10))
Port ID(RGEN_xx)
Regenerative
Level
status
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
11 ~ 20% 2 off on off off off off off off off
21 ~ 30% 3 off off on off off off off off off
31 ~ 40% 4 off off off on off off off off off
41 ~ 50% 5 off off off off on off off off off
51 ~ 60% 6 off off off off off on off off off
61 ~ 70% 7 off off off off off off on off off
71 ~ 80% 8 off off off off off off off on off
81 ~ 90% 9 off off off off off off off off on
91% ~ 10 off off off off off off off off on
Example of parameter setup: 10 level digital display control

RGEN_TYP=2 & RGEN_LVL=10: range between levels = 10% (100%/RGEN_LVL (10))
Port ID(RGEN_xx)
Regenerative
Level
status
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9
11 ~ 20% 2 off on off off off off off off off
21 ~ 30% 3 on on off off off off off off off
31 ~ 40% 4 off off on off off off off off off
41 ~ 50% 5 on off on off off off off off off
51 ~ 60% 6 off on on off off off off off off
61 ~ 70% 7 on on on off off off off off off
71 ~ 80% 8 off off off on off off off off off
81 ~ 90% 9 on off off on off off off off off
91% ~ 10 off on off on off off off off off

Page: 65 / 196
Berlin
4 Security Functions
4.1 Overview
The system provides a wide variety of security methods in an attempt to cover the needs of
as many building configurations as possible. The following sections shall provide an over-
view to the different security methods available.
• Car Call Card Reader Operation (CRO)

• Hall Call Card Reader (HCRO)
• Car Security Access (SAO)
• Car Call Cutoff
• Hall Call Cutoff
• EMS Security Options
4.2 CRO - Car Call Card Reader Operation
Most important is now the support of full selective operation. The CRS n inputs follow now
the OTIS 2000 opening counting scheme (like the hall calls) and are fully selective.
The Card Reader Mask has been expanded to allow more options:
The 1st line of the SV display looks like this now
CLD- CLD-
The C bit, if set, determines that this car call is always enabled, regardless of the state of
any of the card reader inputs.
The L bit, if set, forces the car to the lobby, if the DOB is operated when the car is stationary
at a landing with the respective door closed.
The D bit, if set, enables the DOB even if the door is closed, any setting of the L bit is ig-
nored.
Page: 66 / 196
Berlin
Install Parameters:
9-SECURITY EN-CRO 0 no card reader operation
1 card reader via CRC contact, applies to all landings with the
C bit not set to 1
2 card reader via CRS n contacts, applies to all landings with
the C bit not set to 1
3 combination of 1 and 2, so both CRC and CRS n can be
used at the same time
Note: If the CRSn input is set to 00-0, then the correspond-
ing floor is secured.
4 no card reader operation
5 like 1, but ISC will override any CRS security
I/O-Numbers:
639 CRC general card reader contact in
665 BOS Boss override inputs, overrides CRS n contacts, not CRC contact in
1020 LDOS Lobby Door Open Switch, determines the door to open when return- in
ing to the lobby because of DOB at secured landing input low =
front door, high = rear door
480 - CRS00 - Card Reader Security (Car) for Floor 0-31 in
511 CRS31
4632 CRS 32 Card Reader Security (Car) 32 in
... ... ... ...
4699 CRS 99 Card Reader Security (Car) 99 in
Page: 67 / 196
Berlin
4.3 HCRO - Hall Call Card Reader
Several options can now be set for the SECxx inputs:

• EN-HCRO=1..3 selects that the inputs work as card reader inputs, enabling the ac-
ceptance of hall calls.
• EN-HCRO=5..7 selects that the inputs work as security inputs, disabling hall calls and
deleting them if the corresponding landing is secured.
Install Parameters:
GROUP 9-SECURITY
EN-HCRO description normal hall EHC calls
calls
0 no card reader operation always allowed always allowed
1 normal hall calls only if SEC n input is operated, if SEC operated always allowed
EHC calls are always allowed
2 EHC calls if SEC n input is operated, normal calls always allowed if SEC operated
are always allowed
3 all hall call types only if SEC n input is operated if SEC operated if SEC operated
4 no security operation always allowed always allowed
5 if SEC n input is operated, normal hall calls are SEC disable always allowed
disabled
6 if SEC n input is operated, EHC calls are disabled always allowed SEC disable
7 if SEC n input is operated, all hall call types are SEC disable SEC disable
disabled
Note:
• “if SEC operated ” means that the SEC input for the corresponding opening must be op-
erated to enter a hall call at that opening.
• “SEC disable” means that the hall call is disabled when the SEC input for that opening is
operated. An existing hall call will be deleted.
I/O-Numbers:
1022 HCRC allows access to all landings when operated in
512 - SEC 00- Card Reader Security (Hall) for Floor 0-31 in
543 SEC 31
4732 SEC 32 Card Reader Security (Hall) 32 in
... ... ... ...
4799 SEC 99 Card Reader Security (Hall) 99 in
Page: 68 / 196
Berlin
4.4 CCO - Car Call Cutoff
Activation of this feature shall disable all car calls for the standard as well as the extended
call set. The car remains in the group. The switch can be located on the car or hall link.
I/O-Numbers:
610 CCOC Car Call Cutoff from Car in car
Default = 01-0
611 CCOH Car Call Cutoff from Hall in hall
Default = 01-0
4.5 HCO - Hall Call Cutoff
Activation of this feature shall disables all hall calls (Up, Down, EHS) for the standard as
well as the extended call set. The car remains in the group. The switch can be located on
the car, hall, or group link.
I/O-Numbers:
746 HCOC Hall Call Cutoff from Car in car
Default = 01-0
612 HCCO Hall Call Cutoff from Hall in hall
Default = 01-0
613 GCCO Group Call Cutoff in hall
Default = 01-0
4.6 CHCS - Cutoff Hall Call Switch
Activation of this feature shall disable all hall calls (Up, Down, EHS) for the standard as well
as the extended call set. Car calls are allowed.
When the car has no further demand, it parks with a door open at the last landing served.
The car is removed from group operation and the mode shown is CHCS. The operation can
be activated via a toggle switch on the car link.
I/O-Numbers:
618 CHCC Cutoff Hall Call from Car in car
Page: 69 / 196
Berlin
4.7 EMS Security Options
Several choices can now be setup for landings secured via EMS
Install Parameters:
9-SECURITY EMS-SEC 0 no options enabled
1 ISC overrides EMS security of car calls
2 pending calls are not cleared when landing is se-
cured
3 options 1 and 2 together
4 EMS security mask is not cleared if EMS goes offline
7 options 1, 2 and 4 together
For Australia a new input has been included to allow maintenance personal the access to the termi-
nal landings. When this input is operated, all call cut off and EMS security functions related to the
terminal landings are cancelled.
I/O-Numbers:
1021 MAS Maintenance Access Switch in
4.8 Hong Kong Anti Burglar Operation
This feature is available since GECB software version GAA30780DAC
A 3 position key switch will put the lift to Anti Burglar Operation, returning it non-stop to a
predetermined landing and keeping it locked with doors closed until the Door is commanded
to open via the 3rd position of the key switch.
During this mode of operation, the service tool displays ‘ROT’ as operational mode.
Install Parameter (Security):

9-SECURITY RIOT-P must be set to the desired Anti Burglar return land-
ing.
I/O-Numbers:
1041 ADON Anti Burglar ON switch in
1042 ABDO Anti Burglar Door Open switch In
Page: 70 / 196
Berlin
4.9 SAO - Car Security Access Operation
4.9.1 Description
Each car floor button should be able to be secured, unsecured or cleared. If a car floor but-
ton is secured, it will not register a call unless a 3 digit access code is correctly entered on
the car call buttons within a specific time period after the secure car button is pressed.
When a car call to a secured landing is attempted, the "landing secured" lamp in the COP
will be illuminated. This lamp will remain illuminated for a 5 second time period, or until a
valid access code is entered.
Selection and changing of the floor access codes and secured states shall be done on the
car operating panel using the Car Secure Access key switch.
Activation of unsecured but not cleared landings shall be done using the Group Secure Ac-
cess key switch, located in the hall or lobby. This activation is acknowledged by the illumina-
tion of the "group secured" lamp in the hallway.
Depending on the secured state selected, a landing can be always secured or only be se-
cured as long as the Group Secure Access key switch is active.
During the entry of a 3-Digit code any pressing of a car call button to be used for code entry
will be acknowledged by a Car Secure Access Buzzer.
The master code (parameter D1-3) allows access to all secured landings.
4.9.2 Definition of Terms
Landing code assigned: If Group Secure is ON, the landing code must be entered to ac-
cess the landing.
Landing is secured: The landing code must be entered in any case to access the
landing.
Page: 71 / 196
Berlin
4.9.3 Handling
Assigning an access code to a landing:
1. Place the Car Secure Access key switch in the SECURE position.
2. Press the car button of the landing to be secured.
3. Use up to six car buttons to enter the 3-digit master access code.
4. Use up to six car buttons to enter the 3-digit landing access code desired.
5. Release the Car Secure Access key switch.
The landing is now prepared to be secured. If the Group Secure Access is active, the
landing can only be accessed by entering the access code.
Clearing an access code from a landing:

1. Place the Car Secure Access key switch in the CLEAR position.
2. Press the car button of the landing to be cleared.
3. Use up to six car buttons to enter the 3-digit master access code.
The landing is now unsecured and can be accessed normally.
Changing a landing to a secured state:

1. Place the Car Secure Access key switch in the SECURE position.
2. Press the car button of the landing to be secured.
3. Use up to six car buttons to enter the 3-digit landing access code.
The landing is now secured regardless of the state of the Group Secure Access key
switch and can only be accessed by entering the access code.
Changing a landing to an unsecured state:

1. Place the Car Secure Access key switch in the CLEAR position.
2. Press the car button of the landing to be unsecured.
3. Use up to six car buttons to enter the 3-digit landing access code.
The landing is now prepared to be secured. If the Group Secure Access is active, the
landing can only be accessed by entering the access code.
To active Secure Access operation for unsecured landings:

1. Place the Group Secure Access key switch in the ON position.
2. All landings that have an access code assigned will now be only accessible with the
proper landing access code.
To deactivate Secure Access operation for unsecured landings:

1. Place the Group Secure Access key switch in the OFF position.
Page: 72 / 196
Berlin
2. All landings that have an access code assigned and are in the unsecured state will now
be accessible by all passengers.
3. All landings that are in the secured state will still be only accessible with the proper land-
ing access code.
4.9.4 Setup
I/O-Numbers:
761 CSA1 Car Secure Access Button 1 in
767 CSAC Car Secure Access Clear Key switch in

768 CSAK Car Secure Access Secure Key switch in
769 CSAL Car Secure Access Lamp out
770 GSAK Group Secure Access Key switch in

771 GSAL Group Secure Access Lamp out
961 CSABUZ Car Secure Access Buzzer out
Install Parameters:
9-SECURITY SACTYP 0 SAC is disabled
1 SAC is enabled, ISC will not override SAC
3 SAC is enabled, ISC will override SAC
5 SAC is enabled, ISC will not override SAC, landings can
only be cleared if security is in operation (GSAK on)
7 SAC is enabled, ISC will override SAC, landings can only
be cleared if security is in operation (GSAK on)
SAC-D1 SAC Master Code Digit 1
The signals CSA1 - CSA 6 are normally programmed to the same address and pin as the
Car Buttons used for Floor 1 - 6 (CB1-CB6).
The CSAC and CSAK signals are connected to a 3-position keyswitch located in the COP
and the CSAL signal is an indicator lamp located in the COP.
The CSABUZ is an buzzer also located in the COP.
The GSAK and GSAL signals are normally located in the hall.
Page: 73 / 196
Berlin
4.9.5 Limitations
This operation currently can only be used for single COP units, but Full Selective, Semi Se-
lective or Double Door Operation is possible.
The I/Os CS1-CSA6 may not be mapped to rear car calls.
4.10 PET Operation
4.10.1 Operation
Objective of PET operation is to prevent passenger accompanied by a pet in the car from
any passengers who feel uncomfortable with any pet animals by notifying prevent
passenger accompanied by a pet in the car to users at landing.
1. Control of PET operation consist of

1) Control PET button which is used to initiate PET operation
2) Control PET DHB which is used to extend door open time
3) Control PET fan which is used to operate specific FAN to refresh air
4) Control PE lamp which is used to notify passenger accompanied by a pet in the
car
2. 4 types of PET operation available thru parameter setting

1.1 General operation
When pushed PET button or PET DHB, PET call input hold timer is active and turn on
PET buttons for PET call input hold time (PET-SWNT).
When pushed PET DHB, door open hold time is extended to PET-SWNT.
1.2 TYPE 1 operation

1) PET call can be set to the newly pushed first call within PET call input hold time
since pushed PET button or PET DHB.
2) Turn on PET buttons when pushed PET buttons or PET DHB and turn off PET
buttons when pushed first call
3) Turn on PET lamp when set PET call to the newly pushed first call and turn off
PET lamp after served the newly pushed first call
Page: 74 / 196
Berlin
4) Turn on PET fan when set PET call to the newly pushed first call and turn off PET
fan after PET-FNT sec since served the newly pushed first call.

1) PET call can be set to the newly pushed first call within PET call input hold time
since pushed PET button or PET DHB.
buttons when served all car calls.
3) Turn on PET lamp when pushed PET button or PET DHB and turn off PET lamp
after served all car calls
4) Turn on PET fan when set PET call to the newly pushed first call and turn off PET
fan after PET-FNT sec since served PET call

1) PET call can be set to all assigned car calls when pushed PET button or PET DHB.
4) Turn on PET fan when pushed PET button or PET DHB and assigned call exist
and turn off PET fan after PET-FANT sec since served PET call

1) PET call can be set to all assigned car calls when pushed PET button or PET DHB
and newly pushed first call.
4) Turn on PET fan when pushed PET button or PET DHB and assigned call exist
and turn off PET fan after PET-FANT sec since served PET call
4.10.2 Setup
IO-Numbers:
no. name description since def type loc
Page: 75 / 196
Berlin
1277 PET_BT1 Pet function trigger button input1 EAE 0 in car

1280 PET_DHB1 Pet function door open NT expand input1 EAE 0 in car
1283 PET_BL1 Pet button detect active lamp1 EAE 0 out car
1286 PET_DHL1 Pet door hold status lamp1 EAE 0 out car
1289 PET_FAN Pet function FAN control relay output EAE 0 out car
1290 PET_LAMP Pet mode output EAE 0 out hall
Install Parameters:
8- SECURITY PET-TYP 0-4 Enable PET function:
0 Disabled
1 PET TYPE 1
2 PET TYPE 2
3 PET TYPE 3
4 PET TYPE 4
PET-NT 0-25 PET switch enable interval & door open NT timer:
0 Disabled
1 (1) 25 (sec)
PET-FANT 0-255 PET fan activating delay timer:
0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 (sec)
Page: 76 / 196
Berlin
5 Drive Related Setup
5.1 Drive OverHeat

5.1.1 Feature Description

In case of a failure (Drive OverHeat signal from Drive) the car stops at the nearest floor,
deletes all calls, opens door for DAR-T, then closes the door. New calls will not be
accepted. Only the DOB is operating.
When the drive overheat is detected while the car is parking, the door once opens and then
closes at the door time of DAR-T timer, then the elevator halts. In this time, the inspection
mode is invalid.
If the drive overheat is recovered during running the car is running to the nearest floor, the
car stops at the nearest floor. While the door is opening at the nearest floor, the "PLEASE
EXIT" light (GOL) flickers.
If the drive overheat is canceled during the halt, the car is immediately restored to the
normal operation. During the drive overheat, "[DBF]" is displayed on the service tool.
When the drive overheat lasts for 10 seconds or more, a Car Failure Signal (CFS, SCFS) is
generated. While the car is halting and waiting for recovery, the No Operation (NOL) lights
and a call can not be assigned. During the halt, the light and fan in the car are held operated
and not stopped.
5.1.2 Setup
I/O-Numbers:
1208 NOL No Operation Lamp out hall
1209 CFS Car Failure Signal out hall
1210 SCFS Subsidiary Car Failure Signal out hall
5.1.3 Failure Handling

Event:
Event Description
0251 DrvOverHeat When the drive overheat signal is received from Drive thru CAN bus.
Check GDCB events
Blink Message:
Page: 77 / 196
Berlin
Message Description
>DrvOvrHeat When the drive overheat signal is received from Drive thru CAN bus.
Check GDCB events
5.2 ETS - Emergency Terminal Slowdown with Safety Switches

(PX2.1=2)
In accordance with the code requirements elevators with a speed higher than 2.5 m/s and
short buffer stroke must have an Emergency Terminal Slowdown circuit to control the speed
during the deceleration in the top and bottom floor. The speed is measured with two
independent systems: the GDCB and the ANSI Speed Check Board (ASCB).
2 channels (A and B) from the 3 channel speed encoder are connected to the GDCB Board,
and 1 channel ( C ) is connected to the ANSI Board.
The GDCB Board calculates the speed via channel A and B of the encoder and sends an
appropriate message depending on the parameter ETP SpE %DutySpe to the GECB which
in turn activates the ETS1 relay.
The ASCB calculates the speed via channel C of the speed encoder and activates the ETS2
relay.
The switching point of the ETS1 and ETS2 relays is usually 80 % of the contract speed. If
the speed is less than 80 % the ETS1 and ETS2 relays are energised and bridges both ETS
control switches SS1 and SS2 (see wiring diagram) in the stopbox mounted on top of the
car.
5.2.1 Parameter and limit switch set up

Check the following parameter with the Service Tool:
− To activate the ETS function the parameter “PX2.1” in the GECB must be set to 2 to en-
able the use of the PX2.1 output for the ETS1 relay.
− The IO-Numbers 576 UP and 577 DN must be set to the approbiate adress/pin of the
remote station where the U and D relays are connected.
− In the GDCB the parameter “ETP Spe %DutySpe” should be set to 80
− Select from the following table the SS1, SS2 limit switch distances.
5.2.2 Velocity parameter and SS1/SS2 limit switch distances
VELOCITY NORMAL SS1/SS2 Dist.

[mm/s] [mm]
2500 1500
3000 2400
3500 3500
Page: 78 / 196
Berlin
4000 4500
Table 5-1: SS1/SS2 limit switch distances

Page: 79 / 196
Berlin
5.2.3 Setting of the ETS2 relay trip point
The ANSI Speed Check Board (ASCB) should now be set up to a preliminary setting (which
will be very close to the final setting. Only the SP (ETS2 relay) output of the ASCB is used,
the SC circuit is not connected. Above a selectable percent of contract speed (usually 80 %)
the ETS2 relay will be de-energised.
SC ETSC VTR
Led´s
U2 U3 F3 Pin 1
4A/250V
J1
F2
1A/250V
F2
1A/250V
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
J3 SC SP J2 Pin 2
Setpoint Setpoint
Figure 5\1: ANSI Speed Check Board
ASCB on Board Led´s
When the car is on idle, the ETSC Led´s on the ASCB should be lit, and the ETS2 relay
should be energised. If the car starts and reach 80 % of contract speed the ETSC Led
should be off and the ETS2 relay de-energised.
The VTR Led should be off. When the car starts to move, the VTR Led on the ASCB should
begin blinking. The blinking rate will increase as the car speed increases until the VTR Led
appears to be constantly.
The SC Led is not used.

Page: 80 / 196
Berlin
5.2.4 Calculation of the SP value

Use the following formula to determine the setting of SP:
With VELOC ETSD = 0.8 * VELOC NORMAL
The RPM value can be found by looking at the parameter MOTOR SPEED.
1024 PPR encoder 4096 PPR encoder 8000 PPR encoder

192545 48120 24646
SP= 255 - ---------- SP= 255 - ---------- SP= 255 - ----------
RPM RPM RPM
Convert the decimal SP to their hexadecimal value with following table.
Conversion table decimal into hexadecimal
↓
SW4↓ ← SW3 →
hex 00h 10h 20h 30h 40h 50h 60h 70h 80h 90h A0h B0h C0h D0h E0h F0h
00h 00 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 176 192 208 224 240
01h 01 17 33 49 65 81 97 113 129 145 161 177 193 209 225 241
02h 02 18 34 50 66 82 98 114 130 146 162 178 194 210 226 242
03h 03 19 35 51 67 83 99 115 131 147 163 179 195 211 227 243
04h 04 20 36 52 68 84 100 116 132 148 164 180 196 212 228 244
05h 05 21 37 53 69 85 101 117 133 149 165 181 197 213 229 245
06h 06 22 38 54 70 86 102 118 134 150 166 182 198 214 230 246
07h 07 23 39 55 71 87 103 119 135 151 167 183 199 215 231 247
08h 08 24 40 56 72 88 104 120 136 152 168 184 200 216 232 248
09h 09 25 41 57 73 89 105 121 137 153 169 185 201 217 233 249
0Ah 10 26 42 58 74 90 106 122 138 154 170 186 202 218 234 250
0Bh 11 27 43 59 75 91 107 123 139 155 171 187 203 219 235 251
0Ch 12 28 44 60 76 92 108 124 140 156 172 188 204 220 236 252
0D h 13 29 45 61 77 93 109 125 141 157 173 189 205 221 237 253
0E h 14 30 46 62 78 94 110 126 142 158 174 190 206 222 238 254
0F h 15 31 47 63 79 95 111 127 143 159 175 191 207 223 239 255
Table 5\2: Conversion table decimal into hexadecimal
Example: If you convert 85 decimal to hexadecimal look into the horizontal and vertical
hex field, add both values and set appropriate the SW3 and SW4 switch.
50h + 05h = 55h = 85d

Page: 81 / 196
Berlin
5.2.5 Function test of the ETS relays

After setting up the GDCB and the ASCB speed limits runs with contract velocity can be
performed.
During a high speed run with contract velocity the ETS relays must energise or de-energise
at the same time. If the switch time of both relays is not within 1 second it will cause ETS
stops.
If the ETS2 relay does not drop out at the same time as the ETS1 relay, increase the setting
of the SW4 switch one setting at a time. If switch SW4 is set to F, move it to the „0“ position
and set SW3 up to one position.
To adjust the stopswitches SS1, SS2 you have to run the car with contract speed into the
top or bottom floor.
The adjustment screws for the SS1, SS2 switches must be turned further after every run
(approx. ½ turn) until the exact switch point is found and the elevator makes an ETS stop.
Then the adjustment screw has to be turned back approx. ½ turn and then fixed.
Page: 82 / 196
Berlin
5.3 ETS - Emergency Terminal Slowdown with Reed Switches

(PX2.1=4 or 5)
In accordance with the code requirements elevators with a speed higher than 2.5 m/s and
short buffer stroke must have an Emergency Terminal Slowdown circuit to control the speed
during the deceleration in the top and bottom floor. The speed is measured with two
independent systems: the GDCB and the ANSI Speed Check Board (ASCB).
2 channels (A and B) from the 3 channel speed encoder are connected to the GDCB Board,
and 1 channel ( C ) is connected to the ANSI Board.
The GDCB Board calculates the speed via channel A and B of the encoder and sends an
appropriate message depending on the parameter(s) “ETP Spe %DutySpe” (and “ETP2
Spe %Duty” for 2-step ETSD) to the GECB which in turn activates the ET_S1 (and ET_S3
for 2-step ETSD) relay(s).
The ASCB calculates the speed via channel C of the speed encoder and activates the
ET_S2 (and ET_S4 for 2-step ETSD) relay(s).
If the speed is less than “ETP Spe %DutySpe”, the ET_S1 and ET_S2 relays are energised
and bridge both ET_P1 and ET_P2 contacts in the safety chain (see wiring diagram). Simi-
larly, for 2-step ETSD, if the speed is less than “ETP2 Spe %Duty”, the ET_S3 and ET_S4
relays are energised and bridge both ET_P3 and ET_P4 contacts in the safety chain
5.3.1 Parameter and limit switch set up

Check the following parameters and IOs with the Service Tool:
For 1-step ETSD:

− To activate the 1-step ETSD function the following GECB parameter must be configured:

PX2.1 Defines PX2.1 output 4 Output used as ET_S1 (1-step)
− The following GECB IO-Numbers must be set to the appropriate adress/pin of the remote
station where the corresponding relays are connected and inverted.

st
1257 ET_P1 1 step terminal zone position reed switch 1 in
st
st
1259 ET_S1 1 step SW-controlled speed relay in
st
1260 ET_S2 1 step ASCB-controlled speed relay in
− In the GDCB the parameter “ETP Spe %DutySpe” should be set appropriately.
− Select from the table below the ET_P1/ET_P2 sensor distances.
Page: 83 / 196
Berlin
For 2-step ETSD:

− To activate the 2-step ETSD function the following GECB parameters must be config-
ured:

PX2.1 Defines PX2.1 output 5 Output used as ET_S1 (2-step)
PX2.2 Defines PX2.2 output 1 Output used as ET_S3
− The following GECB IO-Numbers must be set to the appropriate adress/pin of the remote
station where the corresponding relays are connected and inverted.

st
st
st
st
nd
nd
nd
nd
− In the GDCB the parameter “ETP Spe %DutySpe” and “ETP2 Spe %Duty” should be set
appropriately.
− Select from the table below the ET_P1/ET_P2 and ET_P3/ET_P4 sensor distances.
5.3.2 Setting of the ET_S2 and ET_S4 relay trip points
1. temporarily set the Drive ET_S2 switching percent, "ETP Spe %DutySpe", and the
ET_S4 switching percent, "ETP2 Spe %Duty", to 100%, "ETP Delta %" to 1
2. set the ET_S2 knobs (labelled "SP") and the ET_S4 knobs (labelled "SC") on the ANSI
speed check board to 0xF0
3. set Drive "Nom speed" to the desired ET_S2 switching percent of duty speed, for exam-
ple, if the desired ET_S2 switching percent is 80% and the duty speed is 4000, set "Nom
speed" to 3200
4. perform run from bottom terminal to top terminal
4.1. during constant speed, turn the first hex character knob slowly decreasing until the
ET_S2 relay opens and stays open (no flickering). Note that an ESTOP may occur
when reaching the terminal zone
5. set the second hex character knob to "F", for example, if the relay opened at 0xA0, set
the knobs to 0xAF
6. perform run from top terminal to bottom terminal
6.1. during constant speed, turn the second hex character knob slowly decreasing until
the ET_S2 relay opens and stays open (no flickering), e.g., 0xA5.
7. ET_S2 is now adjusted, repeat steps 3 through 6 for the ET_S4 adjustment using the SP
knob, if 2-step ETSD is desired
Page: 84 / 196
Berlin
8. set Drive "Nom speed", "ETP Spe %DutySpe" and "ETP2 Spe %Duty" to the correct
desired settings
9. set Drive "ETP Delta %" to 2
SC ETSC VTR
Led´s
U2 U3 F3 Pin 1
4A/250V
J1
F2
1A/250V
F2
1A/250V
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
J3 SC SP J2 Pin 2
Setpoint Setpoint
Figure 5\2: ANSI Speed Check Board
ASCB on Board Led´s
In a 1-step or 2-step ETSD system:

When the car is idle, the ETSC Led on the ASCB should be lit, and the ET_S2 relay should
be energised. If the car starts and reachs "ETP Spe %DutySpe" percent of contract speed,
the ETSC Led should be off and the ET_S2 relay de-energised.
In a 2-step ETSD system:

When the car is idle, the SC Led on the ASCB should be lit, and the ET_S4 relay should be
energised. If the car starts and reachs "ETP2 Spe %Duty" percent of contract speed, the SC
Led should be off and the ET_S4 relay de-energised.
The VTR Led should be off. When the car starts to move, the VTR Led on the ASCB should
begin blinking. The blinking rate will increase as the car speed increases until the VTR Led
appears to be constantly.
5.4 RPD-P2 - Low Cost Single Position Sensor

Page: 85 / 196
Berlin
This PRS is supported since GECB software version GAA30780DAC.
Basically this type is same as DZ-TYP = 0 but the status of on-off from sensor is inverted.
Install Parameters:
6-POS.REF DZ-TYP 3 Single door zone sensor (RPD-P2) with inverted signal
5.4.1 Function test of the ET_S1-4 relays

After setting up the GDCB and the ASCB speed limits runs with contract velocity can be
performed.
During a high speed run with contract velocity the ET_S1/2 and the ET_S3/4 relays must
energise or de-energise at the same time. If the opening time of both relays during acceler-
ation is not within 1 second it will cause ETSD blockages. The event 0259 "LateET_S2/4" is
a pre-warning that the ASCB relays are out of adjustment. Event 0259 should never occur.
If it does occur, follow the process in section 5.3.2 to adjust the ASCB properly.
Page: 86 / 196
Berlin
5.5 SMART Charger for “LVA Switch”

The Smart charger works with a different charging algorithm, switching off the recharge
according to the state of charge of the batteries (SoC : max 80%).
The information about running status of the car is provided by GECB_LV (P_SP2.4 output)
as a discrete signal, and it’s adopted by the smart charger to apply the sufficient relaxation
time measuring the state of charge of the traction batteries .
The SMART Charger is connected to the UD output at P_SP2.4, which must be configured
to indicate whether the car is running or not.
Install Parameters:
1-SYSTEM TRIC-TYP 0 Counts all runs including RLV, ERO, TCI

Page: 87 / 196
Berlin
5.6 TPOS - Cyclic Parking

The following description applies to GAA30780DAH or later.
Specific types of brake might get stuck if they have not been lifted for a long time. To
prevent that the brake fails to lift, the elevator can be configured to perform automatic runs
between preselected floors after a specified time.
This feature might also be usefull for glass hoistways which are heated by the sun. If the air
in the hoistway gets too hot, the elevator might shut down because of overheat. Cyclic
Parking can help to push the hot air out of the hoistway so that the elevator stays in
operation.
After the time specified by TDELAY and TDEL-TIM, the car will perform an automatic run as
specified below:
TPOS-TYP=0:
The car will run to floor TPOS1. If the car is already parked at that floor, the car will run to
floor TPOS2. These runs are performed by using regular car calls, that means at the end
of this run the car will cycle the doors.
TPOS-TYP=1:
The car will perform a park run to TPOS1 or TPOS2, depending on the last park target. If
the last cycle park target was TPOS1, the car will run to TPOS2 and vice versa.
These runs are performed as regular parking runs (like ARD) without opening the doors.
These runs can be interrupted by call demands at any time.
You can also select TPOS1=TPOS2=255: In this case, the car will perform a park run the
the next floor (if possible, in down direction).
For TPOS1 and TPOS2, you need to select floors which are not secured by any means
(e.g. card reader).
Additionally, you can enable or disable these parking runs with an RSL input. If I/O 1115
EN-POS is not programmed, this feature is always active. If that I/O is programmed to a
valid address/pin, the feature is only enabled if the input is active.
Install Parameters:
10-TEST TPOS 1 0-99 Primary target floor for automatic runs
TPOS 2 0-99 Alternative target floor for automatic runs
TDELAY 0-255 Duration until an automatic run is performed
TDEL-TIM 0 Time base of TDELAY is seconds
1 Time base of TDELAY is minutes
Page: 88 / 196
Berlin
2 Time base of TDELAY is hours

TPOS-TYP 0 With door opening
1 Without door opening
I/Os
1115 EN-TPOS Enable automatic runs by parameter TPOS
Examples
1) After 8 hours, the car shall perform an automatic run to floor 1 and open the doors. If the
car is already parked at floor 1, the car shall instead run to floor 2.
Set the following parameters:
TPOS1 = 1
TPOS2 = 2
TDELAY = 8
TDEL-TIM = 2
TPOS-TYP = 0
2) After 8 hours, the car shall perform an automatic park run to floor 1 without opening the
doors. After another 8 hours, the car shall perform an automatic park run to floor 2 without
opening the doors.
TPOS1 = 1
TPOS2 = 2
TDELAY = 8
TDEL-TIM = 2
TPOS-TYP = 1
3) After 90 minutes, the car shall perform an automatic park run to the next floor in down
direction without opening the doors.
TPOS1 = 255
TPOS2 = 255
TDELAY = 90
TDEL-TIM = 1
TPOS-TYP = 1
Page: 89 / 196
Berlin
5.7 UCM EN81 - Unintended Car Movement

This function is available since GAA30780EAA.
5.7.1 Overview
EN81-1 A3 requires to stop the car and keep it stopped when the car moves out of the
doorzone with the doors not in closed position.
This is achieved by monitoring the door bypass:
When, within the doorzone, the door bypass is active and the door is opened, the UCM
Monitor is activated. It is deactivated when the door is closed and also 160 msec after the
door bypass has been opened.
The UCM Monitor observes whether the door bypass drops while leaving the doorzone.
If such a situation is detected, the elevator is shutdown with OpMode NAV. The event “0234
UCM Detect” is logged and the blink message “>UCM Detect” is shown in the SVT status
display. In the Service Panel, the blink message “Service – UCM Reset” is shown.
The shutdown is memorized even if the power is switched off. Normal operation is resumed
by performing an ERO run.
GECB-Parameter:
Drive DRV-TYP 1 Extended Drive Interface
System UCM-TYP 3 UCM according to EN81-1 A3
Drive-Parameter:
Contract UCM-EN ON/OFF 1 UCM according to EN81-1 A3
Because the UCM configuration is determined during startup, you must switch off and on
the system before changes of the above parameters are taking effect.
Required Software Versions:
Board SCN
GECB GAA30780EAA or later
GDCB (ReGen Drive) AAA30924CAM or later
DCPB (Ultra Drive) AAA31400AAD or later

Page: 90 / 196
Berlin
5.7.2 Handover Test

In the Handover phase, the proper function of the UCM Monitor must be verified. There are
different options to perform this test:
Handover Test via Service Panel

This is done with the Service Panel functions “Handover – Test UCM Up” and “Handover –
Test UCM Down”.
Please refer to the document GAA30782GAB_SP.doc for more information.
Handover Test via Field Tool / Service Tool

Execute the OFT function M-1-4-1 SYSTEM-CHECK-UCMEN81.
Please refer to the document GAA30782GAB_STM.doc for more information.
Handover Test via RSL (UCM3)

This function is available since GAA30780EAD.
Feature name: UCM3
This test is intended for the repetitive verification of the UCM functionality without OFT. It is
not intended for the Handover Test, because there is no indication about proper
redundancy.
In the controller, a keyswitch is provided which is connected to the RSL inputs 1272
UCMEN-UP and1273 UCMEN-DN.
Sequence:
1) Activate the keyswitch “UCM-EN81 Test” in up or down direction for longer than 1
second.
- The controller sets the Opmode LRN and automatically activates DDO and
CHCS.
- The controller prepares to perform the UCM Test
2) Release the keyswitch.
3) Remove testplug “UCM-EN81 Test”.
4) Activate the keyswitch into the desired direction.
- The controller activates the doorbypass and performs the UCM Testrun into
the selected direction.
- After the car has left the doorzone, the safety chain opens and the car is
blocked with “UCM Fault”.
5) Release the keyswitch.
6) Measure the displacement of the car.
7) Insert testplug “UCM-EN81 Test”.
8) Switch to ERO and push UIB or DIB.
Page: 91 / 196
Berlin
- This clears the blockage.
Notes:
- To start a new test, ERO must be activated and deactivated. Also, the keyswitch
must be turned off.
- To resume normal operation, DDO and CHCS must be deactivated by the corre-
sponding service buttons.
Setup:
I/Os
1272 ECMEN-UP Start UCM-Test in up direction
Must be programmed to a valid address
1273 UCMEN-DN Start UCM-Test in down direction
Must be programmed to a valid address
5.7.3 Clearing the UCM Fault

The UCM Fault is cleared by switching to ERO and performing an ERO run.
The Service Panel provides a function “Service – UCM Reset” which guides the mechanic
through these steps.
Page: 92 / 196
Berlin
5.8 UCM Korea - Unintended Car Movement (UCM-K)

Unintended car movement is detected in automatic operation as well as all manual operat-
ing modes. The intent of the code requirements is to provide protection when the movement
is NOT intended to occur. The emergency brake is controlled by both software functions
and hardware devices. To detect such an event while the car is parked at a landing, the
door zone sensors are used. The discrete output port in GECB is used for driving UCM con-
trol relay.
Parameter:
System UCM-TYP 1 0 disabled
1 UCM for Korea
2 UCM for Japan/JIS
3 UCM for EN81 (since EAA)
The operation mode is changed to NAV and UCM event is logged when the GECB receives
the shutdown message from the UCM board.
Event:
Event Description
0234 UCM Detect UCM fault detected when the car has the UCM conditions.
Check the causes of UCM fault by using <M-M-1-9-4>.
0232 UCMRWelded The UCM relay is stuck.

Check the relays for UCMCR and UCMR1 & UCMR2.
Blink Message:
Message Description
>UCM Detect UCM fault detected when the car has the UCM conditions.
>UCMRWelded The UCM relay is stuck.

Check the relays for UCMCR and UCMR1 & UCMR2.
5.8.1 Uncontrolled movement at Door Open Status:

- GDCB will create UCM control signal (On / Off) from door zone and encoder status to
detect unintended car movement and then it is sent to GECB via CAN bus.
- GECB will get the UCM control signal from GDCB via CAN bus.
- GECB will decide UCM detection by UCM control signal from GDCB and door open
status.
- UCMCR(UCM control relay) is powered at UCM condition using discrete output port
in I/O board. The UCMCR is activated when the car moves to the outside of door
zone or the UCM control signal from GDCB is activated during opened door.
Page: 93 / 196
Berlin
- Cutoff Emergency Brake and Brake Power.
5.8.2 Checking the cause of UCM fault
To check the cause of the UCM fault, SVT command <M-M-1-1-9-4> can be used

z d n q o c . opens
GDCB for x seconds
5.8.3 Clearing UCM Fault

UCM fault can be cleared by SVT command <M-M-1-1-9-3>.
It can be also cleared by ERO toggle 3 times within 10 sec.( since GP330780EAC)
tion between GECB and GDCB should be available in order to clear UCM fault.
5.8.4 Interface between OCSS and Drive

Operational Control Motion Control
Power On Power On
Initialize system Initialize system
Initialize Operational control Initialize Motion control
Communication control UCM detected Communication control

(receive data and monitoring) (send UCM detection event)
CAN Bus
PRS & gate PRS & encoder

UCM detection UCM detection
switch counter
UCM relay control (output)
Power off Power off

Page: 94 / 196
Berlin
5.8.5 The Detection for UCM Fault

- Operational Control:
If car is in door zone and door opens, car moves out of door zone.
- Motion Control:
If car is in door zone and door opens, moving distances based on rotary encoder
excess defined value.
UCM detected
by Drive
Page: 95 / 196
Berlin
5.8.6 Wiring diagram for UCM relay control
5.8.7 UCM Relay Monitoring:

- UCM relay is currently controlled by the output port on I/O board.
- Additionally, we will use the P_C:2 input port for detection of welded status of UCM
relay.
- The P_C:2 port is connected to another point of contact of UCM relay.
- P_C:2 input will be checked after designated time whether UCM relay is controlled
correctly when the UCM control signal is sent to UCM output port.
Error detection of UCM Relay circuit consists of two discrete UCM Relay. It can detect the
error of UCM Relay to monitor the contact while power ON and UCM detect condition.
Power On
(UCMR Welded)
Page: 96 / 196
Berlin
When power is on, check UCM Relay contact is welded or not. If UCM Relay is welded,
detect error and into the NAV mode.
Normal Mode
(UCM Detect)
(relay delay time)
(UCMR Welded)
If one of two relay is welded when UCM detected condition, cut off brake by another relay.
Then detect UCM relay error, Into the NAV mode.
And if UCM relay is off when UCM is not detected, then detect UCM relay error.
Page: 97 / 196
Berlin
5.8.8 Basic Timing Chart for detecting UCM Fault

stop
CAR_IS_STOP
close
LDS(Landing Door)
open
CDS(Car Door)
SAFETY
Door_zone_stop_Flag
dz_input in GECB
Outside of door zone
UCM_Detect from Drive
CAN error occured

CAN Err
Canceled
UCMCR_OUT(Output)
Brake Dropped
Main Power
Power off
Service Tool
Command(M193)
Page: 98 / 196
Berlin
5.9 UCM Japan - Unintended Car Movement (UCM-JIS)

Basically the separated UCM board has the logic to detect the UCM fault. The following
operations shall be performed in GECB.
UCM-J function is available if the parameter UCM-TYP is set to “2”.

Parameters:
1- SYSTEM UCM-TYP 2 0 Disabled
1 UCM for Korea
2 UCM for Japan
3 UCM for EN81
UCM fault can be canceled by SVT. The GECB sends the cancel command to
UCM board thru CAN when UCM fault cancel command is entered on SVT.
The operation mode is changed to NAV and UCM event is logged when the
GECB receives the shutdown message from the UCM board.
Event:
Event Description
0234 UCM Detect UCM fault detected when the car has the UCM conditions.
Check UCM fault conditions.
Blink Message:
Message Description
>UCM Detect UCM fault detected when the car has the UCM conditions.
Check UCM fault conditions.
>UCMComEr CAN communication fault between GECB and UCM board

Check CAN line between GECB and UCM board.
The GECB sends the stop command to the GDCB to stop the car immediately
when the GECB receives timedecel command from the UCM board. In this case,
the car can be stopped in the out of door zone.
The detail of UCM fault can be displayed in SVT by using “M194”. The SCN of
UCM software on UCM board can be checked on SVT by using “M195”.
Page: 99 / 196
Berlin
SVT command Description

M193 Cancel UCM fault
M194 Detail of UCM fault
M195 SCN of UCM software on UCM board
The detail of UCM fault can be displayed in SVT by using “M194” as shown below.
Fault Description
UCM No Response No message from UCM board
Door OpenRun Err Door Open Run Fault
Over Speed Err Over Speed Fault in door open run
DZ Senser Err Short mode failure of Door Zone Sensers(1LV and 2LV)
BS Err Consecutive failure of Brake Switches(BS1, BS2)
S-RelayErr Short mode failure of S-relays(S1, S2, S3, BY)
CGS Err Short mode failure of CGS relays(CGS and CGS2)
BypassCircuitErr Short mode failure of Door Bypass Circuit(LV1, LV2, LVC
contacts)
PVT Err Open mode failure of PVT
UCMR Err Short mode failure of UCMR contact
SCR Err Short mode failure of Speed Check Relay
WD Reset Watch dog reset happen and latch up the
system at boot-up
Memory Error Check sum mismatch detected and latch
up the system at boot-up
The GECB requests UCMR(UCM relay) check to UCM board in the specified
time(use the time based feature activation code – 21) every day.
Parameters:
11- Time TFAx-OP 21 Time Based Feature Operation x:
0 not used
21 UCMR check
Note: Requires that the date/time is set in SVT menu M-1-3-8
TFAx-TYP 1 Type of Time Based Feature Activation x:
0 not used
1 Time Based
2 Week Based
3 Time and Week
TFAx-SHR Contract Start Hour of TBFAx:
0-23 Hour at which the feature defined by TFAx-OP will start
TFAx-SMI Contract Start Minute of TBFAx:
0-59 Minute at which the feature defined by TFAx-OP will start
TFAx-EHR Contract End Hour of TBFAx:
0-23 Hour at which the feature defined by TFAx-OP will end.
TFAx-EMI Contract End Minute of TBFAx:
0-59 Minute at which the feature defined by TFAx-OP will end.
Page: 100 / 196
Berlin
TFAx-WEK 0 Weekday of TBFAx:

Weekday at which the feature defined by TFAx-OP will be activat-
ed.
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
Note: If the feature should be activated at more than one day, add
the corresponding
values (e.g. Saturday+Sunday = 65, Monday to Friday = 62)
Page: 101 / 196
Berlin
5.10 6LS - Emulation via Software

The limit switch “6LS” limits the TCI run in up direction to prevent that a field person on top
of car might get trapped in the hoistway.
In the Vector Controller, this hardware switch has been eliminated so that this functionality
is provided by software:
A TCI run in up direction is automatically stopped as soon as 2LS is activated.
5.10.2 Setup
It is important that this function is not unintentionally deactivated when a component is
replaced by a sparepart. Therefore the parameter for this feature is located in GECB as well
as the drive.
Both parameters must be set to enable 6LS software emulation.
GECB Parameter:
Group name Description
4-DRIVE 6LS-TYP Type of 6LS
0 Hardware 6LS wired in safety chain.
1 No physical 6LS switch. Function is emulated in software:
During TCI-Up run, the car will stop at 2LS.
Default: 0
Drive Parameter:
MCB3x (since GAA30785CAG):
Contract 6LS-TYP Type of 6LS
0 Hardware 6LS wired in safety chain.
During TCI-Up run, the car will stop at 2LS.
Default: 0
GDCB: (not yet available)

Page: 102 / 196
Berlin

If the parameter at the GECB is set to a different value than at the drive, the elevator is
taken out of service, so that the mechanic is forced to correct the setup:
• Opmode DBF is activated
• At a landing the doors are opened for DAR-T seconds, thereafter the doors are closed.
• DOB is operative
• No calls are accepted.
• TCI/ERO is not possible
• event “0250 6LS-TYP!” is logged
• blink message “>6LS-TYP!” is shown in the GECB status menu.
Event:
Event Description
0250 6LS-TYP! The parameter “6LS-TYP” at GECB has a different value than the parameter “6LS-
TYP” at the drive.
Blink Message:
Message Description
>6LS-TYP! The parameter “6LS-TYP” at GECB has a different value than the parameter “6LS-
Page: 103 / 196
Berlin
5.11 Alternate Profiles

The following description applies to GAA30780EAD or later.
Alternate profiles are selectable via the following RSL inputs:
GECB I/Os
1293 APRF1C Alternate Profile 1 – car link
1294 APRF1H Alternate Profile 1 – hall link
The standard motion profile is profile 0 and is used if none of the above inputs is active.
If multiple inputs are active, profile 1 takes precedence, then profile 2, then profile 3.
If an alternate profile input is active before a run begins, the run will be performed with the
corresponding alternate profile.
If an alternate profile input becomes active or changes during a run, the car will stop at the
next committable landing, and then continue on to the target with the new alternate profile.
The profile characteristics (velocity, acceleration, jerk) for the alternate profiles are
programmable via the following Drive installation parameters:
GDCB Install Parameters:

Group name description
Profile Numb AltProfiles Number of Alternate profiles defined (max 3)
Alt1 Speed mm/s Alternate Profile 1 Speed
Alt1 AcDec mm/s2 Alternate Profile 1 Acceleration/Deceleration
Alt1 Jerk mm/s3 Alternate Profile 1 Jerk
Page: 104 / 196
Berlin
6 Door Related Setup
6.1 Generic Door Operator
6.1.1 Introduction
By use of the Generic Door Operator you are not restricted to fixed door operators as
FCO9550 or DO2000, but you can define exactly how a specific door operator is to be han-
dled.
A set of parameters is used to setup the door handling as required by the existing door sys-
tem:
You can define:

• Is the DC relay energized while the door is completely closed?
• Is the DO relay energized while the door is completely opened?
• Is a DOL or DCL contact available?
• Automatic or manual landing doors?
• Has the cam to be pulled while the door is closing?
• How is the cam to be handled during ERO?
• Do we have telescopic landing doors with a cam?
All parameters of the Generic Door Operator can be pre-installed to the profile of already
known doortyps as FCO9550, DO2000 etc. This makes further finetuning more easy (Not
available for OVL!)
Use ServiceTool Menu M-2-4 Setup Door to program the Generic Door Parameters so that
the selected door can be used without further changing of the parameters.
6.1.2 Description of Parameters
LCB_IIC only: Multi Door

To install automatic plus manual landing doors, the parameter MD/AES must be set to ‘1’.
In addition the MD input must be connected to the safety chain after the automatic landing
door contact. The DW input must be connected to the safety chain after the manual landing
door contact. SAF Input sequence: ERO, ES, DW, MD, DFC.
Door Handling
If DOOR=0..10 is selected, all ‘F:****’ parameters are ignored and a fixed door handling is
done.
If DOOR=11 is selected, the parameters ‘F:***’ become active and the door handling is fully
adjustable by these parameters.
The same applies for the parameter REAR and the ‘R:****’ parameters.
Page: 105 / 196
Berlin
CAM Handling
If either DOOR=11 or REAR=11 is selected, the CAM parameters become active.
All ‘xx-TYP’ parameters are designed so that the first digit defines the behaviour of the cor-
responding output during the door movement (i.e. opening or closing, respectively) and the
second digit defines the behaviour during the following stop (i.e. fully opened or fully closed,
resp.)
General Parameters
DOOR, REAR 0..15 doortype at front/rear.
Parameters for Door Handling

F:DO-TYP, R:DO-TYP DO-behaviour
00 DO never active
01 DO active when door is fully opened
10 DO active while door is opening
11 DO active when door is opening and also when opened
F:DC-TYP, R:DC-TYP DC-behaviour

00 DC never active
01 DC active when door is fully closed
10 DC active while door is closing
11 DC active when door is closing and also when closed
F:EN-ACG, R:EN-ACG Type of Hoistway Doors

0 automatic hoistway doors (TLD/CLD)
1 manual hoistway doors (ACG)
F:EN-DCL, R:EN-DCL Limit Switch DCL

0 no DCL
1 DCL at IOs 694/695 (DC is dropped, if DCL is active)
2 DCL at IOs 694/695 (DC stays on even if DCL is active)
F:DOL-D, R:DOL-D Limit Switch DOL

0 DOL at IOs 000/544
1..255 DOL will be simulated by software xx,x seconds after
door has started to open (e.g. FLH, MLI)
Page: 106 / 196
Berlin
Parameters for CAM Handling

CM-TYP CM-behaviour
00 CM never active
01 CM active when door is closed
02 CM active when door is closed and demand exists
(parking with closed doors)
03 CM active when door is closed and delay CM-D has expired
(TLD/CLD with CAM)
10 CM active while door is closing
11 CM active while door is closing or door is closed
21 CM active while door is closing and delay CM-D has expired
(for doors without DCL, because safety chain cannot be
closed if CAM is deenergized).
CM-PROT CM-behaviour during ERO-STOP

0 CM deenergized
1..254 CM is deenergized after xxx0 seconds
255 No protection; CM is always energized
(only for 100%ED!)
SEL-CMR Where is CMR connected?

0 CMR at P6:10 (RDC) (1 car door / only for LCB_IIC)
1 CMR at IO 785 (1 or 2 car doors)
DO-D Time Delay of DO

0..255 DO is energized xx,x seconds after CAM has been
deenergized
For CLD/TLD with CAM
CM-D Time Delay of CM

0..255 CM is energized xx,x seconds after door has been
closed.
CM-OP-D Delay of CM when door is opening

0..255 xx,x seconds delay between pulling DO and dropping
CM (Ignored, if the car door is fully open).
Page: 107 / 196
Berlin
Parameter for TRO Handling

Some dooroperators require to be powered down during TCI. For this purpose the TRO
output is used. It is pulled in normal operation and dropped under the following conditions:
TRO-TYP Type of TRO handling (IO 1107 or LCB_IIC discrete output)

0 no TRO output
1 TRO dropped if TCI is operated (e.g. for DO2000)
(LCB_IIC: TRO at P6:5 (DC))
2 dropped if TCI active without TCIB, TDCB or TDOB
for MLI / Kiekert-2
(LCB_IIC: TRO at P6:7 (DO))
3 same as 2
(LCB_IIC:TRO at P6:5 (DC) for AT20)
Additional Parameters
DOR-T, RDOR-T Time Delay between DO and DC during Reversal Operations.
20..255 During any Reversal (i.e. opening -> closing or
closing -> opening) both DO and DC outputs are
deenergized for xx,x seconds.
For heavy doors
DTC-T Door Time Protection

0..254 duration after which protection starts
255 disabled for parking with closed doors and dropped
cam
Page: 108 / 196
Berlin
6.1.3 Graphical Description
6.1.3.1 Overview
Activation of the generic Parameters
DOOR = 11 F:DO-TYP
F:DC-TYP
F:EN-DCL
F:EN-ACG
F:DOL-D
REAR = 11 R:DO-TYP
R:DC-TYP
R:EN-DCL
R:EN-ACG
R:DOL-D
DOOR = 11
oder CM-TYP
REAR = 11 CM-PROT
SEL-CMR
TRO-TYP
DO-D
CM-D
Page: 109 / 196
Berlin
6.1.3.2 Timing-Diagrams
DO-output
][ <> [] >< ][
DO (DO-TYP=10) 9550, Meiller
DO (DO-TYP=11) Kiekert, MLI
DO (DO-TYP=01)
DC-output
][ <> [] >< ][
DC (DC-TYP=10) 9550, Meiller
DC (DC-TYP=11)
DC (DC-TYP=01)
DCL-input (DC-TYP=10)
[] >< ][
DCL
DFC
DC (EN-DCL=1)
9550
DC (EN-DCL=0)
Page: 110 / 196
Berlin
DOL-input
][ <> []
DOL (DOL-D=0)
DOL (DOL-D<>0) FLH, MCG
DOL-D Signal is
simulated by
software
CMR-output, CM-DELAY
][ <> [] >< ][
CM-OP-D
CMR (CM-TYP=01) ACG with DCL
CM-OP-D call
1 x TLD,n x ACG
CMR (CM-TYP=02) CM-OP-D call or
CM-D
TLD with CMR
CM-OP-D DW CM-D
CMR (CM-TYP=03) TLD with CMR
CMR (CM-TYP=10)
CM-OP-D
CMR (CM-TYP=11) as used without
Generic DoorOp
CM-OP-D CM-D
CMR (CM-TYP=21) without DCL
Page: 111 / 196
Berlin
DO-DELAY
][ <>
CMR
DO-D
DO TLD with CAM
DOR-T
<> >< <>
DOR-T
DO
DOR-T
DC
CM-PROT
ERO-run ERO-stop NOR ERO-stop ERO-run
ERO
run
CMR (CM-PROT=0) 1
CM-PROT CM-PROT
CMR (CM-PROT=100) 2
CMR (CM-PROT=255) only 100%ED!!
see CM-TYP
1: start inside DZ: CM relay must be pushed to close SAF
2: start inside DZ: UIB/DIB must be pushed within CM-PROT
Page: 112 / 196
Berlin
6.1.4 Factory Setup

Door Setup for some door types:
Feature Name DOOR DO-TYP DC-TYP EN-ACG EN-DCL DOL-D CM-TYP CM-PROT TRO-TYP
SLYCMA 11 0 11 note 1 0 40 note 2 note 3 2
DOC12 MLI 11 0 11 note 1 0 40 note 2 note 3 2
Kiekert 11 0 11 note 1 0 40 note 2 note 3 2
DOC19 Kiekert-1 11 11 11 note 1 0 40 note 2 note 3 0
DOC9 Kiekert-2 11 0 11 note 1 0 40 note 2 note 3 2
DDC
DOC20 AT20 11 11 0 note 1 0 40 note 2 note 3 3
DOC25 AT25 (old) 11 11 0 note 1 1 0 note 2 note 3 3
DOAT25 AT25 (new) 11 11 11 note 1 0 0 note 2 note 3 0
Fedo 11 0 11 note 1 0 40 note 2 note 3 2
DO2000, DCSS4 11 11 0 note 1 0 0 note 2 note 3 note 4
DO-1, DO-4
DOC40 AT40 11 11 11 note 1 0 0 note 2 note 3 0
DOC21 Fermator 11 0 11 note 1 0 40 note 2 note 3 2
VVF3
SEL105
SEM 2000
DOT1/2/3 FCO9550T 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

DOC5 Falconi 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DOC10 Meiller AC, 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Selcom AC
DOC11 Meiller DC 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DOC22 PIUMA 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DOC23 Sematic 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DOC27 RCF… 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DOC28 Fermator 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
VVV4
DOC29 Wittur 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ECO_DC
DOC30 SUPRA SM 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
DOCX 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
RC24, 1,2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
RC48
DOMR MRDS 3,4,9, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10
FLH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
note1: ACG-2: EN-ACG=1

note2: FLH or ACG-2 für France: CM-TYP=11
FLH: CM-TYP=11
ACG-2, with DCL: CM-TYP=2
ACG-2, without DCL: CM-TYP=11
note3: FLH or ACG-2: CM-PROT=10
note4: with ERO: TRO-TYP=1
Page: 113 / 196
Berlin
Internal (hidden) setup of preconfigured DO/DC door types (DOOR = 0 – 10)

[corresponding GENERIC (DOOR = 11) setup]:
Name DOOR DO-TYP DC-TYP EN-ACG CM-TYP DOL-D EN-DCL GENERIC

(Door=11)
FLH 0 10 10 1 11 10 0 √
9550T & ACG 1 10 11 1 11 0 1 √
9550T & TLD/CLD 2 10 11 0 00 0 1 √
OVL 3 11 11 1 11 0 1 not
(LCB_IIC: MRDS & ACG) possible
(note 1)
OVL & TLD/CLD 4 11 11 0 0 0 1 not
(note 1) possible
DO2000 (DO-Relay) 5 11 00 0 0 0 0 √
MCG (DC-relay) 6 10 10 1 11 40 0 √
MLI & ACG (DC-relay) 7 11 11 1 11 40 0 √
MLI & TLD/CLD(DC-relay) 8 11 11 0 00 40 0 √
OVL-PENANG & ACG 9 11 11 1 11 0 1 not
(note 2) possible
OVL-PENANG & TLD/CLD 10 11 11 0 00 0 1 not
(note 2) possible
The following parameters are set internally for the DOOR types above:
CM-PROT = 10, TRO-TYP = 0, DO-D = 0, CM-D = 0
note 1: MRDS for 2-entrances (DLN generated by external hardware)

note 2: MRDS for single entrance (DLN handled by RDO output)
Page: 114 / 196
Berlin
RSL i/o setup:

Feature Name
606 RDOS/SGS
605 DOS/SGS
788 RDCM
545 RDOB
637 RNDG
544 RDOL
608 RLRD
695 RDCL
546 REDP
808 RREV
1017 DPP
031 DMD
787 DCM
001 DOB
027 NDG
000 DOL
607 LRD
694 DCL
002 EDP
806 REV
805 UD
DOC12 MLI 1 √ √ 1 1 √ √ 1
DOC19 Kiekert-1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DOC9 Kiekert-2 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DDC
DOC20 AT20 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DOC25 AT25 (old)
DOAT25 AT25 √ √ √ √ √ √ 1 √ √ √ √ √ √ 1 √
(new)
Fedo
DO2000, DCSS4 √ √ √ √ √ 1 √ √ √ √ √ 1 √ √
DO-1,
DO-4
DOC40 AT40 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DOC21 Fermator 1 √ √ √ √ 1 1 √ √ √ √ 1
VVF3
DOC29 Wittur √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
ECO_DC
DOT1/2/3 FCO9550 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DOC5 Falconi √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DOC10 Meiller √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
AC,
Selcom
AC
DOC11 Meiller DC √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DOC22 PIUMA √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DOC23 Sematic √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DOC27 RCF… √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
DOC28 Fermator √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
VVV4
DOC30 SUPRA √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
SM
DOCX √ √ √ √ √ 1 √ 1 1 √ √
DOMR MRDS √ √ √ √ √ 1 1
FLH 1 1
1: these i/o’s must be set to address 010

not marked i/o’s must be set to address 000
Page: 115 / 196
Berlin
6.2 DO-5 / AT120
6.2.1 Parameters
The following parameters must be set to use a DO-5/AT120:
group parameter value remark
5-DOORS DOOR 12
13 if DOB is additionally connected to DO-5 (DOBF) and for
AT120
REAR 12
13 if DOB is additionally connected to DO-5 (DOBF) and for
AT120
F:DO-TYP 0
F:DC-TYP 0
F:EN-ACG 0
F:EN-DCL 0
F:DOL-D 0
R:DO-TYP 0
R:DC-TYP 0
R:EN-ACG 0
R:EN-DCL 0
R:DOL-D 0
CM-TYP 0
TRO-TYP 0
10-TEST DEBUG 0
DEBUG1 0
Please note that all DOOR=12/13 enables all Generic Door parameters!
GECB (since GAA30780DAB): For ACG with DO-5/AT120 set the following parameter:
F:EN-ACG
R:EN-ACG
CM-PROT
Page: 116 / 196
Berlin
6.2.2 I/Os
These are the I/Os and the corresponding default addresses:
Nr name MCS120 MCS220 GEN2_A GEN2_B GEN2C_A GEN2C_B VF_MRL

000 DOL 17,1 17,1 17,1 13,1 17,1 13,1 17,1
002 EDP 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0
027 NDG 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0
544 RDOL 19,1 19,1 19,1 00,0 19,1 00,0 19,1
546 REDP 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0
605 DOS / SGS 17,4 17,4 17,4 13,4 17,4 13,4 17,4
606 RDOS / RSGS 19,4 19,4 19,4 00,0 19,4 00,0 19,4
607 LRD 17,3 17,3 17,3 13,3 17,3 13,3 17,3
608 RLRD 19,3 19,3 19,3 00,0 19,3 00,0 19,3
691 TCI 16,3 16,3 16,3 12,3 17,2 13,2 16,3
694 DCL 01,0 01,0 01,0 01,0 01,0 01,0 01,0
695 RDCL 01,0 01,0 01,0 01,0
783 TCIB 01,0 01,0 01,0 01,0
787 DCM 00,0 00,0 00,0 00,0
991 DOOR_ST1 17,3 17,3 17,2 13,2
992 DOOR_ST2 17,4 17,4 17,3 13,3
993 DOOR_ST3 16,3 16,3 17,4 13,4
994 DOOR_ST1R 19,3 19,3 19,2 00,0
995 DOOR_ST2R 19,4 19,4 19,3 00,0
996 DOOR_ST3R 00,0 00,0 19,4 00,0
note: LRD & RLRD are low active for DOOR=12/13.

Page: 117 / 196
Berlin
6.3 Generic Door Operator (DO/DC RSL interface)
Since GAA30780DAG the software provides additional outputs on the Remote Serial Link to
drive door operators with DO / DC interface.
For safety reason two separate Door Open relays must be used and should be assigned to
2 different remote stations.
outputs:
IO symbol description def type
27 NDG Nudging 0/0 out
637 RNDG Rear Nudging Relay 0/0 out
997 DDM Deenergize Door Motor (Stop) 0/0 out
998 RDDM Deenergize Rear Door Motor (Stop) 0/0 out
1017 DPP Disable Passenger Protection (during EFO) (for AT25) 0/0 out
1094 DO1 Door Open relay 1 0/0 out
1095 DO2 Door Open relay 2 0/0 out
1096 DC Door Close relay 0/0 out
1097 DSDOB Disable Door Open Button (low active) 0/0 out
1098 DSLRD Disable Light Ray Device (low active) 0/0 out
1099 CLT Closed Torque (keep door closed during run) (for Meiler MAT) 0/0 out
1100 RDO1 Rear Door Open relay 1 0/0 out
1101 RDO2 Rear Door Open relay 2 0/0 out
1102 RDC Rear Door Close relay 0/0 out
1103 RDSDOB Rear Disable Door Open Button (low active) 0/0 out
1104 RDSLRD Rear Disable Light Ray Device (low active) 0/0 out
1105 RCLT Rear Closed Torque (keep door closed during run) (for Meiler MAT) 0/0 out
1106 ESD Emergency Stop of Door (turns off door in ES) (for AT25) 0/0 out
inputs:
IO symbol description def type
0 DOL Door Open Limit 1/0 in
1 DOB Door Open Button (only low active for DOOR=13) 0/0 in
544 RDOL Rear Door Open Limit 1/0 in
545 RDOB Rear Door Open Button (only low active for DOOR=13) 0/0 in
605 DOS / SGS Door Open Signal / Safety Gate Shoe 0/0 in
606 RDOS / RSGS Rear Door Open Signal / Rear SGS 0/0 in
607 LRD Light Ray Device (only low active for DOOR=12/13) 0/0 in
608 RLRD Rear Light Ray Device (only low active for DOOR=12/13) 0/0 in
694 DCL Door Close Limit Switch 1/0 in
695 RDCL Rear Door Close Limit Switch 1/0 in
parameters:
5 - DOORS
Symbol Default Purpose and Range
DOOR 11 Type of Doors:11 GENERIC (DO/DC) ...
Page: 118 / 196
Berlin
5 - DOORS
REAR 11 Type of Doors:11 GENERIC (DO/DC) ...
F:DO-TYP 0 type of DO handling
00 DO never pulled
01 DO pulled when car door fully opened
10 DO pulled during opening
11 DO pulled when car door opening and also when fully opened
F:DC-TYP 0 type of DC handling
00 DC never pulled
01 DC pulled when car door fully closed
10 DC pulled during closing
11 DC pulled when car door closing and also when fully closed
F:EN-DCL 0 enable DCL input at IO 694
0 no DCL switch
1 DCL at IO no. 694
F:DOL-D 0 GenDoor: automatic DOL generation
0 DOL at IO 0000
0.1 (0.1) 25.5 s DOL is simulated after specified time
(necessary if no DOL exists)
R:DO-TYP 0 type of RDO handling
same description as front door
R:DC-TYP 0 type of RDC handling
R:EN-DCL 0 enable RDCL input at IO 695
R:DOL-D 0 GenDoor: automatic DOL generation
0 RDOL at IO 0544
6.3.1 RCF1, AT25 or MAT Door System
Symbol Value Meaning

DOOR 11 GENERIC (DO/DC)
REAR 11 GENERIC (DO/DC)
F:DO-TYP 11 DO pulled when car door opening and also when fully opened
F:DC-TYP 11 DC pulled when car door closing and also when fully closed
F:EN-DCL 1 DCL at IO no. 0694
F:DOL-D 0 DOL at IO no. 0000
R:DO-TYP 11 DO pulled when car door opening and also when fully opened
R:DC-TYP 11 DC pulled when car door closing and also when fully closed
R:EN-DCL 1 RDCL at IO no. 0695
R:DOL-D 0 RDOL at IO no. 0544
Page: 119 / 196
Berlin
6.3.2 RC24, RC48 Door System
Symbol Value Meaning

DOOR 11 GENERIC (DO/DC)
REAR 11 GENERIC (DO/DC)
F:DO-TYP 10 DO pulled during opening
F:DC-TYP 10 DC pulled during closing
F:EN-DCL 1 DCL at IO no. 694
F:DOL-D 0 DOL at IO no. 0000
R:DO-TYP 10 DO pulled during opening
R:DC-TYP 10 DC pulled during closing
R:EN-DCL 1 RDCL at IO no. 695
R:DOL-D 0 RDOL at IO no. 0544
6.4 SGS2 - Secondary Safety Gate Shoe for Korea
In Korea, the safety gate shoe(SGS) is a common requirement. But the door lock(DTO) can
be detected when door is opened by the existing SGS with DOS for a long time, because
the door can’t be fully opened by DOS(door opening signal). So new SGSs w/o DOS are
needed(1155 SGS2, 1156 RSGS2).
The existing DOS/SGS(RDOS/RSGS) has priority over new SGS2(RSGS2). For example,
the existing DOS/SGS is available when the RSL addresses of the existing DOS/SGS and
new SGS are set to the valid address at the same time.
inputs:
IO symbol description def type link
1155 SGS2 Secondary Safety Gate Shoe 0/0 in car
1156 RSGS2 Secondary Rear Safety Gate Shoe 0/0 in car
6.5 Door Bypass
6.5.1 LCB_IIC
The LCB_IIC supports an external door bypass. The LCB_IIC has none door bypass relays
on board. The LV connection from the PRS to the drive can be done via relay contacts or
Page: 120 / 196
Berlin
directly. The RegenDrives needs a directly connection, otherwise position recovery after
power on is not possible.
for RegenDrives LV inputs ’s have to be connected directly to the PRS

for OVF10 / OVF20CRO 1LV input has to be connected directly to the PRS
all other drive types LV inputs’s could be connected directly or via relay
6.6 Door Reversals after Power On
The door reversals will be always considered especially after power on, if the floor position
is valid and the car is inside a door zone with open door(s). To get a valid position after
power on, the position must be successfully recovered (see chapter 2.34). An open manual
hoistway door will be handled as an active reversal (parameter EN-ACG).
Attention:
The OVF10 and the OVF20CRO prevents the door zone signal to the LCB_II after power
on.
Exception:
The OVF20CRO software GP130763CAA (or newer) contains the partameter
“DZafterPOR”, which must be activated to consider door reversals after power on.
If the customer wants none moving doors during micro power cuts, the door must be
stopped during power fail and stopped by the de-energize command (DEEN). This must be
guaranteed by the door operator and the door mechanic. A door initialization run without a
close or open command is not allowed.
A stopped door by a de-energize command is only possible with the following door interfac-
es: RSL, CAN, Multidrop, DO / DC (only DO does not work). The following door operators
react correctly on the de-energize command: DCSS5e, DCSS5, AT120, Selcom with RSL
interface, AT25 with DO/DC interface, 9550 with DO/DC interface. In addition the door me-
chanic must hold the door during the de-energized phase.
The following door operators does not support the de-energize command: DCSS4, AT25
with DO interface, AT25 with DO interface, 9550 with DO interface.
The door gets always the de-energize command during the 8s OCSS ini-phase after power
on. After this time the reversals will be considered, if the above described conditions are
fulfilled (DZ & valid floor Position).
Page: 121 / 196
Berlin
7 Car related Setup
7.1 CGS - Door Short Protection for Korea

In EN-81 system, the controller can’t detect CGS stuck because DFC is not powered when
DW is off. So an alternate input by an additional device is used for detecting CGS stuck in
Korea application. The door bridge error is set when Car gate Switch is shorted. A door
short state will be detected when Car gate switch is not opened though OLS is activated.
An additional device(contactor) and wiring is needed for that.
Install Parameters:
5-DOORS EN-CGS 1 Enable Door short protection
Inputs:
Pin Signal
P_C:1 CGS
7.2 CMG - Car Mounted Governor

The "Car Mounted Governor" (CMG) is located on the car and can be remotely tripped via
two separate RSL outputs.
The governor can be tripped by the following means:
• On SPBC, with the buttons REB+RTB
• On GECB-EN, with the buttons REB+RTB
• On SP, with the menus “Construction – Test RTD/RRD”, “Service – Governor Trip”,
“Handover – Overload Safeties”
When triggered, the outputs are activated as shown below:
RTD_OUT1
RTD_OUT2
Typ. 700ms
RTD is pushed here CMG tripping starts here

Page: 122 / 196
Berlin
I/O-Numbers:
I/O Name Description Type Link
1112 RTD_OUT1 Remote Tripping Device Output 1 out Car
1113 RTD_OUT2 Remote Tripping Device Output 1 out Car
For robustness reasons, both I/Os must be programmed to different RSL addresses!
7.3 FAN - Fan Control for Asia

This feature is available since GECB software GAA30780DAC.
The car FAN separated from LR is used for turning off the FAN in car when car is in parking,
EFS mode or finishing landing to EFO target floor with open door. The existing FANR(1089)
will be used for the FAN separated from LR. The FAN-TYP=2, 3 has been added for remote
service, the FAN is permanently ON(FAN-TYP=2), OFF(FAN-TYP=3).
Install Parameters:
1-SYSTEM FAN-TYP 0-3 0 Push button activates the fan for FAN-T seconds, using
I/O 1089 FANR
1 Uses I/O 1089 FANR to switch off the fan after LR-T and
also during EFO, EFS, PKS (independent from LR-T)
2 Uses I/O 1089 FANR to switch on the fan always (for
remote service)
3 Uses I/O 1089 FANR to switch off the fan always (for
remote service)
I/O-Numbers:
I/O Name Description Type Link
1089 FANR FAN Relay (operated low-active) out car
Page: 123 / 196
Berlin
7.4 Hong Kong Car Door Locks

The lift is fitted with a special car door lock device, and the door can only open if that device
is energised. To avoid the door to try to open against the unreleased lock, a back contact of
the device is used to check for an unlocked door, and only then the door will open.
Install Parameter:
None
I/O-Numbers:
1035 XDO Output to drive the locking device out car
1036 RXDO Rear Output to drive the locking device out car
1037 CCDC Input for the Back Contact of the locking device In car
1038 RCCDC Rear input for the Back Contact of the locking device in car
Additionally the software provides optional inputs to monitor the state of the separate DZ
sensors used for the locking devices.
I/O-Numbers:
1039 X1LV Input check LV1 Relay In car
1040 X2LV Input check LV2 Relay In car
If the software detects that one of the extra LV sensors is still operated outside the Door
zone, the car enters the DBF mode and shuts down at the next floor.
The blinking message “> Ext LV Err” shows up on the service tool and this fault can be reset
by placing the lift on ERO/TCI or by pressing the DDO button on the Service Panel Board.
This feature is only enabled if both I/O-numbers 1039 and 1040 are programmed to a valid
address and pin of a remote station.
Page: 124 / 196
Berlin
7.5 GECB: SO(Safe to Open) Signal for Japan

SO signal is used to decide whether the door is allowed to open with DOB even if the car is
stopped w/o normal run. This signal is sent to the door operator for openning door thru RSL
line.
SO relay is active by the RSL based upon conditions as below:
GECB mode Communica-
Thresh hold
1LV & 2LV UIB/DIB tion with FSO output
speed*
(CAN message) drive
Normal Operation
True ON/ON True Active True
Including ARO mode
TCI / ERO mode True Any True Active True
Re-leveling True ON/ON True Active True
* thresh hold speed status(0.3m/sec) from drive.

The GECB checks consistency of FDZ and CHK_SO with 1LV and 2LV, and if detect
inconsistency, system should be shutdown. At this time, the following event is logged. The
car starts to check consistency after 800ms of Car Stopped and the GECB shifts to
shutdown after checking 10 times with inconsistency
Event:
Event Description
0253 FSO Rly Err When the inconsistency is detected for front SO relay
Check SO relay for front door
Check IO FDZ(1195), FSO(1197) and CHK_SO(1196)
0254 RSO Rly Err When the inconsistency is detected for rear SO relay
Check SO relay for rear door
Check IO RDZ(0661), RSO(1199) and CHK_RSO(1198)
Blink Message:
Message Description
>FSO RlyErr When the inconsistency is detected for front SO relay
Check IO FDZ(1195), FSO(1197) and CHK_SO(1196)
>RSO RlyErr When the inconsistency is detected for rear SO relay
Check SO relay for rear door
Check IO RDZ(0661), RSO(1199) and CHK_RSO(1198)
I/O-Numbers:
1195 FDZ Front Door Zone in car
1196 CHK_SO SO relay in car
1197 FSO Front Safe to open out car
Page: 125 / 196
Berlin
1198 CHK_RSO Rear SO relay in car

1199 RSO Rear Safe to open out car
0661 RDZ Rear Door Zone in car
Install Parameters:
1-SYSTEM EN-SO 0 Enable SO signal
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
System configuration for SO interface:
Note) This feature cannot correspond to the rear door.

Page: 126 / 196
Berlin
8 Group Related Setup
8.1 OTIS2000 Openings

For GECB, the numbering system of openings and levels is somewhat different from the
pure floor counting.
Car fixtures are related to the floor levels, separately for front and rear. Hall fixtures are
related to the opening numbers.
The following four examples for simplex configurations explain the relationship between
levels and openings:
The rule to define the openings is:
Count the front- and rear-doors for each level beginning at front/level 0.
The software will determine the openings according to this rule.

Page: 127 / 196
Berlin
8.2 Dummy Doors

For groups (G2C-G8C) it is absolutely necessary that doors at corresponding locations are
assigned to the same opening number in each hoistway. If there are doors in the building
which are not served by all cars of the group, the remaining cars must have Dummy Doors
at this locations:
CAR A CAR B CAR C

openings: openings: openings:
front rear front rear front rear
Level 4 6 7 6 7 6 7
Level 3 4 5 4 5 4 5
Level 2 2 3 2 3 2 3
Level 1 1 1 1
Level 0 0 0 0
Dummy Doors
GECB Parameters
“BOTTOM”=0 “BOTTOM”=2 “BOTTOM”=2
“TOP”=4 “TOP”=4 “TOP”=4
GECB Allowed Mask

level CUDE CUDE CUDE CUDE CUDE CUDE
4: 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010
3: 1110 1110 1110 1110 1110 1110
2: 1110 1110 1100 1100 1100 1100
1: 1110 0000 2000 0000 2000 0000
0: 1100 0000 2000 0000 2000 0000
DRIVE Parameters
“Bottom DZ”=0 “Bottom DZ”=2 “Bottom D”Z=2
The Dummy Doors are programmed using the Allowed Mask. Please refer to
GAA30782GAB_STM.doc for more information.
Page: 128 / 196
Berlin
8.3 DEK with RSL Encoded Interface

The DEK will be connected via the existing RSL to the GECB based elevator controller.
The DEK provides a user interface for elevator passengers to enter their destination floor
and to get feedback about the number entered and the assigned car.
The device consists of a tactile keypad and a display.
For users with disabilities it provides a “disability button” and voice generation.
Install Parameters:
3-GROUP GRP-NO 1 or 2 Car identifier in group. For DEK, Max 2.
3-GROUP GROUP 1 or 2 Number of cars in group. For DEK, Max 2.
3-GROUP DEST-DE 0 or 8 Defines when the DEK destination car call is entered.
0: on LRD
8: on DOL
3-GROUP DEK-TYP 1 DEK with encoded RSL interface
I/O-Numbers:
Each DEK device connected to the RSL requires 4 consecutive RSL addresses. The base
address is configured manually within the DEK device and automatically within the GECB
upon powering up the DEK. If 4 consecutive addresses are not free beginning with the DEK
base address, a configuration error is reported. For example, if the DEK base address is
configured to 44, then no RSL IOs are allowed to be programmed at the following address-
es, otherwise, error:
44-1, 44-2, 44-3, 44-4
45-1, 45-2, 45-3, 45-4
46-1, 46-2, 46-3, 46-4
47-1, 47-2, 47-3, 47-4
Page: 129 / 196
Berlin
9 Hoistway Setup
If the hoistway has a reduced pit depth, there are two different approaches:
• Shallow Pit With safety triggering devices TDM
• Low Pit With KS-L at bottom landing door and a manually operated prop in the
pit
The first approach and the optional reduced overhead is described in section 9.1. The
second approach is described in section 9.2.
9.1 OHLOW/SHPIT - Reduced Hoistway

Reduced hoistway is available since the following software versions:
GECB: GAA30780DAB
Needed environment:
SPBC_III with software GAA30773BAA or higher.
The GECB software monitors the triggering moduls, which triggers the safety in a case of a
mechanic can be crushed by the car in the top of the hoistway or in the pit. The monitoring
should prevent a tripped safety, caused by a malfunction of the triggering modul (not retract-
ing), by stopping the car immediately (stay at NAV). An error can be reset by ERO (not by
TCI or Power off). The triggering moduls are controlled by hardware. The RS inputs 1054 /
1055 are used to display a tripped car at the SPB position indicator.
Triggering Modul released:
The safeties will be activated, if the car would passes the modul.
Triggering Modul retracted:
The safeties cannot be activated (thats independent to ‘overspeed’), if the car would
passes the modul.
The switches TUDS (Triggering Up Modul Deactivation Switch) and TDDS (Triggering Down
Modul Deactivation Switch) activate the retraction of the trigger moduls. They are located
around 1.5m before the top and bottom floor.
The triggering moduls are released at power off and if the car is not moving (depends on
SW relay). At a Normal, ERO or ARO run the triggering moduls are released, if the car is
not near the top or bottom. At Inspection run the triggering moduls are always released.
At MRO run the triggering moduls TUM1 and TDM are retracted, TUM2 is released.
The RS inputs TUM1/2 and TDM are high, if the triggering modul will be retracted (TUDS or
TDDS activated) and the car is running (near top / bottom). The RS inputs TUPS and TDPS
are high during every run.
The TCI-Lock will be suppressed, if the parameter HWY-TYP is set to ‘low overhead’ or ‘low
overhead & shallow pit’. If the parameter HWY-TYP is set to 0 and the triggering devices
Page: 130 / 196
Berlin
are mopunted, then TCI-Lock cannot be reseted by closing the hoistway door (after switch-
ing TCI-NOR), because the aux. door contact KS is still open.
I/O-Numbers:
no. name description connected to type location
1047 TUM1 Triggering Up Modul 1 Contact TUAC1 in hall
1048 TUM2 Triggering Up Modul 2 Contact TUAC2 in hall
1049 TDM Triggering Down Modul Contact TDAC in hall
1050 TUPS Triggering Up Modul Power Supply State before TUM1/2 coil in hall
switch
1051 TDPS Triggering Down Modul Power Supply State before TDM coil in hall
switch
1054 SOSU Safety Operated Switch Up SOS-U in car
1055 SOSD Safety Operated Switch Down SOS in car
Install-Parameters:
1 - SYSTEM
No. Symbol Default Purpose and Range since
30 HWY-TYP 0 Hoistway Type: AAD
0 Normal
1 low overhead (io1047, 1048, 1050, 1054)
2 shallow pit (io1049, 1051, 1055)
3 low overhead & shallow pit (1+2)
(extended in EAC with Low Pit)
Hint: The Parameter BRK-TYP must be set correctly. The brake signal is used for the check
of the trigger modul contacts.
Events:
event reason related setup
System
0607 / TUM1 TUM1 missing after run at TOP or active during TUM1 (1047)
standstill; (reduced overhead: trigger modul con- HWY-TYP
tacts)
0608 / TUM2 TUM2 missing after run at TOP or active during TUM2 (1048)
standstill; (reduced overhead: trigger modul con- HWY-TYP
tacts)
0609 / TDM TDM missing after run at BOTTOM or active during TDM (1049)
standstill; (shallow pit: trigger modul contacts) HWY-TYP
0610 / TUPS TUPS missing during run; (reduced overhead: TUPS (1050)
trigger modul power supply) HWY-TYP
0611 / TDPS TDPS missing during run; (shallow pit: trigger mod- TDPS (1051)
ul power supply) HWY-TYP
0612 SOS up Safety Operated Switch Up triggered SOSU (1054)
HWY-TYP
Page: 131 / 196
Berlin
event reason related setup

0613 SOS down Safety Operated Switch Down triggered SOSD (1055)
HWY-TYP
SVT INPUTS:
input group Description is displayed when ...
UM1 reduced hwy i/o 1047 TUM1 HW-TYP = 1 or 3

UM2 i/o 1048 TUM2 HW-TYP = 1 or 3
UMP i/o 1050 TUPS HW-TYP = 1 or 3
OSU i/o 1054 SOSU HW-TYP = 1 or 3
DM i/o 1049 TDM HW-TYP = 2 or 3
DMP i/o 1051 TDPS HW-TYP = 2 or 3
OSD i/o 1055 SOSD HW-TYP = 2 or 3
Display at SPB Position Indicator:

prio display events Description is displayed
when ...
1 Su 0612 Safety Operated Switch Up triggered HW-TYP = 1 or 3
2 Sd 0613 Safety Operated Switch Down triggered HW-TYP = 2 or 3
3 Eu 0607, 0608, 0610 Error Triggering Modul Up HW-TYP = 1 or 3
4 Ed 0609, 0611 Error Triggering Modul Down HW-TYP = 2 or 3
The SPB displays always its own position content, if ERO will be switched on or the SPB
will be switched into battery mode.
9.2 LOWPIT1 - Low Pit

Low Pit is available since SW version GAA30780EAC.
Page: 132 / 196
Berlin

If configured for Low Pit the GECB supervises KS-L, APS/RAPS, and the manually
operated prop position and controls the PBUZ when the pit is accessed.
9.2.2 Setup
Depending on the order parameters the factory configures the E²PROM to require the
configuration parameter HWY-TYP and Low Pit RSL IOs to be set according to the ordered
APS and RAPS.
Order Parameters:
Name Description
SHPIT = LOWPIT1 Sets-up Low Pit with KS-L at bottom landing door and prop in pit
APSF = YES Specifies a retractable apron with monitoring contact at the front car entrance
APSR = YES Specifies a retractable apron with monitoring contact at the rear car entrance
KSMF = YES Specifies a lockable key switch at the bottom front landing door
KSMR = YES Specifies a lockable key switch at the bottom rear landing door
Install Parameters:
Group Name Description
1-SYSTEM HWY-TYP Hoistway Type:
0 Normal
1 Low overhead
2 Shallow pit
3 Low overhead & shallow pit (1+2)
4 Low Pit with APS only
8 Low Pit with RAPS only
12 Low Pit with both APS and RAPS
28 Low Pit with both APS and RAPS and pit access from both front
and rear door in landings BOTTOM and BOTTOM+1 (4+8+16),
order parameters KSMF and KSMR
(since GP3EAL)
Default: 0
I/O Numbers:
Number Name Description Type Link
1251 KS-L Lockable key switch at bottom landing door in hall
1252 DS1 Landing door switch (bottom) in hall
1253 PMSI Prop manual switch at inspection position in hall
1254 APS Apron fully deployed switch in car
1255 PBUZ Pit buzzer out hall
1256 RAPS Rear apron fully deployed switch in car
Page: 133 / 196
Berlin

Low Pit failures can be caused by
• wrong configuration
• hardware failures
Page: 134 / 196
Berlin
Event:
Event Description
0334 KS-L fault KS-L is stuck closed (KS-L=off) although the bottom landing door is open (DS1=off) for >
4 s while the car is not at DZ of the bottom floor (or at DZ of bottom+1 floor if HWY-
TYP=28).
Check KS-L and DS1 switches and wiring.
0335 APS fault Front or rear Toe Guard is “folded” above 1LS (APS=off or RAPS=off) for > 2 s or
front or rear Toe Guard is “unfolded” at bottom floor (APS=ON or RAPS=ON) for > 2 s.
Check APS and RAPS switches and wiring.
Note:
If the car has been moved since detection of the error (e.g. by ERO) the car must be
moved back into the area where the error occurred “car is above 1LS” or “car is at bot-
tom floor” before removing the error.
0619 HWY-TYP The parameter HWY-TYP is not configured for Low Pit (4 for APS, 8 for RAPS, 12 for
APS and RAPS, or 28 for APS and RAPS with pit access from BOTTOM and BOT-
TOM+1) although the E²PROM has been configured in the factory to require Low Pit to
be configured.
Set APS and RAPS according to the factory setup.
OR
HWY-TYP is set to 4, 8, 12, or 28 but the Ultra Drive installation parameter Low Pit is set
to 0.
For a Low Pit configuration set Ultra Drive Low Pit to 1 (15 cm/s) or 2 (10 cm/s) and
for a normal pit configuration set HWY-TYP accordingly (e.g. 0).
OR
HWY-TYP is set to 0 but Ultra Drive Low Pit is set to 1 or 2.

For a Low Pit configuration set HWY-TYP according to the present APS/RAPS and
for a normal pit configuration set HWY-TYP accordingly (e.g. 0).
OR
RSL IOs KS-L, DS1, PMSI, APS (if present), RAPS (if present), PBUZ do not have valid
addresses.
Set RSL IOs to valid addresses.
Blink Message:
Message Description
>KS-L fault Event 0334 KS-L fault occurred (please refer to the previous table)
>APS fault Event 0335 APS fault occurred (please refer to the previous table)
>LOPIT cfg! Event 0619 HWY-TYP occurred (please refer to the previous table)
Page: 135 / 196
Berlin
10 Controller Related Setup
10.1 GCS222MRL
The E&I Panel Controller, consisting of the boards GECB_II, BCB_II and SP, requires the
following parameter setup:
Install Parameters:
4-DRIVE DRV-TYP 1 Drive ICD13 or higher required for Installation without Service
Tool
7-SERVICE SPB-TYP 1 Service Panel with graphic display.
Page: 136 / 196
Berlin
10.2 GCS 222 LVA

The controller for the „Low Voltage Architecture“ consists of the following boards:
GECB-board: GECB_LV
CARIO-board: TOCB or COPG_III
BCBIO-board: LVPB
Limitations:
Inverted signals like DOB, LRD and TCI shall not be connected to car RSL.
Note that the “LVA Basic” Controller has a limited power supply.
• RLEV is not allowed as long as any door is moving.
This means that RLEV will only occur while the door is fully opened.
• ADO is not allowed.
Install Parameters:
Group Name value Description

1-SYSTEM EN-CARIO 7 PRS and RSL are connected to the TOCB
1-SYSTEM LVA-TYP 0 “Basic”, with LVPB, with UD401 / UD402 / UD403
1 “Switch”, with LVPB, with LVD
2 “Extended” with LVPB + BCB_II, with LCRD404 / LCRD406
3 “Extended” with LVPB + LVPB, with UD402 / UD403
4 “Extended” with LVPB + BCB_II, with UD404
4-DRIVE DRV-TYP 1 “Basic” or “Extended”, with Ultra Drive or LCRD
3 “Switch”, with Low Voltage Drive
4-DRIVE LW-TYP 1 Dinacel load weighing
4-DRIVE EN-ADO 0 Lifting the brake is not allowed while any door is moving
7-SERVICE SPB-TYP 1 Service Panel with graphic display.
I/Os:
Below is the list of standard addresses of the CARIO board for the basic I/Os:
IO Number Name Description Type Link Address

0000 DOL Door Open Limit in cario 93 4
0001 DOB Door Open Button in cario 93 8
0605 DOS Door Open Signal in cario 93 5
0607 LRD Light Ray Device in cario 93 6
0691 TCI Top-of-Car Inspection switch in cario 96 5
0991 ST1 ST1 for front DO1000 (DCSS5) out cario 93 8
0993 ST3 ST3 for front+rear DO1000 (DCSS5) out cario 93 6
Page: 137 / 196
Berlin
CARIO-Mapping (TOCB, COPG, CSPB):

Below is a list of the CARIO-I/Os and the related GECB addresses.
GECB GECB
CARIO Address GECB IO CARIO Address GECB IO
IN00 90,8 32 CB00 OUT00 90,8 32 CTTL00
IN01 90,7 33 CB01 OUT01 90,7 33 CTTL01
IN02 90,6 34 CB02 OUT02 90,6 34 CTTL02
IN03 90,5 35 CB03 OUT03 90,5 35 CTTL03
IN04 90,4 36 CB04 OUT04 90,4 36 CTTL04
IN05 90,3 37 CB05 OUT05 90,3 37 CTTL05
IN06 90,2 38 CB06 OUT06 90,2 38 CTTL06
IN07 90,1 39 CB07 OUT07 90,1 39 CTTL07
IN08 91,8 40 CB08 OUT08 91,8 40 CTTL08
IN09 91,7 41 CB09 OUT09 91,7 41 CTTL09
IN10 91,6 42 CB10 OUT10 91,6 42 CTTL10
IN11 91,5 43 CB11 OUT11 91,5 43 CTTL11
IN12 91,4 44 CB12 OUT12 91,4 44 CTTL12
IN13 91,3 45 CB13 OUT13 91,3 45 CTTL13
IN14 91,2 46 CB14 OUT14 91,2 46 CTTL14
IN15 91,1 47 CB15 OUT15 91,1 47 CTTL15
IN16 92,8 48 CB16 OUT16 92,8 48 CTTL16
IN17 92,7 49 CB17 OUT17 92,7 49 CTTL17
IN18 92,6 50 CB18 OUT18 92,6 50 CTTL18
IN19 92,5 51 CB19 OUT19 92,5 51 CTTL19
IN20 92,4 52 CB20 OUT20 92,4 52 CTTL20
IN21 92,3 53 CB21 OUT21 92,3 53 CTTL21
IN22 92,2 54 CB22 OUT22 92,2 54 CTTL22
IN23 92,1 55 CB23 OUT23 92,1 55 CTTL23
IN24 93,8 001 DOB OUT24 93,8 991 ST1
IN25 93,7 003 DCB OUT25 93,7 992 ST2
IN26 93,6 607 LRD/REV OUT26 93,6 993 ST3
IN27 93,5 605 DOS OUT27 93,5 994 RST1
IN28 93,4 000 DOL OUT28 93,4 995 RST2
IN29 93,3 545 RDOB OUT29 93,3 996 RST3
IN30 93,2 547 RDCB OUT30 93,2 026 LR
IN31 93,1 608 RLRD/RREV OUT31 93,1
Page: 138 / 196
Berlin
GECB GECB
CARIO Address GECB IO CARIO Address GECB IO
IN32 94,8 606 RDOS OUT32 94,8 1323 Visual Alarm
IN33 94,7 544 RDOL OUT33 94,7 023 Buzzer
IN34 94,6 793 LEV/SAC OUT34 94,6
IN35 94,5 1000 CLR OUT35 94,5
IN36 94,4 694 DCL OUT36 94,4
IN37 94,3 OUT37 94,3
IN38 94,2 OUT38 94,2
IN39 94,1 OUT39 94,1
IN40 95,8 1254 APS OUT40 95,8 578 CDLU
IN41 95,7 1255 R-APS OUT41 95,7 579 CDLD
IN42 95,6 705 TDOB OUT42 95,6 580 CDGU (GNCUP)
IN43 95,5 706 TDCB OUT43 95,5 581 CDGD (GNCDN)
IN44 95,4 707 R-TDOB OUT44 95,4 582 RCDLU
IN45 95,3 708 R-TDCB OUT45 95,3 583 RCDLD
IN46 95,2 1002 DOP/DFO OUT46 95,2 584 RCDGU
IN47 95,1 1030 RDOP/RDFO OUT47 95,1 585 RCDGD
IN48 96,8 SE OUT48 96,8 LVC
IN49 96,7 TCI_UP OUT49 96,7 RRD
IN50 96,6 TCI_DOWN OUT50 96,6 RTD1
IN51 96,5 691 TCI OUT51 96,5 RTD2
IN52 96,4 OUT52 96,4
IN53 96,3 OUT53 96,3
IN54 96,2 OUT54 96,2
IN55 96,1 OUT55 96,1
Page: 139 / 196
Berlin
I/O Architecture:
For each I/O, the location of the signal can be individually programmed.
The following locations are possible:
1) RSL at GECB
2) CARIO-board (new for LVA)
3) RSL at CARIO board (new for LVA)
When programming an I/O, first select the location, then the desired address/pin, as de-
scribed in GAA30782GAB_STM.doc
Note that both RSLs (GECB and CARIO) have an own complete address range 4-63.
The CARIO board has a fixed address range 90-95, where each address provides bits 1-8.
Controller Car
GECB TOCB/COPG-III
OFT:
M132-2 „CARIO“
CAN
M132-3 „RSLviaCAN“
M132-1 „RSL“
CARIO
(90.1 - 95.8)
RSL - hall/group RSL - car

(4.1 - 63.4) (4.1 - 63.4)
LT2 LT2
(50 Ohm) (50 Ohm)
For the hall and group RSL, use M-1-3-2, and select 1=RSL.
For the discrete I/Os at the CARIO board, use M-1-3-2, and select 2=CARIO
For the car RSL at the CARIO board, use M-1-3-2, and select 3=RSL via CAN.
Page: 140 / 196
Berlin
10.3 ACD with CSPB

The ACD Controller with a CSPB CarIO board requires the following parameter and IO
setup:
Install Parameters:
1-SYSTEM EN-CARIO 5 CARIO supports LV signals and includes RSL Master
I/O Numbers:
Use M-1-3-2, and select 2=CARIO to program IOs on the cario link.
IO Number Name Description Type Link Address

0000 DOL Door Open Limit in cario 93 4
0001 DOB Door Open Button in cario 93 8
0605 DOS Door Open Signal in cario 93 5
0607 LRD Light Ray Device in cario 93 6
0694 DCL Door Close Limit in cario 94 4
0691 TCI Top-of-Car Inspection switch in cario 96 5
0993 ST3 ST3 for front+rear DO1000 (DCSS5) out cario 93 6
0026 LR Light relay out cario 93 2
Page: 141 / 196
Berlin
11 Signal Devices
11.1 CPI-11 - ELD Car Position Indicator

The setup procedure for GECB is exactly the same as for RCBII. Please refer to the
Field Component Manual for MCS-RCB_II: Feature Description and Setup Guide
GCA21270A VIIIe, since version GAE30075GAA from 30-Sep-96.
For GECB there is one additional parameter which is not described in the a.m. document. It
enables/disables the customer messages of the ELD:
Install Parameters (Group):

1-SYSTEM EN-MSG 0 Customer messages can be setup in the E2PROM of the GECB
and downloaded to the ELD, but the automatic Customer Mes-
sage Initialization after PowerOn is disabled so that the ELD will
loose the Customer Messages after the power has been turned
off.
1 A complete initialization is done at every PowerOn so that the
messages are available all the time.
11.2 OOS - Out Of Service

To indicate that the elevator is not on service there are three types of outputs available:
557 OOS1B (active = high) Is active when the lift is not able to run.
558 OOS1M (active = low) (OCSS Modes DAR, DBF, INS, NAV, UFS)
737 OOL (active = low)
878-909 OOL0-31 (active = low)
559 OOS2B (active = high) Is active when the lift is not available for ‘normal’ passengers.
560 OOS2M (active = low) (OCSS Modes CHC, CTL, DTC, DTO, ISC, PKS)
713 OOS for REM See description below

(active = low)
Page: 142 / 196
Berlin
11.3 CDI,HDI,CDL,HDL,CNG - Direction Indicator / Lantern / Gong

The following tables describe the outputs which can be used for direction indicators,
lanterns and gongs.
I/O Name Name Loc. Description
549 HUDL Hall Up Direction Light hall car is moving up or has a demand in up direction.
Flickering can be enabled by EN-SFR=2
550 HDDL Hall Down Direction Light hall car is moving down or has a demand in down direction
29 STH Stop Signal Hall hall is active when car does not move
566 RHUDL Rear Hall Up Direction Light hall car is moving up or has a demand in up direction
567 RHDDL Rear Hall Down Direction Light hall car is moving down or has a demand in down direction
572 RSTH Rear Stop Signal Hall hall is active when car does not move

20 CUDL Car Up Direction Light car car is moving up or has a demand in up direction; for front COP
21 CDDL Car Down Direction Light car car is moving down or has a demand in down direction; for front COP
30 STC Stop Signal Car car is active when car does not move; for front COP
564 RCDUL Rear Car Up Direction Light car car is moving up or has a demand in up direction; for rear COP
565 RCDDL Rear Car Down Direction Light car car is moving down or has a demand in down direction; for rear COP
573 RSTC Rear Stop Signal Car car is active when car does not move; for rear COP
578 CDLU Car Direction Lantern Up car car has a demand in up direction; for front COP
579 CDLD Car Direction Lantern Down car car has a demand in down direction; for front COP
582 RCDLU Rear Car Direction Lantern Up car car has a demand in up direction; for rear COP
583 RCDLD Rear Car Direction Lantern Down car car has a demand in down direction; for rear COP

723 FCDGU Front Car Direction Gong Up car while the front door is not closed and the car has a demand in up
direction; for front COP
724 FCDGD Front Car Direction Gong Down car while the front door is not closed and the car has a demand in down
direction; for front COP
584 RCDGU Rear Car Direction Gong Up car the car has a demand in up direction; for rear COP…
CONFIG=0:
while the rear door is not closed
CONFIG≠0:
for 1.5 seconds after rear door began to open
585 RCDGD Rear Car Direction Gomg Down car the car has a demand in down direction; for rear COP…
CONFIG=0:
while the rear door is not closed
CONFIG≠0:
for 1.5 seconds after rear door began to open
580 CDGU Car Direction Gong Up car the car has a demand in up direction…
CONFIG=0:
any door is not closed
CONFIG≠0:
for 1.5 seconds after front door began to open
581 CDGD Car Direction Gong Down car the car has a demand in down direction…
CONFIG=0:
any door is not closed
CONFIG≠0:
for 1.5 seconds after front door began to open
Page: 143 / 196
Berlin

719 UHDI Up Hall Direction Indicator hall car is moving up or has a demand in up direction
718 DHDI Down Hall Direction Indicator hall car is moving down or has a demand in down direction

128 – 159 UHL0 – UHL 31 Up Hall Lantern hall Up Hall Lantern for each opening
160 – 191 DHL0 – DHL31 Down Hall Lantern hall Down Hall Lantern for each opening
384 – 415 RUHL0 – RUHL31 Rear Up Hall Lantern hall not used
416 – 447 RHDL0 – RHDL31 Rear Down Hall Lantern hall not used
814 – 845 UHDL0 – UHDL31 Up Hall Direction Indictor / Lantern hall HDL-TYP=0:
Up Hall Direction Indicator for each opening
HDL-TYP=1:
Up Hall Lantern for each opening
846 – 877 DHDL0 – DHDL31 Down Hall Direction Indictor / Lan- hall HDL-TYP=0:
tern Down Hall Direction Indicator for each opening
HDL-TYP=1:
Down Hall Lantern for each opening
Related parameters:
1-SYSTEM EN-SFR Affects the behaviour of the I/Os 549 HUDL, 550 HDDL, 718 DHDI, 719
UHDI, 814-845 UHDLxx and 846-877 DHDLxx
0 The above I/Os are constantly on.

2 The above I/Os are constantly on, when the car has stopped and
are blinking, when the car moves.
1-SYSTEM HDL-TYP Affects the behaviour of the I/Os 814-845 UHDLxx and 846-877 DHDLxx
0 I/Os are used as Direction Indicator, i.e. all I/Os are showing the
same information at all landings.
1 I/Os are used as Hall Lantern, i.e. only that lantern will be lit
where the door will open.
2 Hall Lantern with flickering
Page: 144 / 196
Berlin
11.4 FMO - Fixture Maintenance Operation

This function allows to easily verify the proper function of the hall TTLs and lanterns.
1. Use SVT to activate M-1-2-8 Test Fixture

2. Enter car
3. Activate ISC (I/O 0004 ISS)
4. Move from floor to floor to inspect the hall fixtures
5. Deactivate ISC
6. Leave SVT menu M-1-2-8
Affected I/Os:
I/O Name Name Loc.
64..., 3200... UHB Up Hall TTL group
96..., 3300... HB Down Hall TTL Group
192..., 3400... EHC Emergency Hall TTL Group
3700... eUHB Extended Up Hall TTL Group
3800... eHB Extended Down Hall TTL Group
3900... eEHC Extended Emergency Hall TTL Group
128..., 4000... UHL Up Hall Lantern Hall
160..., 4100... DHL Down Hall Lantern Hall
814..., 4200... UHDL Up Hall Lantern / Direction Indicator Hall
846..., 4300... DHDL Down Hall Lantern / Direction Indicator Hall
11.5 REM Signals
The following signals are provided for REM and are transmitted simultaneously on the RSL
outputs and the Service Tool output (for REM-SL):
signal Name The signal is active when: GECB
ARO Automatic Res- operational mode ARO is executed +

cue Operation
BUT Button • There are outstanding calls to a different landing +
• A correction run is done
• The car is moving in INS
BUT is not activated during a Releveling run
DO Door Open LCB_IIC: +
REM-TYP=0: When any door is opening or fully
opened
REM-TYP=1: When input DFO is active (stays active
for at least 200 ms)
REM-TYP=2: When front door is opening or fully
opened
Page: 145 / 196
Berlin
DO Door Open GECB:

opened
REM-TYP=1: When input DFO is active (stays active
for at least 200 ms)
opened (same as REM-TYP=0)
DC Door Close • When front door is closing or fully closed +

RDO Rear Door Open • When rear door is opening or fully opened +
RDC Rear Door • When rear door is closing or fully closed +
Close
CPR Car Park • Car is parking +
• Moving to bottom in DAR mode
NORM Normal • Is inactive in the following modes: +
ATT, EFO, EFS, EHS, EPC, EPR, EPW, ISC
MF Main Floor REM-TYP = 1 (REM-G, HKM): +
• Is activated when car is approaching a landing; is
deactivated when the car is leaving the landing
REM-TYP = 0, 2: +
• when car is in lobby floor
LND Landing • Activated in every doorzone +
LEV Level • input LEV (I/O 0793) is active +
DZ Door Zone • Activated in every doorzone +
OOS Out Of Service Activated immediately when:

• DDP -
• DTO +
• DTC +
• DCS-Fault +
• UFS -
• SE-Fault +
• OTS-Lock for AHVS -
• DoorStall -
• DPB-Fault -
• Door Lock Monitoring +
• Hoistway Access +
• EAR (HCB) -
• TCI-Lock +
• RBU-Fault (LCB_IIC) -
30 sec after:
• NAV +
• Doors closed but DOL active +
• DBSS not available (DAR, DBF) +
• MCSS not available +
• OLD +
• LNS but no further demand +
Page: 146 / 196
Berlin
UP Moving Up the car is moving upwards +

DOWN Moving Down the car is moving downwards +
BRK Brake • Brake is lifted +
SAF Safety Chain • ES input is active (safety chain closed) +
RFS Request for • SPB reports an error (event 0600) +
Service • BAT-Fault (HCB) -
• SPB-Comm failure (event 0011) +
• Drive (event 0220) (only up to GAA30780BAA) +
• LWB_II (event 0602) (only up to GAA30780BAA) +
• SPBC (event 0606) +
• ARO (event 0603) +
SPBF Service Panel • SPB reports an error (event 0600) +
Board Fault • SPBC (event 0606) +
• ARO (event 0603) +
SCS Slack Belt • input 2TH is active +
Switch • input 2SE (BCB_II) is inactive -
HTS Hall Tempera- • SPB reports that Hall Temperature in the E&I Pan- +
ture Sensor el is too high (event 0601)
DS Door Switch • if door bypass enabled: input DW is active +
if door bypass disabled: input DFC is active
CLM Car Light Moni- • Is activated when CLR (I/O 1000) is active +
toring
CLS Car Light Signal For House Keeper Module (HKM) +
I/O1001 • Is activated when CLR is active (I/O 1000)
DOP Door Open • input DFO/DOP is active (I/O 1002) +
RDOP Rear Door Open • input RDFO/RDOP is active (I/O 1030) +
Notes:
(1) signal is only sent if REM-TYP=2
(2) signal is only sent if REM-TYP=2 and rear door exists in Allowed Mask
RFS from GECB:

Since version GAA30780DAD the RFS signal is delayed for 5 minutes for REM-TYP 0-5.
signal Name The signal is active when: GECB GECB_II
RFS Request for • SPB reports an error (event 0600) + +
Service • SPB-Comm failure (event 0011) + +
• SPBC (event 0606) + +
• ARO (event 0603) + +
• BCB_II missing (event 0702) - +
• BCB_II I/O failure (event 0703) - +
• BCB_II HW failure (event 0704) - +
• Rescue Encoder failure(event 0706) - +
• OCB failure (event 0707) - +
• over speed (event 0708) - +
• battery missing (event 0710) - +
- +
• battery temperature out of range (event 0711)
- +
• battery defect (event 0712)
- +
• no battery charge signals (event 0713) - +
• battery low voltage (event 0714) - +
Page: 147 / 196
Berlin
11.6 TRIC - Trip Counter

The Trip Counter is used to count the number of runs of a unit. This can be used to evaluate
the wearance of relays etc.
There are several possibilities to connect the TRIC device to the controller:
I/O-Numbers for all Controllers:
no. name Description connected to type location
805 UD Up Down TUAC1 out car
In addition to the RSL output, the GECB also provides a discrete output signal:
Discrete Output
no. Board Controller parameter
PX2.1 GECB-EN Gen2, GCS222MMR SYSTEM – PX2.1 = 1
P3.16 GECB_II GCS222MRL (E&I Panel Controller) None
11.7 Voice Announcement for Handicapped Person for Korea

ACD2 is using the indicator information on CPI11 protocol for the Korean SSM (Speech
Synthesis Module). Additionally, the voice message for handicapped person was added.
This message is sent to the Korean SSM when a car call is registered and the Korean SSM
will output "floor x is registered" to the speaker in SSM.
Also a message (e.g. "floor x is canceled") will be sent to the Korean SSM when a
registered car call is canceled.
Install Parameters:
1-SYSTEM PI 7 Korean PI Protocol
12 LW - Load Weighing
12.1 In Car Load Weighing via CAN Bus

Used parameters:
LW-TYP (0)
Needed environment:
Page: 148 / 196
Berlin
LWB_II or MCB_III with integrated analog load weighing
12.2 Dead End Hitch Load Weighing via CAN Bus

Used parameters:
LW-TYP (1); ANS(kg); PEAK(%); LNS(%); OLD(%);
Needed environment:
Dinacell rope sensor with CAN interface
MCB_IIIx with software GAA 30785 AAA or higher
The drive receives the rope load from the sensor via CAN, calculates the ‘in car load’ for the
OCSS and transmitts it to the OCSS via CAN.
12.3 Discrete In Car Load Weighing via RS Inputs for CAN drives
This load weighing typ is available since the following software version:
GECB: GAA30780BAA
used parameters:
LW-TYP (2)
used RSL io’s:

RSL io # name load active SVT Status Input:
displayed as
0007 LWX (ANS) < 10 % X LWX
0007 LWX (ANS) > 10 % - lwx
1043 LW30 > 30 % X L30
1044 LW50 > 50 % X L50
0006 LNS > 80 % X LNS
0005 LWO (OLD) >110 % X LWO
Page: 149 / 196
Berlin
needed environment:
5 discrete load sensors
The drive can request via CAN the load information from the OCSS. The OCSS answers
with the load information in % (not in kg) via CAN.
12.4 Discrete Inputs for hydraulic

This load weighing typ is available since the following software versions:
GAA 30780 EAD
used parameters:
LW-TYP (4) (only useable at LCB_IIC)
Plug name
P1.7 OLD-M
P1.8 LNS-M
12.5 Discrete Car Inputs for none CAN drives

GAA 30780 EAD
used parameters:
used RSL io’s:

Page: 150 / 196
Berlin

displayed as
0007 LWX (ANS) < 10 % X LWX
0007 LWX (ANS) > 10 % - lwx
0006 LNS > 80 % X LNS
0005 LWO (OLD) >110 % X LWO
12.6 Discrete Machineroom Inputs for none CAN drives

GAA 30780 EAD
used parameters:
used RSL io’s:

displayed as
0007 LWX (ANS) < 10 % X LWX
0007 LWX (ANS) > 10 % - lwx
0721 LNS-M > 80 % X LNS
0722 OLD-M >110 % X LWO
12.7 Disable Overload (OLD)

Used parameters:
LW-TYP (253, 255)
• LW-TYP=253, ‘Disable OLD’ is available only if actual load percent is less than 125%.
(since GAA30780EAE)
• LW-TYP=255, no limitation.
Page: 151 / 196
Berlin
13 Inputs
13.1 1TH - Thermal contact 1

Upon activation of 1TH, the event 0222 “1TH-Fault” is logged and the OCSS mode DBF is
entered. That means that the car will finish the current run and opens the door at the target
landing for DAR-T and then shutdown with closed doors. Once the car has stopped, the
drive is powered down to allow cool-down.
Note that 1TH is not effective during MRO.
The devices which are typically connected to this input are:
DBR, THB, J-Relay
When the input is inactive, the drive is powered up and normal operation is resumed.
13.2 2TH - Thermal contact 2

Upon activation of 2TH, the event 0223 “2TH-Fault” is logged and the OCSS mode DBF is
entered. That means that the car will finish the current run and opens the door at the target
landing for DAR-T and then shutdown with closed doors.
Note that 2TH is not effective during MRO.
The devices which are typically connected to this input are:
THB, SCS, BID (CSB Monitor)
When the input is inactive, normal operation is resumed.
13.3 HTS - Hall Temperature Sensor

The Hall Temperature Sensor HTS is located at the Service Panel Board SPB and is
transmitted to the control board via CAN bus. The trigger level of the HTS can be adjusted
with the parameter SPB-Temp.
The HTS is not effective during EFO, EFS and MRO.
When the temperature raises above the trigger level, the event 0601 “SPB:TempHTS” is
logged and the OCSS mode DBF is entered. That means that the car will finish the current
run and opens the door at the target landing for DAR-T and then shutdown with closed
doors.
When the temperature falls below the trigger level, normal operation is resumed.
Page: 152 / 196
Berlin
14 TBF - Time Based Features (Real Time Clock)

The functions described in this chapter are only available in GECB. They were introduced in
GAA30780DAB.
The GECB includes a real time clock which can be used to activate selected features at a
specific time. The user can select up to 4 features, with separate time settings for each
feature.
The software is able to automatically adjust the clock for Daylight Saving Time (i.e.
Summertime/Wintertime).
14.1 DST - Daylight Saving Time (Summertime/Wintertime)

1. Set the correct date and time using the Service Tool menu M-1-3-8. For a description of
this menu, please refer to Gxx30780xxx_STM.
2. If your country has Daylight Saving Time (i.e. Summertime/Wintertime), set the
parameters to tell the software when to automatically adjust the clock. The clock will be
adjusted at 2:00 am.
If Summertime starts at the last Sunday in March, set the following parameters:
SUMtmMTH = 3
SUMtmSUN = 0
If Wintertime starts at the last Sunday in September, set the following parameters:
WINtmMTH = 9
WINtmSUN = 0
Related parameters:
11-TIME SUMtmMTH 0 automatic summer time setting is disabled
1-12 Month in which the clock is automatically set ahead by one
hour.
(1=Jan, 12=Dec).
SUMtmSUN 0 The clock will be automatically set ahead at the last Sunday
of the month.
st th
1-4 The clock will be automatically set ahead at the 1 – 4
Sunday of the month.
WINtmMTH 0 automatic winter time setting is disabled

1-12 Month in which the clock is automatically set back by one
hour.
(1=Jan, 12=Dec).
WINtmSUN 0 The clock will be automatically set back at the last Sunday
of the month.
st th
4 The clock will be automatically set back at the 1 – 4
Sunday of the month.
Page: 153 / 196
Berlin
14.2 NNR - Night Noise Reduction

This feature can be used to prevent the ambient noise by chime, gong and voice
synthesizer during the night in an apartment.
The chime or gong is deactivated and synthesizer volume is decreased (or excluded) when
the Real Time Clock reaches a designated time zone.
Related parameters:
11-TIME NNR-SHR 0-23 Hour at which Night Noise Reduction starts
NNR-SMI 0-59 Minute at which Night Noise Reduction starts
NNR-EHR 0-23 Hour at which Night Noise Reduction ends
NNR-EMI 0-59 Minute at which Night Noise Reduction ends
Affected I/Os:
723 FCDGU car Front Car Direction Gong Up
724 FCDGD Car Front Car Direction Gong Down
584 RCDGU Car Rear Car Direction Gong Up
585 RCDGD Car Rear Car Direction Gong Down
580 GNCUP Car Car Direction Gong Up
581 GNCDN car Car Direction Gong Down
Affected Devices:
Korean Speech Board
Example:
If the gong shall be switched off between 22:30 and 6:45 every night, set the following
parameters:
NNR-SHR = 22
NNR-SMI = 30
NNR-EHR = 6
NNR-EMI = 45
14.3 TFA - Time Based Feature Activation

The Real Time Clock can be used to activate specific features like PKS or CCO at defined
times. The user can select 4 of 11 different features and define separate time settings for
each feature. These 4 features are defined by the parameters TFA1-xxx to TFA4-xxx:
1. Set TFAx-OP to select which feature shall be activated.
2. Set TFAx-TYP to define whether that feature shall be activated based on time or based
on weekday or both.
Page: 154 / 196
Berlin
3. If desired, set TFAx-SHR and TFAx-SMI to define the time when the feature shall be
activated.
4. If desired, set TFAx-EHR and TFAx-EMI to define the time when the feature shall be
deactivated.
5. If desired, set TFAx-WEK to define on which weekday the feature shall be activated
Example:
Normally, a Simplex elevator shall park at the lobby, which is at floor 1. From Monday to
Friday at the end of lunch time (13:00 – 14:00), the car shall park at the restaurant, which is
at floor 4.

1-SYSTEM LOBBY 1 Floor 1
2-OCSS ARD-P 1 Floor 1 (Lobby)
PARK-1 4 Floor 4 (Restaurant)
11-TIME TFA1-OP 4 Activate PCLK1 as defined below
TFA1-TYP 3 Activate PCLK1 based on time and weekday
TFA1-SHR 13 Activate PCLK1 at 13:00 (1:00 pm)
TFA1-SMI 0
TFA1-EHR 14 Deactivate PCLK1 at 14:00 (2:00 pm)
TFA1-EMI 0
TFA1-WEK 62 Activate PCLK1 on Monday to Friday
Page: 155 / 196
Berlin
15 Battery Backup Rescue

For Systems with BCB_II the BAT-CHRG parameter must be configured:
1- SYSTEM
No. Symbol needed possible values for this feature
value
051 BAT-CHRG 0-1 Battery Charge Mode
0 not during run (for small transformer configurations)
1 always (for normal transformer configurations)
15.1 ARO (Automatic Rescue Operation)
15.1.1 ARO with GECB-EN

ARO will be initiated by the SPBC_III. More Details about the preparing ARO phase are
described in the SPBC_III Software Basic Data (GAA30773xxx_BD or GAA31049xxx_BD).
needed environment:
SPBC_III with software GAA 30773 BAA or higher
MCB_IIIx with software GAA 30785 BAA or higher
GDCB with software AAA 30924 CAC or higher
ARO-Sequence:
The SPBC_III powers up the GECB by battery power. The GECB confirms the operational
mode ARO (requested by the SPBC_III). The SPBC_III powers up the drive after the
confirmation. Then the operational mode ARO is running (see chapter 2.4). The SPBC_III
waits for the message “AROfinished” from the GECB to switch off the drive and GECB from
battery power.
Optimized ARO-Sequence (for ACD Controller):

The SPBC_III powers up the drive by battery power. The regen drive generates and
supplies power to the rest of the control system. GECB confirms the operational mode ARO
(requested by the SPBC_III). Then the operational mode ARO is running (see chapter 2.4).
The SPBC_III waits for the message “AROfinished” from the GECB to switch off the drive
from battery power.
Page: 156 / 196
Berlin
15.1.2 ARO with GECB_II

ARO will be initiated and controlled internally by the GECB_II. The GECB_II is powered
uninterruptable by the main power or a battery. The GECB_II controls the rescue relays and
the ARPB. The BCB_II is only a remote I/O CAN node and battery control unit. The BCB_II
decides between battery and normal mode. If the BCB_II does not detect a power fail, the
drive can detect a line fail and communicates it to the GECB_II.
needed environment:
BCB_II with software GAA 31054 AAA or higher
GDCB with software AAA 30924 CAF or higher
ULTRA with software AAA 31400 AAD or higher
The SVT menu’s M-1-1-9 “Status-Rescue” and M-1-2-9 “Test-ARO” are useful to investigate
ARO. ARO initiated by “TEST-ARO” ignores the pre-conditions “3 normal runs have been
executed after OCB switched off/on or after TCI/ERO state”.
A line L1 and / or L2 failure will be detected by supervising the BCB_II power supply from
the main transformer. A line L3 failure will be detected by the drive. At the end of ARO the
GECB_II resets itself, if the main power will be back. This prevents synchronization prob-
lems with other upcoming components (like drive…).
If ARO cannot be finished (e.g. drive is in shutdown mode for a long time after start up), the
GECB_II will start 2 further tries with a delay of 2 minutes.
ARO-Sequence:
Step Description
1 power fail
2 RR2 active; ARO relays active; event ‘AROstarted’ logged; operational mode ARO requested
3 read back contact of ARO relays checked
4 RR1 active (drive powered up)
5 read back contact of RR relays checked
6 ARPB active (main transformer operates)
7 operational mode ARO running (see chapter 2.4)
8 operational mode ARO is executed
9 ARPB inactive
10 RR1 inactive
11 RR2 inactive
12 waiting for main power
13 reset of the GECB_II
Page: 157 / 196
Berlin
Pre-conditions for ARO:

condition signal
none BCB_II detected -
BCB_II is in battery mode or Drive detected line fail BCB_II TRF_VOLT is too low or
(both: longer than 1.5s) L1/L2/L3 is to low at drive
rescue encoder speed is 0m/s -
OCB is still on OCB_STB inactive /
OCB_STM active
3 normal runs have been executed after OCB switched off/on or after -
TCI/ERO state (exception: ARO test via SVT)
3 normal runs has been executed after the last ARO -
(exception: ARO test via SVT)
EFO & EFS & EQO are not executed -
TCI / ERO / TCI-Lock is inactive discrete: /ERO
RSL: IO691
none OCB failure none event 0707
battery available none event 0710
inactive RR relays BCB_II RR_IN inactive
battery voltage is above 43.5 Volt Ubat
Abort-conditions for ARO:

abort condition signal
OCB switched off OCB_STB active /
OCB_STM inactive
Operational mode ARO aborts ARO see chapter 2.4
TCI / ERO discrete: /ERO
ARO operates for longer than 6 minutes -
battery voltage is below 43.5 Volt for more than 15s Ubat
ARPB controlling:
The ARPB (ARO converter) is used to transform 48Volt to 400V for the main transformer.
The ARPB is controlled via BCB_II output EN_ARO_CONV. The ARPB needs more
information than ‘On’ and ‘Off’. Because an active brake coil stresses the converter much
more than an inactive brake coil, the converter needs the 3 commands: off, low power, full
power.
If the brake will be lifted, the converter must switch into ‘full power’ mode until the brake will
be dropped. The GECB_II uses the drive states & the rescue encoder to decide the
converter command.
command to converter EN_ARO_CONV

OFF LOW
LOW_POWER HIGH
FULL_POWER 15ms LOW / 60ms HIGH
Page: 158 / 196
Berlin
15.1.1 ARO with GECB_LV

ARO will be initiated and controlled internally by the GECB_LV. The GECB_LV is powered
uninterruptable by the main power or a battery. The GECB_LV controls the rescue relays.
The LVPB is only a remote I/O CAN node and battery control unit. The LVPB decides
between battery and normal mode. If the LVPB does not detect a power fail, the drive can
detect a line fail and communicates it to the GECB_LV.
Needed environment:
LVPB with software GAA 30891AAB or higher
GDCB with software AAA 30924 GAF or higher
ULTRA with software AAA 31400 DAA or higher
SP with software GAA 31061 BAB or higher
The SVT menu’s M-1-1-9 “System-Status-Rescue” and M-1-2-9 “System-Test-ARO” are

useful to investigate ARO. ARO initiated by “TEST-ARO” ignores the pre-conditions “3
normal runs have been executed after OCB switched off/on or after TCI/ERO state”.
A line L1 and / or L2 failure will be detected by supervising the LVPB power supply from the
main transformer. A line L3 failure will be detected by the drive. At the end of ARO the
GECB_LV resets itself, if the main power will be back. This prevents synchronization prob-
lems with other upcoming components (like drive…).
If ARO cannot be finished (e.g. drive is in shutdown mode for a long time after start up), the
GECB_LV will start 2 further tries with a delay of 2 minutes.
ARO-Sequence:
Step Description
1 power fail
2 RR2 active; ARO relays active; event ‘AROstarted’ logged; operational mode ARO requested
3 read back contact of ARO relays checked
4 RR1 active (drive powered up)
5 read back contact of RR relays checked
6 operational mode ARO running (see chapter 2.4)
7 operational mode ARO is executed
8 RR1 inactive
9 RR2 inactive
11 reset of the GECB_LV
Page: 159 / 196
Berlin
Pre-conditions for ARO:

condition signal
none LVPB detected -
LVPB is in battery mode or Drive detected line fail LVPB DC_GOOD is low or L1/L2/L3
(both: longer than 1.5s) is too low at drive
rescue encoder speed is 0m/s -
OCB is still on OCB_ON active
3 normal runs have been executed after OCB switched off/on or after -
TCI/ERO state (exception: ARO test via SVT)
3 normal runs has been executed after the last ARO -
(exception: ARO test via SVT)
EFO & EFS & EQO are not executed -
TCI / ERO / TCI-Lock is inactive discrete: /ERO
RSL: IO691
none OCB failure none event 0707
battery available none event 0710
inactive RR relays RR_IN inactive
Abort-conditions for ARO:

OCB switched off OCB_ON inactive
Operational mode ARO aborts ARO see chapter 2.4

TCI / ERO discrete: /ERO
ARO operates for longer than 6 minutes -
Page: 160 / 196
Berlin
15.2 MRO (Manual Rescue Operation)
15.2.1 MRO with GECB-EN

MRO controlled by the SPBC / SPBC_II:
The GECB is not powered during MRO.
MRO controlled by the SPBC_III:
The GECB is powered by battery to enable SVT navigating. The operational mode NAV is
active during MRO.
15.2.2 MRO with GECB_II

MRO will be controlled internally by the GECB_II. The GECB_II is powered uninterruptable
by the main power or a battery. The GECB_II controls the rescue relays. The BCB_II /
BCB_III is only a remote I/O CAN node and battery control unit. The SP is used a position
and speed indicator. In addition the SP controls the BRB1 button (Brake Release Button to
start MRO). The rescue encoder is connected at the GECB_II.
needed environment:
BCB_III with software GAA 31054 AAC or higher
GDCB with software AAA 30924 CAF or higher
ULTRA with software AAA 31400 AAD or higher
SP with software GAA 31061 AAA or higher
Page: 161 / 196
Berlin
Install-Parameters:
7- SERVICE
value
000 SPB-TYP 1 Type of Service Panel Board
1 SP (Service Panel) (e.g. GCS222MRL)
001 Encoder 13-15 Pulse Width of Rescue Encoder (mm car movement between
2 pulses), depends on machine
Yaskawa 1.5T: 14
Kollmorgen 2.5T: 13
Kollmorgen 5T: 15
004 BRE-MAX 1-12 Maximum speed for Brake Release Electrical
0.01 (0.01) 0.12 m/s
Rescue Architecture Example
Car CAN Bus
SP GECB_II GDCB BCB_II

SCN: 31061
SCN: 30780 SCN: 30924 SCN: 31054
features: features: features:

•MRO •add. Line fail detection •battery control
•ARO Power Supply Control •MRO / ARO support •I/O
SVT Plug
•BCB_II control •rescue power supply
SVT Plug •Rescue Encoder Supervisor •temperatur meas.
•SP control •battery V. meas.
SVT Plug
•transformer V. meas.
48 Vdc
+ -
400 Vac 24/69 Vac

Rescue encoder speed encoder
Page: 162 / 196
Berlin
The SVT menu’s M-1-1-9 “Status-Rescue” is useful to investigate MRO.

The OCB must be switched off to enable MRO. The GECB_II starts MRO after operating
the BRB1 at the SP. The BRB2 (key switch) must be operated directly after (or before)
operating the BRB1.
The speed indicator at the SP must be always watched by the operator and in case of over
speed and / or an active buzzer, BRB1 and BRB2 must be released. The buzzer sounds for
1s after reaching DZ.
If the car speed will be faster than 0.3m/s during MRO run, the buzzer sounds until BRB1 or
BRB2 will be released or the speed goes lower than 0.3m/s.
If you switch the OCB on after MRO and the main power is available, the GECB_II resets
itself. This prevents synchronization problems with other upcoming components (like
drive…).
15.2.2.1 MRO_BL (with BCB_II & 4x 12V battery)
MRO Balancend Load (MRO_BL):

The GECB_II tries always to move the car in “MRO with drive” mode. If this does not work,
the GECB_II switches in “MRO without drive” mode (brake & speed control by the
GECB_II).
MRO_BL - Sequence:
Step Description
1 OCB switched off by user
2 BRB1 & BRB2 operated by user
3 GECB_II activates RR1 & RR2; OCSS mode NAV active; drive powered up by battery
4 read back contact of RR relays checked by GECB_II
5 Drive publishes “preferred direction” to GECB_II
6 GECB_II command to BCB_II: input BRB2_IN routed to output VF_BR
7 GECB_II waits for drive state IDLE
8 GECB_II sends rescue run command to drive; GECB_II activates BRB1_OUT (brake power supply)
9 300ms delay (drive can check it’s UIB/DIB inputs)
10 GECB_II activates BCB_II output MRO_SAF (110V)
11 Drive runs
12 Drive stops at DZ (flush with hall level)
13 GECB_II activates the buzzer for one second; GECB_II deactivates BRB1_OUT (brake power supply);
GECB_II deactivates BCB_II output MRO_SAF (110V)
14 BRB1 & BRB2 released by user
15 5 seconds delay
16 GECB_II deactivates RR1 & RR2
17 OCB switched on by user
Page: 163 / 196
Berlin
Pre-conditions for MRO_BL:

condition signal
OCB is off OCB_STB active
BRB1 is operated at the SP via CAN
BRB1_ON (internal GECB_II input connected to P6.2 BRB1_OUT) is off BRB1_ON inactive
before MRO was initiated (prevents problems with wrong wiring)
BRB2 is operated before the drive starts to run BRB2_IN active
inactive DISRD (displayed as input: AB2) AUX_B2_IN active
none encoder failure before none event 0706
none OCB failure before none event 0707
none over speed before none event 0708
Abort-conditions for MRO_BL:

OCB switched on OCB_STB inactive
active DISRD AUX_B2_IN inactive
BRB1 released for more than 20 seconds -
encoder failure event 0706
MRO direction turn:

The GECB_II turns the rescue direction and starts a new rescue run, if the car does not
move within 6s seconds after rescue run command. The direction turn happens only once. If
the car does not move within 6s in the other direction, the GECB_II will switch into “MRO
without drive” mode.
There are 3 reasons for the GECB_II to switch automatically into “MRO without drive” mode:
• The drive does not respond with the “preferred direction” after request within 6 sec-
onds at the initialize phase of MRO.
• The drive cannot move the car (both directions tried).
• The battery voltage is below 43.5 Volt for more than 15 seconds during MRO.
“MRO without drive” differences:

• RR1 & RR2 are deactivated
• GECB_II controls directly the brake (GECB_II command to BCB_II: input BRB2_IN
routed to output MRO_BR)
• The brake will be lifted as long as the speed is below the parameter BRE-MAX. This
lets the car move by gravitation.
• The brake drops as soon as the DZ will be detected (not flush with hall level).
Page: 164 / 196
Berlin
• If the car does not move within 500ms after lifting the brake, the brake will be
dropped to prevent an uncontrolled movement with a defect rescue encoder. Then
BRB1/2 must be released and operated again. This could also happen, if the car
weight + car load is equal to the counterweight (balance load).
If the GECB_II operates in “MRO without drive” mode, you can try “MRO with drive” anytime
again by releasing BRB1 for more than 20s (or switching the OCB off and on) and operating
BRB1 & BRB2 again.
15.2.2.2 MRO_EB (with BCB_III & 12V battery)
MRO External Brake (MRO_EB):

The GECB_II tries always to move the car in “MRO without drive” mode. If this does not
work, the GECB_II switches in “MRO with drive” mode. In both cases the drive doesn’t con-
trols the brake (external brake control). The GECB_II controls always the brake & speed.
MRO_EB - Sequence:
Step Description
3 GECB_II activates 48V_REQUEST output at BCB_III
4 GECB_II activates BRB1_OUT output to lift the brake
5 GECB_II controls car movement by rescue encoder & brake (BRB1_OUT)
6 If the car does not move within 500ms after brake lifting, the GECB_II switches into ‘MRO with Drive’
mode
7 GECB_II activates RR1 & RR2; OCSS mode NAV active; drive powered up by battery
8 Drive publishes “preferred direction” to GECB_II
9 GECB_II waits for drive state IDLE
10 GECB_II sends rescue run command to drive;
11 1s delay to prepare the drive
12 GECB_II activates BRB1_OUT to lift the brake
13 The Drive controls the run & speed.
14 GECB_II controls the speed limit of 0.3m/s by rescue encoder & brake (BRB1_OUT)
15 GECB_II checks the DZ; if DZ reached, the GECB_II drops the brake and sends a stop command to
the drive;
16 GECB_II activates the buzzer for one second;
18 5 seconds delay
19 GECB_II deactivates RR1 & RR2 & 48V_REQUEST
20 OCB switched on by user (or earlier)
Page: 165 / 196
Berlin
Pre-conditions for MRO_EB:

condition signal
OCB is off OCB_STB active
BRB1_ON (internal GECB_II input connected to P6.2 BRB1_OUT) is off BRB1_ON inactive
before MRO was initiated (prevents problems with wrong wiring)
BRB2 is operated (not checked by software)
inactive DISRD (displayed as input: AB2) AUX_B2_IN active
Abort-conditions for MRO_EB:

OCB switched on OCB_STB inactive
active DISRD AUX_B2_IN inactive
MRO direction sequence:

• first run: direction independent (without drive, depends on gravitation)
speed < BRE-MAX
• second run: light direction (with drive)
speed < 0.3m/s
• third run: opposite direction (with drive)
speed < 0.3m/s
The GECB_II switches always to the next run type, if the car does not move within 500ms.
After the third run, the BRB’s must be released before a new run can be initiated.
Page: 166 / 196
Berlin
15.2.3 MRO with GECB_LV

MRO will be controlled internally by the GECB_LV. The GECB_LV is powered
uninterruptable by the main power or a battery. The GECB_LV controls the rescue relays.
The LVPB / BCB_II is only a remote I/O CAN node and battery control unit. The SP is used
a position and speed indicator. In addition the SP controls the BRB1 button (Brake Release
Button to start MRO). The rescue encoder is connected at the GECB_LV.
Needed environment:
LVPB with software GAA 30891AAB or higher
GDCB with software AAA 30924 GAF or higher
ULTRA with software AAA 31400 DAA or higher
SP with software GAA 31061 BAB or higher
Install-Parameters:
7- SERVICE
value
000 SPB-TYP 1 Type of Service Panel Board
1 SP (Service Panel) (e.g. GCS222MRL)
001 Encoder 13-15 Pulse Width of Rescue Encoder (mm car movement between
2 pulses), depends on machine
Yaskawa 1.5T: 14
Kollmorgen 2.5T: 13
Kollmorgen 5T: 15
004 BRE-MAX 1-12 Maximum speed for Brake Release Electrical
0.01 (0.01) 0.12 m/s

Page: 167 / 196
Berlin
Rescue Architecture Example
Car CAN Bus
SP GECB_LV GDCB/DCPB LVPB

SCN: 31061
SCN: 30780/30782 SCN: 30924/31400 SCN: 30891
features: features: features:

•MRO •add. Line fail detection •battery control
•ARO Power Supply Control •MRO / ARO support •I/O
SVT Plug
•BCB_II control •rescue power supply
SVT Plug •Rescue Encoder Supervisor •temperatur meas.
•SP control •battery V. meas.
SVT Plug
•transformer V. meas.
48 Vdc
+ -
230 Vac
Rescue encoder speed encoder
The SVT menu’s M-1-1-9 “System-Status-Rescue” is useful to investigate MRO.

The OCB must be switched off to enable MRO. The GECB_LV starts MRO after operating
the BRB1 at the SP. The BRB2 (key switch) must be operated directly after (or before)
operating the BRB1.
The speed indicator at the SP must be always watched by the operator and in case of over
speed and / or an active buzzer, BRB1 and BRB2 must be released. The buzzer sounds for
1s after reaching DZ.
If the car speed will be faster than 0.3m/s during MRO run, the buzzer sounds until BRB1 or
BRB2 will be released or the speed goes lower than 0.3m/s.
If you switch the OCB on after MRO and the main power is available, the GECB_LV resets
itself. This prevents synchronization problems with other upcoming components (like
drive…).
Page: 168 / 196
Berlin
15.2.3.1 MRO-DRV
The GECB_LV tries always to move the car in “MRO with drive” mode. If this does not work,
the GECB_LV switches into “MRO without drive” mode (brake & speed control by the
GECB_LV).
MRO-DRV - Sequence:
Step Description
3 GECB_LV activates 48VDC from LVPB;
GECB_LV switches on CARIO and Drive, Drive is powered up by battery;
OCSS mode NAV active;
4 GECB_LV activates output MRO_48V_OUT and checks input MRO_48V_IN
5 GECB_LV activates outputs RR1 & RR2 and check inputs RR_IN and MRO_BRK_IN
6 Drive publishes “preferred direction” to GECB_LV
7 GECB_LV waits for drive state IDLE
8 GECB_LV sends rescue run command to drive;
GECB_LV activates MRO_BRK
9 Drive runs
10 Drive stops at DZ (flush with hall level)
11 GECB_LV activates the buzzer for one second; GECB_LV deactivates MRO_BRK
13 20 seconds delay
14 GECB_LV deactivates RR1 & RR2
15 OCB switched on by user
17 reset of the GECB_LV
Pre-conditions for MRO-DRV

condition signal
OCB is off OCB_ON active
LVPB in Battery Mode via CAN
MRO_48V_IN (internal GECB_LV input) is off before MRO was initiated MRO_48V_IN inactive
MRO_BRK_IN (internal LVPB input) is off before MRO was initiated MRO_ BRK _IN inactive
No MROBRK fault detected none event 0709
Page: 169 / 196
Berlin
Abort-conditions for MRO-BRK:

OCB switched on OCB_ON inactive
active DISRD: TCI from CARIO, ES, ERO
- If CARIO is not available, MRO is forbidden for TCI or TES, but
allowed for ERO or ES.
- If CARIO is not available, MRO is forbidden for ERO (might be
TCI or TES)
MRO direction turn:

The GECB_LV turns the rescue direction and starts a new rescue run, if the car does not
move within 6s seconds after rescue run command. The direction turn is attempted 5 times.
If the car does not move within 6s in the other direction, the GECB_LV will switch into “MRO
without drive” mode.
There are 3 reasons for the GECB_LV to switch automatically into “MRO without drive”
mode:
• The drive does not respond with the “preferred direction” after request within 6 sec-
onds at the initialize phase of MRO.
• The drive cannot move the car (both directions tried).
• 5 drive shutdowns after a run command
“MRO without drive” differences:

• RR1 & RR2 are deactivated
• The brake will be lifted as long as the speed is below the parameter BRE-MAX. This
lets the car move by gravitation.
• The brake drops as soon as the DZ will be detected (not flush with hall level).
• If the car does not move within 500ms after lifting the brake, the brake will be
dropped to prevent an uncontrolled movement with a defect rescue encoder. Then
BRB1/2 must be released and operated again. This could also happen, if the car
weight + car load is equal to the counterweight (balance load).
If the GECB_LV operates in “MRO without drive” mode, you can try “MRO with drive” any-
time again by releasing BRB1 for more than 20s (or switching the OCB off and on) and op-
erating BRB1 & BRB2 again.
Page: 170 / 196
Berlin
16 Remote Elevator Inspection (REI)

The objective of REI operation is to collect data which related elevator performance during
pre-determined operation. (Also, some data shall be collected during normal operation.) The
collected data can be used to adjust elevator system configuration in an effective way. This
feature is recommended for job site under contract with Elite service.
16.1 MEL – Manual Error Log Collection

When the MEL is requested from NMS, the controller shall perform BeforeLog collection
only, the REI operation shall not be performed.
16.2 REI Operation General (Manual REI)

For overall, OCSS shall perform REI operation as following sequence. During the REI mode
operation, the OCSS shall collect the data which is defined as REI mode data collection.
And the elevator shall provide the service to passenger as high priority if hall/car call is
registered by passenger. After service to passenger, elevator shall return to the remained
REI operation. The manual REI by NMS command can be performed regardless of TRG-
TYP.
REI-STEP:
Step Description Remark
0 Normal mode NORMAL
1 Collect log data before REI operation (Before Log) COLLECT_BEFORELOG
2 Return to bottom landing RETURN_BOTTOM
3 going up stopping each floor with door operation STOP_UP
4 going down stopping each floor without door operation STOP_DOWN
5 going up without stopping GOING_UP
6 going down without stopping GOING_DOWN
7 H/W inspection (Car Light) HW_CL
8 H/W inspection (Emergency Light) HW_EL
9 Brake Torque Inspection BTI
10 collect log data after REI operation (After Log) COLLECT_AFTERLOG
11 Return to floor REI operation started RETURN_START
12 Stop to collect before log data STOP_BEFORELOG
13 Wait for normal WAIT
REI-MODE:
Mode Description Remark
0 The REI operation is not initiated. DEACTIVE
1 The REI operation is performing. ACTIVE
2 The REI operation is paused by some reason. (calls..etc) PAUSE
3 The REI operation is recovering from paused. RECOVERED
4 The REI operation is aborted by some reason. (OOS, TPA..) ABORT
Page: 171 / 196
Berlin
5 The REI operation is finished successfully. COMPLETE
Install-Parameters:
10-TEST DBG-REI 0-255 Debug REI Parameter:
95 Clear all variables
97 Display data collection
100 Set REI start from step x (100+x)
251 BTI NG for all 3 steps
st nd rd
252 BTI NG for 1 ,2 steps, OK for 3 step
st nd
253 BTI NG for 1 step, OK for 2 step
254 BTI Test by SVT
255 REI Test by SVT
Note: This parameter is for engineering test and remote expert

12-REI REI-TYP 0-4 REI Type
0 REI disabled
1 REI enabled, no stop at the cut-off floor.
(The GOL blink during the car stop.)
2 REI enabled, stops at the cut-off floor without door operation.
REI is impossible if all floors are cut-off.
(The GOL blink during the door state between opening and
closing.)
REI is possible even if all floors are cut-off.
(The GOL is not blinking.)
4 like 0, but Before logs can still be collected via NMS
TRG-TYP 0-2 REI trigger type
0 By Start Time (self trigger)
1 By Sequential operation (multicar, non-primary units on)
2 No self trigger (uses NMS initiation&collection)
16.2.1 BeforeLog Collection

1. When the REI start command is received from NMS, the OCSS clears all the
measurement results and the logged data of the previous remote inspection under REI
mode. (This step is called ‘BeforeLog Collection’.)
2. The OCSS shall check the condition that REI operation is available or not after finished
BeforeLog Collection. If available, the OCSS starts Returning operation to the lowest
floor. Otherwise, the OCSS shall abort REI operation and stays under step ‘Stop
BeforeLog’.
16.2.2 Returning Operation

1. If REI is available, the car starts running to the lowest floor which is not cut-off floor with
REI-TYP is set to 1. If REI-TYP set to 2 or 3, the car running to bottom floor even if
bottom is cut-off floor.
2. The car responds to any existing or new calls during move to the return floor. However,
in group, it becomes easily allocate hall calls to the other normal operation cars.
Page: 172 / 196
Berlin
3. On reaching the bottom floor, the "PLEASE EXIT Light" (GOL) shall be blinking as
defined REI-TYP.
4. When the door opens at the bottom floor, the measurement of the door opening time
begins. In this case, the door time for bottom floor is fixed to 3 seconds.
5. Even if the car stays at the bottom floor under IDL mode before start REI, the door open
operation is also implemented once under REI mode.
16.2.3 Remote Elevator Inspection Run

1. Upon arrival at the bottom floor, the elevator initiates the remote inspection operation
after the door open, and OCSS starts to send the inspection operational signals to
NMS. (RDO#505)
2. After finished the Returing operation, the OCSS performs floor to floor run from bottom
to top floor with door operation. (This step is called ‘Stop up’.) In this case, the door time
is fixed to 1 second.
3. After finished door operation at top floor, the OCSS performs floor to floor run from top
to bottom flor without door operation. (This step is called ‘Stop down’.)
4. Upon arrival at the bottom floor, the OCSS performs long run from bottom to top floor.
(This step is called ‘Going up’.)
5. Upon arrival at the top floor, the OCSS performs long run from top to bottom floor. (This
step is called ‘Going down’.)
6. During the REI operation, REI data shall be measured.
7. If the top and bottom floors are cut-off floor with REI-TYP is 1, the car runs to the
nearest floor where is not cut-off. With REI-TYP is 2 or 3, the car runs to top and bottom
floor even if there is cut-off floor.
8. During the REI operation, DCB/WDCB are invalid and the door reversal devices, such
as DOB/WDOB/SGS/LRD/EDP are valid. However, the door opening by door reversal
devices is invalid at cut-off floors if REI-TYP is 2 or 3.
9. The OpMode shall be changed if the OLD or DHB is detected during REI. In this case,
the REI shall not be aborted but be paused.
10. Also, calls are assignable during REI. If calls are assigned by passenger, the REI shall
be paused and the car shall serve calls under NOR mode.
11. After 5 seconds without any demands under IDL mode, the car returns to floor where
the REI was paused and restarts REI operation.
Page: 173 / 196
Berlin
16.2.4 Remote Elevator Inspection Check

After finished ‘Going down’, the OCSS starts to check car light, emergency light, and brake
torque in the order.
16.2.4.1 Car Light Check

The confirmation of the lighting-up condition of the car light
1. After the remote inspection operation ends, the lighting-up condition of the car light shall
be monitored for 5 seconds.
2. The lighting-up condition of the car light shall be judged by the input signal from the
electric current sensor.
3. An input signal is provided from the sensor to OCSS via the remote station. However,
an input number depends on the numbers of the car light.
I/O-Numbers:
1177 LIGHT1 Car Light1 in car EAE
1178 LIGHT2 Car Light2 In car EAE
4. The sensor outputs a signal when the car light is turned off.
5. By the input from the sensor which was detected to 5 seconds, the fluorescence light
conditions shall be judged as follows:
6. Data format:
6.1. High Byte 00H (Not used)
6.2. Low Byte Car Light Error
• 1 = No Error
• 2 = Does not turn on the Light
• 3 = Flicker the Light
7. The inspection result of the car light shall be recorded to the log data.
16.2.4.2 Emergency Light Check
- Objective
The ‘Emergency Light Check’ is to collect information about the condition of car emergency
light. This feature is performed as part of REI Operation.
Page: 174 / 196
Berlin
- Operation of the function

1. Data format:
1.1. High Byte 00H (Not used)
1.2. Low Byte: Emergency Light Condition
• Emergency Light condition is OK (01)
• Emergency Light condition is fault (02)
• Hardware error (03)
Install-Parameters:
5 - REI
EmgL-TYP 0 Emergency light type
0 Halogen emergency light (not used)
1 Flueoscent emergency light (not used)
2 LED emergency light
EmgL-T 10 Emergency LED light check time
0-4 default (5 s)
5 (1) 255 s
2. In case of the emergency light is the LED emergency light, (EmgL-TYP=2)

2.1. A switching relay of power supply in the car light is operative by active ELOUT after
the confirmation on the condition of the car light.
2.2. I/O is judged as a fault other than the defect of the car light such as circuit failures if
ELIN1 or ELIN2 is detected before ELOUT becomes active.
2.3. The judgement result of the power supply in the emergency light shall be recorded to
the Logging code.
I/O-Numbers:
1179 ELIN1 Emergency Light Input1 in car EAE
1180 ELIN2 Emergency Light Input2 In car EAE
1181 ELOUT Emergency Light Output out car EAE
3. The criteria of Emergency Light Check

• The car emergency light check is performed for ‘EmgL-T’.
• Switch ELOUT ON for ‘EmgL-T’.
3.1. If both ELIN1/2 are valid

• If both ELIN1 and ELIN2 are not OFF for more than 600ms during ‘EmgL-T’ since
ELIN1 and ELIN2 are ON, the result shall be (01 – OK).
Page: 175 / 196
Berlin
• If either ELIN1 or ELIN2 is OFF for more than 600ms during ‘EmgL-T’ since ELIN1 or
ELIN2 are ON, the result shall be (02 – Fault).
• If either ELIN1 or ELIN2 is ON before ELOUT ON, the result shall be (03 – HW Error).
• If either ELIN1 or ELIN2 is never ON during ‘EmgL-T’, the result shall be (03 – HW
Error).
3.2. If one is valid, the other is invalid

• If valid ELINx is not OFF for more than 600ms during ‘EmgL-T’ since ELINx is ON,
the result shall be (01 – OK).
• If valid ELINx is OFF for more than 600ms during ‘EmgL-T’ since ELINx is ON, the
result shall be (02 – Fault).
• If valid ELINx is ON before ELOUT ON, the result shall be (03 – HW Error).
• If valid ELINx is never ON during ‘EmgL-T’, the result shall be (03 – HW Error).
3.3. If both ELIN1/2 are invalid

• The result shall be (02 – Fault).
16.2.4.3 BTI - Brake Torque Operation
- Objective
The objective of this feature is to inspect whether brake torque is good or not.
There are two kinds of BTI, one is Manual BTI and the other is Remote BTI. The Manual
BTI is performed by field mechanic at job site. The Remote BTI is performed by Elite expert
at remote station. The manual BTI is performed independently while the remote BTI is nor-
mally performed as part of REI Operation. To perform BTI, REI-DRV should be set to 1 or 3.
- Operation of the function
- Manual BTI (Master: Drive)

1. Upon arrival at the lowest floor, mechanic shall active ERO switch to make the car into
INS mode. With service tool key which is defined, DBSS shall transmit BTI Permit to
OCSS.
2. On receiving the BTI Permit Request, OCSS check the elevator status, and if it is true,
OCSS shall transmit the BTI Permit Ack to DBSS.
• The elevator stops at bottom floor or 1 upper floor of bottom (if bottom floor is se-
cured).
• Doors are fully closed.
3. DBSS shall start BTI.
Page: 176 / 196
Berlin
4. Finish the BTI, DBSS transmit ‘finish BTI’ to OCSS.

Note: For more details, please refer to 55661_OPMAN.doc
16.2.4.4 Remote BTI (Master: GECB)

1. Upon arrival at the lowest floor, OCSS check the elevator status, and if it is true, OCSS
shall transmit the BTI start request (150 or 190% torque) to DBSS.
• The elevator stops at bottom floor or 1 upper floor of bottom (if bottom floor is se-
cured).
• Doors are fully closed.
• There is no car call or hall call.
2. On receiving the BTI start request, DBSS shall transmit BTI permit request to OCSS.
3. On receiving the BTI permit request, OCSS transmit BTI Permit Ack to DBSS.
4. DBSS shall start BTI.
5. Finish the BTI, DBSS transmit the BTI result to OCSS.
6. On receiving the BTI result, OCSS check and logged this, and if this is OK, finish BTI
and move to next step of REI.
7. If this result is NG, OCSS move car 1 floor up and down immediately without door
opening, then try BTI start request (150 or 190% torque) to DBSS.
8. Start 2nd time BTI, same as item 2-6.
9. If this result is NG again, OCSS move car 1 floor up and down without door opening,
then try BTI start request (130% torque) to DBSS.
10. Start 3rd time BTI, same as item 2-5.
11. On receiving the BTI result, OCSS check and logged this, and if this is OK, generate
alert to NMS and finish BTI and move to next step of REI.
12. If this result is NG again, OCSS generate alarm to NMS and finish BTI and move to next
step of REI.
Note:
(1) If Hall or Car call is registered during BTI, OCSS transmit interrupt request to DBSS,
and DBSS stops BTI immediately.
(2) Then OCSS moves car to answer calls. The car shall wait for 5s with door closed after
answered call.
(3) After 5s, the car shall return to bottom floor and re-start BTI operation.
(4) If bottom floor and 1 upper floor of bottom are set as security floor, OCSS record abort
log immediately (without wait 60min timeout) and move next step.
Page: 177 / 196
Berlin
Install Parameters:
2-OCSS INSL-TYP 0-1 Inspection Lamp Type
0 INSLH light up during BTI
+1 INSLH light up during all of REI
Note: I/O 1204 INSLH

12-REI REI-DRV 0-3 Enable BTI and Drive REI Data(RDO#34191)
0 Disabled
+1 Enable BTI
+2 Drive REI data (RDO#34191) supported
Event:
Event Description
0271 BTI NG 3rd BTI result is no good at every 3rd trial.
0272 BTI OK 3rd BTI result is good at 3rd trial.
0273 BTI Fault BTI is not available or aborted.
Page: 178 / 196
Berlin
OCSS DBSS
Remote BTI Requested
BTI Permit Initialize BTI Ready
Check Elevator Status Check Drive Status
BTI Request BTI Permit Request
BTI Permit Ack. Start BTI
(150% or 190% torque request)

BTI Results
BTI Permit Finalize Finish BTI
Check BTI Results
OK
NG Finish
st
1 Inspection
Move 1 floor up and down
nd
2 Inspection
(150% or 190% torque request)
NG
Move 1 floor up and down
Page: 179 / 196
Berlin
(130% torque request)
Check BTI Results
OK
rd
Finish Generate Alarm 3 Inspection
NG
Finish Generate Alarm

16.2.5 AfterLog Collection
After finished BTI, the OCSS shall collect all the measurement results and the logged data
of the REI operation. (This step is called ‘AfterLog Collection’.)
16.2.6 Return to floor REI was started

After finished AfterLog collection, the car shall return to the floor where REI was started. If
group, the car runs to the optimal floor by the zoning.
16.2.7 End of REI operation

1. The inspection result data shall be sent to NMS according to REI scheduling method
that was used.
2. Upon receiving the completion signal from controller, NMS sends request signal for REI
result to controller.
3. Upon receiving the request signal from NMS, OCSS sends REI results to NMS.
4. Upon receiving the results from controller, NMS sends end signal to OCSS.
5. Upon receiving the end signal from NMS, OCSS ends the remote inspection.
6. In addition, NMS transmits the request signal of the logging data to OCSS.
7. Upon receiving the request signal, OCSS transmits the logging data to NMS.
8. The end signal of the remote inspection, the request signal of the remote inspection
measurement result and the request signal of the logging data are independent and
when OCSS receives these request signals, it transmit data to NMS irrespective of the
remote inspection.
Page: 180 / 196
Berlin
Pre-conditions for REI:

Condition Remark
REI-TYP is 1~3 If REI-TYP=4, the OCSS performs Before-
Log collection only.
The car is not PKS shutdown at PKS-P PKS Shutdown only, OpMode PKS is OK.
Higher OpMode than REI is not active.
Service button input is not activated ServInC (1157) and ServInH (1265) are
not active
Pause-conditions for REI:

Condition Remark
OpMode is OLD or DHB
If there is any call assigned
Abort-conditions for REI:

Condition Remark
REI timeout (60 min.) is expired. -
OOS reason event occurred -
TPA alarm is generated -
Higher OpMode than REI is requested except OLD, DHB, PKS -
Service button input is activated ServInC (1157) or ServInH (1265) is active
Page: 181 / 196
Berlin
16.3 Self-Trigger REI

1. The Self-Trigger REI is commonly used in Korean market, the REI can be started by
controller itself. To use Self-Trigger REI, TRG-TYP should set to 0.
2. The user can set time on NMS screen by edit configuration.
3. After set configuration, the user shall perform ‘write configuration’ to copy these time set
to controller parameters listed below.
4. The OCSS shall start REI automatically when the Real Time Clock reaches to
designated time zone regardless of NMS connection.
5. The general REI operation sequence is the same with manual REI by NMS command.
Install-Parameters:
Group name Value description
12-REI TRGstrtH 0-23 REI trigger start hour
0 (1) 23 hours
Note: only applicable for TRG-TYP=0

TRGstrtM 0-59 REI trigger start minute
0 (1) 59 minutes

TRGstopH 0-23 REI trigger stop hour
0 (1) 23 hours

TRGstopM 0-59 REI trigger stop minute
0 (1) 59 minutes

TRG-DofM 0-31 REI trigger day of month
0 N/A
1 (1) 31 day

TRG-DofW 0-7 REI trigger day of week
0 N/A
1 SUN
2 MON
3 TUE
4 WED
5 THU
6 FRI
7 SAT

Page: 182 / 196
Berlin
TRG-WofM 0-5 REI trigger week of month

0 N/A
1 (1) 5 week
16.4 Sequential REI

TBD
16.5 REI Test by SVT

The REI Operation can be performed by SVT command. With DBG-REI=255, the REI
Operation shall be performed as the same sequence. If user wants to test some specific
step, it is possible by set DBG-REI=102~108. With this configuration, the REI shall be
performed from the step which was chosen by user. In this case, collect AfterLog step shall
be skipped due to avoid confusion about REI data collection. So the step shall be jump to
WAIT after finished BTI. To use this function properly, refer to floor condition listed below.
The BTI test is also possible by set DBG-REI=251~254.
These tests are available when the condition is OK to perform REI Operation.
Install-Parameters:
10-TEST DBG-REI 0-255 Debug REI Parameter:
(100+x) Set REI start from step x
- 102 from RETURN_BOTTOM
- 103 from STOP_UP
- 104 from STOP_DOWN
- 105 from GOING_UP
- 106 from GOING_DOWN
- 107 from Car Light Check
- 108 from Emergency Light Check
251 BTI is NG for all steps

252 BTI is OK at step3
254 BTI Test by SVT
255 REI Test by SVT
Note: This parameter is for engineering and remote expert

102, 103, 105, 107, 108 – available at bottom floor only.
104, 106 – available at top floor only.
Page: 183 / 196
Berlin
16.6 REI Data Collection

16.6.1 REI data collection for Korean market requirement

REI data means the set of statistical data and performance data that is collected during the
REI operation mode and normal operation time because the Elite Report needs normal time
performance data as well as REI operation result data.
For Korean Elite Report, following items of performance data are collected during the
normal operation time.
1. Hourly Run Counts collection
2. LRD Count collection
3. SGS Count collection
4. Total lighting time collection
5. Data collection for REI
6. Performance data counter for number of power ons
Above items are collected as daily-based database records.
During the REI mode, following items of REI result measurements are collected;
1. The time to begin running to start (Same as Japanese requirement)
2. Elapsed time of acceleration (UP & DOWN sepatarely)
3. Elapsed time of decceleration (UP & DOWN sepatarely)
4. Errors (max value & landing) in landing level according to the direction of UP&DOWN
(Same as Japanese requirement)
5. Door open time for each floor
6. Door close time for each floor
Above data items are reported to NMS by Performance Collection feature in NMS by the
definition of RDO#34189 and RDO#34190 that are existing format for REM performance
data by adding additional fields for Elite Report. In addition, RDO#34191 and RDO#34192
were newly added to existing protocol (NMS / Gateway II / Controller Data Dictionary –
SID00052) to report REI mode data to NMS. Controller has the implementation for these
new RDO’s.
Page: 184 / 196
Berlin
RDO # 34189 - GENERIC_PERF_DATA_SUMMED

CONTROLLER
With Parameter (Day) (Current day = FF)
NMS – RO
Description
Generic RDO to read performance data:
Byte 1&2: Perf Id (1-65535); 0 indicates no perf data. Perf Id 1-19999 have two byte values, and Perf Ids >
20000 have four byte values.
Byte 3-4: Two byte value or lower two bytes of four byte value
Byte 5-6: Higher two bytes of four byte values
Controller Detail:
NMS Data Property
Item # Len NMS Id De- Name Description

fault
1 2 0 Pdata 1 – Perf ID
1 2 or 4 0 Pdata 1 – Perf Data (2 or 4 bytes)
2 4 Pdata 2
3 4 Pdata 3
4 4 Pdata 4
Variable 4 Pdata 5.. variable
RDO # 34190 - GENERIC_PERF_DATA_PER_FLOOR

CONTROLLER
With Parameters (Day, Floor Number) (Current day = FF)
NMS – RO
Description
Generic RDO to read performance data:
Byte 1&2: Perf Id (1-65535); 0 indicates no perf data.
Controller Detail:
NMS Data Property

fault
1 2 0 Pdata 1 – Perf ID
1 2 or 4 0 Pdata 1 – Perf Data (2 or 4 bytes)
2 4 Pdata 2
3 4 Pdata 3
4 4 Pdata 4
Variable 4 Pdata 5.. variable
Page: 185 / 196
Berlin
RDO # 34191 - GENERIC_REI_DATA_SHAFT

CONTROLLER
With Parameter (Day) (Current day = FF)
NMS – RO
Description
Generic RDO to read REI data:
Byte 1&2: Id (1-65535); 0 indicates no REI data. Id 1-19999 have two byte values, and Ids > 20000 have
four byte values.
Controller Detail:
NMS Data Property

fault
1 2 0 REI 1 – ID
1 2 or 4 0 REI 1 – REI Data (2 or 4 bytes)
2 4 REI 2
3 4 REI 3
4 4 REI 4
Variable 4 REI 5.. variable
RDO # 34192 - GENERIC_REI_DATA_PER_FLOOR

CONTROLLER
With Parameters (Floor Number)
NMS – RO
Description
Generic RDO to read REI data:
Byte 1&2: Id (1-65535); 0 indicates no perf data.
Controller Detail:
NMS Data Property

fault
1 2 0 REI 1 – ID
1 2 or 4 0 REI 1 – Perf Data (2 or 4 bytes)
2 4 REI 2
3 4 REI 3
4 4 REI 4
Variable 4 REI 5.. variable
Page: 186 / 196
Berlin
NMS has a user interface to configure REI mode triggering time and method. This
information is configured by modem communication via GW2. This communication is
defined as RDO#546 that is newly added to the “NMS / Gateway II / Controller Data
Dictionary” (SID00546) ACD2 controller has the feature for this communication and
configuration.
RDO # 546 - CONFIG_REI_CONTROLLER_TRIGGER

CONTROLLER
NMS - RW
Description
This RDO gives the start time (and stop time if applicable) of the REI Controller Trigger.
NMS Data Property

rem_property_group_id = ??? – on the NMS side, If posible put this into a REI group, and make it mix proper-
ties of lists, string, value. This is for user convenience of editing all in one place. If not posible or comlex, let
Joe know.
Item Len NMS Id Default Name Description
#
1 1 0 Start Trigger Type 00 = By Start Time; 01 = By Sequential opera-
tion (multicar, non-primary units on)
2 2 0 Start Trigger Time
3 2 0 Stop Trigger Time
4 1 value 0 Start Day of Month 1-31; 0 if not applicable
5 1 lists 0 Start Day of Week 1-7; 0 if not applicable (1=Sun, 2=Mon, etc…)
6 1 lists 0 Start Week Of Month 1-5; 0 if not applicable (1=first, 2=second,
3=third, 4=fourth, 5=last)
(For the “Start Trigger Type’ field, current version provides only one feature – 00=By Start
Time)
16.6.2 REI data collection for Japanese market requirement

Japanese REI data means three types of performance or REI result data; Daily performance
data (daily-based performance), Monthly performance data and REI result data. REI
operator generates REI report for customer by utilizing these types of new data fields as
well as the performance data that have been used for REM operation.
In normal time, following items of daily performance data are collected additionally to the
existing data collection;
1. One Floor Run Count
2. One Floor Run Time
3. Demand Time
Page: 187 / 196
Berlin
In normal time, following items of monthly performance data are collected additionally to the
existing data collection;
1. System errors of OCSS and MCSS
2. The number of times replied to any calls per landing
3. The number of times replied to car calls per landing
4. The number of times replied to up hall calls per landing
5. The number of times replied to down hall calls per landing
6. The number of times open the door per landing
7. The number of times re-open the door per landing
8. The number of times detected the failure of the car button
9. The number of times detected the failure of the up hall button
10. The number of times detected the failure of the down hall button
11. The number of times detected the failure of the emergency call button
12. The number of times detected DTC mode by lack of DFC
13. The number of times detected DTC mode by lack of DLC
14. The number of times detected extraordinary temperature in machine room.
15. The number of times DOB input
16. The number of times DCB input
18. The number of times SGS input
19. The number of times LRD input
20. Number of 5LS, 6LS errors
21. Maximum Door Open Time & Floor# at maximum
22. Maximum Door Close Time & Floor# at maximum
23. Minimum Door Open Time & Floor# at minimum
24. Minimum Door Close Time & Floor# at minimum
25. The input count and the maximum elapsed time of DOB from all floors
26. The input count and the maximum elapsed time of DCB from all floors
27. The input count and the maximum elapsed time of SGS from all floors
28. The input count and the maximum elapsed time of LRD from all floors
Page: 188 / 196
Berlin
During the time of REI mode, following items of REI result data are collected from GDCB;
1. Errors(max value & landing) in landing level according to the direction of UP&DOWN
2. The number of times with the start shock according to the direction of UP&DOWN
3. The number of times with the stop shock according to the direction of UP&DOWN
4. The time to begin running to the start (UP&DOWN direction)
5. The acceleration deflection (UP&DOWN direction)
6. The fixed speed deviation (UP&DOWN direction)
7. The deceleration deflection (UP&DOWN direction)
8. The condition of the car light
9. The condition of emergency light check
9. Brake Torque Inspection Result
While Daily performance data is reported to NMS by the definition of RDO#34189 and
RDO#34190 as same as Korean, Monthly performance and REI result data is reported by
the definition of RDO#505, RDO#507, RDO#544 and RDO#33274.
These RDO’s were already defined in the SID00052 for Japanese REI, and new EN-
baseline controller also has the implementation on this.
Page: 189 / 196
Berlin
RDO # 505 – REI_CONTROLLER_STATUS

CONTROLLER (JPN)
NMS – RO
Description
This is status of a REI task while running at the controller. Primary usage is to display on the NMS screen for user.
NMS Data Property

rem_property_group_id = l07001 (REI)
Item Len NMS Id Default Name Description
#
1 1 107005 ---- Controller Status 00: Normal; 01:Error Log Collection Active; 02:REI
Wait; 03:REI Running; 04:REI Results Ready:05:REI
Abort
RDO # 507 – REI_RESULTS

CONTROLLER
NMS – Read only
Description
This is the result of the REI run.
NMS Data Property

n/a – No NMS Ids. This data is stored in the “remote_elevator_inspection” table in the NMS db. Each data item is stored
as a column in the table.
Item # Len NMS Id Default Name Description

1 1 ---- ---- ---- Velocity Fluctuation Up
2 1 ---- ---- ---- Velocity Fluctuation Up (Standard)
3 1 ---- ---- ---- Velocity Fluctuation Down
4 1 ---- ---- ---- Velocity Fluctuation Down (Standard)
5 1 ---- ---- ---- Maximum Levelling Error
6 1 ---- ---- ---- Maximum Levelling Error Landing Position
7 1 ---- ---- ---- Maximum Levelling Error Direction
8 1 ---- ---- ---- Maximum Levelling Error Standard
9 1 ---- ---- ---- Door Open Time Maximum (divided by 10)
10 1 ---- ---- ---- Door Open Time Landing Position
11 1 ---- ---- ---- Door Open Time Maximum (Standard) (divided by
10)
12 1 ---- ---- ---- Door Close Time Maximum (divided by 10)
13 1 ---- ---- ---- Door Close Time Landing Position
14 1 ---- ---- ---- Door Close Time Maximum (Standard) (divided by
10)
15 1 ---- ---- ---- Judgement (0 = in-range, 1 = out of range)
16 1 ---- ---- ---- Error Log Code MSB #1
17 1 ---- ---- ---- Error Log Code LSB #1
Page: 190 / 196
Berlin

26 1 ---- ---- ---- Spare
27 1 ---- ---- ---- Spare
RDO # 544 – REI_ERRORLOG_STATUS

CONTROLLER
NMS – Read only
Description
This RDO provides status for the NMS to read during the REI/Error log processing at the controller. Items 1-3 are read
by the NMS comm server in order start/stop REI as well determine whether REI is currently running and/or has completed
successfully. The start/stop times are used primarly for NMS display purposes during REI operation.
With GW, this RDO will be expanded to provide status for Starting the REI by using trigger timing in the Controller. This
trigger is determined by ____
A value of 0 for time stamp means the operation has been reset/not started
NMS Data Property

rem_property_group_id = 107001 (REI)

1 1 107021 ---- Current Operation (As com- 00 = Idle
manded by NMS) 01 = REI Mode (‘before’ error logs, REI, ‘after’ error logs)
02 = Collect Error Logs Only.
03 = Close
04 = Close/Reset Mode (restarts REI state machine)
10 = Idle – waiting Controller Trigger
11 = REI Mode (triggered by controller)
14 = Clear data and status after successful collection
from NMS
Fe = abort
2 1 107020 ---- Curennt Process 00 = Idle (None)

01 = In Process REI run
02 = In Process collecting ‘Before’ error logs
03 = In Process collecting ‘After’ error logs
04 = Completed (success)
05 = Completed (failed)
3 1 107022 ---- Results Status 0 = Success (set when Current Operation Status = “Done”)
01 = Lost COMMV (after successfully started)
02 = Timed Out (exceeded RDO 543 time limit)
03 = Aborted by NMS
04 = Aborted by Controller
05 = Aborted due to TPA
06 = Command rejected because there is still log data to
collect.
(collect the data, and then issue the Close/Reset cmd)
07 = Command rejected, unknown command
08 = Command rejected, unit is already in idle state (re-
sponse to abort while in idling)
4 2 107006 ---- ---- Count of ‘Before’ logs 0-600 (Count divided by 100 plus 1 (if
remainder) =# of available buffers)
5 1 107023 ---- ---- REI log available flag (0=false, non-0 = true)
6 2 107011 ---- ---- Count of ‘After’ logs 0-200 (Count divided by 100 plus 1 (if
remainder) =# of available buffers)
7 8 107008 ---- ---- Date/Time ‘Before’ Error Log operation started
Page: 191 / 196
Berlin
8 8 107010 ---- ---- Date/Time ‘Before’ Error Log operation completed (only if
successful)
9 8 107017 ---- ---- Date/Time REI operation started
10 8 107019 ---- ---- Date/Time REI operation completed (only if successful)
11 8 107013 ---- ---- Date/Time ‘After’ Error Log operation started
12 8 107015 ---- ---- Date/Time ‘After’ Error Log operation completed (only if
successful)
13 8 ---- ---- ---- Date/Time this rdo was last updated (used to determine
when a failure occurred, because after the failure, this rdo
won’t be updated again until commanded by NMS
14 32 ---- ---- ---- Diagnostics buffer. ‘ff’ is end of buffer. ‘0’ is null entry.
Each non-0 entry maps to a SLNK Log_Error message as
defined in rmh-errs.h To map these numbers to those in
rmh-errs.h, add SLNK_ERROR_BASE to the number.
15 1 ---- ---- ---- Timer Active (0 == inactive, non-0 == sometime is being
timed
RDO # 33274 – REI_ERROR_LOGS

CONTROLLER
NMS – Read only
Description
These are error logs that are collected “before” and “after” the REI run. The error logs are stored in eight 900-byte
blocks (each block is 100 error logs). The first six blocks are used for the “before” logs and the last two blocks are used
by “after” logs. This corresponds to a maximum of 600 before logs and maximum of 200 after logs.
The basic definition of the nine byte error logs record is:
Byte 1 = Error Log Code - High byte (MSB = 1 indicates Last Error Log)
Byte 2 = Error Log Code - Low byte.
Byte 3 = Error log counts (1-127) **
Byte 4 = Error log landing positions **
Byte 5 = Time – minutes (0-59) **
Byte 6 = Time – hours ( 0 - 23) **
Byte 7 = Time – day (1 - 31)**
Byte 8 = Time – month ( 1 - 12)**
Byte 9 = Time – year (00 - 99)**
** The meaning of the 9 bytes changes based on the error code. For example, error codes greater than 10,000 do not
have date/time information, instead sending 2 error codes/values in single 9 bytes.
NMS Data Property

n/a – No NMS Ids. This data is stored in the “error_log” & “error_log_detail” tables in the NMS db. There is special
processing that saves error logs into different columns based on the type of data (defined by error log number ranges).

1 900 ---- ---- ---- Block 1 – Before Error logs
7 900 ---- ---- ---- Block 7 – After Error logs
8 900 ---- ---- ---- Block 8 – After Error logs
Page: 192 / 196
Berlin
17 Remote Elevator Monitoring (REM)
17.1 REM6 Setup

A REM-Group is defined as multiple controllers that share a single REM telephone line.
The multiple controllers might be a group of elevators, or multiple simplex elevators.
A REM-Simplex is defined as a simplex elevator that shares no telephone line with other
elevators.
Install-Parameters:
1 - SYSTEM
Symbol Value Purpose and Range
REM-TYP 0-5 Legacy REM-TYPs (see Reference Manual)
REM6 REM-TYPs:
6 GW2/OAD+ connected to SVT SIO via RS/CAN Converter
7 GW2/OAD+ connected to Group/Diagnostics CAN bus
8 GW2/OAD+ connected to Car CAN bus (REM-Simplex)
9 REM5+ (Diagnostics+ with Legacy RMH HW but new RMH SW)
10 OAD+ connected to Car CAN bus (REM-Group)
REM-ID 1-12 For a REM-Simplex, this is always 1. For a REM-Group, this is a unique
identifier of each controller within the REM-Group. The REM-ID must
be set to agree with the dip-switch setting of OAD SW1.
REM-SSM The type of OAD+ supported speech to be used. Only applicable to
REM6 REM-TYPs.
0 No speech
1 legacy REM speech (generic floor and door announcements)
2 SSM4-style speech (programmable via SVT MM1:1-3-7 (Setup Speech)
DIS-CAN Defines whether the Diagnostics/Group CAN bus is enabled.
0 Group CAN bus enabled (use for REM-TYPs 7, 10)

2 Group CAN bus disabled (use for REM-TYPs 6, 8, 9)
17.2 RFS Alarm

17.2.1 EQR Remain Detection

This alarm will be RFS, instead of SGDI of Gen2-JIS/LTD/PB in Japan.
1. If the time (EqrTrg-T) is elapsed since the controller returned to normal from Earthquake
Auto Recovery operation (EQR). In this case, the controller generates RFS alarm to
NMS to request maintenance by field mechanic. This RFS alarm means the job site
Page: 193 / 196
Berlin
which was performed EQR should be checked by manually to make sure the status of
safety devices which were potentially damaged during earthquake.
2. If the OpMode changed to INS by mechanic, a timer (EqrClr-T) to clear RFS status shall
be started. If the EqrClr-T is expired, the controller generates RFS clear alarm to NMS.
Install-Parameters:
14 - REMOTE
Symbol Value Purpose and Range
EqrTrg-T 0-255 Elapsed hours since temporary operation after finished EQR
0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 hours
EqrClr-T 0-255 Seconds to trigger RFS clear alarm after detecting EQR clear
0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 s
Event:
Event Description
0133 EQAR > Time No maintenance since EQAR for defined time
Note) EQR: EarthQuake automatic Recovery. (JIS: EAR)
17.2.2 RFS Event detection

1. If the selected OCSS event log number (maximum 3 numbers could be set) is detected,
then controller shall trigger RFS alarm after a period that was configured by SVT. User
can configure one, two or three event numbers.
2. Operators in the logical formula shall be one of “AND”, “OR” or “No Operator”.
2.1. If the first operator is “No Operator”, then the first operand parameter shall be ignored.
2.2. If the second operator is “No Operator”, then the second operand parameter shall be
ignored.
2.3. If the formula has mixed operators (AND and OR), then the AND operation shall be
calculated first.
3. If the result of the formula becomes TRUE, a timer to generate RFS alarm shall be
started. If the result remains TRUE until the timer expires, controller shall generate
event 0135 “Event RFS” and trigger an RFS alarm.
4. If the result of the formula becomes FALSE, a timer to generate RFS clear alarm shall
be started. If the result remains FALSE until the timer expires, controller shall trigger
RFS clear alarm.
Install-Parameters:
Page: 194 / 196
Berlin
14 - REMOTE
RfsEvU-T 0 Seconds to stay the logged status in case of err_update_xxx(ErrCode)
to wait for RFS alarm delay
0 (1) 255 s
RfsEvT-T 0 Seconds to trigger RFS alarm after detecting TRUE of the RFS event
detecting formula.
0 (1) 255 s
RfsEvC-T 0 Seconds to clear RFS alarm after detecting TRUE of the RFS event de-
tecting formula.
0 (1) 255 s
RfsEv1Gr 0 First operand for RFS event detection alarm
0 Operating System
1 OCSS
2 MCSS
3 DCSS
4 Signaling Sub System
5 Group
6 System
7 Rescue
RfsEv1Id 0 First operand for RFS event detection alarm
0-99 Event number
RfsEvOp1 0 Operator between 1st & 2nd operand.
0 default (no operation)
1 AND
2 OR
0 Operating System
1 OCSS
2 MCSS
3 DCSS
5 Group
6 System
7 Rescue
0-99 Event number
RfsEvOp2 0 Operator between 2nd & 3rd operand.
0 default (no operation)
1 AND
2 OR
0 Operating System
1 OCSS
2 MCSS
3 DCSS
5 Group
6 System
7 Rescue
0-99 Event number
Event:
Page: 195 / 196
Berlin
Event Description
0135 Event RFS Selected events by SVT (max: 3) is detected for pre-determined time.
17.3 OOS Alarm

17.3.1 EQO Mode Detection

This alarm will be OOS-EQO mode, instead of SGDI of Gen2-JIS/LTD/PB in Japan.
1. If EQO mode is detected, then controller shall trigger OOS alarm. (EqoAlarm=1)
2. If EqoClr-T is expired since EQO mode is cleared, the OOS state shall be cleared and
alarm shall be sent to NMS.
Install-Parameters:
14 - REMOTE
EqoAlarm 0 Enable EQO Alarm
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
EqoClr-T 0 Seconds to clear alarm after recovered from EQO
0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 s
Event:
Event Description
0134 OpMode EQO Earthquake is occurred.
Note) EQO: EarthQuake Operation mode.
17.3.2 EQR Inspection Fault Detection

This alarm will be OOS-EQAR_Fail, instead of OOSREM79&80(EQAR_Fail) of Gen2-
JIS/LTD/PB in Japan.
1. If the controller detects failure (like NAV, Safety failure or kind of these failures) during
the EQR inspection mode, the controller shall stop EQR inspection and into the
shutdown, then generate OOS alarm immediately.
2. Operation modes that regarded as failure are;
ARO, NAV, DTC, EPC, EPR, EPW, DBF, HAD, COR, EFS, EFO, EQO
Page: 196 / 196
Berlin
3. If the elevator returns to the normal mode (IDL, NOR) the OOS state shall be cleared
and alarm shall be sent to NMS.
Event:
Event Description
0131 EQAR Fail EQAR start was not permitted by drive for 60 sec after completion EQO gen-
eral operation.
Note) EQR: EarthQuake automatic Recovery. (JIS: EAR)
18 Parameter and RSL IO management

Introduced in GAA30782GAA
18.1 Adjusting Bad parameter

Adjusting Bad parameter is available since GAA30782GAA.
All installation parameter would be checked if the value is between min and max value
defined. If the value of parameter is less than min or higher than max, the value of
parameter on the shadow RAM would be automatically adjusted to default value defined.
Additionally the value of parameter on the E2PROM would be manually adjusted to default
value by using SVT<M-3-2>.
The purpose of this function is to avoid the unexpected feature activation by illegally set
value of parameter. For Example,when REI-TYP is defined from 0 to 4 and REI-TYP was
set to 170 by abnormal E2PROM default setting, REI operation can be abnormally executed
and impact to other function. In this case, REI-TYP was automatically set to 0(default value)
by this function.
Event:
Event Description
0043 Bad Params Some parameters are out of range
Use M-3-2 to set the default values
To adjust to the default value, SVT command <M-3-2> can be used

1 006 The number of parameters to be changed to 000-999
1 2 3 the default value
006 COP-OPY=011 2 COP-OPY Parameter name
Set to 000? 1=Y 3 011 Current value
4 5
4 000 Default value
5 1=Y Enter ‘1’ : store default value and show the
next bad parameter.
Press “GOON” or “GOBACK” : show the next
bad or the previous bad parameter without
storing default value.
No.: GAA30782GAB_INS
Software Basic Data
OTIS Draft SCN: GAA30782GAB
Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 1 / 109

Berlin
List of Installation Parameters Date: 2015-03-25
GCS – GECB
List of Installation Parameters



Software Basic Data

Berlin
Revision History
26-Nov-2004 G1530780AAA A. Pfeffer based on TCBC
2005-01-27 G2130780AAA H.-K. Spielbauer Document update after review
2005-01-31 G2130780AAA H.-K. Spielbauer m/s unit adapted
2005-02-25 G2230780AAA H.-K. Spielbauer LW-TYP and BRK-TYP deleted
2005-04-06 GAA30780AAA A. Pfeffer Release
2005-06-08 G1130780AAB A. Pfeffer Compass parameters added
2005-07-14 G1430780AAB A. Pfeffer HL-SET=3, HANDIC-D, HANDIC-R, DEST-
DE, GCB-EN, HBP-POS, HBP-DO, DUTY-HI,
DUTY-LO, EXT-C, EXT-H, EXT-H*10 added
2005-07-21 GAA30780AAB H.-K. Spielbauer Update for Compass Release
2005-08-22 G1530780AAC A. Pfeffer EXT-H*10 removed
2005-10-25 GAA30780AAC A. Pfeffer no changes
2005-10-25 G1530780BAA D. Cominelli Added EN-PRBB
2006-10-20 GAA30780BAA B. Braasch PI-POS,HPI,HPI-OPT,GPI,GPI-POS,GPI-
OPT,FAN-T,LW-TYP,PX2.1, EN-EXT,CTL-
TYP,ANS(kg),PEAK(%),LNS(%),OLD(%),FIX-
PRK,FIX-MASK,PARK-1T->PARK-8T,CBP-
POS,CBP-DO,SHO-POS,SHO-PI,SHO/WCO,
EN-ABL,BRK-TYP,TLD-DW-D,DCB-TYP,
EFO-LOCK,MID-POS,EMT-TYP,EMT-T, EXT-
SEC added; RSL-TYP,MIT-VD blanked ;
Door parameter:14 (Multidrop) added
2007-03-21 GAA30780DAA H.-K. Spielbauer Update DRV-TYP, SEL-COMP, PRK-INT,
CPMT-D / -A / -O, GPI, HPI, PI
2007-04-10 G1130780DAB D. Cominelli Update DOC, DOR-T, RDOR-T
2007-09-17 G1630780DAB A. Pfeffer Removed EN-EVT;
Added HWY-TYP, PI=7, PI-JWL parameters,
REM-TYP=4, CLR-RUN, VIP parameters, EN-
HCC, DBL-OPT, ASL-DO, EPS-TYP=x4x,
RSC-SEC;
Added Parameter Group “11-TIME”;
Added NNR parameters, TFA parameters,
SUMtm, WINtm parameters
2007-11-09 G2030780DAB A. Pfeffer Added F:EN-ACG, R:EN-ACG, CM-PROT,
DW-DLY
2007-11-13 G2130780DAB A. Pfeffer Removed EN-ADM; Limits and Defaults cor-
rected; Corrected description of PKS-TYP;
2007-12-14 GAA30780DAB A. Pfeffer No changes
2008-06-24 G1430780DAC A. Pfeffer Added FAN-TYP, EN-UCMK, EN-CGS,
ASL2-P, RIOT-DO;
Enhanced EN-HLC, PX2.1, DZ-TYP, EN-BAK.
2008-07-22 G1530780DAC A. Pfeffer Removed EFO-LOCK (constant feature)
2008-11-12 G2330780DAC A. Pfeffer Enhanced PX2.1
2008-12-04 GAA30780DAC A. Pfeffer No changes
2009-03-13 G1630780DAD A. Pfeffer Added: BAT-CHRG
Enhanced: REM-TYP, SPB-TYP
Software Basic Data

Berlin

2009-04-17 GAA30780DAD A. Pfeffer No changes
2009-05-19 G1130780DAE S. Seelmann Added PI-CTTL, Enhanced EN-CK
2009-06-19 GAA30780DAE A. Pfeffer Added EN-ADM, Enhanced DEST-DE
2009-07-20 G1630780DAF A. Pfeffer Added GW-ID, GW-VOI-D
2009-09-03 G1930780DAF A. Pfeffer DCP-T=255 modified
2009-10-08 G1730780DAG M. Hoinkis SPB-TYPE corr.
2009-12-10 G2130780DAG A. Pfeffer Added Generic Door parameters, TDEL-TIM
Expanded EN_SFR
2010-01-22 GAA30780DAG A. Pfeffer Clarifictions for Parameter Descriptions added
(FAN-T, SPEED, EN-CK)
2010-02-19 G1330780DAH A. Pfeffer 6LS-TYP, LV-ON-D, LV-OFF-D added
2010-03-17 G1630780DAH A. Pfeffer TPOS-TYP, DOOR-PWR added
2010-04-07 A. Pfeffer Lower limit for PDR-TYP adapted
2010-06-03 G5230780DAH A. Pfeffer Added EN-FPD=2
2010-06-28 GP130780DAH A. Pfeffer Release
2010-10-25 G2730780DAJ A. Pfeffer Expanded DHB-TYP, ENCODER
2010-12-09 GAA30780DAJ A. Pfeffer Corrected DOOR/REAR
2011-01-04 G1130780EAA A. Pfeffer Renamed EN_UCMK to UCM-TYP and added
option ‘3’
2011-05-19 G1530780EAC A. Pfeffer Added PX2.2, Expanded PX2.1
2011-06-29 G1530780EAC M. Hnida Added operational mode DBF to DAR-T
2011-07-20 G1730780EAC SG Cho Added options
option 2 to DS-CCB,
options 11, 12 to EFS-TYP
2011-07-20 G1730780EAC SG Cho Added PI-DIR, EN-OARO, EN-LOPIT,
RGEN_TYP, RGEN-LVL, DCB-EXT,
2011-07-08 G1730780EAC DH Kang Added the comments for TFAx-OP
Added CAR-DIR=1
2011-11-30 G5230780EAC A. Pfeffer Added description for default EFS-OPD=0
2012-02-29 GP230780EAC A. Pfeffer Parameter GW-ID renamed to REM-ID
Software Basic Data

Berlin

2011-11-21 G1130780EAD M. Hoinkis Adapted for LCB_IIC:
LW-TYP, PI-POS, EN-SFR, REM-TYP, DRV-
TYP,BRK-TYP, TRO-TYP, ES-TYP, EN-BAK,
HDW-POS
Added for LCB_IIC:
DZCNT, EN-DZI, MD/AES, CA-MOD, C-CHK,
DIS-CAN, P-ON-D, C-TYPE, 1AT, 2AT, DDP,
EN-DDP, 3P, EN-MPD, MPD-T, HY-TYP, L-T,
UX-D, UXT-D, EN-PLS, EN-OTS, EN-1CL,
ACD/UXT, EN-J, J-T, EN-BCD, BON-D,
BFLT-T, BOFF-D, SEL-CMR, LV-MOD, PRS-
TYP, DZ-DLY, LV-U-D, LV-D-D, T-BASE, IPU-
D, IPD-D, 1LS-D, 2LS-D, RLV-TY, RL-CNT,
RL-DIS, RL-UIS, RL-U-D, RL-D-D, ES-SLOW,
CRO-TTL
2012-05-12 G1230780EAE SG Cho - SYSTEM Group
Updated EN-SFR, FAN-TYP, HL-SET, LW-
TYP, DBL-OPT and added EN-SO
- OCSS Group
Updated DS-CCB, CAR-DIR and added PRK-
TYP, INL-TYP, NSL-TYP, CB-EXT, EN-CFS,
EN-JIS
- DOOR Group
Updated EN-CK and added DHB_TK-T, DS-
TKBUZ
- EMERG. Group
Updated EFS-TYP, EQO and added EFO-
DCMD, EQO-NT, EQO-DO, EEQF-TYP,
EEQF-T, EN-EOSBZ, EN-EQAR, EQAR-NT,
EQAR-O, EN-EQOR, EZ1-BOT, EZ1-TOP,
EZ1-UPST, EZ1-DNST, EN-AMEZ1
- SECURITY Group
Added BLC-TYP, BLC-T, BLC-DCB, ECB-
TYP, PET-TYP, PET-NT, PET-FANT
- TEST Group
Added DBG-MSK0, DBG-MSK1, DBG-MSK2,
DBG-MSK3, DBG-MSK4, DBG-MSK5, DBG-
MSK6, DBG-MSK7, DBG-REI, MON-FUNC,
TST-FUNC
- TIME Group
Updated TFA1-OP, TFA2-OP, TFA3-OP,
TFA4-OP
- REI Group (Created)
Added REI-TYP, TRG-TYP, TRGstrtH,
TRGstrtM, TRGstopH, TRGstopM, TRG-
DofM, TRG-DofW, TRG-WofM, Stuck-T,
DoErr-NT, DoErr2-P, DoErr2-T, DoErr3-P,
DoErr3-T, LevelErr, SpeedErr, EmgL-TYP,
EmgL-T, MrTemp-T
- SPEECH (Created)
Added SM-EMG, SM-EN_FL, SM-EN_DC,
SM-DC-T, SM-UP-T, SM-DN-T, SM-OD-T,
SM-CS-T, SM-OP-T, SM-RO-T1, SM-RO-T2,
SM-CCB-T, DCBZ-TYP, SM-DC_W, SM-
Software Basic Data

Berlin

EN_SA
- REMOTE (Created)
Added EqoAlarm, EqoClr-T, EqrTrg-T, EqrClr-
T, RfsEvU-T, RfsEvT-T, RfsEvC-T, RfsEv1Gr,
RfsEv1Id, RfsEvOp1, RfsEv2Gr, RfsEv2Id,
RfsEvOp2, RfsEv3Gr, RfsEv3Id
2012-08-14 G2230780EAE SG Cho Updated DHB-TYP, CB-EXT
2012-08-28 G2330780EAE SG Cho Updated TRG-TYP
Added INSL-TYP, REI-DRV
Deleted MrTemp-T
2012-09-18 G2430780EAE SG Cho Updated REM-TYP
2012-11-30 GAA30780EAF M. Hnida Added DEK-TYP.
2012-12-12 GAA30780EAF D. Cominelli Updated HDWPOS and PX2.1 descriptions
2012-12-03 GAA30780EAG M. Hnida Added CR-OPT, EN-CARIO, and CR-CHK-T.
2013-03-25 G1630780EAH S. Seelmann Added HPI-DEDL, HPI-DEDR, COP-COPY,
ESO-OP, CARD-SWP, HANN-NBR, HANN-
FLR, HANN-BLK, HANN-FL1 – HANN-FL4,
EN-NEFI, FPD-LINK, CCR-OP and SEC-
LINK, Updated CAR-DIR
2013-06-12 G2830780EAH A. Pfeffer Added MRO-DIR, DBG-SOC
2013-06-12 GAA30780EAH A. Pfeffer Improved descriptions for EN-BAK and
HDWPOS
2013-10-08 G2130780EAJ D. Cominelli Added parameter BzGong-T
2013-10-25 G2530780EAJ A. Pfeffer Added parameter REM-SSM
2013-10-28 G2730780EAJ A. Pfeffer Added parameter LVA-TYP
2013-11-23 G1430780EAK A. Pfeffer Added parameter DIS-ARO
2014-01-10 G1130780EAL M. Wilke Added parameter REM-PORT
2014-01-27 G1230780EAL A. Pfeffer Added parameter EN-ACCB
2014-02-10 G1530780EAL A. Pfeffer Added note for ES-TYP
2014-05-28 G7130780EAL M. Hnida Updated HWY-TYP
2014-05-02 G2230782GAA A. Pfeffer - EN-CRO: added IO-Numbers of inputs CRC
and CRSxx
- SEC-LINK: clarified description
- FPD-LINK: clarified description
- LW-TYP=2 clarified
- PKS-TYP: corrected description
2014-05-21 G2230782GAA SG Cho Added GNC-TYP, CNTY-TYP, OPEN-TYP
Updated CPI-JWL1~4, HPI_JWL1~4, FAN-
TYP, CR-OPT, EN-ADM, DAR-T, EN-AMEZ
(max. value), MON-FUNC, TST-FUNC
2014-09-04 GP330782GAA D. Cominelli Added NMS-TYP
2014-01-21 G1230780EAL M. Wilke Added parameter HOMELIFT
Software Basic Data

Berlin

2014-02-04 G1130780EAM M. Wilke Added HWY-TYP value 32 for GeN2Home
2014-04-25 G1130780EAM M. Wilke Increased DZ-TYP for GeN2Home
2014-11-10 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Added ARO-T
Added EMT-TYP xx3, x3x, x5x for Penthouse
2014-12-02 Gxx30782GAB A. Pfeffer Corrected order of parameters
CCR-OP, EN-HCRO
2014-12-04 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Renamed ARO-T to ARO-D
2014-12-09 G1730782GAB A. Pfeffer Modified description for EN-ZBS
2014-12-10 G1830782GAB A. Pfeffer Corrected default values for
RGEN-TYP, RGEN-LVL, EN-OTS, EN-PLS,
EN-1CL, EN-J, EZ1-TOP, EN-AMEZ1
2014-12-10 G1830782GAB A. Pfeffer Added FPD-RUN
Increased, EN-FPD, EN-CRT
2014-12-11 G1830782GAB D. Cominelli Added REM-PORT value 2, for Car CAN Bus
2014-12-12 G1830782GAB SG Cho - OCSS Group
Updated DS-DOB
Added PRK-OPT, PRK-NT1, PRK-NT2, PRK-
defVD, EN-BTI, BTI-P, PRKXDZ-T
- GROUP Group
Updated MIT-DOOR, MIT-NLB, DUPK-G
Added EN-JICA, MITdefVD, MIT-NT, MIT-
DIR, DUPK-CP, DUPK-OPT, MOT-TYP,
MOT-OPT, MOT-LD
- TIME Group
Updated MON-FUNC, TFAx-OP
Added TFAxDofM, RSLx-HI, RSLx-LO, RSLx-
SHR, RSLx-SMI, RSLx-SWE, RSLx-EHR,
RSLx-EMI, RSLx-EWE, DSI_SCH
2014-12-12 G1830782GAB A. Pfeffer Added CMPS-LNS
2014-12-18 G1930782GAB A. Pfeffer Added description of TRIC-TYP=0 (Smart
Charger for LVA Switch)
2015-01-30 G2330782GAB A. Pfeffer Added LVA-TYP=4
2015-01-30 G2330782GAB M. Ifland Modified FPD-RUN to show that some set-
tings are “not according to EN81-73”
2015-02-16 G2430782GAB A. Pfeffer Added EPS-TYP=x3x and EMT-TYP=x3x,
moved Penthouse to EMT-TYP=x5x
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM
No. Symbol Default Purpose and Range Since

0 TOP 2 Top position:
1 (1) 99
1 LOBBY 0 Lobby position:

Separate doortime LOB-NT can be used at the lobby.
0 (1) 99
2 BOTTOM 0 Bottom position:

0 (1) 98
3 CFT-P 255 Cafeteria Position:

Separate doortime CFT-NT can be used at the cafeteria
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
4 OPERAT 1 Operation FCL / DCL / SAPB:

0 FCL (Full Collective)
1 DCL (Down Collective)
2 SAPB (Single Automatic Push Button)
3 SAPB with Car Coming Light
4 FCL, delete both calls on arrival
5 FCL with single button for both directions
6 FCL with Car Priority Service (since DAG)
5 EN-BSM 0 Enable Basement mode for DCL

(two Hall Calls at lobby (Up and Down):
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
6 PI 4 Type of serial Position Indicator for 1 Link and Car Link:

0 7/16 Segment
1 Serial Multilight via RIB
2 7 Segment-PI and LM-PI via RIB
3 Brazilian 10-Segment
4 OTIS 2000: LCD and ELD
5 Australian Dot Matrix
(uses also IO 975, 976)
6 Australian Dot Matrix and Direction Indicator
7 Korean PI
(need to set CPI-JWL*; since DAB)
Note: If the board only supports 1 RSL link, this parameter defines
the type of all position indicators on all links.
If the board supports 3 RSL links, this parameter defines the Car
Position Indicator.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

7 PI-POS 0 Type of Position Info for PI BAA
0 Actual Floor
1 Next Commitable Floor
2 Falling Edge of DZ
3 Rising edge of DZ (since EAD)
8 PI-DIR 0 Type of Direction Info for PI

0 While moving, the Direction Indicator shows the actual direction.
When stopped, the next direction is shown.
1 When the moving direction will be reversed, the Direction Indicator
already shows the next direction while the car is still decelerating
9 PI-CTTL 0 Use Car TTL also as Position Indicator DAE

0 disable
1 enabled
10 PI-OPT 0 Vendor PI option

0 no option
1 returning to ground floor
2 overloaded
4 out of service
8 lift on firefighting service
Note: If more than one of the above options should be available then
you must add the appropriate numbers
(e.g. to select 1+4 you must program 5)
11 CPI-JWL1 0 Sign of CPI Jewel 1 for Korean PI: DAB

0 not used
1 Full Load
2 Inspection Mode
3 Emergency Fire Operation/Service (EFO/EFS)
4 Express Mode (EHS, EMT)
5 independent Service (ISC)
6 Noremal Mode (Auto)
7 Overload (OLD)
8 Shutdown
9 Shabat Mode (SHO; since GAA)
Note: For PI=7 only

Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

0 not used
1 Full Load
2 Inspection Mode
7 Overload (OLD)
8 Shutdown
Note: For PI=7 only

0 not used
1 Full Load
2 Inspection Mode
7 Overload (OLD)
8 Shutdown
Note: For PI=7 only

0 not used
1 Full Load
2 Inspection Mode
7 Overload (OLD)
8 Shutdown
Note: For PI=7 only

Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

15 HPI 4 Type of serial Position Indicator for Hall Link: BAA
0 7/16 Segment
7 Korean PI
Note: Only applicable if the board supports 3 RSL links
16 HPI-POS 0 Type of Position Info for HPI (also used for DEK): BAA
0 Actual Floor
17 HPI-OPT 0 Vendor HPI option BAA

0 no option
2 overloaded
4 out of service
18 HPI-JWL1 0 Sign of HPI Jewel 1 for Korean PI: DAB

0 not used
1 Full Load
2 Inspection Mode
7 Overload (OLD)
8 Shutdown
Note: For PI=7 only

Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

0 not used
1 Full Load
2 Inspection Mode
7 Overload (OLD)
8 Shutdown
Note: For PI=7 only

0 not used
1 Full Load
2 Inspection Mode
7 Overload (OLD)
8 Shutdown
Note: For PI=7 only

0 not used
1 Full Load
2 Inspection Mode
7 Overload (OLD)
8 Shutdown
Note: For PI=7 only
22 HPI-DEDL 0 HPI Destination Entry Display Left if Compass is active: EAH

0-9 to display 0 - 9
10-36 to display A - Z
23 HPI-DEDR 0 HPI Destination Entry Display Right if Compass is active: EAH

0-9 to display 0 - 9
10-36 to display A - Z
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

24 GPI 4 Type of serial Position Indicator for Group Link: BAA
0 7/16 Segment
7 Korean PI
Note: Only applicable if the board supports 3 RSL links
25 GPI-POS 0 Type of Position Info for GPI BAA

0 Actual Floor
26 GPI-OPT 0 Vendor GPI option BAA

0 no option
2 overloaded
4 out of service
27 ELD-fOPG 20 front door movement time: opening

Time the front door needs to open
0 (0.1) 10.0 s
0 = automatic (not yet implemented)
Note: CPI-11 only (PI=4)
28 ELD-fCLG 20 front door movement time: closing

Time the front door needs to close
0 (0.1) 10.0 s

Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

29 ELD-rOPG 20 rear door movement time: opening
Time the rear door needs to open
0 (0.1) 10.0 s
30 ELD-rCLG 20 rear door movement time: closing

Time the rear door needs to close
0 (0.1) 10.0 s
31 ELD-LNG 5 Set Language for ELD:

0 (1) 27
0 = SwiGer, 1 = SwiFra, 2 = SwiIta, 3 = France,
4 = Italy, 5 = UK, 6 = Spain, 7 = Netherlnd,
8 = Germany, 9 = Austria, 10 = Sweden, 11 = Luxem,
12 = Belgium, 13 = Portugal, 14 = Egypt, 15 = Denmark
16 = SthAfrica, 17 = Finland, 18 = Arabia, 19 = Kuweit,
20 = Moscow, 21 = StPetrbrg, 22 = not used, 23 = AGB,
24 = Hungary, 25 = Poland, 26 = Czech, 27 = UKB
32 ELD-Sym1 0 Enable Non-Smoking symbol:

0 No Symbol on ELD
1 NoSmoking symbol is displayed
33 ELD-DOOR 0 Select Type of Door Display:

0: 1 COP for 1 door or
2 COPs for 2 doors
(use dummy plug for rear ELD)
1: only 1 COP for 2 doors
34 ELD-MSG 0 Enables Customer Messages on ELD:

0 no customer messages are displayed
(existing customer messages will be deleted
at the next PowerOn)
1 customer messages are enabled
ELD must be reinitialized if the Position
Indicator Setup is changed
(use SETUP-ELD to define the texts)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

35 EN-SFR 0 Enable SFR (signal flicker):
Select that the outputs will blink (instead of being constantly illuminat-
ed) when activated:
0 Disabled
+1 Single Devices
BUZ, EQL, ERL, FDL, FSL, HEL, INLC,
NSLC, OLS, PFL, CRFL, EFOL, ARL
+2 Hall Lanterns
(since DAG)
+4 IL and HB when moving
(since EAD)
+8 Direction in the indicator when the car is moving
(since EAE)
36 LR-T 20 Light Relay time (IO 0026, PX2:1):

A parking car will switch off the car light after LR-T. The CPI-11 (ELD)
is also switched off after this time.
0 (1) 255 seconds if LR-MODE=0,1

0 (1) 255 minutes if LR-MODE=2,3
Note: LR-T is started after the car has become IDLE. As soon as LR-
T has expired the LR output is activated and the ELD (CPI-11) is
switched to Sleep-Mode.
37 LR-MODE 0 Fan / Light Relay mode option (IO 0026, PX2:1):

0 LR pulls after LR-T seconds
only when door closed (Light)
1 LR pulls after LR-T seconds
even if door is opened (Fan)
2 LR pulls after LR-T minutes
only when door closed (Light)
3 LR pulls after LR-T minutes
even if door is opened (Fan)
38 CLR-RUN 0 Continue Run with Failed Car Light (I/O 1000 CLR): DAB
0 do not start when car light is off
1 continue run even if car light is off
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

39 FAN-TYP 0 Type of Fan Control DAC
0 Pushbutton activates the fan for FAN-T seconds,
using I/O 1089 FANR
1 Uses I/O 1089 FANR to switch off the fan after LR-T and also
during EFO, EFS, PKS (independent from LR-T)
2 Uses I/O 1089 FANR to switch on the fan always
(for remote service) (since EAE)
3 Uses I/O 1089 FANR to switch off the fan always
(for remote service) (since EAE)
4 like 1, but turn off FANR to switch off the fan after LR-T during INS
(since GAA)
40 FAN-T 60 Fan Relay time BAA

Time for Car Fan to stay on after FAN Button has been operated
0 Fan is switched on or off each time the button is pushed
1 (1) 255 seconds
The FAN button is connected to any of the I/Os 1083 FAN, 1084
RFAN, 1085 HCFAN.
The FAN light is connected to any of the I/Os 1086 FANL, 1087
RFANL, 1088 HCFANL.
The FAN relay is connected to I/O 1089 FANR.
41 EN-HLC 0 Enable Hall Lanterns on car calls:

0 Hall lanterns will operate only on hall calls
1 Hall lanterns will operate on hall and car calls
2 like 0, but also during door closing if further demand exists
3 like 1, but also during door closing if further demand exists
+4 Advanced Hall Lantern (add 4 to the above values) - gong when
start stopping (instead of reach target landing)
(since BAA)
+8 delayed Hall Lantern (add 8 to the above values) - gong when
doors start opening
(since DAC)
42 HDL-TYP 0 Hall Direction/Lantern Type for

OTIS 2000 Hall Button Box (IOs 814ff, 846ff):
0 Direction Indicator
1 Hall Lantern
43 HL-SET 0 Hall Lantern/Gong Setup:

0 Lantern and Gong at same pins
1 Lantern and Gong at different pins (RS4A)
2 NAO Chime board
3 Compass ICA Lanterns (gong on different pins)
4 like 3, but no Gong (since EAE)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

44 BzGong-T 0 Buzzer-Gong Time: EAJ
Amount of time in units of 100 msec that the in-car buzzer should
sound when the doors begin opening to announce the arrival of the
car to passengers in the hall. The buzzer sounds once for the up
direction and twice for the down direction.
0 Disabled
0.1 (0.1) 2.0 s
45 CR-DIR 0 Correction Fast Run Preferred Direction:

0 Down
1 Up
46 CR-DO 0 Door opening after Correction Run

0 no door opens
1 only front door opens
2 only rear door opens
3 both front and rear door will open
note: After TCI/ERO the DO2000 needs a new initialization run. Nor-
mally the door is not opened after COR so that the init run is done
upon the first demand which is usually a hall call. Therefore the pas-
senger might wonder about the slow door movement.
With this parameter you can select that the door opens immediately
after completion of a correction run. The door movement for the first
demand will then be done with a normal door profile.
47 CR-OPT 0 Option for COR operation: EAG

+1 Enable rescue at the nearest door valid floor
+2 Enable door open at the secured floor
+4 Disable buzzer at the rescue floorduring door opened
+8 Installed APRS at door open disable position
(if not set, APRS at the dummy floor)
+16 Do not enter DCS when abnormal APRS detected
Note: When secure floor exist, prohibited to open door at the secured
floor and no additional PRS installed, rescue to the nearest floor will
be aborted.
48 DZCNT 1 Use DZ for SL counting (for Short Run): EAD

0 Disabled
(if SLU, SLD are present; e.g. LSVF-KEB)
1 Enabled
(without SLU, SLD signals)
Note: Only applicable for DRV-TYP ≥ 100

Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

49 EN-DZI 0 Enable Door Zone Indicator EAD
0 Disabled
P5:1 is LVC output
1 Enabled (only if no RLV and no ADO)
P5:1 is LVR output for DZI in ERO Box
Note: Only applicable for LCB_IIC
50 MD/AES 0 select use of MD input (P7:9, modernization only): EAD

0 not connected
1 MD: DCS-input for Multi Door
(manual plus automatic landing doors)
2 AES: ES-input if RSS or ESB is used
Note for MCS 220M:

The AES-input is necessary for ESB and RSS. See also parameter
"ES-TYP" in group "Emergency"
note: only applicable for LCB_IIC
51 CA-MOD 0 CARGO mode: EAD

0 no CARGO mode
1 CARGO 2000 (MCS120, MCS220)
(uses DZ at P1:6, LV at P1:11)
See also LV-MOD

52 C-CHK 0 Enable C-Circuit Check: EAD

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
53 ERO-TYP 0 Define ERO type

0 without limit
1 car stops at terminal landings
(same as TCI-limit)
Note: Not applicable for DRV-TYP=1

Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

54 REM-TYP 2 Type of installed REM
Non-REM6 types:
0 REM-5 (LCB_IIC: REM-2, REM-3, REM-SL)
1 REM-G
2 REM-5 (same as REM-TYP=0, if not LCB_IIC)
3 REM-5 for ACG (DW mapped to DO signal) (since DAB)
4 GW1 or REM-5 with new OOS reason (since DAB)
5 as 4, but for ACG (since DAB)
REM6 types:
6 GW2/OAD+ connected to SVT SIO via RS/CAN Converter
(since DAD)
7 GW2/OAD+ connected to Group/Diagnostics CAN bus
(since DAD)
8 GW2/OAD+ connected to Car CAN bus (no group bus OAD
message routing)
(since DAD)
9 REM5+ (Diagnostics+ with Legacy RMH HW but new RMH SW)
(since EAE)
10 OAD+ connected to Car CAN bus for LVA (with group bus OAD
message routing)
(since EAH)
Note: REM-TYP=2 has been added for compatibility with similar soft-
ware baselines. In this baseline REM-TYP=0 and REM-TYP=2 are the
same.
When REM-TYP=6 is changed, the power must be switched off and

on (not for LCB_IIC).
55 REM-ID 1 ID of the REM DAF

The car ID on the GW2/OAD+ diagnostic bus. Must be a separate
parameter from GRP-NO, because two Simplex systems might share
one diagnostics bus.
1 (1) 12
56 REM-SSM 0 The type of OAD+ supported speech to be used EAJ

0 none
1 legacy speech
2 SSM4-style speech
Only applicable to REM6 REM-TYPs.
57 REM-PORT 0 The communication port used for REM5 REM-TYPs
0 SVT Port EAL

1 Debug Port EAL
2 Car CAN Bus GAB
Only applicable to REM-TYP 0 – 5

Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

58 NMS-TYP 0 The type of NMS. GP3_
GAA
0 Unit is connected to NMS Version 4.3 or later (GECB SCN 30780
or 30782 is reported correctly to NMS for computing cores
GECB_V1 and GECB_V2 systems, respectively)
1 Unit is connected to NMS Version 4.2 or earlier (GECB SCN

30780 is always reported to NMS, regardless of whether the
computing core is GECB_V1 or GECB_V2)
Only applicable to REM6 REM-TYPs
59 CPC-TYP 0 Select use of CPC outputs:

0 car position contact
The output at a landing is switched on if the
car is at that landing
(even if the car is moving)
1 car here light
(only if the car has stopped)
2 french SSM
3 Arrival Hall Lantern (AHL-2)
(only if this landing is the target landing)
60 DFCR-DEL 0 Delay for DFC-Relay
0 disabled
1 (1) 255 s delay for which DFCR output is kept active
after DFC input has been opened
Note: For Module BDC

Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

61 LW-TYP 0 Load Weighing Type BAA
0 External via CAN (drive or LWB2 in the car)
1 External via CAN (drive with Dinacell on the hitch)
2 Discrete via RSL inputs in the car
For CAN Drives (DRV-TYP<100)
Uses IO 0005 LWO, IO0007 LWX, IO 0006 LNS,
IO1043 LW30, IO1044 LW50,
3 Same as LW-TYP=1 (external via CAN (hitch))
but ANSL by Load from LWB is added
4 Discrete inputs for DRV-TYP=201 (Solenoid Valve)
(only for LCB_IIC: LNS-M=P1:8, OLD-M=P1:7)
5 Discrete via Car RSL inputs for DRV-TYP≥100 (none CAN drives)
(LNS-C = IO 0006, OLD-C = IO 0005)
6 Discrete via M. RSL inputs for DRV-TYP≥100 (none CAN drives)
(LNS-M = IO 0721, OLD-M = IO 0722)
253 disable OLD only if load (%) < 125 % (since EAE)
254 permanent OLD active
255 disabled (OLD disabled for code tests)
Note: The RSL LoadWeighing cannot detect 125 % for LW-TYP=253.
62 PX2.1 0 Select use of PX2.1 output BAA

0 LR light relay (like I/O 0026)
1 UD trip counter (like I/O 805)
2 ETSD (2-relays) for 4m/s speed check (IO 576/577) (since DAC)
3 ETSD (1-relay) for 4m/s speed check (IO 1154)
4 ET_S1 output for 1-step Reed switch ETSD (IO 1257-1260)
(since EAC)
5 ET_S1 output for 2-step Reed switch ETSD (IO 1257-1264)
(since EAC)
6 Auxiliary LVC output for CAUS1
(since EAC)
Only for GECB-EN, not for GECB_II
63 PX2.2 0 Select use of PX2:2 output: EAC

0 DFCR output (feature BDC)
1 ET_S3 output for 2-step Reed switch ETSD
(I/Os 1257-1264)
Only for GECB-EN, not for GECB_II
64 TRIC-TYP 0 Type of Trip Counter DAG

0 Relay Wearout
Smart Charger for “LVA Switch” (since GAB/EAN)
Counts all runs including RLV, ERO, TCI
1 Normal Runs
Counts only Normal Runs including COR
IO: 0805 UD
Discrete output P_SP2.4 (GCS222LVA)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

65 HWY-TYP 0 Hoistway Type: DAB
0 normal
1 Low Overhead
2 Shallow Pit
3 Low Overhead and Shallow Pit (1+2)
4 Low Pit with APS only
(since EAC)
8 Low Pit with RAPS only
(since EAC)
12 Low Pit with both APS and RAPS (4+8)
(since EAC)
28 Low Pit with both APS and RAPS and pit access from both front
and rear door in landings BOTTOM and BOTTOM+1 (4+8+16), order
parameters KSMF and KSMR
(since GP3EAL)
32 Low Pit for GeN2Home (without APS/RAPS)
66 DBL-OPT 0 Door Button Lamp Control (DOBL/DCBL): DAB

0 No DOBL/DCBL
1 Button response
(Lamp on when button pressed)
2 not used
3 Button response and blinking
(Lamp on when button pressed, blinking when available)
4 not used
5 button response and latch (latch: lamp on when button momentary
pressed) (since EAE)
Note: I/Os 1108 DOBL, 1109 DCBL, 1110 RDOBL, 1111 RDCBL,
1168 WDOBL, 1169 WDCBL, 1172 RWDOBL, 1173 RWDCBL
67 UCM-TYP 0 Type of Protection against Unintended Car Movement DAC

Detection of Unintended Car Movement
0 disabled
1 UCM for Korea
2 UCM for Japan/JIS
3 UCM for EN81 (since EAA)
4 UCM for EN81 with UCM-Board (since EAF)
Note: UCM-TYP=3 requires "UCM-EN ON/OFF"=1 in the Drive.
68 BAT-CHRG 0 Battery Charge Mode DAD

0 not during run (for small transformer configurations)
1 always (for normal transformer configurations)
69 EN-CARIO 0 Enable Car I/O Board: EAG

0 No TOCB/CSPB/COPG3
+1 CARIO supports LV signals (TOCB, CSPB)
+2 CARIO supports LS signals (TOCB, CSPB)
+4 CARIO includes RSL Master (TOCB, CSPB)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

70 EN-OARO 0 Enable Optimized ARO EAC
0 Abort ARO in LS zone when position invalid
1 Permit ARO in LS zone when position invalid
71 DIS-ARO 0 Disable ARO EAK

0 ARO is enabled
1 ARO is disabled. For controllers which do not support this option.
72 ARO-D 0 Delay ARO GAB

In case of power fail ARO can be delayed for the specified time. EAN
0 (1) 255 s
73 DIS-CAN 0 Disable CAN Ports EAD
0 all CAN ports enabled
1 car CAN port disabled
2 group CAN port disabled
3 car & group CAN ports disabled
note: changes effects only after software restart
74 EN-SO 0 Enable SO signal: EAE

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
75 BatRun-T 12 Battery Run Time EAF

Max. time to continue with normal elevator operation out of the
batteries during blackout to make sure that RMH is powered for at
least 1 h after the last run has finished.
10 (10) 2550 min
76 COP-COPY 0 COP Copy Option: EAH

0 main COP for front door / aux COP for rear door only
1 main and aux COP for front or rear door if only one opening
77 EN-ACCB 0 Enable Audible Car Call Button EAL

0 No Audible Car Call Button
1 The buzzer of the COPG will sound when a Car Call Button
is pushed.
Note: Only applicable for GCS222LVA

Software Basic Data

Berlin
1. SYSTEM

78 LVA-TYP 0 Type of LVA Controller GP1
0 “Basic”, with LVPB, e.g. UD401 / UD402 / UD403 EAH
1 “Switch”, with LVPB, LVD
2 “Extended” with LVPB+BCB_II, e.g. LCRD404 / LCRD406
(since EAJ)
3 “Extended” with LVPB+LVPB, e.g. UD402 / UD403
(since EAJ)
4 “Extended” with LVPB+ BCB_II, e.g. UD404
(since GAB)
Note: Only applicable for GCS222LVA with GECB_LV
79 HOMELIFT 1 Type of Homelift EAM

1 Car Button with constant pressure, Hall Button automatic
2 Car Button and Hall Button Automatic
3 Car Button and Hall Button Automatic, BUS door
80 GNC-TYP 0 Type of Gong and Chime GAA
0 Default
1 Gong and Chime is energized when in car deceleration
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

0 CPR-T 20 Car Call Preference:
This is the duration for which car calls have priority over hall calls after
the doors are opened. This is usable e.g. for Single Automatic Push
Button (SAPB) and Down Collective operation (DCL).
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
1 ARD-P 255 Automatic Return Device Position:

If no further calls are pending, the car will return to this floor after
ARD-T has expired.
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
2 ARD-T 0 Set Delay for ARD (Automatic Return Device) mode:

0 (10) 2550 s
3 ARBL-T 0 Delay for Automatic Return To Bottom Landing

ARBL means that the car moves to the lowest landing after a se-
lectable period of time. This Park Run is performed even for special
OCSS modes as e.g. ISC or ATT.
It also allows lobby parking (ARD-T) in presence of basement floors
without defeating code requirements.
0 (10) 2540 s
255 disabled
Note:
This parameter must be larger than ARD-T to take effect.
4 ARBL-PRK 0 ARBL park option

0 stay at bottom after ARBL has been
performed
1 return to previous park landing after ARBL
has been performed
5 PKS-P 255 Parking Service Position:

The car moves to this landing if PKS is operated. After opening and
closing of the door the car is shut down with DOB enabled.
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

6 PKS-TYP 0 Parking Shutoff Type:
0 After serving all pending car calls, car will
return to PKS position and shutdown
after PKS-T seconds
1 Car will directly return to PKS position and shutdown
after PKS-T seconds with doors opened, but can be switched
to ISC until car has shutdown at PKS position.
2 Like 0, but car will shut down with door open
7 PKS-T 0 Parking Shutoff Time:

Time after which the car is shut down at PKS-P
0 (1) 255 s
8 PKS-DO 0 PKS default door:

0 Both doors will open at PKS-P
9 PKS-OPT 0 PKS Option DAG

0 Position Indicator stays on
1 Position Indicator is switched off
10 EN-SHB 0 Enable Separate Hall Buttons:

0 Normal HB-operation
1 Rear HB as Separate Riser
Note: only available for elevators without any rear door
11 EN-EXT 0 Enable Extended Calls AAB

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Note: only available if "SEL-COMP≥3" (Ring ICD 4.2)
12 DCP-T 50 Time until DCP-mode (delayed car protection):

When door is kept open longer than DCP-T, the car will be taken out
of group operation. Hall calls assigned to this car will be re-
dispatched. If enabled by EN-NDG, the door will start to nudge.
25 (1) 254 s
255 Disabled (since DAF)
13 CTL-DO 0 CTL default door (car to any landing):

0 Both doors will open at CTL-P
1 Only front door opens at CTL-P
2 Only rear door opens at CTL-P
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

14 CTL-P 255 CTL (Car To Any Landing) position:
The car moves to this landing if CTL input is activated.
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
15 CTL-TYP 0 CTL Type of Operation: BAA

0 Standard Operation
1 Shutdown of car via ISS (IO 0004)
16 ANS 0 ANS (Anti Nuisance Service):

0 Disabled
>0 Number of calls required to cancel all calls
if car is loaded with ANS load (input: LWX)
17 OLD-TYP 0 Type of Overload handling

0 OLD-1 (car calls are deleted)
1 OLD-2 (car calls are remembered)
18 ANS(kg) 100 upper limit for Anti Nuisance ANS: BAA

30 (1) 250 kg
Note: Only for LW-TYP = 1 and 3
19 PEAK(%) 50 Lower Limit for PEAK Load: BAA

30 (1) 70 %
20 LNS(%) 80 Lower Limit for LNS load BAA

50 (1) 95 %
21 OLD(%) 110 Lower Limit for OLD load BAA

100 (1) 110 %
22 ATT 0 ATT (Attendant Service) type:

0 Press DCB or RDCB until the door is fully closed
1 Press ATTU or ATTD until the door is fully closed
2 Like 0, but the door may also be closed without any demand
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

23 ISC 0 Independent Service:
0 Start on constant pressure of CCB
1 Start on constant pressure of DCB/RDCB
2 Start on ISD/ISU
3 as CHCS,
Start on constant pressure of DCB/RDCB
4 Start on momentary pressure of CCB
24 ISPS-TYP 0 Independent Service Park Switch (IO 638)

0 car calls allowed when ISPS active
1 no car calls allowed when ISPS active
25 ISC-T 0 Independent Service Close Timeout

When Fire Proof Doors are installed it is not allowed to park with
doors opened. This parameter sets a maximum duration after which
the door is closed in ISC.
0 (1) 30 s max door open time when FPD is installed
26 SPEECH 0 Speech Mode:

0 Floor message on CC only
1 Floor message also on HC
27 CPMT-D 0 Car Position Message Trigger for Vendor type SSM

0 (0.1) 25.5 sec
28 DCMT-A 0 Door Close Message Trigger for Vendor type SSM

0 (0.1) 25.5 sec
29 DOMT-O 0 Door Open Message Trigger Option for Vendor type SSM
0 trigger on opening and reopen
1 trigger on opening only
30 HANDIC-D 0 Handicapped Speech Message Delay AAB

Handicapped Message is announced x sec after door is completely
opened.
0 (1) 15 sec
31 HANDIC-R 1 Handicapped Speech Message Repeat Rate AAB

Handicapped Message is repeated every x sec.
1 (1) 15 sec
32 GW-VOI-D 0 GW2: Voice Delay for Opening DAF
0 (1) 25.5 sec

Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

33 DOC 0 Door Reopen Count:
Number of times the car will reopen the doors if a hall call is entered
while the door is closing. If that limit is exceeded, the door will contin-
ue to close and the car starts
0 No limit
1 Disabled
2 (1) 253 Number of allowed door reopenings
254 HB works as DOB (HB-DOB)
255 No limit
34 DS-CCB 0 Disable CCs behind moving car:

The entry of car calls into the opposite direction can be disabled.
0 CCs behind allowed
1 CCs behind not allowed
2 CCs behind allowed but canceled when direction reversed
(Commonly used in Asian market)
Note: DS-CCB=1 is not compatible with CAR-DIR=1.
35 DS-DOB 0 Disable DOB button:

0 DOB/RDOB always enabled
1 DOB disabled if door closed
2 RDOB disabled if door closed
3 Both disabled if door closed
+4 DOB/RDOB disabled if the floor is not service floor for car call or GAB
hall call
36 EN-RB 0 Enable car call Reset Button (IO 627, 725)

1 enabled in ATT mode
2 enabled in CHC mode
4 enabled in EFS mode
8 enabled in ISC mode
note: if more than one of the above options should be available then
37 DHB-TYP 0 Enable DoorHoldButton for CARGO 2000 (IOs 620,628)

DHB doortime can be canceled by...
0 press DCB or any CCB
(in this case the DHB-T is a 1-sec-timer
+1 press DCB or any CCB, or press DHB again
(in this case the DHB-T is a 10-sec-timer!)
+2 delete car calls when in DHB (since DAJ)
+4 keep hall calls when in DHB (since DAJ)
+8 keep car direction when in DHB with forward car calls (since EAE)
38 FIX-PRK 0 Enable Fixed Zone Parking: BAA

0 (1) 8 Number of Fixed Zones
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

39 FIX-MASK 255 Enable Fixed Zone Parking: BAA
1 Bit for each zone where the car is allowed to park in
40 PRK-TYP 0 Alternative Simplex Parking Type: EAE

0 If PCLKx is operated, the car will park at PARK-x immediately.
(If all PCLKx inputs OFF, the car parks at ARD-P.)
1 If PCLKx is operated, the car will park at PARK-x after ARD-T is
expired.
(If all PCLKx inputs OFF, no parking run.)
Note: Simplex only
41 PRK-OPT 0 Option for PRK at specified: GAB

+1 Door time & direction control of car waiting at lobby during MIT
+2 Door time & direction control of car waiting at lobby during Normal
+4 Door open of car parked at non lobby
+8 Park when just 1 car in group
+16 Rear door open at lobby
+32 Disable DCB at lobby during MIT
42 PRK-NT1 12 PRK door open time at lobby during non-MIT: GAB

If selected to open door at lobby after parked…
0 disable door open
1 ~ 254 * 5 sec door open for defined second
255 Unlimited door open
43 PRK-NT2 3 PRK door open time at non-lobby during non-MIT: GAB

0 disable door open
44 PRKdefVD 5 PRK Constant Interval Dispatch: GAB

An assigned car at lobby will leave the lobby after VD sec since call
assigned.
VD is acceptable when 0 < VD <= maxVD
0 disable defined VD
1 (1) 60 s
45 PARK-1 255 Park Clock Position 1:

Simplex: If PCLKx is operated, the car will park at PARK-x instead of
ARD-P.
PCLK1 has highest, PCLK8 has lowest priority.
Group: Bottom position of the Fixed Parking Zone x.
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

46 PARK-1 T 255 Park Zone 1 Top position (group only): BAA
Top position of the Fixed Parking Zone x.
0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled

0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only

0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled

0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only

0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled

0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only

0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled

0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only

0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled

0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only

0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only

0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled

0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
Note: Simplex only

0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled
61 CBP-POS 255 Enable Car Button Protection BAA

0(1)99
> 99 disabled
Uses I/Os 1058 CARFBK1 and 1059 CARTST1
62 CBP-DO 1 Door to open in CBP mode BAA

0 both doors to open
1 front door to open
2 rear door to open
63 SHO-POS 0 Shabat Operation Starting Position BAA

0(1)99 car moves to this position before starting SHO
>100 SHO disabled
64 SHO-PI 0 Enable Position Indicator during Shabat Operation BAA

0 PI is enabled
1 PI is switched off
65 SHO/WCO 0 Use 4th Allowed Mask for SHO/WCO BAA

0 serve all landings in SHO/WCO
1 use 4th Allowed Mask
66 EN-HCC 0 Enable Hall Call Cancel by Hall Button: DAB

0 Disable Hall Call Cancel
1 Push Hall Button once to cancel an existing hall call
2 Push Hall Button twice to cancel an existing hall call
67 HBDOB-T 10 Hall Button DOB Delay DAG

Delay in seconds until a pushed Hall Button is detected as "stuck" and
HBDOB function is canceled.
10 (1) 255 seconds
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

68 INL-TYP 0 Independent Light Type: EAE
0 INLH light up during ISC
+1 INLH light up during WCS, EHS, EMT
Note: I/O 597 INLH
69 NSL-TYP 0 Non Stop Lamp Type: EAE

0 NSLC light up during ATT
NSLH light up during LNS
+1 NSLH light up during WCS, EHS, EMT
Note: I/O 595 NSLC, 741 NSLH
70 INSL-TYP 0 Inspection Lamp Type: EAE

0 INSLH light up during BTI
+1 INSLH light up during all of REI
Note: I/O 1204 INSLH
71 CB-EXT 0 Simultaneous registration/cancellation for standard/extended car EAE

call:
0 Registration - registered separately
Cancellation - canceled separately (with EN-CK=4~6)
1 Registration - standard is registered only when standard car call is
pressed
both are registered when extended car call is
pressed
Cancellation - standard is canceled only when standard car call is
pressed
both are canceled when extended car call is
pressed
2 Registration - both are registered (with EN-CK=4~6)
Note: CB-EXT=2 is available with EN-CK=4,5,6.
72 EN-CFS 0 Enable Car Failure Signal: EAE

CFS output is active when some car faults are detected
0 CFS not allowed
1 CFS allowed
73 EN-JIS 0 Enable Japan Local Area Code: EAE

0 Disabled
1 JIS basic
2 Nagoya-city specification
3 Osaka-city specification
4 North Nagoya-city specification
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

74 RGEN-TYP 1 Type of regenerative status display EAC
0 Disabled
1 Direct port control
(Level 3 => turn on RGEN_D3)
2 Decoded level bit control
(Level 3 => turn on RGEN_D1 & D2)
Regenerative status display is used to display how much energy sav-

ing is on thru regenerative operation. RSL IO 1238(RGEN_D1) ~
1246(RGEN_D9) used to display regenerative status.
75 RGEN-LVL 1 Level count of regenerative status display EAC

0 Disabled
1-100 level count to be converted from regen status (0 to 100%)
There was 0 to 100% regenerative status and regenerative status

shall be graded to value from 0 to level count and level range means
range between grades.
For example, graded regenerative level shall be 1 for all regenerative
status when RGEN_LVL = 1. Graded regenerative level shall be 1 for
less than 50%, 2 for equal or higher than 50% regenerative status
when RGEN_LVL = 2.
76 EN-BTI 0 Enable Brake Torque Inspection for Self-BTI: GAB

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
77 BTI-P 1 BTI Position for Self-BTI: GAB

0 (1) 99
> 99 Top position
78 CAR-DIR 0 Car direction for the last car call service without hall call EAC
0 Disabled
(The car direction is reversed when the car arrived in a landing
for the last car call service without hall calls)
1 Enabled
(The car direction is not reversed when the car arrived in a landing
2 Reset (since EAH)
(The car direction is cleared when the car arrived in a landing
Note: CAR-DIR=1 is not compatible with DS-CCB=1.
79 ESO-OP 0 Energy Saving Operation Option for Compass: EAH

0 disabled
1 Blank CPI/HPI in ESO
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2. OCSS

80 CARD-SWP 0 Card Swipe Message Delay for SSM4 and Compass: EAH
0 - 20 seconds
81 HANN-NBR 0 Number of installed Hall Annunciators: EAH

0 no Hall Annunciator installed
1 - 4 Hall Annunciators installed
82 HANN-FLR 0 Number of Floors to be displayed on Hall Annunciator: EAH

0 - 100 Floors to be displayed
Maximum number of floors = 100 divided by HANN-NBR
83 HANN-BLK 0 Blinking Hall Annunciator: EAH

0 disabled
1 enabled
st
84 HANN-FL1 0 Floor where 1 Hall Annunciator is located:
0 - 99 front opening
100 - 199 rear opening
85 HANN-FL2 0 Floor where 2nd Hall Annunciator is located: EAH

86 HANN-FL3 0 Floor where 3rd Hall Annunciator is located: EAH

87 HANN-FL4 0 Floor where 4th Hall Annunciator is located: EAH

88 EN-NEFI 0 Enable NEFI (Normal/EHS/EFS/ISC) Mask: EAH

0 disabled
th
1 enable 6 allowed mask, which determines which openings are
allowed depending on Op-Mode
89 CNTY-TYP 0 Country Type: GAA

0 Default
1 Korea
90 PRKXDZ-T 0 Park outside DZ time: GAB

0 Disabled
1 - 40 time in minutes in IDL, after the park run starts
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3. GROUP

0 GRP-NO 1 Car identifier in group:
1 (1) 8
1 GROUP 1 Number of cars in group:

1 (1) 8
2 EN-JICA 0 Enable Japan GCSS(JICA): GAB

0 disabled
1 enabled
3 CNL 1 Cars parking in Lobby:

0 group parking disabled
1 (1) 8 number of cars parking in lobby
Note: Set CNL=0 to avoid parking at the lobby
4 CNL-MIN 1 Minimum Cars available to park CNL cars in Lobby: BAA

0 (1) 8 number of cars which must be available in the group to enable
CNL.
5 LOB-D 0 Delay type for Lobby Park run BAA

0 no delay at all
1 other car in NOR is going to Lobby
6 PRK-T 0 Delay for Park run: BAA

0 (0.1) 25.5 seconds delay before parking
7 PRK-SEC 0 Secured parking: BAA

0 parking always allowed
1 do not park on floor where hall calls are disabled
8 PRK-INT 0 Interval for park optimization: BAA

0 (1) 255 minutes
9 RSR-RSP 0 Rated Speed Penalty for RSR-Dispatcher

0 (1) 8
Use this parameter to adapt the Dispatcher algorithm for the slower
car in the group. The parameters for the fast cars should be set to
zero.
Calculate the parameter using the following formula:
RSR-RSP = (speed(fast unit) / speed(slow unit)) * 4 - 4
example:
This unit moves 1.2 m/s, the others move 1.6 m/s:
(1.6 / 1.2) 4 - 4 = 1.3 --> set RSR-RSP=1 for this unit.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3. GROUP

10 HC-PASS 0 Disable Hall Call Passing
0 Normal hall call dispatching every second
1 Redispatch all hall calls at the next landing
which are assigned to a different car.
11 MIT-TYP 0 MIT (Moderate Incoming Traffic) Type BAA

0 MIT disabled
1 Traffic Induced
2 Clock induced (I/O 734 UPC)
12 MIT-ST 0 MIT (Moderate incomming traffic) Start Time:

If, within MIT-ST seconds, two cars leave the lobby with LNS load,
then MIT is initiated.
0 (1) 255 s
13 MIT-T 0 MIT Time-Out:

If, within MIT-T seconds, no car leaves the lobby with LNS load, then
MIT is suspended.
0 (1) 255 s
14 MIT-LD 70 MIT car load to trigger MIT BAA

in percent of rated car load.
0 (1) 127%
15 MITdefVD 5 MIT Constant Interval Dispatch: GAB

An assigned car at lobby will leave the lobby after VD sec since call
assigned.
VD is acceptable when 0 < VD <= maxVD
0 disable defined VD
1 (1) 60 s
16 MITminVD 7 Minimum value for MIT Variable Interval Dispatch: BAA

An assigned car at the lobby will leave the lobby if calls are pending
and VID is expired or if it becomes loaded up to LNS load.
The VID equals the average round trip time for the last three cars
divided by the number of cars at the lobby. VID is always kept within
the limits MITminVD and MITmaxVD.
In ideal conditions this will result in cars arriving at the lobby as they
are needed
7 (1) 60 s
17 MITmaxVD 30 Maximum value for MIT Variable Interval Dispatch: BAA

7 (1) 60 s
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3. GROUP

18 MIT-DOOR 0 MIT Default Door
If an unselected car is waiting at the lobby
0 wait with opened door for all cars at lobby
1 wait with closed door except for 1st and 2nd selected cars
2 wait with closed door except for 1st selected cars GAB
Note: PRK-OPT can be used for door and direction control
19 MIT-NT 36 MIT door open time at lobby: GAB

If selected to open door at lobby
0 Disable door open
20 MIT-DIR 1 MIT direction display at lobby: GAB

If selected to open door at lobby
0 NO direction display
1 UP direction display
2 DN direction display
21 MIT-NLB 0 MIT “No Lobby Bypass” and other options:

+1 MIT-NLB: Bypass hall calls if no car is at the lobby
+2 2nd priority car selection GAB
+4 Flash 1st priority car GAB
+8 Flash 2nd priority car GAB
22 DUPK-P 255 Dual Up Peak Border Position:

The elevator group is split into two subgroups if the DUPK input is
operated. The selected landing DUPK-P divides the groups.
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
23 DUPK-G 0 Dual Up Peak Group:

+1 Car1 shares group with own car
+2 Car2 shares group with own car
+4 Car3 shares group with own car GAB
Note: Limitedly used with Japan GCSS group including car 1 served
at low zone
24 DUPK-CP 255 Dual Up Peak common service floor: GAB

When DUP is active, floor under DUPK-CP is independently served
by subgroup 1 & 2
1 (1) 99 Set DUP common service floor
> 99 Disabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3. GROUP

25 DUPK-OPT 0 Dual Up Peak option: GAB
+1 No change in the service of extended call
26 MOT-TYP 0 Option to manage MOT operation (Moderate Outgoing traffic) GAB

Time-Out:
0 Standard type (trigger MOT with DPC active and LNS detected)
1 trigger MOT with DPC active and MOT-LD detected
2 trigger MOT with DPC active
27 MOT-OPT 0 Option to manage MOT operation (Moderate Outgoing traffic) GAB

Time-Out:
+1 no cars park at the lobby floor
28 MOT-T 0 MOT (Moderate Outgoing traffic) Time-Out:

If, within MOT-T seconds, two cars with LNS load arrive at the lobby,
then MOT is initiated.
If then no car arrives at lobby with LNS load within the same time
interval again, the MOT operation is suspended.
0 (1) 255 s
29 MOT-LD 4 MOT car load to trigger MOT: GAB

0 0% Load
1 10% Load
2 30% Load
3 50% Load (PEAK)
4 80% Load (LNS)
30 EN-UCB 0 Enable Up Call Bypass during MOT:

0 Car responds to both up and down hall calls
1 Car responds only to down hall calls
31 TFS-P 255 Transfer Floor Position:

If a group is split into low and high rise subgroups, this is the position
where passengers transfer between these subgroups.
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
32 EN-ZBS 0 Enable separate basement zone:

0 No free car parks in basement zone
1 A free car parks in basement zone, if IO1080 BPZS is active
33 MIN-ZBS 0 Minimum # of available cars to have Separate Basement Zone: BAA

0 No free car parks in basement zone
1 - 8 A free car parks in basement zone if enough cars are available
34 ELZ-POS 0 Expanded Lobby Zone Position: BAA

0 (1) 99 enabled
> 99 disabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3. GROUP

35 SEL-COMP 0 Select Compatible Communication
0 MCS120 / 220 / 220M / Gen2 / Gen2-C
(max. 3-car-group - Ring ICD 3.3)
1 MCS310 with G44 software
Requires RNG-BAUD=0
2 MCS310 with G57 software
Requires RNG-BAUD=0
3 Gen2-C / Gen2-CX / Gen2-R
Not compatible to MCS321, MCS411!
GCS222MMR / Compass
(max. 8-car-group - Ring ICD 5.1 or higher)
Not compatible to MCS321, MCS411!
Note: This parameter takes effect after next Power-On
36 RNG-BAUD 0 Baudrate for Ring Communication

0 9600 baud
1 19200 baud (Not for SEL-COMP=1, 2)
37 L-PARK 0 Lobby Park Option

A second car moves into lobby when the car which parks at lobby...
0 receives a demand
1 leaves the lobby
Note: only for SEL-COMP=1,2
38 PRKDST 0 Minimum Distance to park target to do park run

A park run is only performed if the distance to the destination floor is
greater than the number given by this parameter.
0 (1) 99
39 EN-GSS 0 Group Successive Starting

If a building has limited emergency power supply it must be ensured
that multiple cars do not start simultanously. Groups use the Ring
Communication while simplex cars use remote I/Os to lock each oth-
er:
If the GSSI input is active the car does not start. If the GSSI input is
inactive the car sets its GSSO output (which is connected to the other
cars GSSI input) for the duration MG-DEL and starts.
0 disabled
1 GSS triggered by remote I/Os GSSI (972),
GSSO (973) for multiple simplex cars
2 GSS triggered by serial group
communication
Note: during EPO only

Software Basic Data

Berlin
3. GROUP

40 MG-DEL 0 Motor Generator Delay for GSS
0 (1) 255 s
note: this delay depends on the duration of the acceleration phase
Note: during EPO only
41 DEST-DE 0 Destination Entry Settings: AAB

1 Compass Destination Entry Devices enabled (0 for DEK)
2 Annunciator installed
4 COP visible
8 Passenger Transfer Type (0: LRD, 1: DOL)
16 not used
32 Override GECB COP Disable (since DAE)
64 Remove Car Calls for Split Group (since DAB, moved in DAE)
42 GCB-EN 0 enable Group Control Board for Compass AAB

0 not installed
8 GCB installed
else not installed
0 (1) 8
43 CMPS-LNS 0 LNS Hall Call Bypass for Compass GAB/

0 If in LNS mode, Compass will only assign hall calls behind the EAN
next car call. Anyhow, if the car does not leave LNS at that next
car call, further hall calls will be answered.
1 If in LNS mode, the car bypasses hall calls even if assigned by
Compass.
44 DEK-TYP 0 Destination Entry Keypad Type: EAF

0 No DEK or simplex DEK with legacy RSL interface
1 DEK with encoded RSL interface
2 DEK with CAN interface
45 HBP-POS 255 Position for Hall Button Protection AAB

0 (1) 99
> 99 disabled
46 HBP-DO 0 door to open in HBP Mode AAB

0 both doors to open
1 front door to open
2 rear door to open
47 ADF-POS1 255 Alternate Dispatch Floor 1 BAA

Floor which will be used as lobby if ADFK1 is activated
0 (1) 99
> 99 disabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3. GROUP

0 (1) 99
> 99 disabled

0 (1) 99
> 99 disabled
50 SGO-M1 0 Split Group Mask 1 BAA

SGO-M1 is activated by the I/O 1065 SGOK1.
This is a bitmask, which defines which car belongs to the same sub-
group.
1 Car shares group with A
2 Car shares group with B
4 Car shares group with C
8 Car shares group with D
16 Car shares group with E
32 Car shares group with F
64 Car shares group with G
128 Car shares group with H
Add the above values to define the subgroup.
Example: If a car belongs to the subgroup A+B+C, then this parame-

ter must be set to 7 (1+2+4) on these three cars.

See SGO-M1 for an explanation of this bitmask.





Software Basic Data

Berlin
4. DRIVE

0 DRV-TYP 0 Drive Type:
CAN Drive-Types
0 CAN ICD 1
Required for MCB3, MCB3x
1 CAN ICD ≥ 10
Supported by GDCB (ReGen), DCPB (Ultra)
Required for ABL (e.g. GCS222MMR)
Required for "Installation without OFT" (e.g. GCS222MRL)
Required for UCM1 (UCM-EN81)
2 CAN ICD ≥ 10
MCS220EVO (Lafert Evolux Drive)
3 CAN ICD ≥ 10
MCS220BPE (Otis Low Voltage Drive)
Discrete Roped Drive-Types (LCB_IIC)

100 1-SP (only for engineering tests!)
101 2-SP (only for engineering tests!)
102 OVF20, OVF20CRC, LSVF-W (only for engineering tests!)
103 OVF10, OVF20CRO (only for engineering tests!)
104 LSVF (only for engineering tests!)
Discrete Hydraulic Drive-Types (LCB_IIC)

200 Motorized Valve (only for engineering tests!)
201 Solenoid Valve (only for engineering tests!)
Note: 100-201 only applicable for LCB_IIC
1 EN-ADO 1 Enable Advanced Door Opening

0 disabled (XADO)
1 enabled (ADO)
2 EN-ABL 0 Enable Advanced Brake Lift: BAA

0 disabled (XABL)
1 enabled (ABL)
Note: Requires DRV-TYP=1 and GDS relay in the controller
3 SPEED 100 Speed (fast run mode):

0 (0.01) 2.55 m/s
Note:
This parameter is only used for SPB and SP. It is not relevant for
systems without SPB/SP.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4. DRIVE

4 DUTY-HI 0 Highest Two Digits of Car Duty AAB
00xx (01xx) 99xx kg
Example: set DUTY-HI=11 for a duty of 1150 kg
5 DUTY-LOW 0 Lowest Two Digits of Car Duty AAB

xx00 (xx01) xx99 kg
Example: set DUTY-LOW=50 for a duty of 1150 kg
6 PDR-D 0 Delay for Power-Down

0 Drive is never switched off
4 (1) 42 min Delay until the drive package is powered down.
note: only applicable for DRV-TYP = 0 / 1 / 102
7 P-ON-D 10 Set Power On delay for LSVF-W EAD
This is the minimum time for which the drive (LSVF-W, OVF20) will be
powered down. The package will not be switched on again until this
time has expired.
8 (1) 20 s
note: only applicable for DRV-TYP = 102
8 BRK-TYP 0 Type of Brake signal from Drive BAA

0: discrete signal at GECB (Gen2-C, Gen2-CX) or LCB_IIC
1: from drive: via CAN bus (Gen2-R, Gen2-U, ACD)
or drive state (LCB_IIC)
255: no signal available (brake simulation)
9 6LS-TYP 0 Type of 6LS DAH

0 Hardware 6LS wired in safety chain
During TCI-Up run, the car will stop at 2LS
Note: In the drive software, the parameter "6LS-TYP" must also be set
to "1".
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4. DRIVE

10 C-TYPE 2 Controller Type (only applicable for LCB_IIC): EAD
0 MCS 310 (Europa 2000)

all: 1LS, 2LS discrete or remote
1 MCS 310 CA, HY (Cargo 2000)

2 MCS 120(M), MCS220 (OTIS 2000)

solenoid hydr: 1LS, 2LS remote
LWO, LNS discrete
motorized hydr: 1LS, 2LS remote
1CL, MVS discrete
all other: 1LS, 2LS discrete or remote
3 MCS 220(M) (OTIS 2000)

note:
- remote is only possible up to 1m/s (speed ≤1m/s)
- parameter ignored for GECB (1LS, 2LS at GECB always
discrete or remote)
- discrete means at P1:7 & P1:8
- remote means via RSL i/o 692 & 693 (adjusted to an valid
RS-address)
11 1AT 5 1A Time: EAD
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
note: only applicable for DRV-TYP = 100 / 101
12 2AT 5 2A Time: EAD
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
13 DDP 32 Delayed Drive Protection EAD
The elevator is shut down if IP signal is not detected within DDP-time

during fast run.
0 (1) 45 s
Note: This parameter is ignored for VF drives. A fixed value of "255" is
used instead.
14 EN-DDP 0 Enable DDP for LSVF: EAD

0 Disabled
1 Enabled for DRV-TYP = 104
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4. DRIVE

15 3P 32 3P Time (DDP time for slow run): EAD
The elevator is shut down if the Slow Run takes longer than 3P-time.
0 (1) 45 s
Note: This parameter is ignored for VF drives. A fixed value of "255" is
used instead.
16 EN-MPD 0 Enable Motor Protection Device: EAD

0 Disabled
1 MPD-3 (immediate stop)
2 MPD-1, MPD-2 (run to target)
17 MPD-T 10 Motor Protection Device Time: EAD
0 (1) 254 s
255 wait forever
18 HY-TYP 0 Hydraulic Drive Type: EAD

0 Star - Delta
1 Soft
2 Direct
3 LSCH-2
note: only applicable for DRV-TYP ≥ 200
19 L-T 10 Set Star/Soft Time for Hydro: EAD
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
20 UX-D 20 Set Star/Delta gap / add. Soft Time (L+UX) for Hydro: EAD
0.06 (0.004) 1.020 s

21 UXT-D 0 Set delay between UX and UXT for Hydro: EAD
(contract option)
0 (0.1) 1 s
22 EN-PLS 0 Enable PLS1 (Oil Max-Pressure Limit Switch) for Hydro: EAD
0 Disabled
1 Enabled

Software Basic Data

Berlin
4. DRIVE

23 EN-OTS 0 Enable OTS (Oil Over Temperature Switch) for Hydro: EAD
0 Disabled
1 stop at next target
2 immediate stop for AHVS
24 EN-1CL 0 Enable Init_1CL: default position (motorized valve) for Hydro: EAD
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
25 ACD/UXT 0 Select ACD or UXT output for Hydro: EAD

0 ACD and UXT disabled
1 ACD enabled UD = P6:8
2 UXT enabled UXT = P6:8
3 ACD and UXT UXT = P6:8
no output for ACD
26 EN-J 0 Enable 3-Phase Detection (J-Relay) EAD

0 Disabled
1 Enable
2 enable, hydraulic rescue, door does not open
3 enable, hydraulic rescue
27 J-T 5 J-Relay Time EAD

Additional number of 50-Hz-periods necessary to detect a fault
5 (1) 150
28 EN-BCD 1 Enable Brake Current Detection: EAD

For traction controllers the correct function of the brake is checked. If
a fault is detected then a further movement of the car is disabled.
0 Disabled
1 Enabled

Software Basic Data

Berlin
4. DRIVE

29 BON-D 15 Delay of Brake Current Detection after Start of Run EAD
Defines the delay between the start of a run and the beginning of
Brake Current Detection
0 (0.1) 10 s
note: BON-D=15 is recommended for DRV-TYP = 102 / 103 / 104
30 BFLT-T 30 Delay of BCD (during run and at end of run) EAD
Defines the maximum time the brake is allowed to drop during a run.
This time is necessary because OVF packages first drop the brake
and afterwards give the information to LCBII that they have stopped
(RN signal)
0 (0.1) 10 s
note: BFLT-T=30 is recommended for DRV-TYP = 102 / 103 / 104
31 BOFF-D 15 Delay of Brake Current Detection after Stop EAD
Defines the delay between the end of a run and the beginning of
Brake Current Detection (verification that the brake has dropped)
0 (0.1) 10 s
note: BOFF-D=15 is recommended for DRV-TYP = 102 / 103 / 104
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

0 DOOR 12 Type of Doors:
0 FLH
1 9550T & ACG
2 9550T & TLD/CLD
3 OVL / (LCB_IIC: MRDS & ACG)
4 OVL & TLD/CLD
5 DO2000 (DO-Relay)
6 MCG (DC-relay)
7 MLI & ACG (DC-relay)
8 MLI & TLD/CLD (DC-relay)
9 OVL-PENANG & ACG
10 OVL-PENANG & TLD/CLD
11 G E N E R I C (see parameters below)
12 DCSS-5 (LRD active low)
common ST3, LRD low-active, also GENERIC
13 DCSS-5/AT120 with DOBF
direct DOB, LRD and DOB active low, also GENERIC
14 Serial Multidrop Doorsystem
15 CAN Door Interface
Note:
DOOR=12 requires that also REAR=12 is selected.
DOOR≥11 enable the GENERIC parameters below.
1 REAR 12 Type of Doors:

0 FLH
1 9550T & ACG
2 9550T & TLD/CLD
3 OVL / (LCB_IIC: MRDS & ACG)
4 OVL & TLD/CLD
5 DO2000 (DO-Relay)
6 MCG (DC-relay)
7 MLI & ACG (DC-relay)
8 MLI & TLD/CLD (DC-relay)
9 OVL-PENANG & ACG
10 OVL-PENANG & TLD/CLD
11 G E N E R I C (see parameters below)
12 DCSS-5 (LRD active low)
common ST3, LRD low-active, also GENERIC
13 DCSS-5/AT120 with DOBF
direct DOB, LRD and DOB active low, also GENERIC
14 Serial Multidrop Doorsystem
15 CAN Door Interface
Note:
DOOR=12 requires that also REAR=12 is selected.
REAR≥11 enable the GENERIC parameters below.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

2 EN-DDO 0 Enable DDO (double door operation):
Select that both front and rear door will open simultaneously
0 Disabled
1 double door on car call and on hall call
2 double door on car call, selected door on
hall call
3 EN-ADM 0 Alternating Door Mode: DAE

0 Doors can open simultaneously
1 ADM preference to front door
2 ADM preference to rear door
+4 Enabled ADM in ISC and EFS (since GAA)
4 DOOR-PWR 0 Door Power Save Mode DAH

When the car is parking, the door motor torque is removed after 1
minute.
0 no Door Power Save Mode
1 Power Save Mode while door is fully closed
2 Power Save Mode while door is fully opened
3 Power Save Mode while door is opened or closed
Note that for option 1+3, the door lock must stay closed even when
the door motor torque is removed.
5 F:DO-TYP 0 GenDoor: type of DO handling IO1094/1095 DAG

00 = DO never pulled
01 = DO pulled when fully opened
10 = DO pulled during opening
11 = DO pulled when opening and fully opened
Note: only applicable for GENERIC door
6 F:DC-TYP 0 GenDoor: type of DC handling IO1096 DAG

00 = DC never pulled
01 = DC pulled when fully closed
10 = DC pulled during closing
11 = DC pulled when closing and fully closed
7 F:EN-ACG 0 enable DW input for ACG (front): DAB

0 automatic front hoistway doors (TLD/CLD)
1 manual front hoistway doors (ACG)
8 F:EN-DCL 0 GenDoor: enable DCL at IO 694 DAG

0 = no DCL switch
1 = DCL at IO 694 - DC is dropped when DCL is active
2 = DCL at IO 694 - DC stays on even if DCL is active

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

9 F:DOL-D 0 GenDoor: automatic DOL generation DAG
0 DOL at IO 000
10 R:DO-TYP 0 GenDoor: type of RDO handling IO1100/1101 DAG

00 = RDO never pulled
01 = RDO pulled when fully opened
10 = RDO pulled during opening
11 = RDO pulled when opening and fully opened
11 R:DC-TYP 0 GenDoor: type of RDC handling IO1102 DAG

00 = RDC never pulled
01 = RDC pulled when fully closed
10 = RDC pulled during closing
11 = RDC pulled when closing and fully closed
12 R:EN-ACG 0 enable DW input for ACG (rear): DAB

0 automatic rear hoistway doors (TLD/CLD)
1 manual rear hoistway doors (ACG)
13 R:EN-DCL 0 GenDoor: enable RDCL at IO 695 DAG

0 = no DCL switch
1 = RDCL at IO 695 - RDC is dropped when RDCL is active
2 = RDCL at IO 695 - RDC stays on even if RDCL is active
14 R:DOL-D 0 GenDoor: automatic RDOL generation DAG

0 RDOL at IO 544
0.1 (0.1) 25.5 RDOL is simulated after specified time
(necessary if no RDOL exists)

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

15 CM-TYP 0 GenDoor: type of CM handling IO785 DAG
00 no CM
01 CM pulled when car door is fully closed
02 CM pulled when car door is fully closed and there is a demand
03 CM pulled when car door is fully closed and the delay
CM-D has expired (CM-D starts when DW becomes active)
11 CM pulled when car door is closing and car door is fully closed
21 CM pulled when car door is closing and delay CM-D has expired
(CM-D starts when door starts to close)
Note: ACG-2: CMR can only pull if DW is active (i.e. landing door is
closed)
Note: Only applicable for GENERIC door.
16 CM-PROT 0 max. ON-time of CMR when car stops in ERO DAB
When cam is dropped, it is not possible to detect UIB or DIB because

the safety chain is opened by DS. Therefore the CM must be ener-
gized during ERO. This parameter gives the duration after which the
CMR is dropped to protect the cam from burning.
0 CMR not pulled
10 (10) 2540 s CMR drops after specified time
(CMR pulls again when moving or
switched to NOR)
255 no protection: CMR is always pulled
during ERO (100% ED required)
Note: Only applicable for GENERIC door.
17 DO-D 0 GenDoor: delay between CM and DO DAG

0 (0.1) 25.5 s Delay between dropping CM and pulling DO when
door is opening.
Useful for TLD/CLD with CAM.
Note: only applicable for GENERIC door.
18 CM-D 0 GenDoor: delay between door and CM DAG

a) CM-TYP = 02, 03
0 (0.1) 25.5 s Delay after door has fully closed until CM is pulled.
CM only pulls if DW is active.
b) CM-TYP = 21
0 (0.1) 25.5 s Delay after door started to close until CM pulls
Useful for ACG doors without DCL
Note: only applicable for GENERIC door.
19 CM-OP-D 0 GenDoor: delay of CM when door is opening DAG

0 (0.1) 25.5 s Delay between pulling DO and dropping CM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

20 TRO-TYP 0 GenDoor: enable TRO output IO1107 DAG
0 no TRO output
1 TRO dropped if TCI is operated
e.g. for DO2000
(LCB_IIC: TRO at P6:5 DC)
2 TRO dropped if door is deenergized (TCI, ESB, DTO, DTC)
e.g. for MLI, Kiekert-2, AT20
(LCB_IIC: TRO at P6:7 DO [no DO allowed!])
3 same as 2
(LCB_IIC: TRO at P6:5 DC for AT20)
Note: Only applicable for GENERIC door (LCB_IIC: only applicable if

DO-TYP=0 resp. DC-TYP=0, switch SW1 must be set to open [as for
MRDS])
21 SEL-CMR 0 select separate CM relay output (MCS220M) EAD
0 (one door) CMR at RDC-output (P6:10) (only for LCB_IIC)

1 (1 or 2 doors) CMR at RSL (IO no. 785) (fixed for GECB)
NOTE: only applicable for FLH, MCG, ACG
22 CMR-ES 0 CMR with Emergency stop DAG

Swiss and Austrian code require the cam to be energized during an
emergency stop so that the landing door remains locked.
The passenger must enter a new call and the car starts a fast run.
0 Drop CMR if in ESR
1 Keep CMR pulled if in ESR
23 TCI-TYP 0 CM under TCI: DAG

0 = CMR is only pulled when TCIB is operated
1 = CMR is always pulled (100% ED required!)
24 LDR 0 Limited Door Reversal:

0 Full DOB, full EDP, full LRD
1 Full DOB, limited EDP, full LRD
25 EN-PMO 0 Enable PMO (door time monitoring):

If the actual door time is less than 2 seconds and the LRD input is
operated, door time will be increased to 2 seconds. If the door time
already is less longer 2 seconds it will be decreased to 0.5 seconds
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
26 EN-NDG 0 Enable NDG (nudging):

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
27 NDG-T 20 Nudging Time:

10 (1) 255 s
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

28 EN-CK 0 Enable Cancel Doortime with CCB:
0 disabled
1 enable CK (required for EN81-70)
2 enable CBC
3 enable CK and CBC
4 enable CBCR1 for Korea
5 enable CK and CBCR1 for Korea (DAE)
6 enable CBCR2 (since EAE)
Note:
EN81-70 (feature DISAB) requires EN-CK=1
CK = cancel doortime with car button
CBC = cancel registered car call with car button (press twice)
CBCR1 = cancel registered car call with car button (press once) also
during run
CBCR2 = cancel registered car call with car button (press twice) also
during run
29 DW-DLY 10 Debouncing Time of Door Contact DW (for ACG only): DAB
This parameter is used to delay pulling CMR after the landing door
has been closed.
0 (0.1) 02.0 s
30 TLD-DW-D 0 DW-Delay for TLD/CLD doors BAA

Debouncing time for the DW input (door lock contact) of automatic
landing doors.
0 (0.1) 2.0 s
31 DO-BEL 0 Open Door Bell Timer:

0 (0.1) 25.5 s
32 MIN-C 20 Min Doortime Car:

The doortime for calls is automatically adjusted between MIN-C and
MAX-C. If door time is expired and DOB is still operated, this will in-
crease the door time by 0.2 s at the next stop, otherwise door time is
decreased by 0.2 sec.
0.3 (0.1) 25.5 s
Note: The power must be switched off and on when this parameter is
changed.
33 MAX-C 40 Max Doortime Car:

0 (0.1) 25.5 s
changed.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

34 MIN-H 40 Min Doortime Hall:
The doortime for calls is automatically adjusted between MIN-H and
MAX-H. If door time is expired and DOB is still operated, this will in-
crease the door time by 0.2 s at the next stop, otherwise door time is
decreased by 0.2 sec.
0.3 (0.1) 25.5 s
changed.
35 MAX-H 60 Max Doortime Hall:

0 (0.1) 25.5 s
changed.
36 EXT-C 80 Doortime for Extended Car Calls AAB

0 (0.1) 25.5 s
37 EXT-H 30 Doortime for Extended Hall Calls AAB

0 (1) 255 s
38 DOR-T 20 Door reverse time:

Applicable only to doors where the GECB directly controls DO and DC
relays, e.g., not applicable to DOOR type 14.
Specifies the amount of time to delay after dropping one relay and
before energizing the other to reverse the doors.
0.08 (0.004) 1.02 s
39 RDOR-T 20 Rear door reverse time:

Applicable only to doors where the GECB directly controls DO and DC
relays, e.g., not applicable to DOOR type 14.
Specifies the amount of time to delay after dropping one relay and
before energizing the other to reverse the doors.
0.08 (0.004) 1.02 s
40 DTC-T 20 Door Close Protection Time:

If the door cannot fully close within DTC-T then the door will reopen
and try to close again. After three unsuccessful tries the elevator is
shut down.
10 (1) 254 s DTC-time

255 Disabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

41 DTO-T 20 Door Open Protection Time:
If the door cannot fully open within DTO-T then the door will close and
tries to open at the next. After three unsuccessful tries the elevator is
shut down
10 (1) 254 s DTO-time

255 Disabled
42 CR-CHK-T 8 Delay to check landing door opened after open command: EAG
When DW is closed after DOR-CHKT since door open command
active, immediately close door under rescue operation with dummy
floor.
0 (0.1) 2 s
43 LOB-NT 40 Lobby Door Time:

This door time is used at LOBBY if it is longer than MIN-H
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
44 CFT-NT 40 Cafeteria Door Time:

This door time is used at CFT-P if it is longer than MIN-H.
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
45 SPB-NT 0 Special DOB Door Time:

If the Special DOB (SDB/RSDB) is operated and it is enabled via the
3rd allowed mask for the current landing, the special door time SPB-
NT will be used instead of the normal door time.
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
46 DHB-T 120 DHB Doortime:

Defines the doortime when DHB/RDHB is pressed. The used timer is
either a 1-sec-timer or a 10-sec-timer depending on the parameter
DHB-TYP.
0 (1) 255 s for DHB-TYP=0 (see 2-OCSS)

0 (10) 2550s for DHB-TYP=1 (see 2-OCSS)
47 WCO-T 0 Wild Car Door Time:

On wild car operation the car runs continously from floor to floor serv-
ing all landings.
This door time has to be set to a value that ensures that the maximum
number of runs per hour allowed for the drive can not be exceeded.
Note that this parameter is ignored if it is lower than MIN-C.
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
48 SHO-T 0 Shabat Door Time:

0 (0.1) 25.5 s
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

49 SHO-LT 0 Shabat Door Time Extension at lobby:
0 (1) 255
Door Time = SHO-T + (SHO-LT * SHO-T)
50 DAR-T 60 Door Time for Automatic Release:

In case of a fault the door is kept open for DAR-T and then closed.
15 (1) 255 s
Note: Applies for MCLS, CLR, SKL, DLM, HAD, 1TH/2TH, DBF
for Door time for COR rescue operation: (since GAA)

5 (1) 255 s
51 DXT-T 0 DXT Time (extended door time):

Extents the door dwell time for a hall call if the car is already parking
at that landing.
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
52 DCB-TYP 0 Type of Door Close Button Handling BAA

0 only while opened:
DCB is only enabled while the door is
fully opened. DCB is ignored while the
door is still moving.
1 DCB latched:
DCB is also enabled while the door
is opening. The door will fully open.
2 immediate reverse:
The door will start to close as soon as
the DCB is pressed.
53 EN-CGS 0 Enable Door short Protection with CGS signal DAC

0 disabled
1 enabled
2 like 1, but warning buzzer is enabled for the opened landing door
(since DAG)
54 DCB-EXT 0 Enable DCB when car stops with extended calls: EAC
0 DCB/RDCB/WDCB/RWDCB always disabled when
car stops with extended calls
1 DCB/RDCB/WDCB/RWDCB is enabled when
car stops with extended calls
55 DHB_TK-T 30 Door Open Hold Time for Trunk Key: EAE

0 Disabled
1 (1) 254 s
255 Disabled
56 DS-TKBUZ 0 Disable Buzzer sound during DHB: EAE

0 Sound
1 No sound
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5. DOORS

57 OPEN-TYP 0 Open type: GAA
0 Standard
1 China with local door system
Software Basic Data

Berlin
6. POS.REF

0 DZ-TYP 0 DZ coding:
0 DZ = 1LV
1 DZ = 1LV and 2LV
2 POSY operation (if neither RLV nor ADO)
to stop: DZ = 1LV and 2LV
after stop: DZ = 1LV or 2LV
3 RPD-P2: Single door zone sensor with inverted signal
(since DAC)
4 DZ = 1LV, UIS & DIS for GeN2Home with flush hoistway
1 EN-RLV 0 Enable Releveling

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
Requires Door Bypass
2 EN-PRBB 0 Enable Position Retention Buffer Board BAA

0 Disabled - PRBB not present
1 Enabled - PRBB present
3 LV-ON-D 10 GECB level converter delay for LV signal DAH

Hardware delay for the rising edge of LV1/LV2
0 invalid (is automatically set to 10)
1-255 delay 0.25 (0.25) 63.75 msec
Setting for GECB-EN: 10

Note: This parameter is automatically initialized to "10"
4 LV-OFF-D 42 GECB level converter delay for LV signal DAH

Hardware delay for the falling edge of LV1/LV2
0 invalid (is automatically set to 42)
1-255 delay 0.25 (0.25) 63.75 msec
Setting for GECB-EN: 42

Note: This parameter is automatically initialized to "42"
Software Basic Data

Berlin
6. POS.REF

5 LV-MOD 2 Leveling Mode: EAD
0 DZ-STP stop with DZ:
use DZ-DLY (in 4ms units)
1 LV-STP stop with LVU/LVD (for CARGO 2000):

for CA-MOD=1
DZ at P1:6, LV at P1:11
(LV-U-D, LV-D-D not applicable)
2 DZ-STP stop with DZ, 1LV/2LV:

use LV-U-D, LV-D-D (in 4ms units)
3 IP-STP stop with IPU, IPD: (for 1-Speed Drive)

(LV-U-D, LV-D-D not applicable)
4 UIS/DIS stop with UIS, DIS: (for Hydraulic Drive)

use LV-U-D for DIS (in 4 ms units)
use LV-D-D for UIS (in 4 ms units)
Note: this parameter is ignored for:

- Gamma S/D, Spec_60 and Dynalift
- LSVF-W, OVF20
Note: only applicable for DRV-TYP ≥ 100
6 PRS-TYP 0 Type of Position Reference System EAD

0 OTIS 2000 type (e.g. PRS-1, PRS-2)
1 PRS-4 using UM and DM
7 DZ-DLY 0 Delay for DZ: EAD
0 (0.004) 1 s (LV-MOD = 0)
8 LV-U-D 12 Delay for DZ, 1LV/2LV (in up direction): EAD
0 (0.004) 1 s (LV-MOD = 2, 4)
9 LV-D-D 12 Delay for DZ, 1LV/2LV (in down direction): EAD
0 (0.004) 1 s (LV-MOD = 2, 4)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
6. POS.REF

10 T-BASE 0 Timebase for delays (4ms or 100ms timer) EAD
IPU/IPD-D, hydrl. & traction &
value 1LS/2LS-D RL-UIS RL-UIS Remark
0 0.1 s 0.004s 0.1s standard for traction
1 0.004 s 0.004s 0.1s standard for hydraulic
2 0.1 s 0.1s 0.1s hydraulic with soft valves
3 0.004 s 0.1s 0.1s hydraulic with soft valves
11 IPU-D 0 Delay for IPU: EAD

Adjust stopping accuracy for 1AC and duration of Slow Run for all
other drives
0 (0.1) 25.5 s (if T-BASE=0/2)

0 (0.004) 1 s (if T-BASE=1/3)
12 IPD-D 0 Delay for IPD: EAD

Adjust stopping accuracy for 1AC and duration of Slow Run for all
other drives
0 (0.1) 25.5 s (if T-BASE=0/2)

0 (0.004) 1 s (if T-BASE=1/3)
13 1LS-D 0 Delay for 1LS: EAD

Delay after which the 1LS signal is recognized
0 (0.1) 25.5 s (if T-BASE=0/2)

0 (0.004) 1 s (if T-BASE=1/3)
14 2LS-D 0 Delay for 2LS: EAD

Delay after which the 2LS signal is recognized
0 (0.1) 25.5 s (if T-BASE=0/2)

0 (0.004) 1 s (if T-BASE=1/3)
15 RLV-TYP 0 RLV - Type: EAD

0 RLV Relevelling
1 DRLV Delayed Relevelling (using DIS1)

Software Basic Data

Berlin
6. POS.REF

16 RL-CNT 3 Limit of RLV steps: EAD
0 (1) 255
17 RL-DIS 255 RLV time up (DIS lost): EAD
0 (0.1) 25.5 s
18 RL-UIS 255 RLV time down (UIS lost): EAD
0 (0.1) 25.5 s (fixed for traction) (hydraulic: if T-BASE=2/3)

0 (0.004) 1 s (only for hydraulic drive: if T-BASE=0/1)
19 RL-U-D 0 Set RLV delay up: EAD
Used to adjust the stopping accuracy during RLV

0 (0.004) 1 s
20 RL-D-D 0 Set RLV delay down: EAD
Used to adjust the stopping accuracy during RLV

0 (0.004) 1 s
Software Basic Data

Berlin
7. SERVICE

0 SPB-TYP 0 Type of Service Panel Board BAA
0 SPBC, SPBC_II, SPBC_III
(e.g. Gen2-C, -CX, -RX, ACD2-MRL)
1 SP (Service Panel)
(e.g. GCS222MRL)
255 no SPB installed
(e.g. Gen2-R, ACD, GCS222MMR)
1 MRO-DIR 0 Forced Direction of all MRO rescue runs (Penthouse Rescue) EAH
0 No forced direction (direction based on car load)
1 Forced direction UP
2 Forced direction DOWN
2 Encoder 13 Pulse Width of Speed Encoder for SPB

10 (1) 15 mm
3 SDI-Max 30 Maximum speed value of SDI
0.02 (0.01) 0.60 m/s
Speed at which all 8 LEDs of the Speed/Direction-Indicator are

switched on.
If during manual rescue operation the measured car speed is higher
than this value, the LEDs are blinking and the buzzer is turned on.
4 SDI-Dir 0 Direction of Speed and Direction Indicator

0 machine mounted on left side of hoistway
1 machine mounted on right side of hoistway
Use this parameter to invert the display of the SDI.
5 BRE-Max 10 Maximum speed for Brake Release Electrical
0.01 (0.01) 0.12 m/s
Manual rescue operation: SPB drops the brake if the measured car
speed is higher than BRE-MAX.
6 SPB-Temp 60 Temperature Limit for Service Panel Board
30 (1) 70 degrees celsius
HTS is activated if the SPB detects a temperature which is higher

than SPB-TEMP.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

0 ES-TYP 0 Define ES-Type:
0 ESS
car stops as long as input is activated
door is deenergized
1 ESB / RSS
car stops until a car call button is pressed.
a door which was not closed will be opened
2 ESB / RSS
car stops until a car call button is pressed.
door opens in any case
Note for LCB_IIC & MCS 220M:

For ESB/RSS a second ES-input is necessary (P7:9 - AES). This
must be activated by setting "MD/AES"=2
1 ES-LRCU 0 LRCU selftest duration (IOs 964, 965, 966)

0-4 no selftest
else delay for LRCU self-test
2 ES-SLOW 0 enable slow recover run after ES EAD

This parameter defines the behaviour of the OVF drive if an Emer-
gency Stop happened during deceleration phase.
0 OVF10 and OVF20 will start with normal

(i.e. fast) profile; the previous target floor will
not be reached
1 OVF10 and OVF20 will start with slow speed;
the target floor will be reached.
Note: only applicable for DRV-TYP = 102 / 103
3 EFO-P 255 EFO (emergency fireman operation) position:
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
note: This parameter is ignored for EFO-NC=1
4 EFO-NC 0 EFO Next Commitable Position:

0 move to EFO-P
1 stop at next commitable landing; parameter
EFO-P is ignored
5 EFO-DC 0 EFO with Doors Closed:

0 The doors will be kept open at EFO-P
1 (1) 255 s After this time the doors will close at EFO-P
Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

6 EFO-DO 0 EFO default door:
0 Both doors will open at EFO position
7 EFO-OP 0 EFO override option:

A defect EFO input (e.g. smoke sensor) may be ignored to enable
normal function while EFO input is repaired.
0 No override possible
1 XEFO input overrides EFO after
arrival at return landing
2 After EFS no EFO is permitted if
EFO or AEFO are still active
3 Functions 1 + 2 together
8 EFONDG 0 Enable nudging speed for EFO

0 Door closes with full speed
1 Door closes with nudging speed
9 EFO-REV 0 Allowed Reversal Devices during EFO

0 all devices disabled
1 only SGS/DOS allowed
(This choice is not allowed for Multidrop doors!)
2 DOB and SGS/DOS allowed
10 EFO-MP 0 EFO mode priority

1 ISC has priority
2 ATT has priority
4 EHS has priority
11 EFO-MP-T 0 EFO mode priority time

0 (1) 60 s max duration before EFO is started
12 EFO-SD 0 EFO signal devices

0 no buzzer operation
1 constantly on until EFO-P reached
2 always flickering
3 constantly without EPO, flickering with EPO
4 constantly on (since BAA)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

13 EFO-BUZ 0 EFO buzzer operation for EN81-72
0 no extra buzzer operation
1-120 buzzer is beeping (short-long-...) when:
- door is held open for longer than
EFO-BUZ seconds
- car is in TCI or ERO mode
Note: This parameter has priority over EFO-SD
14 EFO-DCMD 0 EFO Door Close Command: EAE

Door close command at EFO-P
0 close, lim DOB, no LRD, no EDP
1 nudge, full DOB, no LRD, no EDP
2 close, full DOB, full LRD, lim EDP
Note: For Japan
15 ASL-P 255 ASL (Alternate Service Landing) position for EFO:

If the ASL-input is activated, the car will move to ASL-P instead of
EFO-P (e.g. fire at EFO-P)
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
16 ASL-DO 0 Alternate Service Landing Default Door:

0 Both doors will open at ASL-P
17 ASL2-P 255 ASL2 (2nd Alternate Service Landing) position for EFO: DAC
If EFO and FOSS2 inputa are activated, the car will move to ASL-P
instead of EFO-P (e.g. fire at EFO-P)
0 (1) 99
>99 disabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

18 EFS-TYP 0 Type of EFS (Emergency Fireman Service)
(if EFK (ASL) connected):
0 EFO
Car will go to EFO landing and stays there
with door open
1 EFS 1 (Automatic)
If car arrives at EFO landing, it will go
automatically into ISC.
2 EFS 2 (Manual)
If car arrives at EFO landing, it can be
switched to ISC with ISS switch
3 ANSI (SES I / II)
4 British Standard 5533
5 Swiss Standard
6 Australia
Same as EFS 2, but car can be switched to
ISC with ESK switch only
7 New Zealand
8 EFS 2 (Manual with ESK)
9 New Zealand with DCB
10 GENERIC
11 Japan: Using specification of 10 (GENERIC) (since EAE)
12 Korea (since EAC)
Same as GENERIC, but IOs 970/971 are available in this option
Note: These I/Os are not available any more in other options!
19 EFS-DO 0 EFS default door:

0 Both doors will open position
20 EFSINI 0 EFS initiation of Phase II

1 automatically
2 when ISS operated
4 when ESK operated
8 when CFS operated
16 when 1EFS operated
note: only applicable if EFS-TYP=10

Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

21 EFS-CALL 0 EFS car call handling
0 Nearest Call Wins:
Any number of car calls can be entered. After
arrival at the first destination landing all
remaining calls are deleted.
1 First Call Wins:
After entering a car call no further call can be
entered.
Required by Frankfurt/Main
2 Latest Call Wins:
When a car call is entered the previous call is
deleted. If the car has to reverse its direction to
answer the new call, the button must be pressed
again to start.
3 Latest Call Wins:
When a car call is entered the previous call is
deleted. If the car has to reverse its direction to
answer the new call, the car starts automatically.
Required by EN81-72 (since BAA)
22 EFSCLD 0 EFS close door type

1 car button (constant pressure)
2 door close button (constant pressure)
4 up/down start buttons
8 CS start button
16 ANSI style ISC
32 car call demand (momentary pressure)
23 EFSOPD 0 EFS open door type

0 when DOB constantly pressed (same as 2)
1 always automatically
2 when DOB constantly pressed (same as 0)
4 not used
8 Door Hold Function if door not fully opened
or closed (outputs 997 DDM, 998 RDDM can be used)
note: option 1 is incompatible with all other options.

Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

24 EFS-EX 0 EFS exit type
0 only if at EFO landing
1 if not moving and door is open
2 at any landing when door is closed
3 when door is opened or closed (option 1+2)
25 EFS-RT 0 EFS return time

(diration for which EFK must be low to force car back to EFO landing
if EFK is switched on again while in EFS):
0-39 Function disabled
40-255 Time (in 100 ms units) EFK must be low
26 EFS-RC 0 EFS recall type

1 EFK off timeout
2 EFK off, moving
4 EFK off, not moving
8 EFK off, not moving, door closed
16 EFK off, not moving, door opened
32 EFS1 off
64 ESH off, not moving, door opened
128 EFK off for 1..5 seconds (EN81-72)
27 EF-I-LT 0 EFO/EFS input latching

1 EFO input is latched
2 AEFO input is latched
4 EFK input is latched
8 ASL input is latched
28 EN-BAK 0 Enable E2P-backup of EFO/EFS:

If enabled, the system keeps all necessary information during power-
off to avoid a correction run after power-on if car was in any door
zone.
0 Disable backup (not for LCB_IIC)
1 Enable backup
2 Enable backup, recover immediate to floor (since DAC)
Note: EN-BAK>0 required for systems with EFS and EFO EN81
Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

29 HDWPOS 0 Hardware position reference:
CAN Interface Drives (DRV-TYP < 100)

0 None
1 Any type of PRS Power Buffer
e.g. PRS Voltage Buffer Board, PRBB, SPBC, BCB, LVPB
Required for systems with EFS and EFO EN81
2 same as 1
3 same as 1
Discrete Interface Drives (DRV-TYP ≥ 100)

0 None
1 One contact per floor (APC0-6 0776-0782)
2 Binary coded contacts (APC0-4 0776-0780)
3 Signal at every odd floor (APC0 0776)
Note: HDW-POS>0 required for systems with EFS and EFO EN81
Note: HDWPOS>0 requires to set EN-BAK>0
Note: “PRS Voltage Buffer Board” is only applicable for OVF20 with
CAN interface.
30 EPO-P 255 EPO (emergency power operation) Position:

0 (1) 99 EPO A/C (position)
EPO E (hydro: bottom)
= 100 EPO B/D (next floor)
EPO F (hydro: next floor down)
>100 Disabled
31 EPO-DC 0 EPO with doors closed:

0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 s After rescue operation and waiting for further
run, the doors will close after EPO-DC
32 EPO-DO 0 EPO default door:

0 Both doors will open at EPO position
33 EPO-PR 0 EPO priority if EFO or EFS active:

0 No priority for EPO
1 EPO has priority over EFO/EFS
Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

34 EPS-TYP 0 Express Priority Service:
After arriving at the floor where the EHS call was given:
xx0 automatic ISC
xx1 return to normal
xx2 automatic CHCS
Before arriving at the floor where the EHS call was given:
x0x immediate return
x1x stop at next commitable
x2x serve car calls en route
x3x serve all car calls first
(since GAB/EAN)
x4x Compass VIP (since DAB)
x5x not used
General:
1xx with Tale Tell Lights (EHS-2)
35 EHS-T 10 EHS time-out:

After the car has stopped for the EHS call, the car will return to normal
operation after this time.
10 (1) 255 s
36 VIP-DEPR 0 VIP Departure Condition: DAB

0 LRD activated after walk time expired and VIP door time started
1 LRD activated after door open
2 DCB activated after walk time expired and VIP door time started
3 DCB activated after door open
Note: For Compass
37 VIP-T 10 VIP time-out: DAB

After the car has stopped for the VIP call, the car will return to normal
operation after this time.
10 (1) 255 s
Note: For Compass

Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

38 EMT-TYP 0 Express Medical Service: AAB
After arriving at the floor where the extended EMT call was given:
xx0 automatic ISC
xx1 return to normal
xx2 automatic CHCS
xx3 automatic CHCS and automatic CC to top floor
(since GAB/EAN)
Before arriving at the floor where the extended EMT call was given:
x0x immediate return
x1x stop at next commitable
x2x serve car calls en route
x3x serve all car calls first
(since GAB/EAN)
x4x not used
x5x serve all car calls first and detect empty car
(penthouse control)
(since GAB/EAN)
General:
1xx with Tale Tell Lights
39 EMT-T 10 EMT time-out: AAB

After the car has stopped for the extended EMT call, the car will return
to normal operation after this time.
10 (1) 255 s
40 EN-EOSBZ 0 Enable EOS Buzzer: EAE

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
41 EQO 0 Earthquake Operation Version:

0 EQO-6: New Zealand / Australia
1 EQO-7: Mexico
2 EQO-4: PAO (since BAA)
3 EQO-5: Japan EQO-P (since EAE)
42 Mid Pos 0 Mid Shaft Position: BAA

0-99 position
255 disabled for EQO
43 EQO-NT 15 EQO Door Time: EAE

When door time expires after the door fully opens, the door closes
0 Standby with the door opened
1 (1) 255 s
44 EQO-DO 0 EQO-P default door: EAE

Software Basic Data

Berlin
8. EMERG.

45 EEQF-TYP 0 EEQF Type: EAE
0 Light/fan off and DOBL on
1 Light/fan light on and DOBL off
2 Light/fan light on and DOBL on
46 EEQF-T 0 EEQF timeout: EAE

0 Invalid
1 (1) 255 s
47 EN-EQAR 0 Enable EQAR operation: EAE

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
48 EQAR-NT 10 Timer used from completion of EQO to start EQAR: EAE

1(1) 255 min
49 EQAR-O 3 Option for EQAR: EAE

+1 Active NOL (Car Not in Operation light)
+8 Prohibit EQAR with load > 80 kg
50 EN-EQOR 0 Enable EQO-Restart operation: EAE

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
53 EZ1-BOT 255 Bottom floor of express zone for EQO-Restart: EAE

1-99 valid floor
100-255 invalid
54 EZ1-TOP 255 Top floor of express zone for EQO-Restart:

1-99 valid floor
100-255 invalid
55 EZ1-UPST 255 Emergency stop limit position in express zone UP: EAE
0(1) 99 Valid floor
100-255 Invalid
56 EZ1-DNST 255 Emergency stop limit position in express zone DOWN: EAE
0(1) 99 Valid floor
100-255 Invalid
57 EN-AMEZ1 0 Enable AMEZ in EQO-EZ to detect express zone: EAE

0 Judge based on parameter setting
1 Judge based on AMEZ input
Software Basic Data

Berlin
9. SECURITY

0 EN-FPD 0 Enable FPD (fireproof doors):
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
2 Enabled, but EFS will override at EFO-P/ASL-P
(since GP1_DAH)
3 disable FPD floors as EFO target (since GAB/EAN)
4 like 3 and forces EFO mode (since GAB/EAN)
1 FPD-RUN 0 Enable FPD Run Options: GAB

0 Prefer direction up / run trough floors with activated FPD EAN
1 Prefer direction down / run trough floors with activated FPD
2 Prefer direction up / do not run trough floors with activated FPD
- Not according to EN81-73
3 Prefer direction down / do not run trough floors with activated FPD
- Not according to EN81-73
2 FPD-LINK 0 FPD Inputs RSL-Link: EAH

0 Hall Link
1 Group Link
2 Car Link
Note: For GECB with 3 RSL links only.
3 EN-IST 0 Enable IST (intermittent stop, OpMode ACP):

Stop at IST-P if the car passes this landing.
0 Disabled
1 In up direction only
2 In down direction only
3 In both directions
5 In up direction only, if ISTS active
6 In down direction only, if ISTS active
7 In both directions, if ISTS active
4 IST-P 255 Intermittent Stop Position:

0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
9. SECURITY

5 EN-CRO 0 Enable Car Card Reader Operation:
0 Disabled
1 Single Contact Reader
Use CRC contact (IO0639) and Card-Rd Mask,
C bit = 1: car call always allowed
C bit = 0: car calls only allowed if CRC operated
2 Multi Contact Reader
Use CRSn contacts (IO0480ff, IO4600ff) and Card-Rd Mask,
C bit = 1: car call always allowed
C bit = 0: car calls only allowed if corresponding
CRSn contact operated
3 Single and Multi Contact Reader
combination of 1 and 2, so both CRC and CRSn
can be used at the same time
4 no card reader operation
6 CRO-TTL 0 Enable TTL for Card Reader Operation EAD

0 Disabled
1 The CRSxx inputs are also handled as TTL outputs: The output is
switched on as long as the input is active. For the TTL, the same
RS address/pin is used as for the corresponding input.
7 CCR-OP 0 Compass Card Reader Option: EAH

0 Swipe card to enter call
1 Swipe card and press car button to enter call
8 EN-HCRO 0 Enable Hall Call Card Reader Operation

0 no hall card reader
1 Accept normal hall calls
normal hall calls only if SECn input is operated,
EHC calls are always allowed
2 Accept EHC calls
EHC calls if SECn input is operated,
normal calls are always allowed
3 Accept all hall calls
all hall call types only if SECn input is operated
4 no hall card reader
5 Delete and Disable normal hall calls
if SECn input is operated,
normal hall calls are disabled
6 Delete and Disable EHC calls
if SECn input is operated, EHC calls are disabled
7 Delete and Disable all hall calls
if SECn input is operated, all hall call types
are disabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
9. SECURITY

9 SEC-LINK 0 SEC Inputs RSL-Link: EAH
0 Hall Link
1 Group Link
Note: For GECB with 3 RSL links only.
10 EXT-SEC 0 extended call security AAB

0 Card Reader and CutCall affects standard and extended calls
1 Card Reader affects standard calls, but does not affect extended
calls
2 Cut Call affects standard calls, but does not affect extended calls
3 Both affect standard calls, but do not affect extended calls
Note: only if (OCSS) EN-EXT=1
11 EMS-SEC 0 EMS Security Options

0 default - ISC is also affected by EMS Security,
pending calls are canceled, EMS security is
valid as long as ICSS is online
1 ISC overrides EMS Security
2 do not clear pending calls
4 no clear of EMS Security if ICSS goes offline
12 GCBTYP 0 General Control of Buttons type:

0 disabled
1 GCB-1 (car calls disabled; park run allowed)
2 GCB-2 (all calls disabled)
13 RIOT-P 255 RIOT Operation Position:

The car will run to the riot position and keep the doors open if the
RIOT switch is operated.
0 (1) 99
>99 Disabled
14 RIOT-DO 0 Riot default door: DAC

0 Both doors will open at Riot position
Software Basic Data

Berlin
9. SECURITY

15 SACTYP 0 Secure Access Type:
0 SAC disabled
1 SAC enabled, without ISC override
3 SAC enabled, with ISC override
5 SAC enabled, without ISC override,
clear only possible if security enabled
7 SAC enabled, with ISC override,
clear only possible if security enabled
else SAC disabled
16 SAC-D1 0 Secure Access digit 1:

First digit of Master Access Code
0 disabled
1 (1) 6 use CSA1 - CSA6 as code input

Second digit of Master Access Code
0 disabled

Third digit of Master Access Code
0 disabled
19 RSC-SEC 0 Rescue Security Options: DAB

0 Do not open secured doors after a rescue run
1 Open doors after a rescue run, even if secured
Note: Applies to ARO, HAD
20 BLC-TYP 0 Better Living Circuit Type: EAE

0 Disabled
1 Type 1 (Buzzer only)
2 Type 2 (Buzzer & ACP mode)
3 Type 3 (Buzzer & ACP mode with timer)
4 Type 4 (New Nagoya Spec.)
21 BLC-T 180 BLC Buzzer Timeout: EAE

10 (1) 255 s
22 BLC-DCB 0 Enable DCB during BLC: EAE

0 DCB/RDCB/WDCB/RWDCB is disabled during ACP triggered by
BLC
1 DCB/RDCB/WDCB/RWDCB is enabled during ACP triggered by
BLC
23 ECB-TYP 0 ECB button type: EAE

0 Normal
1 Detection of rising edge
Software Basic Data

Berlin
9. SECURITY

24 PET-TYP 0 Enable PET function: EAE
0 Disable
1 PET type 1
2 PET type 2
3 PET type 3
4 PET type 4
25 PET-NT 0 PET switch enable interval & door open NT timer: EAE
0 Disabled
1 (1) 25 s
26 PET-FANT 0 PET fan activating delay timer: EAE

0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 s
Software Basic Data

Berlin
10. TEST

0 TPOS 1 255 Test position 1 for automatic test run:
If TPOS1 unequal TPOS2 and TDELAY>0, the car will move between
TPOS1 and TPOS2, waiting at both floors for
TDELAY seconds.
0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
1 TPOS 2 255 Test position 2 for automatic test run:

0 (1) 99
> 99 Disabled
2 TDELAY 255 Test Delay for automatic test run:

0 (1) 255 seconds/minutes/hours
Note: time base depends on parameter TDEL-TIM (since DAG)
Note: If programmed to a valid address, the IO 1115 EN-TPOS can
be used to activate or deactivate the TPOS runs (since DAH)
3 TDEL-TIM 0 Time Base for TDELAY DAG

0 seconds
1 minutes
2 hours
4 TPOS-TYP 0 Type of TPOS Runs DAH

0 Car Calls between TPOS1 and TPOS2
(i.e. with door opening)
1 Parking runs between TPOS1 and TPOS2
(i.e. without door opening)
Note: If programmed to a valid address, the IO 1115 EN-TPOS can

be used to activate or deactivate the TPOS runs.
5 DEBUG 0 For Engineering only.
6 DEBUG1 0 For Engineering only.
7 DBG-MSG 0 For Engineering only.
8 DBG-MSG2 0 For Engineering only. EAD
9 DBG-PRNT 0 For Engineering only.
10 DBG-PRN2 0 For Engineering only. EAC
11 DBG-PORT 0 For Engineering only. BAA
12 TEST1 0 Debug Parameter:

Note: For Engineering use only.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
10. TEST


15 EN-CRT 0 Enable contract handling:

0 up to 16 openings
1 up to 32 openings
(contract definition of RS addresses required)
2 up to 100 openings
3-31 same as 1, up to 32 openings (since GAB/EAN)
32-100 up to EN-CRT openings (since GAB/EAN)
16 DISP-ALL 0 Display of Inputs in M-1-1-2 (System-Status-Inputs)

0 only those inputs are displayed which are used by the specific con-
figuration
1 all inputs are displayed, even if not available for the specific config-
uration
17 MON-RATE 1 Rate of CPU monitoring for M-1-1-8 and display to debug monitor
1 (1) 10 s
18 DBG-MSK0 0 For Engineering only. EAE
26 DBG-SOC 0 For Engineering only. EAH

Software Basic Data

Berlin
10. TEST

27 DBG-REI 0 Debug REI Parameter: EAE
(100+x) Set REI start from step x
-102 from RETURN_BOTTOM
-103 from STOP_UP
-104 from STOP_DOWN
-105 from GOING_UP
-106 from GOING_DOWN
-107 from Car Light Check
-108 from Emergency Light Check
211 Clear REI flash area
212 Write RCL flash
213 Check RCL flash
214 Read RCL flash
251 BTI is NG for all steps
254 BTI Test by SVT
255 REI Test by SVT
Note: This parameter is for engineering and remote expert.

102, 103, 105, 107, 108 - available at bottom floor only.
104, 106 - available at top floor only.
28 MON-FUNC 0 Monitor Function ID thru SVT: EAE

1 EQO monitoring
2 REI monitoring
3 COR monitoring GAA
4 Get/Set Config GAA
5 MIT/DUP/SGO/ZONE GAB
29 TST-FUNC 0 Test Function ID thru SVT: EAE

1 EQO
2 Display Adjusted parameter (since GAA)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

0 SUMtmMT 0 Summer Time (Daylight Saving Time) Month: DAB
H Month in which the clock will be automatically set ahead.
0 automatic summer time setting disabled
1-12 Jan-Dec
1 SUMtmSU 0 Summer Time (Daylight Saving Time) Sunday: DAB

N Sunday in which the clock will be automatically set ahead at 2:00 am
0 last Sunday of month
1-4 1st-4th Sunday of month
Note: Requires that the date/time is set in SVT menu M-1-3-8^
2 WINtmMTH 0 Winter Time (Standard Time) Month: DAB

Month in which the clock will be automatically set back at 2:00 am.
0 automatic summer time setting disabled
1-12 Jan-Dec
3 WINtmSUN 0 Winter Time (Standard Time) Sunday: DAB

Sunday in which the clock will be automatically set back at 2:00 am
0 last Sunday of month
1-4 1st-4th Sunday of month
4 NNR-SHR 0 Start Hour for Night Noise Reduction: DAB

0-23 Hour at which NNR is started
5 NNR-SMI 0 Start Minute for Night Noise Reduction: DAB

0-59 Minute at which NNR is started
6 NNR-EHR 0 End Hour for Night Noise Reduction: DAB

0-23 Hour at which NNR is ended
7 NNR-EMI 0 End Minute for Night Noise Reduction: DAB

0-59 Minute at which NNR is ended

Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

8 TFA1-OP 0 Time Based Feature Operation 1: DAB
0 Not used
1-3 ADF1-3 (Alternate Dispatch Floor 1-3) - for the future
4-11 PCLK1-8 - for the future
12 MIT (Moderate Incoming Traffic) - for the future
13 MOT (Moderate Outgoing Traffic) - for the future
14 ACP (Anti Crime Protection)
15 PKS (Park and Shutdown)
16 SHO (Shabat)
17 CCO (Cut Car Call Operation)
18 HCO (Cut Hall Call Operation)
19 CRO (Car Card Reader Operation)
20 HCRO (Hall Card Reader Operation)
21 UCMR Check for Japan (since EAE)
22 CCOC+CCOH (Cut Car Call and Hall Call) GAB
23 Self-BTI (Brake Torque Inspection) GAB
9 TFA1-TYP 0 Type of Time Based Feature Activation 1: DAB

0 not used
1 Time Based
2 Week Based
3 Time and Week
4 Time&DayOfMonth GAB
10 TFA1-SHR 0 Start Hour of TBFA1: DAB

0-23 Hour at which the feature defined by TFA1-OP will start
11 TFA1-SMI 0 Start Minute of TBFA1: DAB

0-59 Minute at which the feature defined by TFA1-OP will start
12 TFA1-EHR 0 End Hour of TBFA1: DAB

0-23 Hour at which the feature defined by TFA1-OP will end.
13 TFA1-EMI 0 End Minute of TBFA1: DAB

0-59 Minute at which the feature defined by TFA1-OP will end.

Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

14 TFA1-WEK 0 Weekday of TBFA1: DAB
Weekday at which the feature defined by TFA1-OP will be activated.
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
Note: If the feature should be activated at more than one day, add the
corresponding values (e.g. Saturday+Sunday = 65, Monday to Friday
= 62)
15 TFA1DofM 0 TBFA-1 Day of Month GAB

0 N/A
1-28 day

0 Not used
16 SHO (Shabat)

0 not used
1 Time Based
2 Week Based
3 Time and Week


Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME




1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0 N/A
1-28 day
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

0 Not used
16 SHO (Shabat)

0 not used
1 Time Based
2 Week Based
3 Time and Week





Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0 N/A
1-28 day

0 Not used
16 SHO (Shabat)

0 not used
1 Time Based
2 Week Based
3 Time and Week


Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME




1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0 N/A
1-28 day
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

40 TFA5-OP 0 Time Based Feature Operation 5: GAB
0 Not used
16 SHO (Shabat)
22 CCOC+CCOH (Cut Car Call and Hall Call)
23 Self-BTI (Brake Torque Inspection)
41 TFA5-TYP 0 Type of Time Based Feature Activation 5: GAB

0 not used
1 Time Based
2 Week Based
3 Time and Week
42 TFA5-SHR 0 Start Hour of TBFA5: GAB

43 TFA5-SMI 0 Start Minute of TBFA5: GAB

44 TFA5-EHR 0 End Hour of TBFA5: GAB

45 TFA5-EMI 0 End Minute of TBFA5: GAB


Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

46 TFA5-WEK 0 Weekday of TBFA5: GAB
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0 N/A
1-28 day
48 RSL1-HI 0 Scheduled RSL IO number 01 (Upper): GAB

00 ~ 60 RSL IO number(XX00 + RSL1-LO)
49 RSL1-LO 0 Scheduled RSL IO number 01 (Lower): GAB

Targeted IO address = RSL1-HI * 100 + RSL1-LO
50 RSL1-SHR 0 Start Hour of Scheduled RSL IO number 01: GAB

0-23 Hour
51 RSL1-SMI 0 Start Minute of Scheduled RSL IO number 01: GAB

0-59 Minute
52 RSL1-SWE 0 Start Weekday of Scheduled RSL IO number 01: GAB

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)
53 RSL1-EHR 0 End Hour of Scheduled RSL IO number 01: GAB

0-23 Hour
54 RSL1-EMI 0 End Minute of Scheduled RSL IO number 01: GAB

0-59 Minute
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

55 RSL1-EWE 0 End Weekday of Scheduled RSL IO number 01: GAB
Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)



0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)



0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)



0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)



0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)



0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)



0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)



0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)

0-23 Hour

0-59 Minute
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11. TIME

Weekday
1 Sunday
2 Monday
4 Tuesday
8 Wednesday
16 Thursday
32 Friday
64 Saturday
= 62)
112 DIS_SCH 0 Disable RSL IO reservation: GAB

0 Enable RSL IO reservation
1 Disable RSL IO reservation
Software Basic Data

Berlin
12. REI

0 REI-TYP 0 REI Type: EAE
0 REI is disabled
1 REI is enabled, no stop at the cut-off floor.
(The GOL blink during the car stop.)
2 REI is enabled, stops at the cut-off floor without door operation.
(The GOL blink during the door state between opening and clos-
ing.)
REI is possible even if all floors are cut-off.
(The GOL is not blinking.)
4 Like 0, but Before logs can still be collected via NMS
1 TRG-TYP 0 REI trigger type: EAE

0 By Start Time (self trigger)
1 By Sequential operation (multicar, non-primary units on)
2 No self trigger (uses NMS initiation&collection)
2 REI-DRV 0 Enable BTI and Drive REI Data (RDO#34191): EAE

0 Disabled
+1 Enable BTI
+2 Drive REI data (RDO#34191) supported
3 TRGstrtH 0 REI trigger start hour: EAE

0-23 hours
Note: Only applicable if TRG-TYP=0
4 TRGstrtM 0 REI trigger start minute: EAE

0-59 minutes
5 TRGstopH 0 REI trigger stop hour: EAE

0-23 hours
6 TRGstopM 0 REI trigger stop minute: EAE

0-59 minutes
Note: only applicable if TRG-TYP=0
7 TRG-DofM 0 REI trigger day of month: EAE

0 N/A
1-31 Day
Note: only applicable if TRG-TYP=0

Software Basic Data

Berlin
12. REI

8 TRG-DofW 0 REI trigger day of week: EAE
0 N/A
1 Sun
2 Mon
3 Tue
4 Wed
5 Thu
6 Fri
7 Sat
9 TRG-WofM 0 REI trigger week of month: EAE

0 N/A
1-5 Week
10 Stuck-T 30 Button Stuck time (seconds): EAE

0 Default (30 seconds)
1 (1) 255 s
11 DoErr-NT 0 Reference value for door time error at normal floors: EAE
0 Invalid
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
12 DoErr2-P 255 Floor for comparison of the door open/close time and "DoErr2- EAE
T":
0-23 Floor number to check
24-254 Invalid
255 "DoErr2-T" is not used
13 DoErr2-T 0 Reference value for door time error at floor "DoErr2-P": EAE
0 Detection invalid
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
14 DoErr3-P 255 Floor for comparison of the door open/close time and "DoErr3- EAE
T":
0-23 Floor number to check
24-254 Invalid
255 "DoErr3-T" is not used
15 DoErr3-T 0 Reference value for door time error at floor "DoErr3-P": EAE
0 Detection invalid
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
16 LevelErr 0 Reference for re-leveling error detection during the REI: EAE
0 Detection invalid
1-31 +/- 1 to +/- 31 mm
Software Basic Data

Berlin
12. REI

17 SpeedErr 0 Reference for speed deviation error detection during the REI: EAE
0 Detection invalid
1-31 +/- 1 to +/- 31 %
18 EmgL-TYP 2 Emergency light type: EAE

0 Halogen emergency light (not used)
1 Flueoscent emergency light (not used)
2 LED emergency light
19 EmgL-T 5 Emergency light check time: EAE

0-4 Default (5 s)
0 (1) 255 s
Software Basic Data

Berlin
13. SPEECH

0 SM-EMG 0 SSM messasge for Emergency: EAE
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
1 SM-EN_FL 0 Enable SSM message for floor announcement: EAE

0 The floor message isnFC179F8B-CC01-41af-A7A5-
59EB10C0FA4At announced
1 The floor message is announced only once when the car returns
2 The floor message is announced over and over when the car re-
turns or it arrives at the shelter floor
2 SM-EN_DC 1 Enable Door Close SSM message: EAE

0 Disabled
1 Enabled
3 SM-DC-T 0 Delay time for announcement of the door close message: EAE
0 Disabled
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
4 SM-UP-T 0 Delay time for announcement of the up direction message: EAE

0 Disabled
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
5 SM-DN-T 0 Delay time for announcement of the down direction message: EAE
0 Disabled
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
6 SM-OD-T 0 Delay time for announcement of the OLD message: EAE

0 Disabled
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
7 SM-CS-T 0 Delay time for announcement of the CCS message: EAE

0 Disabled
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
8 SM-OP-T 0 Delay time for announcement of the door open message: EAE
0 Disabled
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
9 SM-RO-T1 0 Offset time when the Door Close Wait Time is not enough: EAE
0 Disabled
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
10 SM-RO-T2 0 Offset time when the run over time 1 is not enough: EAE
0 Disabled
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
Software Basic Data

Berlin
13. SPEECH

11 SM-CCB-T 0 Delay time for "Press CCB" message: EAE
0 Disabled
1 (0.1) 25.5 s
12 DCBZ-TYP 0 When the door closes, the buzzer is output: EAE

0 Disabled
1 BUZ is output before the door closes.(same as the Elevoa)
13 SM-DC_W 0 While the Elevoa is announcing, enable the door open keeping EAE
function:
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
14 SM-EN_SA 0 SSM message for SAO floor: EAE

0 No ccs message at SAO floor.
1 CCS message when pushed SAO floor Car Button
Software Basic Data

Berlin
14. REMOTE

0 EqoAlarm 0 Enable EQO Alarm: EAE
0 Disabled
1 Enabled
1 EqoClr-T 0 Seconds to clear alarm after recovered from EQO: EAE

0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 s
2 EqrTrg-T 0 Elapsed hours since temporary operation after finished EQR: EAE
0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 hours
3 EqrClr-T 0 Seconds to trigger RFS clear alarm after detecting EQR clear: EAE
0 Disabled
1 (1) 255 s
4 RfsEvU-T 0 Seconds to stay the logged status in case of EAE

err_update_xxx(ErrCode) to wait for RFS alarm delay:
0 (1) 255 s
5 RfsEvT-T 0 Seconds to trigger RFS alarm after detecting TRUE of the RFS EAE
event detecting formula:
0 (1) 255 s
6 RfsEvC-T 0 Seconds to clear RFS alarm after detecting TRUE of the RFS EAE
event detecting formula:
0 (1) 255 s
7 RfsEv1Gr 0 First operand for RFS event detection alarm: EAE

0 Operating System
1 OCSS
2 MCSS
3 DCSS
5 Group
6 System
7 Rescue
8 RfsEv1Id 0 First operand for RFS event detection alarm: EAE

0-99 Event number
9 RfsEvOp1 0 Operator between 1st & 2nd operand: EAE

0 Default (no operation)
1 AND
2 OR
Software Basic Data

Berlin
14. REMOTE

10 RfsEv2Gr 0 Second operand for RFS event detection alarm: EAE
0 Operating System
1 OCSS
2 MCSS
3 DCSS
5 Group
6 System
7 Rescue
11 RfsEv2Id 0 Second operand for RFS event detection alarm: EAE

0-99 Event number
12 RfsEvOp2 0 Operator between 2nd & 3rd operand: EAE

0 Default (no operation)
1 AND
2 OR
13 RfsEv3Gr 0 Third operand for RFS event detection alarm: EAE

0 Operating System
1 OCSS
2 MCSS
3 DCSS
5 Group
6 System
7 Rescue
14 RfsEv3Id 0 Third operand for RFS event detection alarm: EAE

0-99 Event number
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Index
BON-D........................................... 47 DBG-MSK2................................... 79
BOTTOM ....................................... 7 DBG-MSK3................................... 79
1 BRE-Max ...................................... 62 DBG-MSK4................................... 79
BRK-TYP ..................................... 43 DBG-MSK5................................... 79
1AT................................................. 44 BTI-P ............................................. 33 DBG-MSK6................................... 79
1LS-D ............................................. 60 BzGong-T ...................................... 16 DBG-MSK7................................... 79
DBG-PORT ................................... 78
2 DBG-PRN2.................................... 78
C DBG-PRNT ................................... 78
2AT................................................. 44 DBG-REI ....................................... 80
CA-MOD....................................... 17 DBG-SOC...................................... 79
2LS-D ............................................. 60 CAR-DIR ...................................... 33 DBL-OPT ...................................... 21
CARD-SWP .................................. 34 DCB-EXT ...................................... 56
3 CB-EXT ........................................ 32 DCB-TYP ...................................... 56
CBP-DO ........................................ 31 DCBZ-TYP ................................. 102
3P 45 CBP-POS ...................................... 31 DCMT-A ....................................... 27
C-CHK .......................................... 17 DCP-T............................................ 25
CCR-OP ........................................ 74 DDP ............................................... 44
6 CFT-NT......................................... 55 DEBUG.......................................... 78
CFT-P .............................................. 7 DEBUG1........................................ 78
6LS-TYP ........................................ 43 CLR-RUN ..................................... 14 DEK-TYP ...................................... 40
CM-D............................................. 51 DEST-DE ...................................... 40
CM-OP-D ...................................... 51 DFCR-DEL ................................... 19
9 CM-PROT .................................... 51 DHB_TK-T ................................... 56
CMPS-LNS ................................... 40 DHB-T ........................................... 55
98 95 CMR-ES ........................................ 52 DHB-TYP ...................................... 28
CM-TYP ....................................... 51 DIS_SCH ....................................... 97
CNL ............................................... 35
A DIS-ARO ....................................... 22
CNL-MIN...................................... 35 DIS-CAN ....................................... 22
CNTY-TYP ................................... 34 DISP-ALL ..................................... 79
ACD/UXT ...................................... 46
COP-COPY................................... 22 DO-BEL ........................................ 53
ADF-POS1 ..................................... 40
CPC-TYP ...................................... 19 DOC ............................................... 28
ADF-POS2 ..................................... 41
CPI-JWL1 ....................................... 8 DO-D.............................................. 51
ADF-POS3 ..................................... 41
CPI-JWL2 ....................................... 9 DoErr2-P ....................................... 99
ANS ................................................ 26
CPI-JWL3 ....................................... 9 DoErr2-T ....................................... 99
ANS(kg) ......................................... 26
CPI-JWL4 ....................................... 9 DoErr3-P ....................................... 99
ARBL-PRK ................................... 24
CPMT-D ....................................... 27 DoErr3-T ....................................... 99
ARBL-T ......................................... 24
CPR-T ........................................... 24 DoErr-NT ...................................... 99
ARD-P ............................................ 24
CR-CHK-T ................................... 55 DOMT-O ....................................... 27
ARD-T............................................ 24
CR-DIR ......................................... 16 DOOR ............................................ 48
ARO-D ........................................... 22
CR-DO .......................................... 16 DOOR-PWR ................................. 49
ASL2-P........................................... 65
CR-OPT ........................................ 16 DOR-T ........................................... 54
ASL-DO ......................................... 65
CRO-TTL ..................................... 74 DRV-TYP ...................................... 42
ASL-P............................................. 65
CTL-DO ........................................ 25 DS-CCB ......................................... 28
ATT ................................................ 26
CTL-P ........................................... 26 DS-DOB ......................................... 28
CTL-TYP ...................................... 26 DS-TKBUZ ................................... 56
B C-TYPE......................................... 44 DTC-T ........................................... 54
DTO-T ........................................... 55
BAT-CHRG ................................... 21 DUPK-CP ...................................... 37
BatRun-T ....................................... 22 D
DUPK-G ........................................ 37
BFLT-T .......................................... 47 DUPK-OPT ................................... 38
DAR-T ........................................... 56
BLC-DCB ...................................... 76 DUPK-P......................................... 37
DBG-MSG .................................... 78
BLC-T ............................................ 76 DUTY-HI....................................... 43
DBG-MSG2 .................................. 78
BLC-TYP ....................................... 76 DUTY-LOW.................................. 43
DBG-MSK0 .................................. 79
BOFF-D ......................................... 47 DW-DLY ....................................... 53
DBG-MSK1 .................................. 79
Software Basic Data

Berlin
DXT-T ............................................ 56 EN-CGS ........................................ 56 EZ1-DNST..................................... 72

DZCNT .......................................... 16 EN-CK........................................... 53 EZ1-UPST ..................................... 72
DZ-DLY ......................................... 59 Encoder ......................................... 62
DZ-TYP ......................................... 58 EN-CRO ........................................ 74
EN-CRT ........................................ 79 F
EN-DDO ........................................ 49
E EN-DDP ........................................ 44 F
EN-DZI.......................................... 17 DC-TYP ................................... 49
ECB-TYP ....................................... 76 EN-EOSBZ ................................... 71 DOL-D...................................... 50
EEQF-T ......................................... 72 EN-EQAR ..................................... 72 DO-TYP ................................... 49
EEQF-TYP .................................... 72 EN-EQOR ..................................... 72 EN-ACG ................................... 49
EF-I-LT.......................................... 68 EN-EXT ........................................ 25 EN-DCL ................................... 49
EFO-BUZ....................................... 65 EN-FPD ......................................... 73 FAN-T............................................ 15
EFO-DC ......................................... 63 EN-GSS ......................................... 39 FAN-TYP ...................................... 15
EFO-DCMD .................................. 65 EN-HCC ........................................ 31 FIX-MASK.................................... 29
EFO-DO ......................................... 64 EN-HCRO ..................................... 74 FIX-PRK ....................................... 28
EFO-MP ........................................ 64 EN-HLC ........................................ 15 FPD-LINK .................................... 73
EFO-MP-T .................................... 64 EN-IST .......................................... 73 FPD-RUN ...................................... 73
EFO-NC ......................................... 63 EN-J............................................... 46
EFONDG ....................................... 64 EN-JICA ....................................... 35
EFO-OP ......................................... 64 G
EN-JIS ........................................... 32
EFO-P ............................................ 63 EN-MPD ....................................... 45
EFO-REV ...................................... 64 GCB-EN ........................................ 40
EN-NDG ........................................ 52 GCBTYP ....................................... 75
EFO-SD.......................................... 64 EN-NEFI ....................................... 34
EFS-CALL..................................... 67 GNC-TYP...................................... 23
EN-OARO ..................................... 22 GPI................................................. 12
EFSCLD ........................................ 67 EN-OTS ......................................... 46
EFS-DO.......................................... 66 GPI-OPT ....................................... 12
EN-PLS ......................................... 45 GPI-POS........................................ 12
EFS-EX .......................................... 68 EN-PMO ....................................... 52
EFSINI ........................................... 66 GROUP ......................................... 35
EN-PRBB ...................................... 58 GRP-NO ........................................ 35
EFSOPD ........................................ 67 EN-RB ........................................... 28
EFS-RC .......................................... 68 GW-ID ........................................... 18
EN-RLV ........................................ 58 GW-VOI-D .................................... 27
EFS-RT .......................................... 68 EN-SFR ......................................... 14
EFS-TYP........................................ 66 EN-SHB......................................... 25
EHS-T ............................................ 70 EN-SO ........................................... 22 H
ELD-DOOR ................................... 13 EN-UCB ........................................ 38
ELD-fCLG ..................................... 12 EN-ZBS ......................................... 38 HANDIC-D ................................... 27
ELD-fOPG ..................................... 12 EPO-DC ........................................ 69 HANDIC-R ................................... 27
ELD-LNG ...................................... 13 EPO-DO ........................................ 69 HANN-BLK .................................. 34
ELD-MSG...................................... 13 EPO-P ........................................... 69 HANN-FL1 .................................... 34
ELD-rCLG .................................... 13 EPO-PR......................................... 69 HANN-FL2 .................................... 34
ELD-rOPG .................................... 13 EPS-TYP ....................................... 70 HANN-FL3 .................................... 34
ELD-Sym1 ..................................... 13 EQAR-NT ..................................... 72 HANN-FL4 .................................... 34
ELZ-POS ....................................... 38 EQAR-O........................................ 72 HANN-FLR ................................... 34
EmgL-T ........................................ 100 EQO............................................... 71 HANN-NBR .................................. 34
EmgL-TYP .................................. 100 EqoAlarm .................................... 103 HBDOB-T ..................................... 31
EMS-SEC ...................................... 75 EqoClr-T ..................................... 103 HBP-DO ........................................ 40
EMT-T ........................................... 71 EQO-DO ....................................... 71 HBP-POS ...................................... 40
EMT-TYP ...................................... 71 EQO-NT ........................................ 71 HC-PASS ....................................... 36
EN-1CL .......................................... 46 EqrClr-T ..................................... 103 HDL-TYP ...................................... 15
EN-ABL ......................................... 42 EqrTrg-T .................................... 103 HDWPOS ...................................... 69
EN-ACCB ...................................... 22 ERO-TYP...................................... 17 HL-SET ......................................... 15
EN-ADM ........................................ 49 ES-LRCU ...................................... 63 HOMELIFT .................................. 23
EN-ADO......................................... 42 ESO-OP......................................... 33 HPI................................................. 10
EN-AMEZ1 ................................... 72 ES-SLOW ..................................... 63 HPI-DEDL .................................... 11
EN-BAK ......................................... 68 ES-TYP ......................................... 63 HPI-DEDR .................................... 11
EN-BCD ......................................... 46 EXT-C ........................................... 54 HPI-JWL1 ..................................... 10
EN-BSM........................................... 7 EXT-H ........................................... 54 HPI-JWL2 ..................................... 11
EN-BTI .......................................... 33 EXT-SEC ...................................... 75 HPI-JWL3 ..................................... 11
EN-CARIO .................................... 21 EZ1_BOT ...................................... 72 HPI-JWL4 ..................................... 11
EN-CFS .......................................... 32 EZ1_TOP ...................................... 72 HPI-OPT ....................................... 10
Software Basic Data

Berlin
HPI-POS ........................................ 10 MIT-ST ......................................... 36 PKS-OPT ...................................... 25

HWY-TYP ..................................... 21 MIT-T ........................................... 36 PKS-P ............................................ 24
HY-TYP ......................................... 45 MIT-TYP ...................................... 36 PKS-T ............................................ 25
MON-FUNC ................................. 80 PKS-TYP....................................... 25
MON-RATE ................................. 79 P-ON-D .......................................... 43
I MOT-LD ....................................... 38 PRKdefVD .................................... 29
MOT-OPT .................................... 38 PRKDST........................................ 39
INL-TYP ........................................ 32 MOT-T .......................................... 38 PRK-INT ....................................... 35
INSL-TYP...................................... 32 MOT-TYP..................................... 38 PRK-NT1 ...................................... 29
IPD-D ............................................. 60 MPD-T .......................................... 45 PRK-NT2 ...................................... 29
IPU-D ............................................. 60 MRO-DIR ..................................... 62 PRK-OPT ...................................... 29
ISC ................................................. 27 PRK-SEC ...................................... 35
ISC-T.............................................. 27 PRK-T ........................................... 35
ISPS-TYP ...................................... 27 N PRK-TYP ...................................... 29
IST-P .............................................. 73 PRKXDZ-T ................................... 34
NDG-T........................................... 52 PRS-TYP ....................................... 59
NMS-TYP ..................................... 19 PX2.1 ............................................. 20
J NNR-EHR ..................................... 81 PX2.2 ............................................. 20
NNR-EMI...................................... 81
J-T .................................................. 46 NNR-SHR ..................................... 81
NNR-SMI ...................................... 81 R
L NSL-TYP ...................................... 32
R
LDR ................................................ 52 DC-TYP ................................... 50
O DOL-D...................................... 50
LevelErr ......................................... 99
LNS(%) .......................................... 26 DO-TYP ................................... 50
OLD(%) ........................................ 26 EN-ACG ................................... 50
LOBBY ............................................ 7 OLD-TYP...................................... 26
LOB-D............................................ 35 EN-DCL ................................... 50
OPEN-TYP ................................... 57 RDOR-T ........................................ 54
LOB-NT ......................................... 55 OPERAT ......................................... 7
L-PARK ......................................... 39 REAR ............................................ 48
LR-MODE ..................................... 14 REI-DRV ....................................... 98
LR-T............................................... 14 P REI-TYP ....................................... 98
L-T ................................................. 45 REM-PORT .................................. 18
LVA-TYP....................................... 23 PARK-1 ......................................... 29 REM-SSM ..................................... 18
LV-D-D .......................................... 59 PARK-1 T ..................................... 30 REM-TYP ..................................... 18
LV-MOD........................................ 59 PARK-2 ......................................... 30 RfsEv1Gr..................................... 103
LV-OFF-D ..................................... 58 PARK-2 T ..................................... 30 RfsEv1Id...................................... 103
LV-ON-D ....................................... 58 PARK-3 ......................................... 30 RfsEv2Gr..................................... 104
LV-U-D .......................................... 59 PARK-3 T ..................................... 30 RfsEv2Id...................................... 104
LW-TYP ........................................ 20 PARK-4 ......................................... 30 RfsEv3Gr..................................... 104
PARK-4 T ..................................... 30 RfsEv3Id...................................... 104
PARK-5 ......................................... 30 RfsEvC-T..................................... 103
M PARK-5 T ..................................... 30 RfsEvOp1 .................................... 103
PARK-6 ......................................... 30 RfsEvOp2 .................................... 104
MAX-C .......................................... 53 PARK-6 T ..................................... 30 RfsEvT-T ..................................... 103
MAX-H .......................................... 54 PARK-7 ......................................... 31 RfsEvU-T..................................... 103
MD/AES ......................................... 17 PARK-7 T ..................................... 31 RGEN-LVL ................................... 33
MG-DEL ........................................ 40 PARK-8 ......................................... 31 RGEN-TYP ................................... 33
Mid Pos .......................................... 71 PARK-8 T ..................................... 31 RIOT-DO ...................................... 75
MIN-C ............................................ 53 PDR-D ........................................... 43 RIOT-P .......................................... 75
MIN-H............................................ 54 PEAK(%) ...................................... 26 RL-CNT ........................................ 61
MIN-ZBS ....................................... 38 PET-FANT.................................... 77 RL-D-D .......................................... 61
MITdefVD ..................................... 36 PET-NT ......................................... 77 RL-DIS .......................................... 61
MIT-DIR........................................ 37 PET-TYP ...................................... 77 RL-U-D .......................................... 61
MIT-DOOR ................................... 37 PI 7 RL-UIS .......................................... 61
MIT-LD ......................................... 36 PI-CTTL ......................................... 8 RLV-TYP ...................................... 60
MITmaxVD ................................... 36 PI-DIR ............................................. 8 RNG-BAUD .................................. 39
MITminVD .................................... 36 PI-OPT ............................................ 8 RSC-SEC ....................................... 76
MIT-NLB ....................................... 37 PI-POS ............................................ 8 RSL1-EHR .................................... 89
MIT-NT ......................................... 37 PKS-DO ........................................ 25 RSL1-EMI..................................... 89
Software Basic Data

Berlin
RSL1-EWE .................................... 90 TFA1-OP ....................................... 82

RSL1-HI ........................................ 89 S TFA1-SHR .................................... 82
RSL1-LO ....................................... 89 TFA1-SMI ..................................... 82
SAC-D1 ......................................... 76
RSL1-SHR ..................................... 89 TFA1-TYP .................................... 82
SAC-D2 ......................................... 76
RSL1-SMI...................................... 89 TFA1-WEK ................................... 83
SAC-D3 ......................................... 76
RSL1-SWE .................................... 89 TFA2DofM .................................... 84
SACTYP........................................ 76
RSL2-EHR..................................... 90 TFA2-EHR .................................... 84
SDI-Dir .......................................... 62
RSL2-EMI ..................................... 90 TFA2-EMI .................................... 84
SDI-Max ........................................ 62
RSL2-EWE .................................... 91 TFA2-OP ....................................... 83
SEC-LINK .................................... 75
RSL2-HI ........................................ 90 TFA2-SHR .................................... 83
SEL-CMR ..................................... 52
RSL2-LO ....................................... 90 TFA2-SMI ..................................... 84
SEL-COMP .................................. 39
RSL2-SHR ..................................... 90 TFA2-TYP .................................... 83
SGO-M1 ........................................ 41
RSL2-SMI...................................... 90 TFA2-WEK ................................... 84
SGO-M2 ........................................ 41
RSL2-SWE .................................... 90 TFA3DofM .................................... 86
SGO-M3 ........................................ 41
RSL3-EHR..................................... 91 TFA3-EHR .................................... 85
SGO-M4 ........................................ 41
RSL3-EMI ..................................... 91 TFA3-EMI .................................... 85
SGO-M5 ........................................ 41
RSL3-EWE .................................... 92 TFA3-OP ....................................... 85
SGO-M6 ........................................ 41
RSL3-HI ........................................ 91 TFA3-SHR .................................... 85
SGO-M7 ........................................ 41
RSL3-LO ....................................... 91 TFA3-SMI ..................................... 85
SHO/WCO .................................... 31
RSL3-SHR ..................................... 91 TFA3-TYP .................................... 85
SHO-LT ........................................ 56
RSL4-EHR..................................... 92 TFA3-WEK ................................... 86
SHO-PI .......................................... 31
RSL4-EMI ..................................... 92 TFA4DofM .................................... 87
SHO-POS ...................................... 31
RSL4-EWE .................................... 93 TFA4-EHR .............................. 87, 88
SHO-T ........................................... 55
RSL4-HI ........................................ 92 TFA4-EMI .............................. 87, 88
SM-CCB-T .................................. 102
RSL4-LO ....................................... 92 TFA4-OP ................................. 86, 88
SM-CS-T ..................................... 101
RSL4-SHR ..................................... 92 TFA4-SHR .............................. 86, 88
SM-DC_W .................................. 102
RSL4-SMI...................................... 92 TFA4-SMI ............................... 87, 88
SM-DC-T .................................... 101
RSL5-EHR..................................... 93 TFA4-TYP .............................. 86, 88
SM-DN-T .................................... 101
RSL5-EMI ..................................... 93 TFA4-WEK ............................. 87, 89
SM-EMG..................................... 101
RSL5-EWE .................................... 94 TFA5DofM .................................... 89
SM-EN_DC ................................. 101
RSL5-HI ........................................ 93 TFS-P............................................. 38
SM-EN_FL ................................. 101
RSL5-LO ....................................... 93 TLD-DW-D ................................... 53
SM-EN_SA ................................. 102
RSL5-SHR ..................................... 93 TOP ................................................. 7
SM-OD-T .................................... 101
RSL5-SMI...................................... 93 TPOS 1 .......................................... 78
SM-OP-T..................................... 101
RSL5-SWE .................................... 93 TPOS 2 .......................................... 78
SM-RO-T1 .................................. 101
RSL6-EHR..................................... 94 TPOS-TYP .................................... 78
SM-RO-T2 .................................. 101
RSL6-EMI ..................................... 94 TRG-DofM .................................... 98
SM-UP-T ..................................... 101
RSL6-EWE .................................... 95 TRG-DofW .................................... 99
SPB-NT ......................................... 55
RSL6-HI ........................................ 94 TRGstopH ..................................... 98
SPB-Temp ..................................... 62
RSL6-LO ....................................... 94 TRGstopM .................................... 98
SPB-TYP ....................................... 62
RSL6-SHR ..................................... 94 TRGstrtH ...................................... 98
SPEECH........................................ 27
RSL6-SMI...................................... 94 TRGstrtM ..................................... 98
SPEED........................................... 42
RSL6-SWE .................................... 94 TRG-TYP ...................................... 98
SpeedErr ..................................... 100
RSL7-EHR..................................... 95 TRG-WofM ................................... 99
Stuck-T .......................................... 99
RSL7-EMI ..................................... 95 TRIC-TYP..................................... 20
SUMtmMTH................................. 81
RSL7-EWE .................................... 96 TRO-TYP ...................................... 52
SUMtmSUN .................................. 81
RSL7-HI ........................................ 95 TST-FUNC .................................... 80
RSL7-LO ....................................... 95
RSL7-SHR ..................................... 95 T
RSL7-SMI...................................... 95 U
RSL7-SWE .................................... 95 T-BASE ......................................... 60
RSL8-EHR..................................... 96 UCM-TYP ..................................... 21
TCI-TYP ....................................... 52
RSL8-EMI ..................................... 96 UX-D .............................................. 45
TDELAY ....................................... 78
RSL8-EWE .................................... 97 UXT-D ........................................... 45
TDEL-TIM ................................... 78
RSL8-HI ........................................ 96 TEST1 ........................................... 78
RSL8-LO ....................................... 96 TEST2 ........................................... 79 V
RSL8-SHR ..................................... 96 TEST3 ........................................... 79
RSL8-SMI...................................... 96 TFA1DofM.................................... 83 VIP-DEPR ..................................... 70
RSL8-SWE .................................... 96 TFA1-EHR.................................... 82 VIP-T ............................................. 70
RSR-RSP ....................................... 35 TFA1-EMI .................................... 82
Software Basic Data

Berlin
WCO-T.......................................... 55 WINtmSUN ................................... 81

W WINtmMTH ................................. 81
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 1 / 42
Engineering Center GCS - GECB Date: 2015-03-25
Berlin
RSL: List of Inputs and Outputs
GCS - GECB
Running on PCB GAA26800LC (GECB-EN) or higher

GAA26800MD (GECB_II) or higher
GAA26800NK (LCB_IIC) or higher
GAA26800NR (GECB_LV) or higher


No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 2 / 42
Berlin
Revision History
2004-11-26 G1530780AAA A. Pfeffer based on TCBC; new I/O List for up to 100
openings
2005-01-27 G2130780AAA H.-K. Spielbauer Number update only prior shipping
2005-02-18 G2230780AAA A. Pfeffer I/Os completed manually
2005-06-08 G1130780AAB A. Pfeffer Annunciator added
2005-07-13 G1430780AAB A. Pfeffer GRPFBK, GRPTST for HBP added
2005-08-22 G1530780AAC A. Pfeffer location of 4600ff, 4800ff corrected
2006-10-20 G1630780BAA A. Pfeffer I/Os 5700–6099 added
2006-11-21 Gxx30780BAA B. Braasch I/Os: 5-9; 12; 552; 569-571; 602; 604; 632;
635; 636; 664; 672; 698-703; 776-782; 1013;
1017; 1018; 1024-1026; 1030; 1045; blanked
I/Os: 10; 975; 976; 991-996; 1008-1012;
1015; 1016; 1030; 1043; 1044; renamed
I/O: 5-7; 604; 1024-1025; 1030; 1058-1093;
added
2006-11-30 GAA30780BAA A. Pfeffer no changes
2007-04-05 GAA30780DAA H.-K. Spielbauer Update for DAA release
2007-09-17 G1630780DAB A. Pfeffer Added 1047-1055 for LO/SP, 1108-1111 for
DOBL/DCBL
2007-12-14 GAA30780DAB A. Pfeffer No changes
2008-06-24 G1430780DAC A. Pfeffer Added AEFL, FOSS1-FOSS3, XDO, RXDO,
CCDC, RCCDC, X1LV, X2LV, ABDO, ABON;
Removed DUPC, DUPL, SROS, eRUHBxx,
eRDHBxx, eREHCxx.
2008-07-22 G1530780DAC A. Pfeffer Added DDO;
Changed EFO, XEFO to hall link
2008-11-12 G2330780DAC A. Pfeffer Added ETSC-EN
2008-12-04 GAA30780DAC A. Pfeffer No changes
2009-05-05 GAA30780DAD A. Pfeffer Added Debug3, Debug4, GDI1-16, GDO1-16
2009-06-19 GAA30780DAE A. Pfeffer No changes
2009-07-20 G1630780DAF A. Pfeffer Added 1155 ServButI, 1156 ServButO
2009-12-10 G2130780DAG A. Pfeffer Added Generic Door I/Os 1094ff, 692 1LS,
693 2LS
2010-01-22 GAA30780DAG A. Pfeffer No changes
2010-02-19 G1330780DAH A. Peffer 1112 RTD_OUT1, 1113 RTD_OUT2 added
2010-03-17 G1630780DAH A. Pfeffer 1115 EN-TPOS added
2010-10-25 G2730780DAJ A. Pfeffer 1159 ALB, 1160 ALM added
1236 DoorPor1, 1237 DoorPor2 added
names of GDIxx, GDOxx shifted
2010-11-16 G3230780DAJ A. Pfeffer Link of 1120ff GDIxx, GDOxx link changed
2010-12-09 GAA30780DAJ A. Pfeffer Corrected 1115 EN-TPOS, 1131 GDI11, 1237
DoorPor2
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 3 / 42
Berlin

2011-05-19 G1530780EAC A. Pfeffer Added ETSD outputs 1257-1264
2011-07-20 G1730780EAC SG Cho 1166 ~ 1173 added for WDOB/WDCB
1238 ~ 1246 added for regenerative mode
display
2011-08-26 G2030780EAC A. Pfeffer Added 1251-1256 for Low Pit
2011-11-18 G2530780EAD M. Hoinkis Added for LCB_IIC: 008, 009, 012, 587, 588,
589, 660, 679, 697, 100, 701, 702, 703, 704,
721, 722, 726, 1019, 1023, 1028, 1029
2012-05-21 GAA30780EAE SG Cho Added for JIS: 1161~1165, 1177~1181,
1183~1235, 1265~1266, 1274~1291
Renamed I/O: 1157, 1158
2012-11-30 GAA30780EAF M. Hnida Added SVC, SVI, SVF, and SVT
2012-12-03 GAA30780EAG M. Hnida Added RTD_H1, RTD_H2, RCW_H2,
RRD_H, MD_BTN, CR_FSO, and CR_RSO.
2013-03-25 GAA30780EAH S. Seelmann Added WCOL, HANN0 – HANN 99, DOC0-
DOC99 moved to Group Link, FPD0-FPD99
on Car / Hall or Group Link, SEC0 – SEC99
on Hall or Group Link
2013-08-06 GP130780EAH A. Pfeffer Corrected 1324 WCOL,
Added 1319-1322 for TPR,
Added 1323 AV-Alarm
2013-09-30 GP230780EAH H.-K. Spielbauer Added platform GECB_LV
2013-10-25 G2530780EAJ A. Pfeffer Added 1334 LR2
2014-01-10 G1230780EAL A. Pfeffer Added 1335 EMT
2014-01-17 G1230780EAL A. Pfeffer Added 1336 HADL
2014-01-21 G1230780EAL M. Wilke Added 1337 MOTION
2014-11-10 G1830782GAB M. Ifland Added 1338 P-DET
2014-12-12 G1830782GAB SG Cho Added 1174 MR_TMP, 1175 5LS_ERR,
1176 6LS_ERR, 1303 AROMT, 1725 EFOR,
1730 DUPC, 1731 DUPL
2015-03-03 G2630782GAB A. Pfeffer Added 1311 LowBat
2015-03-24 G2830782GAB A. Pfeffer Renamed 1338 P-DET to PDET
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 4 / 42
Berlin

0 DOL Door Open Limit 1 in car
1 DOB Door Open Button 0 in car
2 EDP Electronic Door Protection 0 in car
3 DCB Door Close Button 0 in car
4 ISS Independent Service Switch 0 in car
5 LWO Load Weighting Overload 0 in car
6 LNS / DIS1 Load Non Stop / Delayed Releveling 0 in car
7 LWX / ACS ANS Load Weight / Anti Creeping Switch 1 in car
8 UIS Start/stop relevel down EAD 1 in car
9 DIS Start/stop relevel up EAD 1 in car
10 CTL / PKS Car To Landing/Parking Switch 0 in hall
11 PKS Parking Switch 0 in hall
12 LWX-HYD ANS load weight for hydraulic EAD 0 in car
13 CCTL Car Call to Top Landing 0 in car
14 CCBL Car Call to Bottom Landing 0 in car
15 - - - - - -
16 EFK Emergency Fireman Key Switch 0 in hall
17 NU Emergency power 1 in car
18 NUSD/NUSD-1 Enable rescue operation 1 in/out car
19 NUG/NUG-1 Enable normal operation 1 in/out car
20 CUDL Car Up Direction Light 0 out car
21 CDDL Car Down Direction Light 0 out car
22 OLS Over Load Signal 0 out car
23 BUZ Buzzer 0 out car
24 FSL Fireman Service Light 0 out car
25 HEL Hospital Emergency Light 0 out car
26 LR Light Relay 0 out car
27 NDG Nudging 0 out car
28 - - - - - -
29 STH Stop Signal Hall 0 out hall
30 STC Stop Signal Car 0 out car
31 DMD Demand 0 out hall
32 CB / CTTL 00 Car Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 5 / 42
Berlin

64 UHB / UHTTL 00 Up Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out group
96 HB / HBTTL 00 Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out group
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 6 / 42
Berlin

128 UHL 00 Up Hall Lantern 00 0 out hall
160 DHL 00 Down Hall Lantern 00 0 out hall
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 7 / 42
Berlin

192 EHC / ETTL 00 Emergency Hospital Call 00 0 in/out group
224 FPD 00 Fire Proof Door 00 1 in c/h/g
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 8 / 42
Berlin

256 CPC 00 Car Position Contact 00 0 out car
288 RCB / RCTTL 00 Rear Car Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 9 / 42
Berlin

320 RUHB / RUTTL 00 Rear Up Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out group
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 10 / 42
Berlin

352 RDHB / RDTTL 00 Rear Down Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out group
384 RUHL 00 Rear Up Hall Lantern 00 0 out hall
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 11 / 42
Berlin

416 RDHL 00 Rear Down Hall Lantern 00 0 out hall
448 REHC / RETTL 00 Rear Emerg. Hosp. Call / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out group
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 12 / 42
Berlin

480 CRS 00 Card Reader Security (Car) 00 1 in car
512 SEC 00 Card Reader Security (Hall) 00 0 in h/g
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 13 / 42
Berlin

544 RDOL Rear Door Open Limit 1 in car
545 RDOB Rear Door Open Button 0 in car
546 REDP Rear Electronic Door Protection 0 in car
547 RDCB Rear Door Close Button 0 in car
548 ATK Attendant Key Switch 0 in car
549 HUDL (UDL) Hall Up Direction Light 0 out hall
550 HDDL (DDL) Hall Down Direction Light 0 out hall
551 GCB Up General Control Button 0 in car
552 DDP Car Motion Control Signal EAD 0 out car
553 PKL Parking Light 0 out hall
554 - - - - - -
555 DTP Door Time Protection 0 out car
556 EPR Emergency Power Rescue 0 out car
557 OOS1B Out of Service Break Contact1 0 out car
558 OOS1M Out of Service Make Contact1 0 out car
559 OOS2B Out of Service Break Contact2 0 out car
560 OOS2M Out of Service Make Contact2 0 out car
561 ROLS Rear Over Load Signal 0 out car
562 RHEL Rear Hospital Emergency Light 0 out car
563 RFSL Rear Fireman Service Light 0 out car
564 RCUDL Rear Car Up Direction Lantern 0 out car
565 RCDDL Rear Car Down Direction Lantern 0 out car
566 RHUDL Rear Hall Up Direction Lantern 0 out car
567 RHDDL Rear Hall Down Direction Lantern 0 out car
568 RIOTS Riot Operation Switch 0 in hall
569 SR1 Gamma160 s Speed 1 0 out car
572 RSTH Rear Stop Signal Hall 0 out hall
573 RSTC Rear Stop Signal Car 0 out car
574 MDD Passenger Move Detector 0 in car
575 RMDD Rear Passenger Move Detector 0 in car
576 UP Car Direction Memory Up 0 out car
577 DN Car Direction Memory Down 0 out car
578 CDLU Car Direction Lantern Up 0 out car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 14 / 42
Berlin

579 CDLD Car Direction Lantern Down 0 out car
580 CDGU(GNCUP) Car Direction Gong Up 0 out car
581 CDGD(GNCDN) Car Direction Gong Down 0 out car
582 RCDLU Rear Car Direction Lantern Up 0 out car
583 RCDLD Rear Car Direction Lantern Down 0 out car
584 RCDGU Rear Car Direction Gong Up 0 out car
585 RCDGD Rear Car Direction Gong Down 0 out car
586 ASL Alternate Service Landing 0 in hall
587 FLT Drive Fault Contact EAD 0 in car
588 MTC Motor Temperature Contact EAD 1 in car
589 OVH Drive Overheat Contact EAD 0 in car
590 ATTU Attendant Up Start Switch 0 in car
591 ATTD Attendant Down Start Switch 0 in car
592 FDLU Further Demand Up Lantern 0 out car
593 FDLD Further Demand Down Lantern 0 out car
594 NSB Non Stop Button 0 in car
595 NSL Non Stop Lantern 0 out car
596 INLC Independent Light Car 0 out car
597 INLH Independent Light Hall 0 out hall
598 - - - - - -
599 - - - - - -
600 PFL Power Fail Light 0 out car
601 EPW Emergency Power Wait 0 out car
602 INS Car Inspection Signal 0 out car
603 - - - - - -
604 EHS Emergency Hospital Service 0 out car
605 DOS / SGS Door Opening Signal / Safety Gate Shoe 0 in car
606 RDOS / RSGS Rear Door Open Signal / Rear SGS 0 in car
607 LRD Light Ray Device 0 in car
608 RLRD Rear Light Ray Device 0 in car
609 XEPR Not able to rescue 0 out car
610 CCOC Cut Car Calls for car link 1 in car
611 CCOH Cut Car Calls for hall link 1 in hall
612 HCCO Hall Call Cut Off 1 in hall
613 GCCO Group Call Cut Off 1 in hall
614 - - - - - -
615 - - - - - -
616 ACSC Anti Crime Switch Car 0 in car
617 ACSH Anti Crime Switch Hall 0 in hall
618 CHCC Cut Hall Call Car 0 in car
619 DFD Disable Front Doors 0 in hall
620 DHB Door Hold Button 0 in car
621 DRD Disable Rear Doors 0 in hall
622 EFKB Emergency Fireman Key Bypass 0 in hall
623 EQS Earth Quake Switch 0 in hall
624 EFO Emergency Fireman Operation 1 in hall
625 ESH Emergency Service Hold 1 in car
626 ESK Emergency Service Key Switch 0 in car
627 RB Reset Button 0 in car
628 RDHB Rear Door Hold Button 0 in car
629 AMCLK AM Clock Input 0 in car
630 LPT Landing passing Tone 0 out car
631 WCOS Wild Car Operation Switch 0 in hall
632 - - - - - -
633 ESSR Emergency Stop Switch Reset 0 out car
634 - - - - - -
635 - - - - - -
636 - - - - - -
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 15 / 42
Berlin

637 RNDG Rear Nudging Relay 0 out car
638 ISPS Independent Service Parking Switch 0 in car
639 CRC Card Reader Contact 0 in car
640 SDB Special Door Open Button 0 in car
641 RSDB Rear SDB 0 in car
642 GRIOT Group RIOT 0 in hall
643 FPDL Fire Proof Door Light 0 out hall
644 AEPS Available for EPS L. 0 out car
645 EQCW Earthquake Counterweight Switch 0 in car
646 EQRS Earthquake Reset Signal 0 in car
647 SSM1 Speech Synth. Cmd 1 0 out car
654 SSMB Speech Synth. Busy 0 in car
655 SSMR Speech Synth. Reset 0 out car
656 SSMS Speech Synth. Start 0 out car
657 LPTB Landg. pass. Tone B. 0 in car
658 CTLPC CTL park close door 0 in hall
659 CTLPO CTL park open door 0 in hall
660 ULV Gamma L speed dict. EAD 0 out car
661 RDZ Rear Door Zone 0 in car
662 CFSON Car Fire. Serv. On 0 in car
663 CFSST Car Fire. Serv. Start 0 in car
664 - - - - - -
665 BOS Boss Card Reader override 0 in car
666 SHAC Shabbat Operation Switch 0 in hall
667 SHAT Shabbat Operation Timer 0 in car
668 SHLC Shabbat Operation Light Car 0 out car
669 - - - - - -
670 SSMRL Speech Synthesizer Audio relay 0 out car
671 CBT Car Button Tone 0 out car
672 - - - - - -
673 BUT Button Signal for REM 0 out car
674 DO Door Opening for REM 0 out car
675 CPR Car Park Recog. REM 0 out car
676 NORM Normal Operation for REM 0 out car
677 LDO Limited Door Open. 0 out car
678 RLDO Rear LDO 0 out car
679 8LS2 Limit Switch 8LS2 for Hydro EAD 0 in hall
680 - - - - - -
681 - - - - - -
682 - - - - - -
683 - - - - - -
684 - - - - - -
685 - - - - - -
686 - - - - - -
687 - - - - - -
688 - - - - - -
689 - - - - - -
690 - - - - - -
691 TCI Top of car Inspection Switch. Inverted IO. 0 in car
692 1LS Limit switch 1LS DAG 0 in car
693 2LS Limit switch 2LS DAG 0 in car
694 DCL Door Close Limit Switch 1 in car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 16 / 42
Berlin

695 RDCL Rear Door Close Limit Switch 1 in car
696 DO_BEL Door Open Bell Sig. 0 out car
697 MCLS Machine Room Car Light Switch (SKL-3) EAD 1 in car
698 - - - - - -
699 - - - - - -
700 SLU Short Landing Up EAD 0 in car
701 SLD Short Landing Down EAD 0 in car
702 OFF input Off EAD 0 in car
703 - - - - - -
704 C-CHK C-Circuit check Sig. EAD 0 in car
705 TDOB Top of car Door Open Button 0 in car
706 TDCB Top of car Door Close Button 0 in car
707 RTDOB Rear Top of car DOB 0 in car
708 RTDCB Rear Top of car DCB 0 in car
709 EML Evacuation Message Light 0 out car
710 REML Rear Evacuation Message Light 0 out car
711 MF Master Floor for REM 0 out car
712 LND Landing for REM 0 out car
713 OOS Out Of Service for REM 0 out car
714 RISS Rear Independent Service Switch 0 in car
715 RGCB Rear GCB 0 in car
716 EFL Emergency Fireman Light 0 out hall
717 GOOL Group Out of Service Light 0 out hall
718 DHDI Down Hall Direction Indicator 0 out hall
719 UHDI Up Hall Direction Indicator 0 out hall
720 FR Fireman Operation Relay 0 out car
721 LNS-M LNS in machine room EAD 0 in car
722 LWO-M LWO in machine room EAD 0 in car
723 FCDGU Front Car Direction Gong Up 0 out car
724 FCDGD Front Car Direction Gong Down 0 out car
725 RRB Rear Reset Button 0 in car
726 XDSR Delayed Start Relay for LSCH-2 EAD 0 out car
727 AT20LRD Light Ray Device for AT20 0 out car
728 AT20RLRD Rear Light Ray Device for AT20 0 out car
729 ITLH Incoming Traffic Light Hall 0 out hall
730 OTLH Outgoing Traffic Light Hall 0 out hall
731 ITLC Incoming Traffic Light Car 0 out hall
732 OTLC Outgoing Traffic Light Car 0 out hall
733 DPC Down Peak Clock 0 in group
734 UPC Up Peak Clock 0 in group
735 - - - - - -
736 - - - - - -
737 OOL Out Of Order Light 0 out hall
738 EQL Earthquake Light 0 out car
739 ERL Express Running Light 0 out car
740 FDL Further Demand Light 0 out car
741 NSLH Non Stop Light Hall 0 out hall
742 ARL Auto Running Light 0 out hall
743 IL In Use Light (for SAPB) 0 out group
744 - - - - - -
745 ISTS Intermittent Sop Switch 0 in group
746 HCOC Hall Call Cutoff from Car 1 in car
747 DHBL Door Hold Button Light 0 out car
748 RDHBL Rear Door Hold Button Light 0 out car
749 CHMI Chime Board Initiate 0 out car
750 CHMU Chime Board Up Direction 0 out car
751 SHBUZ Shabbat Operation Door Buzzer 0 out car
752 SHLH Shabbat Operation Light Hall 0 out hall
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 17 / 42
Berlin

753 PCLK 1 Park Car Clock 1 0 in group
761 CSA1 Car Secure Access Button 1 0 in car
767 CSAC Car Secure Access Clear Switch 0 in car
768 CSAK Car Secure Access Key Switch 0 in car
769 CSAL Car Secure Access Light 0 out car
770 GSAK Group Secure Access Key Switch 0 in group
771 GSAL Group Secure Access Light 0 out group
772 AEFO Alternative EFO 1 in hall
773 ASLDOB Alternative Service Landing DOB 0 in car
774 EFODOB Emergency Fireman Operation DOB 0 in car
775 XEFO Override EFO 1 in hall
776 APC 0 Absolute Position Contact 0 EAD 0 in hall
783 TCIB Top Of Car Inspection Button 1 in car
784 PDS Partition Door Switch 1 in car
785 CMR CAM Relay 0 out car
786 DCDS Disable-Call-And-Door-Switch 0 in car
787 DCM Door Closing Management 0 out car
788 RDCM Rear Door Closing Management 0 out car
789 - - - - - -
790 - - - - - -
791 NDG_M Nudging Signal in Machine Room 0 out car
792 RNDG_M Rear Nudging Signal in Machine Room 0 out car
793 LEV Level Signal for REM 0 in car
794 - - 0 - -
795 PI7S-RA CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
796 PI7S-RB CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
797 PI7S-RC CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
798 PI7S-RD CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
799 PI7S-RE CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
800 PI7S-RF CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
801 PI7S-RG CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
802 PI7S-LB CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
803 PI7S-LC CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
804 PI7S-LG CPI-3 / HPI-3 0 out car
805 UD DOC-X: Up/Down 0 out car
806 REV DOC-X: Reversal 0 out car
807 TI Trouble Indicator for French SSM 0 out car
808 RREV DOC-X: Rear Reversal 0 out car
809 LWDE Load Weighing Device Electronical 0 out car
810 DESBR Disable ESB Relay (Generic Firemen Service) 0 out car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 18 / 42
Berlin

811 DDSR1 Disable DS Relay (Generic Firemen Service) 0 out car
812 DEECR Disable EEC Relay (Generic Firemen Service) 0 out car
813 DSGSR Disable SGS Relay (Generic Firemen Service) 0 out car
814 UHDL 00 Up Hall Direction Lantern 00 0 out group
846 DHDL 00 Down Hall Direction Lantern 00 0 out group
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 19 / 42
Berlin

878 OOL 00 Out Of Order Light 00 0 out hall
910 DOC 00 Door Open Contact 00 0 in group
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 20 / 42
Berlin

942 BCP1 Binary Coded Position 0 out car
947 CPMT Car Position Message Trigger 0 out car
948 DCMT Door Close Message Trigger 0 out car
949 DOMT Door Open Message Trigger 0 out car
950 EMMT Emergency Message Trigger 0 out car
951 OLMT Overload Message Trigger 0 out car
952 DDMT Down Direction Message Trigger 0 out car
953 UDMT Up Direction Message Trigger 0 out car
954 DNMT Door Nudging Message Trigger 0 out car
955 1EFS 1st Emergency Fire Service Car 0 in car
956 2EFS 2nd Emergency Fire Service Car 0 in car
957 EFOL Emergency Fire Operation Light 0 out car
958 CRFL Car Returning to Floor Light 0 out car
959 EFLM Emergency Fire Light Machine Room 0 out car
960 EFLTC Emergency Fire Light Top of Car 0 out car
961 CSABUZ Buzzer for Car Secure Access 0 out car
962 AT20NDG Nudging for AT20 0 out car
963 AT20RNDG Rear Nudging for AT20 0 out car
964 LRTS (OKR) Light Ray Test Start 0 out car
965 LRCR Light Ray Check Relay 0 in car
966 RLRCR Rear Light Ray Check Relay 0 in car
967 LBG Light Beam Gate 0 in car
968 RLBG Rear Light Beam Gate 0 in car
969 ESBUZ Emergency Stop Buzzer 0 out car
970 DDSRC Disable DS relay contact (Korean Fire Service) 0 in car
971 DEMERC Disable Emergency relay contact (Korea) 0 in car
972 GSSI Group Successive Starting In 0 in car
973 GSSO Group Successive Starting Out 0 out car
974 DDSR2 Disable DS relay 2 (Korea) 0 out car
975 DMOOS Dot Matrix OOS (PI=5,6) 0 in car
976 DMOLD Dot Matrix OLD (PI=5,6) 0 in car
977 GPIN1 General Purpose input 1 0 in car
978 GPOUT1 General Purpose output 1 0 out car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 21 / 42
Berlin

987 1LV 1LV for CSP-5 0 out car
988 2LV 2LV for CSP-5 0 out car
989 TARGET enable DZ for CSP-5 0 out car
990 LBGCHK Light Beam Gate Check for CSP-5 0 out car
991 ST1 ST1 for front DO1000 (DCSS5) 0 out car
992 ST2 ST2 for front DO1000 (DCSS5) 0 out car
993 ST3 ST3 for front+rear DO1000 (DCSS5) 0 out car
994 RST1 ST1 for rear DO1000 (DCSS5) 0 out car
997 DDM Deenergize Door Motor 0 out car
998 RDDM Deenergize Rear Door Motor 0 out car
999 EFSL Emergency Fire Service Light 0 out car
1000 CLR Car Light Relay 1 in car
1001 CLS Car Light Signal 0 out car
1002 DFO Door Fully Opened 0 in car
1007 RFS Request for Service 0 out car

1008 EQC1 Earth Quake Contact 1 (80 Gal) BAA 0 in car
1009 EQC2 Earth Quake Contact 2 (120 Gal) BAA 0 in car
1010 EQR1 Earth Quake Reset 1 BAA 0 out car
1011 ASLPL Alternate Service Landing Position Light BAA 0 out hall
1012 EFOPL EFO position light BAA 0 out hall
1015 DebugIn1 not used 0 in hall

1016 DebugIn2 not used 0 in car
1017 DPP Disable Passenger Protection DAG 0 out car
1018 RPFL Rear Power Fail Light DAC 0 out car
1019 RISPS Rear ISC Park Switch EAD 0 in hall
1020 LDOS Lobby Door Open Switch BAA 0 in hall
1021 MAS Maintenance Access Switch BAA 0 in hall
1022 HCRC Hall Call Card Reader BAA 0 in hall
1023 MPDL Motor Protection Device Light EAD 0 in hall
1024 LNSL Load Non Stop Light BAA 0 out hall
1025 CCOL Car Call Cutoff Light 0 out hall
1026 HCOL Hall Call Cutoff Light 0 out hall
1028 RBTE Rope Brake Trigger Enable EAD 0 out car

1029 RBTC Rope Brake Trigger Contact EAD 0 in car
1030 RDFO Rear Door Fully Open 0 in car
1031 AEFL Alternative Emergency Fire Light (Hong Kong DAC 0 out car
Fire Code)
1032 FOSS1 Fire Or Smoke Sensor 1 (Hong Kong Fire DAC 0 in hall
Code)
Code)
Code)
1035 XDO Auxiliary Door Open (Hong Kong Door Lock) DAC 0 out car
1036 RXDO Rear Auxiliary Door Open (Hong Kong Door DAC 0 out car
Lock)
1037 CCDC Car Cam Dropped Contact (Hong Kong Door DAC 0 in car
Lock)
1038 RCCDC Rear Car Cam Dropped Contact (Hong Kong DAC 0 in car
Door Lock)
1039 X1LV Auxiliary 1LV (Hong Kong Door Lock) DAC 0 in car
1040 X2LV Auxiliary 2LV (Hong Kong Door Lock) DAC 0 in car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 22 / 42
Berlin

1041 ABON Anit Burglar Operation On Switch DAC 0 in hall
1042 ABDO Anit Burglar Operation Door Open Switch DAC 0 in hall
1043 LW30 load > 30% BAA 0 in car
1044 LW50 load > 50% BAA 0 in car
1045 AROL Automatic Rescue Light DAB 0 out car
1046 AF Alarm Filter for RAD BAA 0 out car
1047 TUM1 Triggering Up module 1 (LOSP) DAB 0 in hall
1048 TUM2 Triggering Up module 2 (LOSP) DAB 0 in hall
1049 TDM Triggering Down module (LOSP) DAB 0 in hall
1050 TUPS Triggering Up module Power Supply (LOSP) DAB 0 in hall
1051 TDPS Triggering Down module Power Supply (LOSP) DAB 0 in hall
1053 ATB Attendant Buzzer DAB 0 out car

1054 SOSU Safety Overspeed Up (LOSP) DAB 0 in car
1055 SOSD Safety Overspeed Down (LOSP) DAB 0 in car
1056 GRPFBK1 Group RSL Feedback 1 AAB 0 in group
1057 GRPTST1 Group RSL Test 1 AAB 0 out group
1058 CARFBK1 Car RSL Feedback 1 BAA 0 in car
1059 CARTST1 Car RSL Test 1 BAA 0 out car
1060 ADFK1 Alternate Dispatch Floor 1 BAA 0 in group
1061 ADFK2 Alternate Displatch Floor 2 BAA 0 in group
1062 ADFK3 Alternate Displatch Floor 3 BAA 0 in group
1063 EFOAL Emergency Fire Operation Active Light BAA 0 out car
1064 PKSG Park Switch for Group BAA 0 in group
1065 SGOK1 Split Group Key Switch 1 BAA 0 in group
1072 SGOL1 Split Group Lamp 1 BAA 0 out group
1079 ELZS Expanded Lobby Zone Switch BAA 0 in group
1080 BPZS Basement Parking Zone Switch BAA 0 in group
1081 ELDFD ELD Floor Display Control Bit BAA 0 out car
1082 ELDTD ELD Time Display Control Bit BAA 0 out car
1083 FAN Operate FAN (see also FAN Delay) BAA 0 in car
1084 RFAN Operate rear FAN (see also FAN Delay) BAA 0 in car
1085 HCFAN Handicapped COP Fan Button BAA 0 in car
1086 FANL Tell tale light of FAN operation BAA 0 out car
1087 RFANL Tell tale light of FAN operation (2nd COP) BAA 0 out car
1088 HCFANL Handicapped COP Fan Light BAA 0 out car
1089 FANR FAN Relay (operated low-active) BAA 0 out car
1090 FGSM Front Gate Switch Monitor BAA 0 in car
1091 RGSM Rear Gate Switch Monitor BAA 0 in car
1092 FSFO Front Safe To Open BAA 0 out car
1093 RSFO Rear Safe To Open BAA 0 out car
1094 DO1 Door Open Relay 1 DAG 0 out car
1095 DO2 Door Open Relay 2 DAG 0 out car
1096 DC Door Close Relay DAG 0 out car
1097 DSDOB Disable Door Open Button DAG 0 out car
1098 DSLRD Disable Light Ray Device DAG 0 out car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 23 / 42
Berlin

1099 CLT Closing Torque DAG 0 out car
1100 RDO1 Rear Door Open Relay 1 DAG 0 out car
1101 RDO2 Rear Door Open Relay 2 DAG 0 out car
1102 RDC Rear Door Close Relay DAG 0 out car
1103 RDSDOB Rear Disable Door Open Button DAG 0 out car
1104 RDSLRD Rear Disable Light Ray Device DAG 0 out car
1105 RCLT Rear Closing Torque DAG 0 out car
1106 ESD Emergency Stop of Door DAG 0 out car
1107 TRO Tci Ero Output DAG 0 out car
1108 DOBL Door Open Button Light DAB 0 out car
1109 DCBL Door Close Button Light DAB 0 out car
1110 RDOBL Rear Door Open Button Light DAB 0 out car
1111 RDCBL Rear Door Close Button Light DAB 0 out car
1112 RTD_OUT1 Remote Tripping Output 1 for CMG DAH 0 out car
1113 RTD_OUT2 Remote Tripping Output 2 for CMG DAH 0 out car
1115 EN-TPOS Enable automatic runs by parameter DAH 0 in car

TPOS1/TPOS2
1116 DLN DLN for OVL/Penang DAG 0 out car
1117 OVLREV REV for OVL/Penang DAG 0 out car
1118 DebugIn3 Debug Input 3 (Engineering only) DAD 0 in car
1119 DebugIn4 Debug Input 4 (Engineering only) DAD 0 in car
1120 GDI0 General Discrete Input 0 0 in hall
1128 GDI8 General Discrete Input 8 0 in car
1132 GDI12 General Discrete Input 12 0 in group
1136 GDO0 General Discrete Output 0 0 out hall
1144 GDO8 General Discrete Output 8 0 out car
1148 GDO12 General Discrete Output 12 0 out group
1153 DDO Disable Door Operation DAC 0 in car
1155 SGS2 Secondary Safety Gate Shoe DAG 0 in car
1156 RSGS2 Secondary Rear Safety Gate Shoe DAG 0 in car
1157 ServInC Service Button Input for car DAF 0 in car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 24 / 42
Berlin

1158 ServOutC Service Button Output for car DAF 0 out car
1159 ALB Alarm Button DAJ 0 in car
1160 ALM Alarm Signal DAJ 0 out car
1161 TRUNK Trunk Key Switch EAE 0 in car
1162 EOL Car indicating light - "Rescue operation light" EAE 0 out car
1163 WTL Car indicating light - "Wait for a while" EAE 0 out car
1164 GOL Car indicating light - "Please get off" EAE 0 out car
1165 WISS Wheel Chair Independent Service Key Switch EAE 0 in car
1166 WDOB Wheel Chair Door Open Button EAC 0 in car
1167 WDCB Wheel Chair Door Close Button EAC 0 in car
1168 WDOBL Wheel Chair Door Open Button Light EAC 0 out car
1169 WDCBL Wheel Chair Door Close Button Light EAC 0 out car
1170 RWDOB Rear Wheel Chair Door Open Button EAC 0 in car
1171 RWDCB Rear Wheel Chair Door Close Button EAC 0 in car
1172 RWDOBL Rear Wheel Chair Door Open Button Light EAC 0 out car
1173 RWDCBL Rear Wheel Chair Door Close Button Light EAC 0 out car
1174 MR_TMP Abnormal Machine Room Temperature GAB 0 in hall
EAN
1175 5LS_ERR 5LS Error GAB 0 in hall
EAN
1176 6LS_ERR 6LS Error GAB 0 in hall
EAN
1177 LIGHT1 Car Light1 EAE 1 in car
1178 LIGHT2 Car Light2 EAE 1 in car
1179 ELIN1 Emergency Light Input1 EAE 0 in car
1180 ELIN2 Emergency Light Input2 EAE 0 in car
1181 ELOUT Emergency Light Output EAE 0 out car
1183 FPHD1 Pinching Hazard Detect input 1 for front door EAD 0 in car
1187 FPHDRC Front Pinching Hazard Detect Relay Contact EAD 0 out car
1188 RPHD1 Pinching Hazard Detect input 1 for rear door EAD 0 in car
1192 RPHDRC Rear Pinching Hazard Detect Relay Contact EAD 0 out car
1193 BRB1H Buzzer Reset Button for Hall Link with ACP EAE 0 in hall
reset
1194 BRB2H Buzzer Reset Button for Hall Link without ACP EAE 0 in hall
reset
1195 FDZ Front Door Zone EAE 0 in car
1196 CHK_SO SO relay EAE 0 in car
1197 FSO Front safe to open EAE 0 out car
1198 CHK_RSO Rear SO relay EAE 0 in car
1199 RSO Rear safe to open EAE 0 out car
1200 EQARL Earthquake Automatic Recovery Lamp EAE 0 out car
1201 EEQFL Emergency Earthquake Flash Lamp EAE 0 out car
1202 EQLH Earthquake Lamp for Hall EAE 0 out hall
1203 EQARLH Earthquake Automatic Recovery Lamp for Hall EAE 0 out hall
1204 INSLH Inspection Lamp for Hall EAE 0 out hall
1205 OLSH Over Load Signal for Hall at front side EAE 0 out hall
1206 ROLSH Over Load Signal for Hall at rear side EAE 0 out hall
1207 NSVCL Not Service/Stop (with over/full load) lights EAE 0 out hall
1208 NOL No Operation Lamp EAE 0 out hall
1209 CFS Car Failure Signal EAE 0 out hall
1210 SCFS Subsidiary Car Failure Signal EAE 0 out hall
1211 BUZH Buzzer for Hall Link EAE 0 out hall
1212 PWC P-wave sensor EAE 0 in hall
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 25 / 42
Berlin

1213 EEQFH Emergency Earthquake Flash input for Hall EAE 0 in hall
Link
1214 EEQFG Emergency Earthquake Flash input for Group EAE 0 in group
Link
1215 EQC3 High-gal detector from CAR link EAE 0 in car
1216 EQSR1 Special low gal sensor reset relay EAE 0 out hall
1217 EQSR2 Low-gal sensor reset relay EAE 0 out hall
1218 SEQS Earthquake switch for S.I.P. EAE 0 in hall
1219 EQLSS EQO slow speed switch located at HALL or SIP EAE 0 in hall
1220 EQRSH Earthquake reset switch in SIP EAE 0 in hall
1221 EQC1H Special low-gal detector from Hall link EAE 0 in hall
1222 EQC2H Low-gal detector from Hall link EAE 0 in hall
1223 EQC3H High-gal detector from Hall link EAE 0 in hall
1224 PWCL EQO sensor(PWC) operated light for S.I.P. EAE 0 out hall
1225 EQC1LH EQO sensor (Special low) operated light for EAE 0 out hall
S.I.P.
1226 EQC2LH EQO sensor (Low) operated light for S.I.P. EAE 0 out hall
1227 EQC3LH EQO sensor (High) operated light for S.I.P. EAE 0 out hall
1228 SCML S.I.P Emergency operation completion relay EAE 0 out hall
1229 ECBC Emergency Call Button for Car Link EAE 0 in car
1230 ERS1H Emergence Recall operation switch1 EAE 0 in hall
1231 ERS2H Emergence Recall operation switch2 EAE 0 in hall
1232 SERB Emergence Recall operation switch from S.I.P EAE 0 in hall
1233 FWALL1 Fire wall sensor input1 EAE 0 in hall
1234 FWALL2 Fire wall sensor input2 EAE 0 in hall
1235 AMEZ1 Above Mid input of Express Zone1 EAE 0 in hall
1236 DoorPor1 Door POR-Relay output 1 DAJ 0 out car
1237 DoorPor2 Door POR-Relay output 2 DAJ 0 out car
1238 RGEN_D1 Regenerative mode Display output port1 EAC 0 out car
1247 DbgOut1 Debug Output 1 EAA 0 out car
1248 DbgOut2 Debug Output 2 EAA 0 out car
1249 DbgOut3 Debug Output 3 EAA 0 out hall
1250 DbgOut4 Debug Output 4 EAA 0 out hall
1251 KS-L Key switch (bi-stable) for the bottom landing EAC 0 in hall
door
1252 DS1 Bottom landing door switch EAC 0 in hall
1253 PMSI Prop manual switch for inspection position EAC 0 in hall
1254 APS Apron fully deployed switch EAC 0 in car
1255 PBUZ Pit buzzer EAC 0 out hall
1256 RAPS Rear apron fully deployed switch EAC 0 in car
1257 ET_P1 First ETS Position Relay (position p1). Inverted EAC 0 in car
IO.
1258 ET_P2 Second ETS Position Relay (position p1). EAC 0 in car
Inverted IO.
1259 ET_S1 First ETS Speed Relay under GECB control EAC 0 in car
(speed v1). Inverted IO.
1260 ET_S2 Second ETS Speed Relay under ASCB control EAC 0 in car
(speed v1). Inverted IO.
1261 ET_P3 First ETS2 Position Relay (position p2 for EAC 0 in car
option ETS2) . Inverted IO.
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 26 / 42
Berlin

1262 ET_P4 Second ETS2 Position Relay (position p2 for EAC 0 in car
option ETS2). Inverted IO.
1263 ET_S3 First ETS2 Speed Relay under GECB control EAC 0 in car
(speed v2 for option ETS2). Inverted IO.
1264 ET_S4 Second ETS2 Speed Relay under ASCB con- EAC 0 in car
trol (speed v2 for option ETS2). Inverted IO.
1265 ServInH Service Button Input for Hall EAE 0 in hall
1266 ServOutH Service Button Output for Hall EAE 0 out hall
1272 UCMEN-UP Start UCM-Test for EN-81 in up direction EAD 0 in car
1273 UCMEN-DN Start UCM-Test for EN-81 in down direction EAD 0 in car
1274 MD_UNORM Mode display for abnormal safety chain open EAE 0 out car
or unsafe safety input
1275 MD_DTP Mode display for DTO or DTC error EAE 0 out car
1276 MD_COR Mode display for COR run EAE 0 out car
1289 PET_FAN Pet function FAN control relay output EAE 0 out car
1290 PET_LAMP Pet mode output EAE 0 out hall
1291 CESS Car call Express Service enable switch EAE 0 in car
1293 APRF1C Alternate Profile 1 (car link) EAD 0 in car
1294 APRF1H Alternate Profile 1 (hall link) EAD 0 in hall
1303 AROMT Automatic Rescue Operation Message Trigger GAB 0 out car
EAN
1304 SVC Safety Valve Control EAF 0 out car
1305 SVI Safety Valve Input EAF 0 in car
1306 SVF Safety Valve Failure EAF 0 out car
1307 SVT Safety Valve Test Trigger EAF 0 in car
1311 LowBat Low Battery indicator for LVD/Evolux GAB 0 out Hall
EAN
1312 RTD_H1 Remote Tripping Output 1 for Apolo Governor EAG 0 out Hall
(Car)
1313 RTD_H2 Remote Tripping Output 2 for Apolo Governor EAG 0 out hall
(Car)
1314 RCW_H2 Remote Tripping Output for Apolo Governor EAG 0 out hall
(Counterweight)
1315 RRD_H Remote Resetting Output for Apolo Governor EAG 0 out hall
1316 MD_BTN Mode display for Back To Normal EAG 0 out car
1317 CR_FSO Additional PRS signal for Front Safe-to-Open EAG 0 in car
for pre-correction rescue
1318 CR_RSO Additional PRS signal for Rear Safe-to-Open EAG 0 in car
for pre-correction rescue
1319 TprInC Trapped Passenger Release Button – car EAH 0 in car

link
1320 TprOutC Trapped Passenger Indicator – car link EAH 0 out car
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 27 / 42
Berlin

1321 TprInH Trapped Passenger Release Button – hall EAH 0 in hall
link
1322 TprOutH Trapped Passenger Indicator – hall link EAH 0 out hall
1323 AV-Alarm Audio/Visual Alarm output for EN81-20 EAH 0 out car
1324 WCOL Wildcar Operation Light EAH 0 out car
1334 LR2 Secondary LR output (same as 26 LR) EAJ 0 out car
1335 EMT Emergency Medical Transport EAL 0 out car
1336 HADL Hoistway Access Detection Light EAL 0 out hall
1337 MOTION Motion button for GeN2 Home GAB 0 in/out car
NOTE: Mutual exclusive to CB/CTTL 0 and EAM
CB/CTTL 1
1338 PDET People Detection Device for Penthouse GAB 0 in car
EAN
… … … … … … …
1725 EFOR Emergency Fire Operation Relay GAB 0 out hall
EAN
1730 DUPC GAB 0 in group
Dual Up Peak Clock input EAN
1731 DUPL GAB 0 out group
Dual Up Peak status Lamp EAN
… … … … … … …
3032 CB/CTTL 32 Car Button / Tell Tale Light 32 0 in/out car
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
3099 CB/CTTL 99 Car Button / Tell Tale Light 99 0 in/out car
... ... ... ... ... ... ...

3132 RCB/RCTTL 32 Rear Car Button / Tell Tale Light 32 0 in/out car
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
3199 RCB/RCTTL 99 Rear Car Button / Tell Tale Light 99 0 in/out car
... ... ... ... ... ... ...

3232 UHB/UHTTL 32 Up Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 32 0 in/out group
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
3299 UHB/UHTTL 99 Up Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 99 0 in/out group
... ... ... ... ... ... ...

3332 HB/HTTL 32 Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 32 0 in/out group
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
3399 HB/HTTL 99 Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 99 0 in/out group
... ... ... ... ... ... ...

3432 EHC/EHTTL 32 Emergency Hospital Call 32 0 in/out group
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
3499 EHC/EHTTL 99 Emergency Hospital Call 99 0 in/out group
3500 eCB/eCTTL 00 extended Car Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out car
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
3599 eCB/eCTTL 99 extended Car Button / Tell Tale Light 99 0 in/out car
3600 eRCB/eRCTTL 00 extended Rear Car Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out car
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
3699 eRCB/eRCTTL 99 extended Rear Car Button / Tell Tale Light 99 0 in/out car
3700 eUHB/eUHTTL 00 extended Up Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out group
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
3799 eUHB/eUHTTL 99 extended Up Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 99 0 in/out group
3800 eHB/eHTTL 00 extended Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 00 0 in/out group
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
3899 eHB/eHTTL 99 extended Hall Button / Tell Tale Light 99 0 in/out group
3900 eEHC/eETTL 00 extended Emergency Hospital Call 00 0 in/out group
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 28 / 42
Berlin

3999 eEHC/eETTL 99 extended Emergency Hospital Call 99 0 in/out group
... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ...
4232 UHDL 32 Up Hall Direction / Lantern 32 0 out group

... ... ... ... ... ... ...
4299 UHDL 99 Up Hall Direction / Lantern 99 0 out group
4332 DHDL 32 Down Hall Direction / Lantern 32 0 out group

... ... ... ... ... ... ...
4399 DHDL 99 Down Hall Direction / Lantern 99 0 out group

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ... ... ...
5500 AUHCL 00 Annunciator Up Hall Call Lantern / Front Car AAB 0 out car
Call 00
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
5599 AUHCL 99 Annunciator Up Hall Call Lantern / Front Car AAB 0 out car
Call 99
5600 ADHCL 00 Annunciator Down Hall Call Lantern / Rear Car AAB 0 out car
Call 00
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
5699 ADHCL 99 Annunciator Down Hall Call Lantern / Rear Car AAB 0 out car
Call 99
5700 HANN 00 Hall Annunciator 00 EAH 0 out hall
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
5699 HANN 99 Hall Annunciator 99 EAH 0 out hall
6000 FPDL 00 Fire Proof Door Light 00 BAA 0 out group

... ... ... ... ... ... ...
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 29 / 42
Berlin

6099 FPDL 99 Fire Proof Door Light 99 BAA 0 out group
Remark for LOC: c/h/g selectable on Car, Hall or Group Link via install parameter FPD-LINK
h/g selectable on Hall or Group link via install parameter SEC-LINK
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 30 / 42
Berlin
I/Os Sorted By Name
Symbol IO Symbol IO Symbol IO Symbol IO

1EFS 955 ADHCL 46 5646 APC 0 776 AUHCL 34 5534
1LS 692 ADHCL 47 5647 APC 1 777 AUHCL 35 5535
1LV 987 ADHCL 48 5648 APC 2 778 AUHCL 36 5536
2EFS 956 ADHCL 49 5649 APC 3 779 AUHCL 37 5537
2LS 693 ADHCL 50 5650 APC 4 780 AUHCL 38 5538
2LV 988 ADHCL 51 5651 APC 5 781 AUHCL 39 5539
5LS_ERR 1175 ADHCL 52 5652 APC 6 782 AUHCL 40 5540
6LS_ERR 1176 ADHCL 53 5653 APRF1C 1293 AUHCL 41 5541
8LS2 679 ADHCL 54 5654 APRF1H 1294 AUHCL 42 5542
ABDO 1042 ADHCL 55 5655 APRF2C 1295 AUHCL 43 5543
ABON 1041 ADHCL 56 5656 APRF2H 1296 AUHCL 44 5544
ACSC 616 ADHCL 57 5657 APRF3C 1297 AUHCL 45 5545
ACSH 617 ADHCL 58 5658 APRF3H 1298 AUHCL 46 5546
ADFK1 1060 ADHCL 59 5659 APS 1254 AUHCL 47 5547
ADFK2 1061 ADHCL 60 5660 ARL 742 AUHCL 48 5548
ADFK3 1062 ADHCL 61 5661 AROL 1045 AUHCL 49 5549
ADHCL 00 5600 ADHCL 62 5662 AROMT 1303 AUHCL 50 5550
ADHCL 01 5601 ADHCL 63 5663 ASL 586 AUHCL 51 5551
ADHCL 02 5602 ADHCL 64 5664 ASLDOB 773 AUHCL 52 5552
ADHCL 03 5603 ADHCL 65 5665 ASLPL 1011 AUHCL 53 5553
ADHCL 04 5604 ADHCL 66 5666 AT20LRD 727 AUHCL 54 5554
ADHCL 05 5605 ADHCL 67 5667 AT20NDG 962 AUHCL 55 5555
ADHCL 06 5606 ADHCL 68 5668 AT20RLRD 728 AUHCL 56 5556
ADHCL 07 5607 ADHCL 69 5669 AT20RNDG 963 AUHCL 57 5557
ADHCL 08 5608 ADHCL 70 5670 ATB 1053 AUHCL 58 5558
ADHCL 09 5609 ADHCL 71 5671 ATK 548 AUHCL 59 5559
ADHCL 10 5610 ADHCL 72 5672 ATTD 591 AUHCL 60 5560
ADHCL 11 5611 ADHCL 73 5673 ATTU 590 AUHCL 61 5561
ADHCL 12 5612 ADHCL 74 5674 AUHCL 00 5500 AUHCL 62 5562
ADHCL 38 5638 AEFL 1031 AUHCL 26 5526 AUHCL 88 5588
ADHCL 39 5639 AEFO 772 AUHCL 27 5527 AUHCL 89 5589
ADHCL 40 5640 AEPS 644 AUHCL 28 5528 AUHCL 90 5590
ADHCL 41 5641 AF 1046 AUHCL 29 5529 AUHCL 91 5591
ADHCL 42 5642 ALB 1159 AUHCL 30 5530 AUHCL 92 5592
ADHCL 43 5643 ALM 1160 AUHCL 31 5531 AUHCL 93 5593
ADHCL 44 5644 AMCLK 629 AUHCL 32 5532 AUHCL 94 5594
ADHCL 45 5645 AMEZ1 1235 AUHCL 33 5533 AUHCL 95 5595
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 31 / 42
Berlin

AUHCL 96 5596 CB/CTTL 46 3046 CDLD 579 CPC 50 4550
AUHCL 97 5597 CB/CTTL 47 3047 CDLU 578 CPC 51 4551
AUHCL 98 5598 CB/CTTL 48 3048 CESS 1291 CPC 52 4552
AUHCL 99 5599 CB/CTTL 49 3049 CFS 1209 CPC 53 4553
AV-Alarm 1323 CB/CTTL 50 3050 CFSON 662 CPC 54 4554
BCP1 942 CB/CTTL 51 3051 CFSST 663 CPC 55 4555
BCP16 946 CB/CTTL 52 3052 CHCC 618 CPC 56 4556
BCP2 943 CB/CTTL 53 3053 CHK_RSO 1198 CPC 57 4557
BCP4 944 CB/CTTL 54 3054 CHK_SO 1196 CPC 58 4558
BCP8 945 CB/CTTL 55 3055 CHMI 749 CPC 59 4559
BOS 665 CB/CTTL 56 3056 CHMU 750 CPC 60 4560
BPZS 1080 CB/CTTL 57 3057 CLR 1000 CPC 61 4561
BRB1H 1193 CB/CTTL 58 3058 CLS 1001 CPC 62 4562
BRB2H 1194 CB/CTTL 59 3059 CLT 1099 CPC 63 4563
BUT 673 CB/CTTL 60 3060 CMR 785 CPC 64 4564
BUZ 23 CB/CTTL 61 3061 CPC 00 256 CPC 65 4565
BUZH 1211 CB/CTTL 62 3062 CPC 01 257 CPC 66 4566
CARFBK1 1058 CB/CTTL 63 3063 CPC 02 258 CPC 67 4567
CARTST1 1059 CB/CTTL 64 3064 CPC 03 259 CPC 68 4568
CB / CTTL 00 32 CB/CTTL 65 3065 CPC 04 260 CPC 69 4569
CB / CTTL 31 63 CB/CTTL 96 3096 CPC 35 4535 CPMT 947
CB/CTTL 32 3032 CB/CTTL 97 3097 CPC 36 4536 CPR 675
CB/CTTL 33 3033 CB/CTTL 98 3098 CPC 37 4537 CR_FSO 1317
CB/CTTL 34 3034 CB/CTTL 99 3099 CPC 38 4538 CR_RSO 1318
CB/CTTL 35 3035 CBT 671 CPC 39 4539 CRC 639
CB/CTTL 36 3036 CCBL 14 CPC 40 4540 CRFL 958
CB/CTTL 37 3037 CCDC 1037 CPC 41 4541 CRS 00 480
CB/CTTL 38 3038 C-CHK 704 CPC 42 4542 CRS 01 481
CB/CTTL 39 3039 CCOC 610 CPC 43 4543 CRS 02 482
CB/CTTL 40 3040 CCOH 611 CPC 44 4544 CRS 03 483
CB/CTTL 41 3041 CCOL 1025 CPC 45 4545 CRS 04 484
CB/CTTL 42 3042 CCTL 13 CPC 46 4546 CRS 05 485
CB/CTTL 43 3043 CDDL 21 CPC 47 4547 CRS 06 486
CB/CTTL 44 3044 CDGD(GNCDN) 581 CPC 48 4548 CRS 07 487
CB/CTTL 45 3045 CDGU(GNCUP) 580 CPC 49 4549 CRS 08 488
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 32 / 42
Berlin

CRS 09 489 CRS 74 4674 DFD 619 DHDL 60 4360
CRS 10 490 CRS 75 4675 DFO 1002 DHDL 61 4361
CRS 11 491 CRS 76 4676 DHB 620 DHDL 62 4362
CRS 12 492 CRS 77 4677 DHBL 747 DHDL 63 4363
CRS 13 493 CRS 78 4678 DHDI 718 DHDL 64 4364
CRS 14 494 CRS 79 4679 DHDL 00 846 DHDL 65 4365
CRS 15 495 CRS 80 4680 DHDL 01 847 DHDL 66 4366
CRS 16 496 CRS 81 4681 DHDL 02 848 DHDL 67 4367
CRS 17 497 CRS 82 4682 DHDL 03 849 DHDL 68 4368
CRS 18 498 CRS 83 4683 DHDL 04 850 DHDL 69 4369
CRS 19 499 CRS 84 4684 DHDL 05 851 DHDL 70 4370
CRS 20 500 CRS 85 4685 DHDL 06 852 DHDL 71 4371
CRS 21 501 CRS 86 4686 DHDL 07 853 DHDL 72 4372
CRS 22 502 CRS 87 4687 DHDL 08 854 DHDL 73 4373
CRS 23 503 CRS 88 4688 DHDL 09 855 DHDL 74 4374
CRS 24 504 CRS 89 4689 DHDL 10 856 DHDL 75 4375
CRS 25 505 CRS 90 4690 DHDL 11 857 DHDL 76 4376
CRS 26 506 CRS 91 4691 DHDL 12 858 DHDL 77 4377
CRS 27 507 CRS 92 4692 DHDL 13 859 DHDL 78 4378
CRS 28 508 CRS 93 4693 DHDL 14 860 DHDL 79 4379
CRS 29 509 CRS 94 4694 DHDL 15 861 DHDL 80 4380
CRS 30 510 CRS 95 4695 DHDL 16 862 DHDL 81 4381
CRS 31 511 CRS 96 4696 DHDL 17 863 DHDL 82 4382
CRS 32 4632 CRS 97 4697 DHDL 18 864 DHDL 83 4383
CRS 33 4633 CRS 98 4698 DHDL 19 865 DHDL 84 4384
CRS 34 4634 CRS 99 4699 DHDL 20 866 DHDL 85 4385
CRS 35 4635 CSA1 761 DHDL 21 867 DHDL 86 4386
CRS 36 4636 CSA2 762 DHDL 22 868 DHDL 87 4387
CRS 37 4637 CSA3 763 DHDL 23 869 DHDL 88 4388
CRS 38 4638 CSA4 764 DHDL 24 870 DHDL 89 4389
CRS 39 4639 CSA5 765 DHDL 25 871 DHDL 90 4390
CRS 40 4640 CSA6 766 DHDL 26 872 DHDL 91 4391
CRS 41 4641 CSABUZ 961 DHDL 27 873 DHDL 92 4392
CRS 42 4642 CSAC 767 DHDL 28 874 DHDL 93 4393
CRS 43 4643 CSAK 768 DHDL 29 875 DHDL 94 4394
CRS 44 4644 CSAL 769 DHDL 30 876 DHDL 95 4395
CRS 45 4645 CTL / PKS 10 DHDL 31 877 DHDL 96 4396
CRS 46 4646 CTLPC 658 DHDL 32 4332 DHDL 97 4397
CRS 47 4647 CTLPO 659 DHDL 33 4333 DHDL 98 4398
CRS 48 4648 CUDL 20 DHDL 34 4334 DHDL 99 4399
CRS 49 4649 DbgOut1 1247 DHDL 35 4335 DHL 00 160
CRS 53 4653 DC 1096 DHDL 39 4339 DHL 04 164
CRS 54 4654 DCB 3 DHDL 40 4340 DHL 05 165
CRS 55 4655 DCBL 1109 DHDL 41 4341 DHL 06 166
CRS 56 4656 DCDS 786 DHDL 42 4342 DHL 07 167
CRS 57 4657 DCL 694 DHDL 43 4343 DHL 08 168
CRS 58 4658 DCM 787 DHDL 44 4344 DHL 09 169
CRS 59 4659 DCMT 948 DHDL 45 4345 DHL 10 170
CRS 60 4660 DDM 997 DHDL 46 4346 DHL 11 171
CRS 61 4661 DDMT 952 DHDL 47 4347 DHL 12 172
CRS 62 4662 DDO 1153 DHDL 48 4348 DHL 13 173
CRS 63 4663 DDP 552 DHDL 49 4349 DHL 14 174
CRS 64 4664 DDSR1 811 DHDL 50 4350 DHL 15 175
CRS 65 4665 DDSR2 974 DHDL 51 4351 DHL 16 176
CRS 66 4666 DDSRC 970 DHDL 52 4352 DHL 17 177
CRS 67 4667 DebugIn1 1015 DHDL 53 4353 DHL 18 178
CRS 71 4671 DEECR 812 DHDL 57 4357 DHL 22 182
CRS 72 4672 DEMERC 971 DHDL 58 4358 DHL 23 183
CRS 73 4673 DESBR 810 DHDL 59 4359 DHL 24 184
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 33 / 42
Berlin

DHL 25 185 DHL 90 4190 DOC 42 4942 DRD 621
DHL 26 186 DHL 91 4191 DOC 43 4943 DS1 1252
DHL 27 187 DHL 92 4192 DOC 44 4944 DSDOB 1097
DHL 28 188 DHL 93 4193 DOC 45 4945 DSGSR 813
DHL 29 189 DHL 94 4194 DOC 46 4946 DSLRD 1098
DHL 30 190 DHL 95 4195 DOC 47 4947 DTP 555
DHL 31 191 DHL 96 4196 DOC 48 4948 DUPC 1730
DHL 32 4132 DHL 97 4197 DOC 49 4949 DUPL 1731
DHL 33 4133 DHL 98 4198 DOC 50 4950 eCB/eCTTL 00 3500
DHL 34 4134 DHL 99 4199 DOC 51 4951 eCB/eCTTL 01 3501
DHL 35 4135 DIS 9 DOC 52 4952 eCB/eCTTL 02 3502
DHL 36 4136 DLN 1116 DOC 53 4953 eCB/eCTTL 03 3503
DHL 37 4137 DMD 31 DOC 54 4954 eCB/eCTTL 04 3504
DHL 38 4138 DMOLD 976 DOC 55 4955 eCB/eCTTL 05 3505
DHL 39 4139 DMOOS 975 DOC 56 4956 eCB/eCTTL 06 3506
DHL 40 4140 DN 577 DOC 57 4957 eCB/eCTTL 07 3507
DHL 41 4141 DNMT 954 DOC 58 4958 eCB/eCTTL 08 3508
DHL 42 4142 DO 674 DOC 59 4959 eCB/eCTTL 09 3509
DHL 43 4143 DO_BEL 696 DOC 60 4960 eCB/eCTTL 10 3510
DHL 44 4144 DO1 1094 DOC 61 4961 eCB/eCTTL 11 3511
DHL 45 4145 DO2 1095 DOC 62 4962 eCB/eCTTL 12 3512
DHL 46 4146 DOB 1 DOC 63 4963 eCB/eCTTL 13 3513
DHL 47 4147 DOBL 1108 DOC 64 4964 eCB/eCTTL 14 3514
DHL 48 4148 DOC 00 910 DOC 65 4965 eCB/eCTTL 15 3515
DHL 83 4183 DOC 35 4935 DOL 0 eCB/eCTTL 50 3550
DHL 84 4184 DOC 36 4936 DOMT 949 eCB/eCTTL 51 3551
DHL 85 4185 DOC 37 4937 DoorPor1 1236 eCB/eCTTL 52 3552
DHL 86 4186 DOC 38 4938 DoorPor2 1237 eCB/eCTTL 53 3553
DHL 87 4187 DOC 39 4939 DOS / SGS 605 eCB/eCTTL 54 3554
DHL 88 4188 DOC 40 4940 DPC 733 eCB/eCTTL 55 3555
DHL 89 4189 DOC 41 4941 DPP 1017 eCB/eCTTL 56 3556
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 34 / 42
Berlin

eCB/eCTTL 57 3557 eEHC/eETTL 20 3920 eEHC/eETTL 85 3985 eHB/eHTTL 35 3835
eCB/eCTTL 72 3572 eEHC/eETTL 35 3935 EEQFG 1214 eHB/eHTTL 50 3850
eCB/eCTTL 73 3573 eEHC/eETTL 36 3936 EEQFH 1213 eHB/eHTTL 51 3851
eCB/eCTTL 74 3574 eEHC/eETTL 37 3937 EEQFL 1201 eHB/eHTTL 52 3852
eCB/eCTTL 75 3575 eEHC/eETTL 38 3938 EFK 16 eHB/eHTTL 53 3853
eCB/eCTTL 76 3576 eEHC/eETTL 39 3939 EFKB 622 eHB/eHTTL 54 3854
eCB/eCTTL 77 3577 eEHC/eETTL 40 3940 EFL 716 eHB/eHTTL 55 3855
eCB/eCTTL 78 3578 eEHC/eETTL 41 3941 EFLM 959 eHB/eHTTL 56 3856
eCB/eCTTL 79 3579 eEHC/eETTL 42 3942 EFLTC 960 eHB/eHTTL 57 3857
eCB/eCTTL 80 3580 eEHC/eETTL 43 3943 EFO 624 eHB/eHTTL 58 3858
eCB/eCTTL 81 3581 eEHC/eETTL 44 3944 EFOAL 1063 eHB/eHTTL 59 3859
eCB/eCTTL 82 3582 eEHC/eETTL 45 3945 EFODOB 774 eHB/eHTTL 60 3860
eCB/eCTTL 83 3583 eEHC/eETTL 46 3946 EFOL 957 eHB/eHTTL 61 3861
eCB/eCTTL 84 3584 eEHC/eETTL 47 3947 EFOPL 1012 eHB/eHTTL 62 3862
eCB/eCTTL 85 3585 eEHC/eETTL 48 3948 EFOR 1725 eHB/eHTTL 63 3863
eCB/eCTTL 86 3586 eEHC/eETTL 49 3949 EFSL 999 eHB/eHTTL 64 3864
eCB/eCTTL 87 3587 eEHC/eETTL 50 3950 eHB/eHTTL 00 3800 eHB/eHTTL 65 3865
ECBC 1229 eEHC/eETTL 63 3963 eHB/eHTTL 13 3813 eHB/eHTTL 78 3878
EDP 2 eEHC/eETTL 64 3964 eHB/eHTTL 14 3814 eHB/eHTTL 79 3879
eEHC/eETTL 00 3900 eEHC/eETTL 65 3965 eHB/eHTTL 15 3815 eHB/eHTTL 80 3880
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 35 / 42
Berlin

EHC / ETTL 00 192 EHC/EHTTL 65 3465 EQRS 646 eRCB/eRCTTL 60 3660
EHC / ETTL 01 193 EHC/EHTTL 66 3466 EQRSH 1220 eRCB/eRCTTL 61 3661
EHC / ETTL 02 194 EHC/EHTTL 67 3467 EQS 623 eRCB/eRCTTL 62 3662
EHC / ETTL 03 195 EHC/EHTTL 68 3468 EQSR1 1216 eRCB/eRCTTL 63 3663
EHC / ETTL 04 196 EHC/EHTTL 69 3469 EQSR2 1217 eRCB/eRCTTL 64 3664
EHC / ETTL 05 197 EHC/EHTTL 70 3470 eRCB/eRCTTL 00 3600 eRCB/eRCTTL 65 3665
EHC/EHTTL 32 3432 EHC/EHTTL 97 3497 eRCB/eRCTTL 27 3627 eRCB/eRCTTL 92 3692
EHC/EHTTL 35 3435 EHS 604 eRCB/eRCTTL 30 3630 eRCB/eRCTTL 95 3695
EHC/EHTTL 36 3436 ELDFD 1081 eRCB/eRCTTL 31 3631 eRCB/eRCTTL 96 3696
EHC/EHTTL 37 3437 ELDTD 1082 eRCB/eRCTTL 32 3632 eRCB/eRCTTL 97 3697
EHC/EHTTL 38 3438 ELIN1 1179 eRCB/eRCTTL 33 3633 eRCB/eRCTTL 98 3698
EHC/EHTTL 39 3439 ELIN2 1180 eRCB/eRCTTL 34 3634 eRCB/eRCTTL 99 3699
EHC/EHTTL 40 3440 ELOUT 1181 eRCB/eRCTTL 35 3635 ERL 739
EHC/EHTTL 41 3441 ELZS 1079 eRCB/eRCTTL 36 3636 ERS1H 1230
EHC/EHTTL 42 3442 EML 709 eRCB/eRCTTL 37 3637 ERS2H 1231
EHC/EHTTL 43 3443 EMMT 950 eRCB/eRCTTL 38 3638 ESBUZ 969
EHC/EHTTL 44 3444 EMT 1335 eRCB/eRCTTL 39 3639 ESD 1106
EHC/EHTTL 45 3445 EN-TPOS 1115 eRCB/eRCTTL 40 3640 ESH 625
EHC/EHTTL 46 3446 EOL 1162 eRCB/eRCTTL 41 3641 ESK 626
EHC/EHTTL 47 3447 EPR 556 eRCB/eRCTTL 42 3642 ESSR 633
EHC/EHTTL 48 3448 EPW 601 eRCB/eRCTTL 43 3643 ET_P1 1257
EHC/EHTTL 49 3449 EQARL 1200 eRCB/eRCTTL 44 3644 ET_P2 1258
EHC/EHTTL 50 3450 EQARLH 1203 eRCB/eRCTTL 45 3645 ET_P3 1261
EHC/EHTTL 51 3451 EQC1 1008 eRCB/eRCTTL 46 3646 ET_P4 1262
EHC/EHTTL 52 3452 EQC1H 1221 eRCB/eRCTTL 47 3647 ET_S1 1259
EHC/EHTTL 53 3453 EQC1LH 1225 eRCB/eRCTTL 48 3648 ET_S2 1260
EHC/EHTTL 54 3454 EQC2 1009 eRCB/eRCTTL 49 3649 ET_S3 1263
EHC/EHTTL 55 3455 EQC2H 1222 eRCB/eRCTTL 50 3650 ET_S4 1264
EHC/EHTTL 56 3456 EQC2LH 1226 eRCB/eRCTTL 51 3651 eUHB/eUHTTL 00 3700
EHC/EHTTL 57 3457 EQC3 1215 eRCB/eRCTTL 52 3652 eUHB/eUHTTL 01 3701
EHC/EHTTL 58 3458 EQC3H 1223 eRCB/eRCTTL 53 3653 eUHB/eUHTTL 02 3702
EHC/EHTTL 59 3459 EQC3LH 1227 eRCB/eRCTTL 54 3654 eUHB/eUHTTL 03 3703
EHC/EHTTL 60 3460 EQCW 645 eRCB/eRCTTL 55 3655 eUHB/eUHTTL 04 3704
EHC/EHTTL 61 3461 EQL 738 eRCB/eRCTTL 56 3656 eUHB/eUHTTL 05 3705
EHC/EHTTL 62 3462 EQLH 1202 eRCB/eRCTTL 57 3657 eUHB/eUHTTL 06 3706
EHC/EHTTL 63 3463 EQLSS 1219 eRCB/eRCTTL 58 3658 eUHB/eUHTTL 07 3707
EHC/EHTTL 64 3464 EQR1 1010 eRCB/eRCTTL 59 3659 eUHB/eUHTTL 08 3708
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 36 / 42
Berlin

eUHB/eUHTTL 09 3709 eUHB/eUHTTL 74 3774 FPD 25 249 FPD 90 4490
eUHB/eUHTTL 19 3719 eUHB/eUHTTL 84 3784 FPD 35 4435 FPDL 643
eUHB/eUHTTL 20 3720 eUHB/eUHTTL 85 3785 FPD 36 4436 FPDL 00 6000
eUHB/eUHTTL 35 3735 FAN 1083 FPD 51 4451 FPDL 15 6015
eUHB/eUHTTL 36 3736 FANL 1086 FPD 52 4452 FPDL 16 6016
eUHB/eUHTTL 37 3737 FANR 1089 FPD 53 4453 FPDL 17 6017
eUHB/eUHTTL 38 3738 FCDGD 724 FPD 54 4454 FPDL 18 6018
eUHB/eUHTTL 39 3739 FCDGU 723 FPD 55 4455 FPDL 19 6019
eUHB/eUHTTL 40 3740 FDL 740 FPD 56 4456 FPDL 20 6020
eUHB/eUHTTL 41 3741 FDLD 593 FPD 57 4457 FPDL 21 6021
eUHB/eUHTTL 42 3742 FDLU 592 FPD 58 4458 FPDL 22 6022
eUHB/eUHTTL 43 3743 FDZ 1195 FPD 59 4459 FPDL 23 6023
eUHB/eUHTTL 44 3744 FGSM 1090 FPD 60 4460 FPDL 24 6024
eUHB/eUHTTL 45 3745 FLT 587 FPD 61 4461 FPDL 25 6025
eUHB/eUHTTL 46 3746 FOSS1 1032 FPD 62 4462 FPDL 26 6026
eUHB/eUHTTL 49 3749 FPD 00 224 FPD 65 4465 FPDL 29 6029
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 37 / 42
Berlin

FPDL 54 6054 GDI14 1134 HANN 19 5719 HANN 84 5784
FPDL 64 6064 GDO0 1136 HANN 29 5729 HANN 94 5794
FPDL 70 6070 GDO14 1150 HANN 35 5735 HB / HBTTL 00 96
FPDL 80 6080 GOL 1164 HANN 45 5745 HB / HBTTL 10 106
FPDL 81 6081 GOOL 717 HANN 46 5746 HB / HBTTL 11 107
FPDL 82 6082 GPIN1 977 HANN 47 5747 HB / HBTTL 12 108
FPDL 87 6087 GPOUT1 978 HANN 52 5752 HB / HBTTL 17 113
FPDL 92 6092 GRIOT 642 HANN 57 5757 HB / HBTTL 22 118
FPDL 93 6093 GRPFBK1 1056 HANN 58 5758 HB / HBTTL 23 119
FPDL 94 6094 GRPTST1 1057 HANN 59 5759 HB / HBTTL 24 120
FPDL 95 6095 GSAK 770 HANN 60 5760 HB / HBTTL 25 121
FPDL 96 6096 GSAL 771 HANN 61 5761 HB / HBTTL 26 122
FPDL 97 6097 GSSI 972 HANN 62 5762 HB / HBTTL 27 123
FPDL 98 6098 GSSO 973 HANN 63 5763 HB / HBTTL 28 124
FPDL 99 6099 HADL 1336 HANN 64 5764 HB / HBTTL 29 125
FPHD1 1183 HANN 00 5700 HANN 65 5765 HB / HBTTL 30 126
FPHD2 1184 HANN 01 5701 HANN 66 5766 HB / HBTTL 31 127
FPHD3 1185 HANN 02 5702 HANN 67 5767 HB/HTTL 32 3332
FPHD4 1186 HANN 03 5703 HANN 68 5768 HB/HTTL 33 3333
FPHDRC 1187 HANN 04 5704 HANN 69 5769 HB/HTTL 34 3334
FR 720 HANN 05 5705 HANN 70 5770 HB/HTTL 35 3335
FSFO 1092 HANN 06 5706 HANN 71 5771 HB/HTTL 36 3336
FSL 24 HANN 07 5707 HANN 72 5772 HB/HTTL 37 3337
FSO 1197 HANN 08 5708 HANN 73 5773 HB/HTTL 38 3338
FWALL1 1233 HANN 09 5709 HANN 74 5774 HB/HTTL 39 3339
FWALL2 1234 HANN 10 5710 HANN 75 5775 HB/HTTL 40 3340
GCB 551 HANN 11 5711 HANN 76 5776 HB/HTTL 41 3341
GCCO 613 HANN 12 5712 HANN 77 5777 HB/HTTL 42 3342
GDI0 1120 HANN 13 5713 HANN 78 5778 HB/HTTL 43 3343
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 38 / 42
Berlin

HB/HTTL 49 3349 ISPS 638 OOL 05 883 OOL 70 4870
HB/HTTL 50 3350 ISS 4 OOL 06 884 OOL 71 4871
HB/HTTL 51 3351 ISTS 745 OOL 07 885 OOL 72 4872
HB/HTTL 52 3352 ITLC 731 OOL 08 886 OOL 73 4873
HB/HTTL 53 3353 ITLH 729 OOL 09 887 OOL 74 4874
HB/HTTL 54 3354 KS-L 1251 OOL 10 888 OOL 75 4875
HB/HTTL 55 3355 LBG 967 OOL 11 889 OOL 76 4876
HB/HTTL 56 3356 LBGCHK 990 OOL 12 890 OOL 77 4877
HB/HTTL 57 3357 LDO 677 OOL 13 891 OOL 78 4878
HB/HTTL 58 3358 LDOS 1020 OOL 14 892 OOL 79 4879
HB/HTTL 59 3359 LEV 793 OOL 15 893 OOL 80 4880
HB/HTTL 60 3360 LIGHT1 1177 OOL 16 894 OOL 81 4881
HB/HTTL 61 3361 LIGHT2 1178 OOL 17 895 OOL 82 4882
HB/HTTL 62 3362 LND 712 OOL 18 896 OOL 83 4883
HB/HTTL 63 3363 LNS / DIS1 6 OOL 19 897 OOL 84 4884
HB/HTTL 64 3364 LNSL 1024 OOL 20 898 OOL 85 4885
HB/HTTL 65 3365 LNS-M 721 OOL 21 899 OOL 86 4886
HB/HTTL 66 3366 LowBat 1311 OOL 22 900 OOL 87 4887
HB/HTTL 67 3367 LPT 630 OOL 23 901 OOL 88 4888
HB/HTTL 68 3368 LPTB 657 OOL 24 902 OOL 89 4889
HB/HTTL 69 3369 LR 26 OOL 25 903 OOL 90 4890
HB/HTTL 70 3370 LR2 1334 OOL 26 904 OOL 91 4891
HB/HTTL 71 3371 LRCR 965 OOL 27 905 OOL 92 4892
HB/HTTL 72 3372 LRD 607 OOL 28 906 OOL 93 4893
HB/HTTL 73 3373 LRTS (OKR) 964 OOL 29 907 OOL 94 4894
HB/HTTL 74 3374 LW30 1043 OOL 30 908 OOL 95 4895
HB/HTTL 75 3375 LW50 1044 OOL 31 909 OOL 96 4896
HB/HTTL 76 3376 LWDE 809 OOL 32 4832 OOL 97 4897
HB/HTTL 77 3377 LWO 5 OOL 33 4833 OOL 98 4898
HB/HTTL 78 3378 LWO-M 722 OOL 34 4834 OOL 99 4899
HB/HTTL 79 3379 LWX / ACS 7 OOL 35 4835 OOS 713
HB/HTTL 80 3380 LWX-HYD 12 OOL 36 4836 OOS1B 557
HB/HTTL 81 3381 MAS 1021 OOL 37 4837 OOS1M 558
HB/HTTL 82 3382 MCLS 697 OOL 38 4838 OOS2B 559
HB/HTTL 83 3383 MD_BTN 1316 OOL 39 4839 OOS2M 560
HB/HTTL 84 3384 MD_COR 1276 OOL 40 4840 OTLC 732
HB/HTTL 85 3385 MD_DTP 1275 OOL 41 4841 OTLH 730
HB/HTTL 86 3386 MD_UNORM 1274 OOL 42 4842 OVH 589
HB/HTTL 87 3387 MDD 574 OOL 43 4843 OVLREV 1117
HB/HTTL 88 3388 MF 711 OOL 44 4844 PBUZ 1255
HB/HTTL 89 3389 MOTION 1337 OOL 45 4845 PCLK 1 753
HB/HTTL 90 3390 MPDL 1023 OOL 46 4846 PCLK 2 754
HB/HTTL 91 3391 MR_TMP 1174 OOL 47 4847 PCLK 3 755
HB/HTTL 92 3392 MTC 588 OOL 48 4848 PCLK 4 756
HB/HTTL 93 3393 NDG 27 OOL 49 4849 PCLK 5 757
HB/HTTL 94 3394 NDG_M 791 OOL 50 4850 PCLK 6 758
HB/HTTL 95 3395 NOL 1208 OOL 51 4851 PCLK 7 759
HB/HTTL 96 3396 NORM 676 OOL 52 4852 PCLK 8 760
HB/HTTL 97 3397 NSB 594 OOL 53 4853 PDET 1338
HB/HTTL 98 3398 NSL 595 OOL 54 4854 PDS 784
HB/HTTL 99 3399 NSLH 741 OOL 55 4855 PET_BL1 1283
HCCO 612 NSVCL 1207 OOL 56 4856 PET_BL2 1284
HCFAN 1085 NU 17 OOL 57 4857 PET_BL3 1285
HCFANL 1088 NUG/NUG-1 19 OOL 58 4858 PET_BT1 1277
HCOC 746 NUSD/NUSD-1 18 OOL 59 4859 PET_BT2 1278
HCOL 1026 OFF 702 OOL 60 4860 PET_BT3 1279
HCRC 1022 OLMT 951 OOL 61 4861 PET_DHB1 1280
HDDL (DDL) 550 OLS 22 OOL 62 4862 PET_DHB2 1281
HEL 25 OLSH 1205 OOL 63 4863 PET_DHB3 1282
HUDL (UDL) 549 OOL 737 OOL 64 4864 PET_DHL1 1286
IL 743 OOL 00 878 OOL 65 4865 PET_DHL2 1287
INLC 596 OOL 01 879 OOL 66 4866 PET_DHL3 1288
INLH 597 OOL 02 880 OOL 67 4867 PET_FAN 1289
INS 602 OOL 03 881 OOL 68 4868 PET_LAMP 1290
INSLH 1204 OOL 04 882 OOL 69 4869 PFL 600
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 39 / 42
Berlin

PI7S-LB 802 RCB/RCTTL 45 3145 RDCB 547 RDHL 25 441
PI7S-LC 803 RCB/RCTTL 46 3146 RDCBL 1111 RDHL 26 442
PI7S-LG 804 RCB/RCTTL 47 3147 RDCL 695 RDHL 27 443
PI7S-RA 795 RCB/RCTTL 48 3148 RDCM 788 RDHL 28 444
PI7S-RB 796 RCB/RCTTL 49 3149 RDDM 998 RDHL 29 445
PI7S-RC 797 RCB/RCTTL 50 3150 RDFO 1030 RDHL 30 446
PI7S-RD 798 RCB/RCTTL 51 3151 RDHB 628 RDHL 31 447
PI7S-RE 799 RCB/RCTTL 52 3152 RDHB / RDTTL 00 352 RDO1 1100
PI7S-RF 800 RCB/RCTTL 53 3153 RDHB / RDTTL 01 353 RDO2 1101
PI7S-RG 801 RCB/RCTTL 54 3154 RDHB / RDTTL 02 354 RDOB 545
PKL 553 RCB/RCTTL 55 3155 RDHB / RDTTL 03 355 RDOBL 1110
PKS 11 RCB/RCTTL 56 3156 RDHB / RDTTL 04 356 RDOL 544
PKSG 1064 RCB/RCTTL 57 3157 RDHB / RDTTL 05 357 RDOS / RSGS 606
PMSI 1253 RCB/RCTTL 58 3158 RDHB / RDTTL 06 358 RDSDOB 1103
PWC 1212 RCB/RCTTL 59 3159 RDHB / RDTTL 07 359 RDSLRD 1104
PWCL 1224 RCB/RCTTL 60 3160 RDHB / RDTTL 08 360 RDZ 661
RAPS 1256 RCB/RCTTL 61 3161 RDHB / RDTTL 09 361 REDP 546
RB 627 RCB/RCTTL 62 3162 RDHB / RDTTL 10 362 REHC / RETTL 00 448
RBTC 1029 RCB/RCTTL 63 3163 RDHB / RDTTL 11 363 REHC / RETTL 01 449
RBTE 1028 RCB/RCTTL 64 3164 RDHB / RDTTL 12 364 REHC / RETTL 02 450
RCB / RCTTL 00 288 RCB/RCTTL 65 3165 RDHB / RDTTL 13 365 REHC / RETTL 03 451
RCB / RCTTL 19 307 RCB/RCTTL 84 3184 RDHBL 748 REHC / RETTL 22 470
RCB / RCTTL 20 308 RCB/RCTTL 85 3185 RDHL 00 416 REHC / RETTL 23 471
RCB / RCTTL 29 317 RCB/RCTTL 94 3194 RDHL 09 425 REML 710
RCB / RCTTL 30 318 RCB/RCTTL 95 3195 RDHL 10 426 REV 806
RCB / RCTTL 31 319 RCB/RCTTL 96 3196 RDHL 11 427 RFAN 1084
RCB/RCTTL 32 3132 RCB/RCTTL 97 3197 RDHL 12 428 RFANL 1087
RCB/RCTTL 33 3133 RCB/RCTTL 98 3198 RDHL 13 429 RFS 1007
RCB/RCTTL 34 3134 RCB/RCTTL 99 3199 RDHL 14 430 RFSL 563
RCB/RCTTL 35 3135 RCCDC 1038 RDHL 15 431 RGCB 715
RCB/RCTTL 36 3136 RCDDL 565 RDHL 16 432 RGEN_D1 1238
RCB/RCTTL 37 3137 RCDGD 585 RDHL 17 433 RGEN_D2 1239
RCB/RCTTL 38 3138 RCDGU 584 RDHL 18 434 RGEN_D3 1240
RCB/RCTTL 39 3139 RCDLD 583 RDHL 19 435 RGEN_D4 1241
RCB/RCTTL 40 3140 RCDLU 582 RDHL 20 436 RGEN_D5 1242
RCB/RCTTL 41 3141 RCLT 1105 RDHL 21 437 RGEN_D6 1243
RCB/RCTTL 42 3142 RCUDL 564 RDHL 22 438 RGEN_D7 1244
RCB/RCTTL 43 3143 RCW_H2 1314 RDHL 23 439 RGEN_D8 1245
RCB/RCTTL 44 3144 RDC 1102 RDHL 24 440 RGEN_D9 1246
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 40 / 42
Berlin

RGSM 1091 RUHB / RUTTL 25 345 SEC 18 530 SEC 83 4783
RHDDL 567 RUHB / RUTTL 26 346 SEC 19 531 SEC 84 4784
RHEL 562 RUHB / RUTTL 27 347 SEC 20 532 SEC 85 4785
RHUDL 566 RUHB / RUTTL 28 348 SEC 21 533 SEC 86 4786
RIOTS 568 RUHB / RUTTL 29 349 SEC 22 534 SEC 87 4787
RISPS 1019 RUHB / RUTTL 30 350 SEC 23 535 SEC 88 4788
RISS 714 RUHB / RUTTL 31 351 SEC 24 536 SEC 89 4789
RLBG 968 RUHL 00 384 SEC 25 537 SEC 90 4790
RLDO 678 RUHL 01 385 SEC 26 538 SEC 91 4791
RLRCR 966 RUHL 02 386 SEC 27 539 SEC 92 4792
RLRD 608 RUHL 03 387 SEC 28 540 SEC 93 4793
RMDD 575 RUHL 04 388 SEC 29 541 SEC 94 4794
RNDG 637 RUHL 05 389 SEC 30 542 SEC 95 4795
RNDG_M 792 RUHL 06 390 SEC 31 543 SEC 96 4796
ROLS 561 RUHL 07 391 SEC 32 4732 SEC 97 4797
ROLSH 1206 RUHL 08 392 SEC 33 4733 SEC 98 4798
RPFL 1018 RUHL 09 393 SEC 34 4734 SEC 99 4799
RPHD1 1188 RUHL 10 394 SEC 35 4735 SEQS 1218
RPHD2 1189 RUHL 11 395 SEC 36 4736 SERB 1232
RPHD3 1190 RUHL 12 396 SEC 37 4737 ServInC 1157
RPHD4 1191 RUHL 13 397 SEC 38 4738 ServInH 1265
RPHDRC 1192 RUHL 14 398 SEC 39 4739 ServOutC 1158
RRB 725 RUHL 15 399 SEC 40 4740 ServOutH 1266
RRD_H 1315 RUHL 16 400 SEC 41 4741 SGOK1 1065
RREV 808 RUHL 17 401 SEC 42 4742 SGOK2 1066
RSDB 641 RUHL 18 402 SEC 43 4743 SGOK3 1067
RSFO 1093 RUHL 19 403 SEC 44 4744 SGOK4 1068
RSGS2 1156 RUHL 20 404 SEC 45 4745 SGOK5 1069
RSO 1199 RUHL 21 405 SEC 46 4746 SGOK6 1070
RST1 994 RUHL 22 406 SEC 47 4747 SGOK7 1071
RST2 995 RUHL 23 407 SEC 48 4748 SGOL1 1072
RST3 996 RUHL 24 408 SEC 49 4749 SGOL2 1073
RSTC 573 RUHL 25 409 SEC 50 4750 SGOL3 1074
RSTH 572 RUHL 26 410 SEC 51 4751 SGOL4 1075
RTD_H1 1312 RUHL 27 411 SEC 52 4752 SGOL5 1076
RTD_H2 1313 RUHL 28 412 SEC 53 4753 SGOL6 1077
RTD_OUT1 1112 RUHL 29 413 SEC 54 4754 SGOL7 1078
RTD_OUT2 1113 RUHL 30 414 SEC 55 4755 SGS2 1155
RTDCB 708 RUHL 31 415 SEC 56 4756 SHAC 666
RTDOB 707 RWDCB 1171 SEC 57 4757 SHAT 667
RUHB / RUTTL 00 320 RWDCBL 1173 SEC 58 4758 SHBUZ 751
RUHB / RUTTL 01 321 RWDOB 1170 SEC 59 4759 SHLC 668
RUHB / RUTTL 02 322 RWDOBL 1172 SEC 60 4760 SHLH 752
RUHB / RUTTL 03 323 RXDO 1036 SEC 61 4761 SLD 701
RUHB / RUTTL 04 324 SCFS 1210 SEC 62 4762 SLU 700
RUHB / RUTTL 05 325 SCML 1228 SEC 63 4763 SOSD 1055
RUHB / RUTTL 06 326 SDB 640 SEC 64 4764 SOSU 1054
RUHB / RUTTL 07 327 SEC 00 512 SEC 65 4765 SR1 569
RUHB / RUTTL 10 330 SEC 03 515 SEC 68 4768 SSM1 647
RUHB / RUTTL 17 337 SEC 10 522 SEC 75 4775 SSMB 654
RUHB / RUTTL 18 338 SEC 11 523 SEC 76 4776 SSMR 655
RUHB / RUTTL 19 339 SEC 12 524 SEC 77 4777 SSMRL 670
RUHB / RUTTL 20 340 SEC 13 525 SEC 78 4778 SSMS 656
RUHB / RUTTL 21 341 SEC 14 526 SEC 79 4779 ST1 991
RUHB / RUTTL 24 344 SEC 17 529 SEC 82 4782 STC 30
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 41 / 42
Berlin

STH 29 UHB/UHTTL 39 3239 UHDL 03 817 UHDL 68 4268
SVC 1304 UHB/UHTTL 40 3240 UHDL 04 818 UHDL 69 4269
SVF 1306 UHB/UHTTL 41 3241 UHDL 05 819 UHDL 70 4270
SVI 1305 UHB/UHTTL 42 3242 UHDL 06 820 UHDL 71 4271
SVT 1307 UHB/UHTTL 43 3243 UHDL 07 821 UHDL 72 4272
TARGET 989 UHB/UHTTL 44 3244 UHDL 08 822 UHDL 73 4273
TCI 691 UHB/UHTTL 45 3245 UHDL 09 823 UHDL 74 4274
TCIB 783 UHB/UHTTL 46 3246 UHDL 10 824 UHDL 75 4275
TDCB 706 UHB/UHTTL 47 3247 UHDL 11 825 UHDL 76 4276
TDM 1049 UHB/UHTTL 48 3248 UHDL 12 826 UHDL 77 4277
TDOB 705 UHB/UHTTL 49 3249 UHDL 13 827 UHDL 78 4278
TDPS 1051 UHB/UHTTL 50 3250 UHDL 14 828 UHDL 79 4279
TI 807 UHB/UHTTL 51 3251 UHDL 15 829 UHDL 80 4280
TprInC 1319 UHB/UHTTL 52 3252 UHDL 16 830 UHDL 81 4281
TprInH 1321 UHB/UHTTL 53 3253 UHDL 17 831 UHDL 82 4282
TprOutC 1320 UHB/UHTTL 54 3254 UHDL 18 832 UHDL 83 4283
TprOutH 1322 UHB/UHTTL 55 3255 UHDL 19 833 UHDL 84 4284
TRO 1107 UHB/UHTTL 56 3256 UHDL 20 834 UHDL 85 4285
TRUNK 1161 UHB/UHTTL 57 3257 UHDL 21 835 UHDL 86 4286
TUM1 1047 UHB/UHTTL 58 3258 UHDL 22 836 UHDL 87 4287
TUM2 1048 UHB/UHTTL 59 3259 UHDL 23 837 UHDL 88 4288
TUPS 1050 UHB/UHTTL 60 3260 UHDL 24 838 UHDL 89 4289
UCMEN-DN 1273 UHB/UHTTL 61 3261 UHDL 25 839 UHDL 90 4290
UCMEN-UP 1272 UHB/UHTTL 62 3262 UHDL 26 840 UHDL 91 4291
UD 805 UHB/UHTTL 63 3263 UHDL 27 841 UHDL 92 4292
UDMT 953 UHB/UHTTL 64 3264 UHDL 28 842 UHDL 93 4293
UHB / UHTTL 00 64 UHB/UHTTL 65 3265 UHDL 29 843 UHDL 94 4294
UHB / UHTTL 06 70 UHB/UHTTL 71 3271 UHDL 35 4235 UHL 00 128
UHB/UHTTL 32 3232 UHB/UHTTL 97 3297 UHDL 61 4261 UHL 26 154
UHB/UHTTL 35 3235 UHDI 719 UHDL 64 4264 UHL 29 157
UHB/UHTTL 36 3236 UHDL 00 814 UHDL 65 4265 UHL 30 158
No.: GAA30782GAB_IO
Software Basic Data
Page: 42 / 42
Berlin

UHL 33 4033 UHL 69 4069 WCOS 631
UHL 34 4034 UHL 70 4070 WDCB 1167
UHL 35 4035 UHL 71 4071 WDCBL 1169
UHL 36 4036 UHL 72 4072 WDOB 1166
UHL 37 4037 UHL 73 4073 WDOBL 1168
UHL 38 4038 UHL 74 4074 WISS 1165
UHL 39 4039 UHL 75 4075 WTL 1163
UHL 40 4040 UHL 76 4076 X1LV 1039
UHL 41 4041 UHL 77 4077 X2LV 1040
UHL 42 4042 UHL 78 4078 XDO 1035
UHL 43 4043 UHL 79 4079 XDSR 726
UHL 44 4044 UHL 80 4080 XEFO 775
UHL 45 4045 UHL 81 4081 XEPR 609
UHL 46 4046 UHL 82 4082
UHL 47 4047 UHL 83 4083
UHL 48 4048 UHL 84 4084
UHL 49 4049 UHL 85 4085
UHL 50 4050 UHL 86 4086
UHL 51 4051 UHL 87 4087
UHL 52 4052 UHL 88 4088
UHL 53 4053 UHL 89 4089
UHL 54 4054 UHL 90 4090
UHL 55 4055 UHL 91 4091
UHL 56 4056 UHL 92 4092
UHL 57 4057 UHL 93 4093
UHL 58 4058 UHL 94 4094
UHL 59 4059 UHL 95 4095
UHL 60 4060 UHL 96 4096
UHL 61 4061 UHL 97 4097
UHL 62 4062 UHL 98 4098
UHL 63 4063 UHL 99 4099
UHL 64 4064 UIS 8
UHL 65 4065 ULV 660
UHL 66 4066 UP 576
UHL 67 4067 UPC 734
UHL 68 4068 WCOL 1324
No.: GAA30782GAB_REF
Software Basic Data
Engineering Center GCS - GECB Page: 1 / 64

Berlin
Service Tool Reference List Date: 2015-03-25
GCS - GECB
Reference List



No part of this document may be copied or reproduced in any form or by any means without the prior written consent of
OTIS GmbH & Co OHG.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Revision History
2004-08-26 G1530780AAA A. Pfeffer first document based on TCBC Software
GAA30084AAF
2005-01-27 G2130780AAA H.-K. Spielbauer Number update only prior shipping
2005-03-03 G2230780AAA A. Pfeffer conditions for EFO inputs added
2005-03-29 G2430780AAA A. Pfeffer blink messages “DOL alw. On”, “No
110VAC”, “OmuPresent” added
Event “0307 RDOL alw.on” added
2005-07-21 GAA30780AAB A. Pfeffer HPB added for Compass
2006-10-26 B. Braasch Op. Mode: CBP; EAR; added
Mo. State: SD->SR; renamed., ES; EF; EW;
RL; added
Mo.Command: Relevel; added
System inputs: GDS; L30; L50; GSM; DHB;
SDB; ^GSM; ^DHB; ^SDB; ADB; EDB;1EF;
2EF; DDS; DES; EQ1; EQ2; EQ3;
EQW;EQR; ISP; FAN; ^FAN; CTC; CTO;
PKG; CFB; IST; ROT; ACC; ACH; GSI; HCH;
GCO; CHC; GCB; ^GCB; LDS; MAS; HCR;
ATK; ^RB; GRT; DPC; UPC; DUP; SRO;
AD1; AD2; AD3; BPZ; ELZ; GFB; WCO;
SG1-SG7; CS1-CS6; CSC; CSK; GSK; CLR;
DFO; ^DFO; LEV; DCD; CCB; CCT; PC1-
PC8; SHC SHT; AMC; LPT; SMB; added
System outputs: UD; added
Blink message: MRO active; added
Event logging: 16; 17; 19; 109; 110; 213-
217; 224; 225; 308-315; 319; 505-507; 604;
605; added
2006-11-30 GAA30780BAA A. Pfeffer Event 235 added

2006-12-22 G1330780CAA B. Braasch Event 312;313;319 renamed, 320 added
2007-04-03 G1230780DAA H.-K. Spielbauer Update for DAA release
2007-04-05 GAA30780DAA A. Pfeffer Event 0606 added
2007-08-29 GP130780DAA A. Pfeffer extra info added for events 0400, 0403
2007-09-25 GAA30780DAB D. Cominelli Added descriptions for events 0604, 0605
2008-10-09 G1730780DAC A. Pfeffer Event 0242 ETSC Fault added
2008-12-04 GAA30780DAC A. Pfeffer ETS Blink messages added
2009-03-16 D. Cominelli DOL/RDOL alw. On descriptions expanded
2009-04-06 D. Cominelli Added new event descriptions
2009-05-05 GAA30780DAD M. Hoinkis events 0702 -0731 added, new TCI-Lock
seq., 2SE, OCB, OCM, AB2 added
2009-06-xx G1230780DAF M. Hoinkis Event 0318 added
2009-07-20 G1630780DAF A. Pfeffer No changes
2009-08-11 G1730780DAF H.-K. Spielbauer ETS input,
2009-08-12 G1830780DAF A. Pfeffer Conditions for Inputs added
Software Basic Data

Berlin

2009-08-26 G1830780DAF A. Pfeffer Conditions for EQO Inputs added
2009-08-27 G1930780DAF D. Cominelli Added new CAN events and other missing
events
2009-11-09 A. Pfeffer Event 0122 added
2009-12-10 G2130780DAG A. Pfeffer Inputs SGS, ^SGS added
2010-01-22 GAA30780DAG A. Pfeffer Event 0036, 0037 added
2010-03-17 G1630780DAH A. Pfeffer Event and Blink message 6LS-TYP added
2010-06-03 G5230780DAH A. Pfeffer Changed Event 0247
Added Board Type display to System Menu
2010-06-28 GP130780DAH A. Pfeffer Release
2010-11-26 G3330780DAJ H.-K. Spielbauer Events 38, 39, 123, 248, 249, 323, 324 add-
ed
Deleted event 30, 35
2010-11-30 GAA30780DAJ A. Pfeffer Added Blink Messages “ES Wiring”, “SAF
Wiring”
Added events 0232, 0234, 0508, 0614, 0615
2001-11-30 GAA30780DAJ M. Hoinkis description added for events 0607 – 0613
2010-12-10 GAA30780DAJ D. Cominelli Updated “Switch INS” blink message de-
scription
2011-04-01 G1130780EAA A. Pfeffer UCM-TYP=3 added for event and blink mes-
sage “UCM Detect”
2011-04-06 GAA30780EAB A. Pfeffer Added instruction for “ES Wiring”, “SAF Wir-
ing”
2011-05-18 G1230780EAC D. Cominelli Added blink messages “ETSD-Fault” and
“ETSD-Comm” for PX2.1=4 or 5
Added events 0255 – 0259.
2011-07-12 Gxx30780EAC D. Cominelli Added possible cause to blink message
“Switch INS” for multidrop door systems..
2011-07-20 G1730780EAC SG Cho Added System inputs WDO, WDC, ^WDO,
^WDC added
Event logging: 124, 125 added
2011-08-18 G1730780EAC M. Hoinkis input BRB added (GECB_II)
2011-08-31 G2030780EAC M. Hnida Added blink messages “LOPIT cfg!”, “KS-L
fault”, and “APS fault” and errors 0619 HWY-
TYP, 0334 KS-L fault, and 0335 APS fault
2011-09-02 G2130780EAC D. Cominelli Added description for 0231 “Drv SC Err”
2011-09-05 G2130780EAC A. Pfeffer Added description for 0030 “CcanError” and
0035 “GcanError”
Added Info Message GECB-AP
2011-11-21 G1130780EAD M. Hoinkis Added I/O’s, events, motion states, blink
message for LCB_IIC
2012-04-16 G2630780EAD M. Hnida Added for Evolux drive:
- RRN output
- LIN input
- Blinking messages NoPowrWait, LowBat-
Wait, DeepBat, EncoAdjust
- Events DeepBattery, LowBat wait, and
NoPowerWait
Software Basic Data

Berlin

2012-05-21 GAA30780EAE SG Cho Op. Mode REI, WCS added
Added events: 0135, 0271~0273
2012-05-21 GAA30780EAE GS Wang Op. Mode EQR added
Added events: 0126~0134
2012-05-21 G1230780EAE DH Kang Added Blink Messages “DrvOvrHeat”,
“UCMCommErr”, “FSO RlyErr”, “RSO RlyErr”
Added events: 0251~0254
2012-06-12 G1330780EAE D. Cominelli Added “OOS Alarms” section. Added the
Elite events. Alphabetized the Blink Mes-
sages section. Added missing Blink Mes-
sages.
2012-08-14 G2230780EAE SG Cho Added input CGS
2012-09-11 G2430780EAE DH Kang Added output FSO
2012-09-19 G2430780EAE SG Cho Merge OECB changes
2012-09-24 G2430780EAE DH Kang Added the description of Blink Message
UCMRWelded and event 0615
2012-12-03 GAA30780EAE D. Cominelli Corrected OOS text marks
2012-12-03 GAA30780EAF D. Cominelli Added “LEDs” section
2012-12-06 GAA30780EAG GS Wang Added “DCS run” and “COR Rescue” in
Blinking Event Messages
2012-12-06 GS Wang Added “0275 CR-FSO Flt” and “ 0276 CR-
GAA30780EAG RSO Flt” in Event Logging
2013-05-02 G2330780EAH D. Cominelli Added “RFS Alerts” section. Added Event
0603.
2013-05-23 G2330780EAH A. Pfeffer Event Logging:
Corrected “savedRuns” and “savedMins”
For 0234, added UCM-TYP=2
Corrected event 0233 PowerSave
Removed event 0013 Event Fail
2013-06-12 GAA30780EAH A. Pfeffer Added inputs SC, DB0, DB1, OCB, RR, BRK
Added outputs RR1, RR2, SCO
Renamed events 0225, 0227
Added events 0282-0286, 0408, 0631, 0 732
2013-07-30 GP130780EAH H.-K. Spielbauer Added event 0238 –blink message BSR/RR
Flt
Release
2013-08-02 Gxx30780EAJ D. Cominelli Updated event 0229 reference to blink mes-
sage “ACD-Fault!”
2013-09-23 Gxx30780EAJ D. Cominelli Added section “Event Logging Subcodes”
2013-10-25 G2530780EAJ A. Pfeffer Added events “0288 COR Count”, “0709
MRO_BRK Flt”, “0781 MroAborted”
2013-10-25 G2530780EAJ A. Pfeffer Added blink messages “COR Count”, “Init”,
“!!No MRO!!”, “No SC”
2013-10-30 G2730780EAJ A. Pfeffer - Added Info Messages for CARIO board
- Enhanced blink message “BCB-Comm”
- Added blink message “CARIO-Comm”
- Added missing RFS reasons
2013-10-30 G2730780EAJ D. Cominelli - Added Blink Messages “Group>Max” and
“ResetGECB!”
- Added Events “0015 Spurious Int”,
“0509 DEK offline” and “0510 DEKstuckBut”
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2013-10-30 G2730780EAJ A. Pfeffer - Added blink message “MPD”, “UCM Prot F”

- Added events “0221 DrvStopErr”, “0277
/MD in FR”, “0278 /MD in SR”, “/MD > 5 min”,
“0281 MPD”, “0274 UCM Prot F”,
“0407 RSL warning”
2013-10-31 G2730780EAJ A. Pfeffer - Added references for OOS Alarms
2013-11-04 GAA30780EAJ M. Hnida - Extended scope of events “0626 DeepBat-
tery”, “0627 LowBat wait”, and “0628
NoPowerWait” to LVA Switch.
- Extended scope of blinking messages
DeepBat, LowBatWait, and NoPowrWait to
LVA Switch.
- Added events “0042 TimAdjByRTC”, “0629
HighBatWait”, and “0630 OverBat”.
- Added blinking messages HigBatWait and
OverBat.
- Added OOS Alarms “DBF- Battery shut-
down to prevent overvoltage” and “DBF-
Temporary mandatory battery discharging”.
- Added subcodes to “0335 APS fault” and
“0702 BCB missing”.
2013-11-11 G1330780EAK M. Hnida - Added subcodes to “0705 BcbSwFail”
2013-11-23 G1430780EAK A. Pfeffer - Changed name of input, event log and
blinking message from “SC” to “SCO” (relat-
ed to input SC_OUT)
2013-11-28 G1130780EAK M. Hnida - Removed subcodes from events “0702
BCB missing” and “0705 BcbSwFail”.
- Added subcodes to event “0705
BcbSwFail”.
- Added events “0733 No Battery2”, “0734
Bat2TempErr”, “0735 Bat2Fault”, “0736 No-
Bat2Signl”, “0737 LowBattery2”, “0738
BatCharged2”, “0739 Bcb2Missing”, “0740
Bcb2IoFail”, and “0741 Bcb2HwFail”.
- Added blinking message “BCB2-Comm.”.
- Added RFSs “BCB2 missing”, “BCB2 fail-
ure”, “Battery2 missing”, “Battery2 tempera-
ture is out-of-range”, “Battery2 defect”, “Bat-
tery2 charger error”, and “Low battery2 volt-
age”.
2013-12-06 G1730780EAK A. Pfeffer Improved description for “302 DoorBridge”
2013-12-17 Gxx30780EAL M. Hnida - Added events "0742 BCB >Volt", "0743
BCB >VFail", "0744 BCB2 >Volt", and "0745
BCB2 >VFail"
2014-01-31 G1430780EAL A. Pfeffer - Added events
“0289 No 48Vdc”, “0290 48Vdc OffOn”
- Renamed event
“0225 Power Fail” to “0225 No 110Vac”
- Renamed event
“0227 Power OffOn” to “0227 110Vac OffOn”
Software Basic Data

Berlin

2014-04-25 GP230780EAL A. Pfeffer - Revised “0709 MRO_BRK Flt”
- Revised blinking message “NO MRO”
- Added subcodes for “0709 MRO_BRK Flt”
- Added OOS reasons for MRO_BRK Flt
2014-07-10 G7330780EAL A. Pfeffer - Modified subcodes for “0718 MroAborted”

2014-05-02 G2230782GAA A. Pfeffer - removed inputs GRT, SRO
- Modified description for Event 0402 “RSL
reinit”
2014-05-21 G2230782GAA DH Kang - Added event “0043 Bad Params”
2014-07-07 G??30782GAB M. Hnida Added Low Pit inputs KSL, KS1, KSN, PMS,
DS1, APS, and ÂPS
2014-08-13 G1330782GAB D. Cominelli Added event “0511x DEK Error” to “Event
Logging” and “Event Logging Subcodes”
sections
2014-03-18 Gxx30780EAM M. Wilke Added events:
0336 “LRC Fault”, 0337 “RLRC Fault”, 0338
“LRC Config”, 0339 “LRCR Fault”, 0340
“LrDFC Fault” for GeN2Home with corre-
sponding blink messages
2014-04-23 Gxx30780EAM M. Wilke Added events:
0341 “DZ w/o UIS or DIS”, 0342 “UIS and
DIS w/o DZ”, 0343 “inactive DBP w/o SE” for
GeN2Home
2014-05-05 Gxx30780EAM M. Wilke Added blink message: “INS w/o ERO” for
GeN2Home
2014-12-10 G1830782GAB A. Pfeffer Renamed event “0407 CPU Warning”
2014-12-11 G1830782GAB D. Cominelli Added blink message "FRAM Full"
2015-01-06 G2130782GAB M. Wilke Added info message “GECB_HE” and
“COPG4”
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Table of Contents
1 Operational Modes ...........................................................................8
2 Motion States .................................................................................10
3 System Inputs.................................................................................11
4 System Outputs..............................................................................17
5 Info Messages ................................................................................20
6 Blinking Event Messages ..............................................................22
7 Event Logging ................................................................................31
8 OOS Alarms ....................................................................................51
9 RFS Alerts.......................................................................................57
10 Diagnostic Parameters ..................................................................60
11 Commands .....................................................................................61
12 LEDs ................................................................................................62
13 Event Logging Subcodes ..............................................................63
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1 Operational Modes

ACP Anti Crime Protection
ANS Anti Nuisance Service
ARD Automatic Return Device
ARO Automatic Rescue Operation
ATT ATTendend service
CBP Car Button Protection
COR Correction Run
CTL Car To Landing
DAR Drive / Brake fault with Automatic Return since EAD
DBF Drive / Break Fault
DCP Delayed Car Protection
DHB Door Hold Button mode
DLM Door Lock Monitoring
DTC Door Time protection Close
DTO Door Time protection Open
EFO Emergency Fireman’s Operation
EFS Emergency Fireman’s Service
EHS Emergency Hospital Service
EMT Emergency Medical Transport
EPC Emergency Power wait for Correction run
EPR Emergency Power Rescue run
EPW Emergency Power Wait for normal
EQO Earth Quake Operation
EQR Earth Quake automatic Recovery since EAE
ESB Emergency Stop Button resp. J-Relay fault
GCB General Control of Buttons
HAD Hoistway Access Detection
HBP Hall Button Protection since AAB
IDL IDLe
INI INItialize
INS INSpection
ISC Independent ServiCe
LNS Load Non Stop service
MIT Moderate Incoming Traffic
NAV Not Available
NOR NORmal
OLD OverLoad Device
PKS ParKing Switch
PRK PaRKing
REI Remote Elevator Inspection since EAE
Software Basic Data

Berlin

ROT car RiOT operation
SHO Shabat Operation
UFS Up Final Limit Switch was active (Hydro: 8LS2) since EAD
WCO Wild Car Operation
WCS Wheel Chair Service since EAE
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2 Motion States
State Description Remark

BR BRake current fault DRV-TYP ≥ 100
CR Correction Run
DP DDP time elapsed DRV-TYP ≥ 100
EF Emergency Fast run DRV-TYP=0
ES Emergency Stop DRV-TYP=0
ES Emergency Slow Down
EW Emergency during Wait DRV-TYP=0 or
DRV-TYP ≥ 100
FR Fast Run
ID Idle
IN Inspection Run
JR J-Relay fault (3-Phase Sequence fault) DRV-TYP ≥ 100
NR Not Ready
RL Relevel DRV-TYP=1
RS ReScue Run
SD Slow Down for LSVF-W DRV-TYP = 102
SR Slow Run
ST Stop
WT WaiT for LSVF-W DRV-TYP = 102
8L 8LS2 limit switch is active DRV-TYP ≥ 200
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3 System Inputs
The following list shows all available inputs and the condition under which these inputs are
displayed (set DISP-ALL=1 to view all available inputs).
Input group Description is displayed when …

AES Safety Chain Auxiliary Emergency Stop switch LCB_IIC & MD/AES = 2
ES Emergency Stop switch
DW door open contact
MD Manual Door contact LCB_IIC & MD/AES = 1
DFC Door Fully Closed contact
GDS Gate Door Switch EN-ABL=1 and DRV-TYP=1
SCO Safety Chain input (SC_OUT) GECB_LV
SE Start Enable Start Enable

1TH Thermal contact 1 GECB-EN
nd
2SE 2 Start Enable GECB_II
PLS hydro oil over Pressure Limit Switch LCB_IIC & EN-PLS≠0 &
DRV-TYP ≥ 200
OTS hydro oil Over Temperature Switch LCB_IIC & EN-OTS≠0 &
DRV-TYP ≥ 200
MPD Motor Protection Device LCB_IIC & EN-MPD≠0
OP Drive Operation from OVF10 LCB_IIC & DRV-TYP = 103
DR Drive Ready from OVF20 LCB_IIC & DRV-TYP = 102
TCI Inspection Top of Car Inspection switch

UIB Up Inspection Button
DIB Down Inspection Button
ERO Emergency Recall Operation switch
TDO Top of Car Door Open Button
TDC Top of Car Door Close Button
^TDO rear Top of Car Door Open Button
^TDC rear Top of Car Door Close Button
TCB Top of Car Inspection Button (TCIB)
DZ Doorzone Door Zone (LV1 and/or LV2)

2LV Door Zone switch 2LV DZ-TYP≠0
LV Level zone (LVU/LVD, LV) LV-MOD=1 & DRV-TYP ≥ 100
UIS Releveling Up Impuls Switch (for Releveling) DRV-TYP ≥ 100:

LV-MOD=4 or EN-RLV=1
DIS Down Impuls Switch (for Releveling) DRV-TYP ≥ 100:
LV-MOD=4 or EN-RLV=1
DS1 DIS for Delayed Releveling DRV-TYP ≥ 200
IPU Stop Signals ImPuls Up switch LCB_IIC

IPD ImPuls Down switch LCB_IIC
SLU Short Landing UP switch LCB_IIC & DZ-CNT=0
SLD Short Landing Down switch LCB_IIC & DZ-CNT=0
RN Run Signal from OVF20 DRV-TYP = 102
Software Basic Data

Berlin

1LS Limit Switches Limit Switch 1
2LS Limit Switch 2
8LS Limit Switch 8 DRV-TYP ≥ 200
ETS Emergency Terminal Slow Down
contact
BY Drive BY-Relay GECB-EN

LIN LINE input from Evolux charger DRV-TYP=2
BRK BR-Relay BRK-TYP = 1
DR OVF20/LSVF-W Drive Ready DRV-TYP = 102

RN RuN DRV-TYP = 102
SC Speed Check DRV-TYP = 102
LN Load Non stop DRV-TYP = 102
DS3 Drive State bit 3 DRV-TYP = 102
ACS Hydro Anti Creeping switch DRV-TYP ≥ 200 & ACD/UXT=1

1CL Close Limit switch 1 DRV-TYP = 200
LWO Load Weighing overload signal LWO

LWX load weighing bypass LWX
LNS Load Non Stop
L30 30% load in car LW-TYP = 2
L50 50% load in car LW-TYP = 2
DOL Front Door Door Open Limit switch

DCL Door Close Limit switch
DOB Door Open Button
DCB Door Close Button
EDP Electronic Door Protection
LRD Light Ray Device
DOS Door Open Signal
GSM Gate Switch Monitor EN-ABL=1 and DRV-TYP=1
MDD Moving at front of Door Detection IO0574 MDD or IO0575 RMDD
DHB Door Hold Button
SDB Special Door Open Button
SGS Secondary Safety Gate Shoe IO1155 programmed
WDO Wheel Chair Door Open Button IO1166 WDOB programmed
WDC Wheel Chair Door Close Button IO1167 WDCB programmed
FDZ Door
CSO
CGS Car Gate Switch EN-CGS>0
^DOL Rear Door rear Door Open Limit switch

^DCL rear Door Close Limit switch
^DOB rear Door Open Button
^DCB rear Door Close Button
ÊDP rear Electronic Door Protection
^LRD rear Light Ray Device
^DOS rear Door Open Signal
^GSM rear Gate Switch Monitor EN-ABL=1 and DRV-TYP=1
^MDD Moving at rear of Door Detection IO0574 MDD or IO0575 RMDD
^DHB rear Door Hold Button
Software Basic Data

Berlin

^SDB rear Special Door Open Button
^SGS Secondary Rear Safety Gate Shoe IO1156 programmed
^WDO rear Wheel Chair Door Open Button IO1170 RWDOB programmed
^WDC rear Wheel Chair Door Close Button IO1171 RWDCB programmed
CCT Switches Car Call to Top

CCB Car Call to Bottom
DDO Disable Door Operation
RTB Remote Tripping Button not for LCB_IIC
RRB Remote Resetting Button not for LCB_IIC
DB0 DSBD off input (NOR) GECB_LV
DB1 DSBD on input (ERO) GECB_LV
EFO Emergency Emergency Firemen Operation EFO-P<100

HTS Hall Temperature Sensor from SPB
AEF Alternative EFO (AEFO) EFO-P<100
EFK Emergency Fireman Key EFO-P<100
ASL Alternative Service Landing EFO-P<100
ESK Emergency Service Key switch EFO-P<100
ESH Emergency Service Hold switch EFO-P<100
CFS Car Fireman Service switch EFO-P<100
CS Car fireman service Start switch EFO-P<100
XEF Overide EFO EFO-P<100
EFB Emergency Firemen Key Bypass EFO-P<100
(EFKB)
ADB Alternative Door Open Button
EDB EFO Door Open Button
1EF Taiwan Fireman Service Key switch 1 EFSINI=16
2EF Taiwan Fireman Service Key switch 2 EFSINI=16
DDS Disable Door Switch Relay EFSINI=16
DES Disable EEC Relay EFSINI=16
NU Emerg. Power emergency power operation signal EPO-P<100

NUD emergency power operation signal EPO-P<100
NUG emergency power operation signal EPO-P<100
NRF NURF EPO-P<100
EQ1 Earthquake Earthquake Contact Grade 1 IO1008 EQC1 or IO0623 EQS

EQ2 Earthquake Contact Grade 2 IO1008 EQC1 or IO0623 EQS
EQS Earth Quake Switch IO1008 EQC1 or IO0623 EQS
EQW Earthquake Counterweight Switch IO1008 EQC1 or IO0623 EQS
EQR Earthquake Reset Switch IO1008 EQC1 or IO0623 EQS
ISS OCSS Independent Service Switch

ÎSS rear Independent Service Switch
ISP Independent Service Parking switch
PDD Partition Door Device switch
FAN Fan
^FAN rear Fan
HFA Handicapped COP Fan
CTL Car To Lobby CTL-P<100
CTC CTLPC Car To Landing Park with CTL-P<100 and CTL-TYP=1
doors Closed switch
CTO CTLPO Car To Landing Park with CTL-P<100 and CTL-TYP=1
Software Basic Data

Berlin

doors Open switch
PKS ParKing Switch PKS-P<100
PKG PKS Group switch PKS-P<100
CFB RSL Car FeedBack CBP-POS<100
IST Intermittent Stop switch IST-P<100 and EN-IST>=5
ROT Riot OperaTion RIOT-P<100
ACC Anti Crime Car switch IO0616 ACSC programmed
ACH Anti Crime Hall switch IO0617 ASCH programmed
GSI Group Successive Starting In EN-GSS≠0
COC Cut/Disable Car-call cut Off (Car)

COH Car-call cut Off (Hall)
HCO Hall-call Cut Off
HCH Hall Call Cut off from Car
GCO hall call Cut Off (Group)
CHC Cut Hall Call switch latch
DFD Disable Front Door
DRD Disable Rear Door
GCB General Control Button
^GCB Rear General Control Button
CRC Card Reader Contact EN-CRO≠0
BOS BOSs card reader overwrite EN-CRO≠0
LDS Lobby Door Open Switch EN-CRO≠0
MAS Maintenance Access Switch EN-CRO≠0
HCR Hall Call Card Reader EN-HCRO≠0
ATK Attendant Attendant Key switch

ATU Attendant key Up
ATD Attendant key Down
NSB Non Stop Button
RB Reset Button
^RB rear Reset Button
DPC Group Down Peak Clock

UPC Up Peak Clock
DUP Dual Up Peak Clock
AD1 Alternate Dispatch floor key switch 1 ADF-POS1<100
BPZ Basement Parking Zone Switch EN-ZBS≠0
ELZ Expanded Lobby Zone Switch ELZ-POS<100
GFB Group link Feedback input HBP-POS<100
WCO Wild Car Operation switch HBP-POS<100
SG1 Split Group operation key switch 1 SGO-M1≠0
CS1 Secure Access Car Secure access button 1 SACTYP ≠0

CS2 Car Secure access button 2 SACTYP ≠0
Software Basic Data

Berlin

CSC Car Secure access Clear switch SACTYP ≠0
CSK Car Secure access Keyswitch SACTYP ≠0
GSK Group Secure access Keyswitch SACTYP ≠0
CLR REM Car Light Relay

DFO Door Fully Opened
^DFO Rear Door Fully Opened
LEV Level Signal for REM
DCD Russian Code Disable Call and Door switch IO0786 DCDS programmed
CCB Car Call to Bottom landing IO0786 DCDS programmed
CCT Car Call to Top landing IO0786 DCDS programmed
PC1 Simplex Park Car Clock 1 GROUP=1

PC2 Park Car Clock 2 GROUP=1
SHC Shabbat Shabat Operation Switch SHO-POS<100

SHT Shabat Operation Timer SHO-POS<100
AMC Miscellanious AM Clock input IO0629 or IO0630 or IO0654

LPT Landing Passing Tone IO0629 or IO0630 or IO0654
SMB Speech Message Board Busy IO0629 or IO0630 or IO0654
OCB Rescue OCB Brake contact GECB_II

OCM OCB Make Kontact GECB_II
AB2 Auxiliary B2 contact (used for MRO GECB_II
as Disable Rescue Device)
BRB BRB1_ON (Brake Release Button 1) GECB_II
GECB_II internal connected to
BRB1_OUT P6.2
OCB Rescue OCB contact GECB_LV

RR Rescue Relay input RR_IN GECB_LV
BRK Brake input for MRO GECB_LV
UM1 Reduced Hwy Triggering Up Module 1 (LOSP) HWY-TYP=1, 3, 5

UM2 Triggering Up Module 2 (LOSP) HWY-TYP=1, 3, 5
UMP Triggering Up Module Power Supply HWY-TYP=1, 3, 5
(LOSP)
OSU Safety Overspeed Up (LOSP) HWY-TYP=1, 3, 5
DM Triggering Down Module (LOSP) HWY-TYP=2, 4
DMP Triggering Down Module Power Sup- HWY-TYP=2, 4
ply (LOSP)
OSD Safety Overspeed Down (LOSP) HWY-TYP=2, 4
KSL KS-L: Key Switch (bi-stable) for the HWY-TYP=4, 8, 12, 28, 32
BOTTOM landing door (and BOT-
Software Basic Data

Berlin

TOM+1 if HWY-TYP=28), with safety
contact
Uppercase: Switch open = pit access
KS1 KS1: GeN2Home: Key Switch 1 (bi- HWY-TYP=32
stable) for the BOTTOM landing door
and BOTTOM+1, with safety contact
KSN KSN: GeN2Home: Key Switch N (bi- HWY-TYP=32
stable) for landing doors > BOT-
TOM+1, with safety contact
PMS PMSI - Prop Manual Switch for In- HWY-TYP=4, 8, 12, 28, 32
spection Position
Uppercase: inspection position
DS1 Landing Door Switch of BOTTOM
landing (and BOTTOM+1 if HWY-
TYP=28)
Uppercase: Switch closed = door
closed
APS APS - Front Apron Switch HWY-TYP=4, 8, 12, 28
Uppercase: Switch closed = apron
fully deployed and locked
ÂPS RAPS - Rear Apron Switch HWY-TYP=4, 8, 12, 28
Uppercase: Switch closed = apron
fully deployed and locked
P1 ETSD Step 1 ??? P1 PX2.1 = 4/5

P2 ??? P2 PX2.1 = 4/5
S1 ??? S1 PX2.1 = 4/5
S2 ??? S2 PX2.1 = 4/5
P3 ETSD Step 2 ??? P3 PX2.1 = 5

P4 ??? P4 PX2.1 = 5
S3 ??? S3 PX2.1 = 5
S4 ??? S4 PX2.1 = 5
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4 System Outputs
output group Description is displayed when …

U Drive: 1AC Up DRV-TYP = 100
D Down DRV-TYP = 100
T fast speed relay T DRV-TYP = 100
1A fast speed resistor 1A DRV-TYP = 100
U Drive: 2AC Up DRV-TYP = 101

G slow speed relay G DRV-TYP = 101
1A fast speed resistor 1A DRV-TYP = 101
2S slow speed resistor 2A DRV-TYP = 101
U Drive: Mot.V Up DRV-TYP = 200

L star relay L DRV-TYP = 200
UX delta relay UX DRV-TYP = 200
OV Open Valve DRV-TYP = 200
CV Close Valve DRV-TYP = 200
UD UpDown relay DRV-TYP = 200
UXT 1 sec delay after UX for UASV DRV-TYP = 200
U Drive: Sol.V Up DRV-TYP = 201

L star relay L DRV-TYP = 201
UX delta relay UX DRV-TYP = 201
FIS Fast Inspection Switch DRV-TYP = 201
UD UpDown relay DRV-TYP = 201
UXT 1 sec delay after UX for UASV DRV-TYP = 201
U Drive: LSVF Up DRV-TYP = 104

G slow speed relay G DRV-TYP = 104
V1 Drive: OVF20 coded interface bit 1 DRV-TYP = 102

V2 coded interface bit 2 DRV-TYP = 102
UP UP-signal for REM DRV-TYP = 102
PON Power On (used to switch drive package DRV-TYP = 102
on/off)
U Drive: OVF10 Up DRV-TYP = 103

T fast run signal DRV-TYP = 103
LS Limit Switch signal DRV-TYP = 103
1RT Tripping Remote Tripping for car

1RR Remote Resetting for car
Software Basic Data

Berlin

3RT Remote Tripping for counterweight
RR1 Rescue Rescue Relay 1 GECB_LV

RR2 Rescue Relay 2 GECB_LV
LVC Door Bypass LVC-Relay

SFR Safe To Relevel (door bypass active and
no demand to run)
SCO SafetyChain Safety Chain output for ERO GECB_LV
RRN rRUN relay for Evolux drive DRV-TYP=2
DO Doors Door Open

DC Door Close
LVC Door ByPass-Relay
RV ReVersal
RDO Rear Door Open
RDC Rear Door Close
LVC Door ByPass
RRV Rear door ReVersal
DFR OCSS DFC-Relay

PDR Power Down Relay (Power Save Mode)
LR Light Relay
UD Up / Down (e.g. trip counter) Depends on parameter PX2.1
NUD Emergency
NUG
BUT REM BUTton operated (any demand to move)

DO Door fully Opened
NORM NORMal operation (no faults)
CPR Car PaRked, waiting for demand
MF Main Floor (lobby)

LND LaNDing passing
OOS Out Of Service
LEV LEVel signal
DC Door Close Command

RFS Request For Service
SPB Service Panel Board Fault
SCS Slack Belt Contact Switch
HTS Hall Temperature Sensor on SPB

RDO Rear Door Open Signal
RDC Rear Door Close Signal
BRK Brake Signal from Drive

SAF Safety Chain (ES)
DS Door Switch (with DBP: DW, w/o DBP:
DFC)
CLM Car Light Monitoring
Software Basic Data

Berlin

DOP Door Open Sensor
^ROP Rear Door Open Sensor
FSO Front Safe To Open signal
The meaning of the OVF20 coded interface V1-V4 is listed below:

Type Display Description
LSVF-W, (WT) Wait
OVF20 (ST) Stop
(FR_U) Fast Run Up
(FR_D) Fast Run Down
(IR_U) Inspection Run Up
(IR_D) Inspection Run Down
(RL_U) Releveling Up
(RL_D) Releveling Down
(RR_U) Reduced Run Up (for Short Landing)
(RR_D) Reduced Run Down (for Short Landing)
(RS_U) Rescue Run Up
(RS_D) Rescue Run Down
(SD) Slow Down
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5 Info Messages
The following messages are accessible in the Main Menu GECB – Menu.
Please use Shift Key UP.
Info Message Comment

CAN-Drv ICD: nn CAN drive with ICD number (DRV-TYP < 100)
MCS310 Controller Type and Drive Type

MCS310CA (parameter C-TYPE, DRV-TYP ≥ 100)
MCS310HY
MCS120
MCS220
MCS220M 1AC > (One Speed Drive)
2AC > (Two Speed Drive)
Ga.S-D > (Gamma S, D)
Ga. L > (Gamma L)
Spec60 > (Spec60)
Ga.NAO > (Gamma NAO)
Mot.V > (Hydraulic: Motorized Valve)
Sol.V > (Hydraulic: Solenoid Valve)
LSVF > (LSVF)
OVF20 > (LSVF-W, OVF20, OVF20CRC)
OVF10 > (ULCVF, OVF20CRO)
used Stop Signal

drive stop itslf (parameter DRV-TYP < 100)
Stop on: DZ > (parameter LV-MOD, DRV-TYP ≥ 100)
/RUN >
/RN >
LV >
IPU/IPD >
UIS/DIS >
Operat: FCL > used Operation Mode

DCL > (parameter OPERAT, EN-BSM)
SAPB-IL >
SAPB-CC >
FCL-UD >
FCL-SB >
FCL-CP >
DCL+BSM>
CAN car: yes/no/dis> available / not available / disabled (DIS-CAN)

CAN group: yes/no/dis> available / not available / disabled (DIS-CAN)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
DBP : yes > Door Bypass enabled?

no > (ADO or RLV enabled: parameter EN-ADO, EN-RLV)
# RSL’s: 1 > Number of RSL links. “3” is displayed if the GECB-IO board
3 > physically supports 3 links and the parameter RSL-TYP=1 is
set. Otherwise “1” is displayed.
Board: GECB-EN > Type of GECB IO Board.
GECB-AP >
GECB-II >
LCB_IIC >
GECB_LV >
GECB_HE >
CarIO: TOCB > Type of CARIO board (for LVA, ACD4, GeN2 Home)
CSPB >
COPG >
COPG4 >
Software Basic Data

Berlin
6 Blinking Event Messages
The following messages are blinking in each status display of the Service Tool:
Blink-Message Description related setup
1LS+2LS on Limit switches 1LS and 2LS are active (low) at the
same time.
Check power supply of the position reference sys-
tem.
1TH-Fault The DBR-contact which is connected to the input 1TH
is opened. The drive is powered down to allow cooling.
2SE-Fault The 2nd Start Enable input was opened (e.g. active
BID)
2TH-Fault One of the contacts which is connected to the 2TH is
opened.
6LS-TYP! The parameter “6LS-TYP” at GECB has a different 6LS-TYP
value than the parameter “6LS-TYP” at the drive.
ACD-Fault! The bolts of Anti Creeping Device didn't move within ACD/UXT
timeout. ACS (007)
Adr-Check / Some RSL I/Os have to be programmed to a valid ad- TCI(691)
TCI-Check dress and are not allowed to be set to 00-0 or 01-0.
Currently only one I/O is checked:
691 – TCI
APS fault Low Pit: HWY-TYP
APS (1254)
Front or rear Toe Guard is “folded” above 1LS RAPS (1256)
(APS=off or RAPS=off) for > 2 s or front or rear Toe
Guard is “unfolded” at bottom floor (APS=ON or
RAPS=ON) for > 2 s.
Check APS and RAPS switches and wiring.
Note:
If the car has been moved since detection of the error
(e.g. by ERO) the car must be moved back into the
area where the error occurred: “Toe Guard unfolded
when car is above 1LS” or “Toe Guard folded when car
is at bottom floor” in order to reset the error.
BCB-Comm. CAN-Communication to 1st BCB (i.e. BCB_II/LVPB) is LVA-TYP
not working.
check CAN-wiring
check CAN-LEDs
Software Basic Data

Berlin

BCB2-Comm. CAN-Communication to 2nd BCB (i.e. LVPB LVA-TYP
(EXTD)/BCB_II (PSRB)) is not working.
check CAN-wiring
check CAN-LEDs
BSR/RR Flt BSR/RR contacts inconsistant LVA-TYP
check BSR operation
check RR Operation
CARIO-Comm CAN-Communication to the CARIO board (i.e. TOCB, EN-CARIO
COPG, CSPB) is not working.
check CAN-wiring
check CAN-LEDs
Car Light Car Light Relay on top of car is dropped. CLR (1000)
Note:
This message has been renamed in AAE.
COR Count No further runs possible because too many consecu-
tive COR runs were detected.
Check 1LV/2LV sensors
Check parameter DZ-TYP
COR Rescue Notifying the operation status that COR rescue is un- CR-OPT
der operation.
DBP-Fault! Two correction runs have been performed in se- EN-RLV
quence. This can occur if no doorzone is detected after DRV-TYP
having stopped. The reason for that can be a defective
LVC-relais.
way to bring the elevator into operation again is by us-
ing INS.
DBSS Fault One of the following faults occurred during DCS:
OTS, PLS, MCLS, SKL, MPD, J, LS-Fault, OVF10-
Fault
DCS run Additional PRS for COR rescue was not properly de- CR-OPT
tected and required to execute DCS run for adaptation
of additional PRS installed status.
DeepBat LVA Switch or Evolux: Deep Discharge Protection is GECB_LV
going to switch off the OCB to protect the batteries DRV-TYP
(voltage was < 40 VDC).
DOL alw.on The signal DOL or RDOL is low while the correspond- DOL (000)
ing door is closed. RDOL(544)
Check Event log to find out whether the front or the
rear door signal is wrong.
Check door fuses.
Check 24V power supply
Software Basic Data

Berlin

DoorBridge DW or DFC input has not been low while the door was
opened. Reason is a bridged door lock.
check safety chain
way to bring the elevator into operation again is by
using INS or performing a DCS run.
DoorStall! Only for FCO 9550 door operator. DOOR=2
When the door is not fully opened or fully closed within REAR=2
4 minutes after starting the door movement, the
door relays are switched off to protect the door mo-
tor.
DrvOvrHeat When the drive overheat signal is received from Drive EN-JIS > 0
thru CAN bus.
Check GDCB events
EncoAdjust Evolux: Encoder Adjustment of Evolux drive DRV-TYP
Finishes automatically within 30 s, no action
required
ES Wiring ES Safety chain wiring fault (PES not wired in series)
check safety chain wiring. After correction of the
wiring the error is cleared by switching off/on
For GCS222MRL, the SP function “Tools – Safety
Wiring” must be executed.
ETSC-Fault ETSD Selftest has failed. PX2.1=2
UP(576)
DN(577)
ETSD-Comm The ET_S1-4 expectation message from the Drive was PX2.1=4 or 5
not received for 3 seconds. PX2.2=1
check CAN-wiring ET_P1(1257)
check CAN-LEDs ET_P2(1258)
ET_S1(1259)
ET_S2(1260)
ET_P3(1261)
ET_P4(1262)
ET_S3(1263)
ET_S4(1264)
ETSD-Fault ETSD Circuit has triggered. This is the case if PX2.1=2
DFC+uib+dib is seen during run. UP(576)
DN(577)
Software Basic Data

Berlin

ETSD-Fault ETSD with reed switch monitor function has detected a PX2.1=4 or 5
problem. This is the case if the ET_P1-4 signals do PX2.2=1
not match their expected value in a doorzone, or if the ET_P1(1257)
ET_S1-4 signals do not match their expected values ET_P2(1258)
during the run. ET_S1(1259)
check relays ET_S2(1260)
ET_P3(1261)
OR ET_P4(1262)
ET_S3(1263)
Inconsistent configuration of ETSD-related parameters ET_S4(1264)
or IOs. If you want to disable the ETSD function, you
must disable all ETSD parameter and unprogram all
IOs mentioned under “Related setup”. Additionally, if
the factory has programmed the ETSD pattern into the
EEPROM, then the function cannot be disabled.
disable all ETSD parameters and IOs
Ext LV-Flt For the Austrailian Code, CAUS1. The car left the door X1LV (1039)
zone but the external sensors still indicate that it is in X2LV (1040)
the door zone.
FSO RlyErr When the inconsistency is detected for front SO relay EN-SO=1
Check IO FDZ(1195), FSO(1197) and
CHK_SO(1196)
Group>MAX On DEK systems (DEK-TYP=1), the parameters DEK-TYP=1
M-1-3-1-3 GRP-NO and GRP-NO
M-1-3-1-3 GROUP GROUP
are not allowed to be greater than 2.
HighBatWait LVA Switch: Enforced Battery Discharging GECB_LV
Battery voltage exceeded 70 VAC.
Resumes normal operation automatically after
battery voltage drops below 65 VAC, no action
required
HWY-TYP! The Factory-programmed EEPROM does not match HWY-TYP
the setting of HWY-TYP for Low Overhead / Shallow
Pit settings.
Init Drive is initializing.
KS-L fault Low Pit: HWY-TYP
KS-L (1251)
KS-L is stuck closed (KS-L=off) although the bottom DS1 (1252)
landing door is open (DS1=off) for > 4 s while the car is
not at the bottom floor or at the bottom floor outside
DZ.
Check KS-L and DS1 switches and wiring.
LBG/CSP-2 Light Beam Gate has been active. LBG
(967, 968)
Software Basic Data

Berlin

Learn Run a) The drive package is performing its Learn Run to DRV-TYP=0
learn the hoistway situation.
b) The drive package is adjusting the encoder.
wait until the learn run has completed.
LOPIT cfg! Low Pit: HWY-TYP
The parameter HWY-TYP is not configured for Low Pit RSL IOs
(4 for APS, 8 for RAPS, or 12 for APS and RAPS) alt- KS-L (1251)
hough the E²PROM has been configured in the factory DS1 (1252)
to require Low Pit to be configured. PMSI (1253)
Set APS and RAPS according to the factory setup. APS (1254)
RAPS (1256)
OR PBUZ (1255)
HWY-TYP is set to 4, 8, or 12 but the Ultra Drive instal- Ultra Drive pa-
lation parameter Low Pit is set to 0. rameter Low Pit
For a Low Pit configuration set Ultra Drive Low Pit to
1 and for a normal pit configuration set HWY-TYP ac-
cordingly (e.g. 0).
OR
HWY-TYP is set to 0 but Ultra Drive Low Pit is set to 1.

For a Low Pit configuration set HWY-TYP according
to the present APS/RAPS and for a normal pit configu-
ration set HWY-TYP accordingly (e.g. 0).
OR
RSL IOs KS-L, DS1, PMSI, APS (if present), RAPS (if
present), PBUZ do not have valid addresses.
Set RSL IOs to valid addresses.
LowBatWait LVA Switch or Evolux: Enforced Battery Charging GECB_LV
Battery voltage dropped below 42 VDC. DRV-TYP
Resumes normal operation automatically after 30
min (restarted by every blackout), no action required
LS-Fault ! a) In a doorzone where 1LS or 2LS is required, the 1LS (692)
corresponding signal is not detected. 2LS (693)
b) 1LS or 2LS is detected in a doorzone where the DRV-TYP ≥ 100
corresponding signal is not allowed. C-TYPE
Note: In case of a short landing in bottom or top two
doorzones are present in 1LS/2LS - zone!
Note: Some controller-/drivetypes require the LS
signals directly connected to LCBII and others to the
RSL.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

MPD! Motor Protection Device is active. DRV-TYP ≥ 100
Check MPD plug and input signal EN-MPD
MRO active The SPB requests to ignore the inputs at Manual Res-
cue Run.
No 110VAC! The power supply of the safety chain is missing.
No 48VDC! Check connection.
Check fuses.
!!No MRO!! A wrong voltage at the brake was detected. LVA,
That means that the brake could be unintentionally Event 0709
lifted during MRO.
Check input MRO_BRK and wiring of the brake
Check LVPB / Replace LVPB
DO NOT PERFORM MRO!!!
No SCO The safety chain stayed open at SC_OUT for longer LVA
than 5 seconds.
contact
No UIB DIB The safety chain stayed open at UIB and DIB for long-
er than 5 seconds.
contact
NoPowrWait LVA Switch or Evolux: BatRun-T expired during black- GECB_LV
out DRV-TYP
Resumes normal operation automatically when BatRun-T
mains returns
OmuPresent A wrong procedure was used to plug the OMU. TCI (691)
It must be ensured that TCI is switched OFF while the
controller is powered down:
While the controller is on, switch TCI off (NOR or
ERO)
switch the controller off
switch the controller on
OTS-Lock ! fault output of AHVS (connected to OTS input) is ac- HY-TYP
tive. TCI run is not possible
OverBat LVA Switch: Overvoltage Protection is going to switch GECB_LV
off the OCB to protect the batteries (voltage > 75
VDC).
PowerSave The drive package is currently switched off to save PDR-D
energy.
RBU-Fault! Rope Brake has detected overspeed or Selftest has RBTC (1029)
failed; car is blocked until TCI/ERO is switched or the RBTE (1028)
controller is switched off
Software Basic Data

Berlin

ResetGECB! An installation parameter was changed that requires a REM-TYP
board reset to take effect. REM-ID
EN-CARIO
DRV-TYP
DOOR
REAR
DBG-PORT
RLV-Count The car did not reach the UIS/DIS-zone after the max- EN-RLV
imum number of releveling steps which is given by the RLVCNT
parameter RLVCNT. RL-UIS
RL-DIS
RSO RlyErr Not yet implemented
SAF Wiring SAF Safety chain wiring fault (DS/GS not wired in se-
ries)
check safety chain wiring. After correction of the
wiring the error is cleared by successful door operation
or by unlocking the landing door.
For GCS222MRL, the SP function “Tools – Safety
Wiring” must be executed.
SameREM-ID Two OAD’s have been detected with the same address
dip switch setting.
SCN Error Wrong Software
order a new software with correct partnumber (refer
to Baseline Release Document).
SE-Fault The car cannot start due to missing SE-signal
Shutdown The drive reports a Shutdown or CAN-Communication
not working
See event logging of MCB.
check CAN-wiring
check CAN-LEDs
SPB: HTS Hall Temperature Sensor from Service Panel Board is SPB-Temp
activated. Car is shutdown at next committable floor
and taken out of service until the temperature is lower
than parameter SPB-Temp.
SPB-Comm. CAN-Communication to SPB is not working.
check CAN-wiring
check CAN-LEDs
SpeedCheck The SC signal from OVF20 was always high during a
normal run. SC is not reliable.
ADO and RLV are disabled until the controller is
switched off.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

start DCS! a) Normal operation is not allowed until the Door
Check Sequence has been completed successfully.
b) The DCS is required again if one of the parameters
TOP or BOTTOM is changed.
Enter M-1-3-5 to start the DCS!
switch INS Landing door was opened for longer than 4 seconds or
the car door is bridged. Elevator is taken out of service.
way to bring the elevator into operation again is by us-
ing INS.
For Multidrop door systems, the cause of this error
could be a failure of the RS-board for the output sig-
nals F_SFO (IO 1092) or R_SFO (IO 1093).
TCI-Check / Some RSL I/Os have to be programmed to a valid ad- TCI(691)
Adr-Check dress and are not allowed to be set to 00-0 or 01-0.
Currently only one I/O is checked:
691 – TCI
TCI-Lock! The sequence to leave TCI-mode was not correctly
followed:
1. operate TES
2. open door
3. leave car roof
4. switch TCI off
5. release TES
6. close door
TimeNotSet The Real Time Clock has not yet been set with OFT
function M-M-1:1-3-8-1
TUM / TDM One of the trigger moduls (up or down) RSL inputs HWY-TYP, io’s
detected a failure (needed for reduced hoistway). 1047 - 1051
check event log / switch to ERO to reset (after solv-
ing).
UCM Detect Unintended Car Movement was detected. UCM-TYP=1,
See also Feature Setup Description. 2,3
UCMCommErr CAN communication fault between GECB and UCM UCM-TYP=2
board
Check CAN line between GECB and UCM board
UCM Prot F The UCM Safety Valve (RSL output SVC 1304) can- DRV-TYP ≥ 200
not block the downward movement. It could be a wiring
failure near the RSL i/o’s 1304 – 1307
UCMRWelded The UCM relay is stuck. UCM-TYP=1
Check hardware
See also Feature Setup Description.
wrongBoard The software cannot identify the board.
replace the GECB.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

LRC-Test ! Test of front light ray device for flush hoistway failed GeN2Home:
HWY-TYP=32;
HOMELIFT=1;
ES-LRCU>=5
RLRC-Test ! Test of rear light ray device for flush hoistway failed GeN2Home:
HWY-TYP=32;
HOMELIFT=1;
ES-LRCU>=5
LRC-Confg Wrong configuration: HOMELIFT=1 and ES_LRCU<5 GeN2Home:
HWY-TYP=32;
HOMELIFT=1;
ES-LRCU>=5
LRCR Test! Light ray test: Relay LRCR does not work. GeN2Home:
HWY-TYP=32;
HOMELIFT=1;
ES-LRCU>=5
LRDFC Test Light ray test: DFC as end of safety chain does not GeN2Home:
open HWY-TYP=32;
HOMELIFT=1;
ES-LRCU>=5
INS w/o ERO In-car inspection switch operated w/o ERO or DSBD GeN2Home
operation in controller.
FRAM Full! The FRAM memory is full.
change Software (downgrade or upgrade)
upgrade computing core GECB_V1 (AML) to
GECB_V2 (AVP)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
7 Event Logging
The table below lists all possible event logging messages of the Service Tool. The events
are devided into the following classes:
I Info
W Warning
F Fault
E Elite - Visible only in the ALL Menu Event Trace
event class reason related setup

savedRuns number of runs since the events were last -
cleared
savedMins number of elapsed minutes since the -
events were last cleared
Operating System
0000 Task Timing W Dummy task has not been called within -
timeout. Software has been restarted.
0001 S/W Reset W watchdog circuit on GECB was triggered. -
0002 Illegal Int W illegal interupt was executed -
0003 CcanTxFull W Car bus CAN messages cannot be sent -
0004 CcanBusOff F Car bus CAN communication failure. -
Check CAN termination. Check if CAN
wiring in too close to devices that gener-
ate disturbances.
0006 StackCheck F Stack Violation was detected. Software -
has been restarted.
0007 SCN Error F Wrong Software. -
order a new software with correct
partnumber.
0008 TimerSync F Internal software timers have not been -
updated correctly. Software has been
restarted.
0009 Task Fail F Application software doesn’t run properly. -
0010 DrvCommErr F No CAN connection to the drive -
0011 SpbCommErr W No CAN connection to the SPB -
0013 Event Fail W Not implemented
0012 Power On I Board has been powered on. -
0014 PowerOffOn I Short Failure of PowerSupply. -
0015 Spurious Int W A spurious interrupt occurred (can only -
happen with a bad software implementa-
tion).
0016 S/W Restart W Reset with unknown reason -
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0017 Trace Error F bad value in the eventTraceControl buffer -
0018 Bad E2P W Different addresses found for “mirrored I/O
I/Os” (e.g. IO0032 and IO3000)
Check all level- and opening-related
I/Os
0019 MissedLvInt F lv1 and lv2 edge was missed -
0020 RemoteReset I System was reset by Elite Service expert -
0021 Time Adjust I Time was changed using SVT function -
0022 Time Summer I Time was adjusted for summer time -
0023 Time Winter I Time was adjusted for winter time -
0024 Time NotSet W Time has not yet been set -
0025 ExternReset W The external watchdog caused a reset -
0026 Time NmsAdj E Time was adjusted by NMS -
0027 PowerReturn I Power returned after ARO -
0028 CcanSndFail W Sending car bus CAN message failed -
0029 CcanPubFail W Publishing car bus CAN message failed -
0030 CCanError W Disturbances on the car CAN bus have -
been detected.
Check termination, wiring, shielding
0031 GcanTxFull W Group bus CAN messages cannot be -
sent
0032 GcanBusOff F Group bus CAN communication failure -
0033 GcanSndFail W Sending group bus CAN message failed -
0034 GcanPubFail W Publishing group bus CAN message -
failed
0035 GCanError W Disturbances on the group CAN bus have -
been detected.
Check termination, wiring, shielding
0036 GwCommErr W Gateway communication failure REM-TYP=6,7,8
0037 Time Fault W The real time clock was corrupted and -
has now been reset to 01.01.2004.
Use M-1-3-8-1 to set the correct
date/time
0038 Time Nms>1h W Time synchronization between NMS and -
Controller greater than 1h
0039 ZKIP Div0 W Numerical division by 0 during ZKIP au- -
thentication
0040 CarioComErr F No CAN communication to CARIO board EN-CARIO>0
(i.e. TOCB, COPG, CSPB)
Check CAN termination, wiring
0042 TimAdjByRTC I The GECB time was adjusted by the RTC
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0043 Bad Params W Some parameters are out of range
Use M-3-2 to set the default values
Operational Control Sub System

0100 OpMode NAV F OCSS is not available due to drive fault -
(e.g. drive-fault (NR). This mode is also
active after INS before the COR starts
0101 EPO shutd. W The car is not able to run during EPO NU (017)
(e.g. because it is switched to ERO); the NUSD (018)
next car is allowed to recover. NUSG (019)
0102 OpMode DTC W door was not able to close (missing DCL, DCL (694)
DFC, DW or GDS) within timeout RDCL (695)
DOOR, REAR
DTC-T
0103 OpMode DTO F door was not able to open (missing DOL) DOL (000)
within timeout RDOL (544)
DOOR, REAR
DTO-T
0104 OpMode DCP W car was not able to answer a call within DCP-T
timeout (e.g. door was held open manual-
ly)
0106 PDS active I partition door switch is opened PDD (784)
0107 DS bypass F Malfunction of Disable Door Switch Re- DDSRC (970)
lays (DDSR) for Generic Firemen Ser-
vice.
0108 EEC bypass F Malfunction of Disable Emergency Exit DEMERC (971)
Contact Relay (DEMERC) for Generic
Firemen Service.
0109 Stuck DCB F Door Close Button contact permanent DCB (003)
active
0110 Stuck RDCB F Rear Door Close Button contact perma- RDCB (547)
nent active
0111 Stuck CB I Car Call Button contact permanent active
0112 Stuck HB I Hall Call Button contact permanent active
0113 NoCarLight F The light within the car has failed.
0114 OLD > 30s E The elevator is overloaded for more than
30 seconds.
0115 LNS > 30s E The elevator is full for more than 30 sec-
onds.
0116 COR > 2min E The elevator is attempting to correct posi-
tion for more than 2 minutes.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0117 INI > 2min E The elevator is initializing after a power
on for more than 2 minutes.
0118 PRK > 2min E The elevator is performing a park run for
more than 2 minutes.
0119 WCO > 5min E The elevator is performing wildcar opera-
tion for more than 5 minutes.
0120 NOR > 5min E The elevator is in NOR operation for more
than 5 minutes. Could be the result of a
stuck reversal device.
0121 OpMode ARO F Automatic Rescue Operation was activat-
ed due to a power failure or via OFT test
menu.
0122 SP:en.Feat! I One of the following features is pro- EFO-POS
grammed in the E2PROM but not yet en- EPO-POS
abled by Service Panel: IO1000 CLR
• EFO HBP-POS
• EPO
• CLR
• HBP
Use “Startup-Enable Features” to acti-
vate these features.
0123 NAV > 30s E The elevator is in NAV mode for more
than 30 seconds. This event is only
logged when the system is in NAV mode
and no OOS Blockage is detected for 30
seconds..
0124 Stuck WDCB F Wheel Chair Door Close Button contact WDCB(1167)
permanent active
0125 Stuck RWDCB F Rear Wheel Chair Door Close Button RWDCB(1171)
contact permanent active
Detected Earthquake Flash from external
0126 EEQF Active I
system
EQO restart condition active, but not ar-
0127 EQOR > Time W rived to the nearest floor within 4 minute
10 sec.
EQO restart condition active with high-
0128 EQOR Hi-gal I gal, but not run to the nearest floor within
10 sec.
Started EQAR after EQO operation with
0129 EQAR Start I
just low-gal active
Software Basic Data

Berlin

EQAR aborted by causes like EFO or EQAR-O
EFS active, PFO active, other earthquake
sensor active except for low-gal, discon-
0130 EQAR Abort W
nected remote service under defined
condition which EQAR allowed with re-
mote service connection
EQAR start was not permitted by drive for
0131 EQAR Fail F 60 sec after completion EQO general
operation.
Allowed to return to normal operation af-
ter completion of temporary serviceable
0132 EQAR OK I
check thru floor-to-floor, top to bottom
and bottom-to-floor running.
No maintenance since EQAR for defined EqrTrg-T
0133 EQAR > Time W
time
0134 OpMode EQO I Earthquake is occurred. EqoAlarm
RfsEvU-T
RfsEvT-T
Selected events (max: 3) by SVT is de- RfsEvC-T
0135 Event RFS I
tected for pre-determined time. RfsEvxGr
RfsEvxId
RfsEvOpx
Motion Control Sub System

0200 DrvPosInval W Drive set the position invalid, resulting in -
COR run
0201 Correct.Run I A correction run was performed (e.g. after -
INS, NAV)
0202 /ES in FR W ES-input was activated during Fast Run -
0203 /ES in SR W ES-input was activated during Slow Run -
0204 TCI/ERO on I TCI or ERO has been switched on, or the ERO-TYP
RSL 30VDC is dead.
0205 SE-Fault F The car cannot start due to missing SE- -
signal
0206 OTS active F OTS input has been activated EN-OTS
0207 DDP in FR F no hoistway signals have been detected DDP
during Fast Run (missing DZ)
0208 DDP in SR F duration of Slow Run is longer than 3P- 3P
time (i.e. no stop signal has been detect-
ed)
0209 DDP in RS F duration of Rescue Run is longer than 3P
3P-time (i.e. no stop signal has been de-
tected)
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0210 /DZ in NST F DZ-signal was lost or not detected at all DZ-TYP
after having stopped
0211 /DFC in FR W car door has been opened during Fast -
Run
0212 /DFC in SR W car door has been opened during Slow -
Run
0213 DrvPrepErr W PrepareToRun expected from Drive -
(e.g. missing loadweighing information for
ABL)
0214 DrvStuckPtr W Drive stuck in PrepareToRun -
0215 DrvStuckRtr W Drive stuck in ReadyToRun(NoAbl) -
0216 DrvBrakeErr F Brake not lifted. -
0217 DrvCreepErr F Drive Creeptime too long. -
0218 DrvShutdown F The drive reports a Shutdown -
See event logging of Drive.
0219 DrvStartErr F
0220 DrvService W The drive requested “Request For Ser- -
vice” (REM). See drive event logging for
reason.
0221 DrvStopErr F It was detected that the drive was DRV-TYP=0
stopped while it was supposed to run (so
called “Running but Idle lockup”).
To avoid a blockage, a correction run is
initiated.
0222 1TH-Fault W The DBR-contact which is connected to -
the input 1TH is opened. The drive is
powered down to allow cooling.
0223 2TH-Fault F One of the contacts which is connected to -
the 2TH is opened.
0224 DrvEndRun F Drive did not end the run. -
0225 No 110Vac F Power supply is dead for 5 seconds. This -
event is logged when only the 110VAC is
dead and also when the controller is
powered off.
0226 LS-fault F --> see description for blinking message -
0227 110Vac OffOn F Power supply (110VAC) died and came -
back before complete power down
0228 1LS+2LS on F Limit switches 1LS and 2LS are active at -
the same time.
Check power supply of the position
reference system.
0229 ACS operat. F see description for blinking message ACD/UXT
‘ACD Fault!”
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0230 TCI Adr Chk F Some RSL I/Os have to be programmed TCI(691)
to a valid address and are not allowed to
be set to 00-0 or 01-0. Currently only one
I/O is checked:
691 – TCI
0231 Drv SC Err F Indicates that ADO is enabled and the EN-ADO=1
conditions were met to begin an ADO run,
but the DriveSpeedCheck signal did not
toggle on this run
Check CAN bus connection
0232 UCM Welded F The UCM relay is stuck. EN-UCMK=1
Check hardware
See also Feature Setup Description.
0233 PowerSave I The drive package has been powered PDR-D
down
0234 UCM Detect F Unintended Car Movement (leaving the UCM-TYP=1,2,3
door zone with open doors under motor)
was detected by the GECB or by the
Drive or both.
For more information, see the Feature
Setup Description.
0235 ABL Abort W Advanced Brake Lift was aborted be- EN-ABL=1,
cause the door was not fully closed 10 DRV-TYP=1
seconds after the brake was lifted.
0236 Learn Run I The OVF20 has started its Learn Run. DRV-TYP = 102
0237 /DW in FR W landing door has been opened during -
Fast Run
0238 /DW in SR W landing door has been opened during -
Slow Run
0239 /ES with ][ E The TES or PES button was pushed -
without seeing a prior “/DW in FR” or
“/DW in SR” event. If a prior “/DW in FR”
or “/DW in SR” event is seen, then that
would be an indication of the normal pro-
cedure to enter the hoistway, so is not
reported.
0240 /DW > 5min E The DW signal is missing for 5 minutes, -
but no HAD and no DTC was detected.
0241 /DFC > 5min E The DFC signal is missing for 5 minutes, -
but no HAD and no DTC was detected.
0242 ETSC Fault F Emergency Terminal Slowdown Circuit PX2.1=2
has failed. Refer to Gxx30780DAC_Fsd UP(576)
for a description of this function DN(577)
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0243 ETSC Block F System is blocked after ETSD Failure to PX2.1=2
prevent further runs. UP(576)
DN(577)
0244 2SE-Fault F The input 2nd Start Enable opened (e.g. -
active BID).
0245 /UIB/DIB FR W The safety chain opened at UIB or DIB
during a run while accelerating or at con-
stant velocity.
0246 /UIB/DIB SR W The safety chain opened at UIB or DIB
during a run while decelerating.
0247 No UIB DIB F The safety chain stayed open at UIB and
DIB for longer than 5 seconds.
In Low Overhead Installations
(OHLOW), check KS contact
0248 ES Wiring F ES Safety chain wiring fault (PES not
wired in series)
check safety chain wiring. After correc-
tion of the wiring the error is cleared by
switching off/on.
For GCS222MRL, the SP function
“Tools – Safety Wiring” must be execut-
ed.
0249 SAF Wiring F SAF Safety chain wiring fault (DS/GS not
wired in series)
check safety chain wiring. After correc-
tion of the wiring the error is cleared by
successful door operation or by unlocking
the landing door.
For GCS222MRL, the SP function
“Tools – Safety Wiring” must be execut-
ed.
0250 6LS-TYP! W The parameter “6LS-TYP” at GECB has a 6LS-TYP
different value than the parameter “6LS-
Check MCB3/MCB3x/GDCB Parame-
ter “6LS-TYP”
0251 DrvOverHeat F When the drive overheat signal is re- EN-JIS
ceived from Drive thru CAN bus.
Check GDCB events
0252 UCMCommErr F CAN communication fault between GECB UCM-TYP
and UCM board
Check CAN line between GECB and
UCM board
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0253 FSO Rly Err F When the inconsistency is detected for EN-SO
front SO relay
Check IO FDZ(1195), FSO(1197) and
CHK_SO(1196)
0254 RSO RlyErr F Not implemented
0255 No RLV/ABL F An error occurred during releveling on a UCM-TYP=3
system with EN-required UCM. Further
relevel runs will be prevented at the floor
where the problem occurred. Relevel
runs will be re-enabled when the car
moves to another floor.
0256 EtsdCommErr F The ET_S1-4 expectation message from PX2.1=4 or 5
the Drive was not received for 3 seconds. ET_P1(1257)
check CAN-wiring ET_P2(1258)
check CAN-LEDs ET_S1(1259)
ET_S2(1260)
ET_P3(1261)
ET_P4(1262)
ET_S3(1263)
ET_S4(1264)
0257x Etsd Block F ETSD with reed switch monitor function PX2.1=4 or 5
has detected a problem. This is the case ET_P1(1257)
if the ET_P1-4 signals do not match their ET_P2(1258)
expected value in a doorzone, or if the ET_S1(1259)
ET_S1-4 signals do not match their ex- ET_S2(1260)
pected values during the run, or if the ET_P3(1261)
configuration of the parameters and Ios is ET_P4(1262)
inconsistent. ET_S3(1263)
check relays ET_S4(1264)
check configuration and Ios
See subcode ‘x’ in Event Logging
Subcodes section for details
0258 /UIB/DIB ET W The safety chain opened between DFC PX2.1=4 or 5
and UIB/DIB within the first step ETSD ET_P1(1257)
zone, as indicated by ET_P1 and ET_P2. ET_P2(1258)
verify Drive ETSD settings, ET_S1(1259)
“ETP Spe %DutySpe” and ET_S2(1260)
“ETP2 Spe %Duty” ET_P3(1261)
verify ET_P1-4 sensor adjustment ET_P4(1262)
ET_S3(1263)
ET_S4(1264)
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0259 LateET_S2/4 W The ASCB-controlled relays, ET_S2 PX2.1=4 or 5
and/or ET_S4 switch open too late during ET_P1(1257)
acceleration in comparison to the GECB- ET_P2(1258)
controlled relays, ET_S1 and/or ET_S3. ET_S1(1259)
readjust ASCB settings ET_S2(1260)
ET_P3(1261)
ET_P4(1262)
ET_S3(1263)
ET_S4(1264)
0260 8LS2 oper. F 8LS2 input was activated -

Note: Hydraulic controllers only
0261 PLS1 active F PLS1 input has been activated EN-PLS
0262 Mot.Vlv tim F motorized valve got stuck -
0263 DZ missed W UIS & DIS have been detected without EN-RLV
DZ. This happens when one of LV relays
is defect.
0264 J-Relay F The LCB_IIC detected a fault at the 3- EN-J,
line-power-supply (i.e. phases missing or J-T
turned)
0265 brake-fault F The brake current (hydro: valve current) BON-D,
was missing during run. BFLT-T,
BOFF-D
0267 LSVF-W: /DR F LSVF-W reported an error (Drive Not DRV_TYP=102
Ready) C-TYPE
(see MCB)
0268 LSVF-W: /SC F During deceleration the speed of the car (see MCB)
was too high to perform ADO or Relevel-
ing. Therefore ADO and RLV are not al-
lowed any more
0269 LSVF-W:P-ON F LSVF-W has been powered on P-OFF-D
P-ON-D
0270 OP lost F OVF10 announced a drive problem by DRV-TYP = 103
switching off the OP signal.
Look into Event Logging on OVF10.
0271 BTI NG 3rd I BTI result is no good at every 3rd trial.
0272 BTI OK 3rd I BTI result is good at 3rd trial.
0273 BTI Fault I BTI is not available or aborted.
0274 UCM Prot F F The UCM Safety Valve (RSL output SVC DRV-TYP ≥ 200
1304) cannot block the downward move-
ment. It could be a wiring failure near the
RSL i/o’s 1304 – 1307.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0275 CR-FSO Flt W Physical address of additional front PRS CR-OPT
input for COR rescue is invalid or ab- CR_FSO
normally detected at the inter-floor or the
unnecessary landing.
0276 CR-RSO Flt W Physical address of additional rear PRS CR-OPT
input for COR rescue is invalid or abnor- CR_RSO
mally detected at the inter-floor or the
unnecessary landing.
0277 /MD in FR W The safety chain opened at MD/AES dur- LCB_IIC
ing a run while accelerating or at constant MD/AES=1
velocity.
0278 /MD in SR W The safety chain opened at MD/AES dur- LCB_IIC
ing a run while decelerating. MD/AES=1
0279 /MD > 5min F The MD/AES signal is missing for 5 LCB_IIC
minutes, but no HAD and no DTC was MD/AES=1
detected.
0281 MPD F Motor Protection Device was active LCB_IIC
0282 /SCO in FR W The safety chain opened at SC_OUT dur- LVA
ing a run while accelerating or at constant
velocity.
0283 /SCO in SR W The safety chain opened at SC_OUT dur- LVA
ing a run while decelerating.
0284 No SCO F The safety chain stayed open at SC_OUT LVA
for longer than 5 seconds.
In Low Overhead Installations
(OHLOW), check KS contact
0285 /SCO ETSD W The safety chain opened between DFC LVA
and SC_OUT within the first step ETSD PX2.1=4 or 5
zone, as indicated by ET_P1 and ET_P2. ET_P1(1257)
verify Drive ETSD settings, ET_P2(1258)
“ETP Spe %DutySpe” and ET_S1(1259)
“ETP2 Spe %Duty” ET_S2(1260)
verify ET_P1-4 sensor adjustment ET_P3(1261)
ET_P4(1262)
ET_S3(1263)
ET_S4(1264)
0286 MroDirHeavy I During MRO, a rescue run into the heavy MRO-DIR
directino was started (Penthouse Rescue)
0287 BSR Fault F The brake switch relay is stuck LVA-TYP
see description for blinking message
'BSR/RR Flt'
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0288 COR Count F Too many consecutive correction runs -
occured. After 4-5 unsuccessfull correc-
tion runs, the GECB prevents futher runs.
Check 1LV/2LV sensors
Check parameter DZ-TYP
0289 No 48Vdc F Power supply is dead for 5 seconds. This -
event is logged when only the 48VDC is
dead and also when the controller is
powered off.
0290 48Vdc OffOn F Power supply (48VDC) died and came -
back before complete power down
Door Control Sub System

0300 DBP: dfc_SE F While the door was opening or fully EN-RLV,
opened, the door bypass was found to be EN-ADO
inactive (DFC low or SE high)
0301 DCL in [ ] F IDCL was active while the door was fully DCL (694)
opened RDCL (695)
0302 DoorBridge F DW or DFC was not low during the last -
door cycle, that means that the safety
chain is bridged or the Door Bypass is
defect. This fault is remembered even if
the power is lost.
To clear the fault, switch to ERO and
back to NOR. Then the car will automati-
cally move to the floor where the fault
was detected and opens the door.
When the above method is not possi-
ble (e.g. if the Allowed Mask was mispro-
grammed before), perform a DCS run.
0303 DBP-Fault F see description for blinking message -

‘DBP-Fault’
0304 DOL:alw. On F DOL was active while the door was fully DOL (000)
closed. This event is also logged when
the fuses of the door system are burned
or if the DOS input is not programmed.
This event is not logged within the first 40

seconds after system startup.
0305 DCSS-5 Err F Not implemented
0306 Hwy Access F Landing Door was opened or the car door -
is bridged.
‘Switch INS’
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0307 RDOL:alw.on F RDOL was active while the door was fully RDOL (544)
closed. This event is also logged when
the fuses of the door system are burned
or if the RDOS input is not programmed.
This event is not logged within the first 40

seconds after system startup.
0308 DOOR sync F Multidrop synchronization error -
0309 DOOR adr. F Multidrop unused message origin -
0310 FDOOR chk F Multidrop front door checksum error -
0311 RDOOR chk F Multidrop rear door checksum error -
0312 FDOOR Tout F Multidrop front door communication -
timeout (>200ms)
0313 RDOOR Tout F Multidrop rear door communication -
timeout (>200ms)
0314 GDS noPull F GDS relay not pulled -
0315 GDS noDrop F GDS relay not dropped -
0316 No DCS run E A DCS run must be performed. -
‘start DCS!’
0317 Ext LV Err F The external door zone sensor X1LV or X1LV (1039)
X2LV was active outside of a doorzone. X2LV (1040)
0318 SP: en.DBP! I ADO or /& RLV must be enabled via SP EN-ADO,
menu (installation without SVT) EN-RLV
0319 FGSM Error F GSM input error Front door -
0320 RGSM Error F GSM input error Rear door -
0321 FDOOR stuck W Front door is stuck reversing over and -
over again
0322 RDOOR stuck W Rear door is stuck reversing over and -
over again
0323 FDOOR /Deen W disable PowerSave mode after deener- -
gized front door could not kept closed
0324 RDOOR /Deen W disable PowerSave mode after deener- -
gized rear door could not kept closed
0325 PHD: F1 ON! F Not implemented -
0329 PHD: R1 ON! F Not implemented -
0333 PHD:Invalid I Not implemented -
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0334 KS-L fault F Please refer to blinking message “KS-L Low Pit
fault”
0335x APS fault F Please refer to blinking message “APS Low Pit
fault”
See sub code ‘x’ in Event Logging
0336 LRC Fault F Test of front light ray device for flush GeN2Home,
hoistway failed FLH
0337 RLRC Fault F Test of rear light ray device for flush GeN2Home,
hoistway failed FLH
0338 LRC Config F Wrong configuration: HOMELIFT=1 and GeN2Home,
ES_LRCU<5 FLH
0339 LRCR Fault F Light ray test: Relay LRCR does not GeN2Home,
work. FLH
0340 LrDFC Fault F Light ray test: DFC as end of safety chain GeN2Home,
does not open FLH
0341 UIS/DIS Fault F DZ (1LV) w/o UIS or DIS GeN2Home,
FLH
0342 DZ (1LV) Fault F UIS and DIS w/o DZ (1LV) GeN2Home,
FLH
0343 DBP/SE Fault F Inactive DBP w/o SE GeN2Home,
FLH
Signaling Sub System

0400 RSL parity W Two remote stations with the same ad- -
dress are connected to the same link
0401 RSL sync W Synchronisation lost on remote serial link. -
Check whether there is a shortcut on
the link.
0402 RSL reinit F RSL driver has reported a problem. RSL -
was reinitialized.
Update software (GP430780EAC or
later)
0403 RSL Fail F Application has detected that the RSL -
driver doesn’t run anymore. Software has
been restarted.
0404 RSL Hrtbeat F RSL driver has detected that the applica- -
tion doesn’t run anymore. Software has
been restarted.
0405 RSL Board F RSL board mismatch! -
0406 Group RSL F Group RSL has failed -
0407 CPU Warning W The RSL driver detected an internal fault -
and recovered automatically.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0408 RvC parity W Two remote stations with the same ad- EN-CARIO
dress are connected to the RSL link at
the CARIO board.
Group
0500 RNG1 msg W data error on Duplex/Triplex ring -
0501 RNG1 time W no ring messages received from other car GROUP
for a specific time
0502 RNG1 sio W framing error on Duplex/Triplex ring -
0503 RNG1 tx W ring messages couldn’t be sent in an ap- -
propriate time
0504 RNG1 rx off W No messages are received within a -
timeout, and NO BREAK is detected.
0505 RNG1 reset W Reinitializing RING Service (stm_ring_run -
expired)
0506 DES offline F DES is not present -
0507 GCB offline F no GCB is present -
0508 GCB fail F For Compass, the primary GCB has failed -
and the secondary GCB is used.
Check GCB boards
0509 DEK offline F A DEK has stopped sending its heartbeat. DEK-TYP=1
0510 DEKstuckBut W A DEK reported that a keypad button is DEK-TYP=1
stuck.
0511x DEK Error F A DEK reported an error. DEK-TYP=1
System
0600 SPB-Alert W The Service Panel Board detected a mal- -
function which hinders a manual rescue
operation with SPB and SDI. Possible
reasons are:
- defective speed encoders for SDI
- defective E2PROM on SPB
- Missing battery for SPB
Press the SPB-buttons REB + DDO sim-
ultaneously to locate the error.
0601 SPB:TempHTS W The Service Panel Board detected an SPB-Temp
overtemperature.
0602 LwssService W The LWSS requested “Request For Ser- -
vice” (REM). See LWSS event logging for
reason.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0603 Aro Service W The ARO subsystem (modified SPBC_III) -
requested “Request For Service” (REM).
See ARO subsystem’s event logging for
reason.
0604 S/W Changed I Informational event that new software -
was installed. The events are automati-
cally cleared. No action necessary.
0605 Update S/W! W New subsytem software was installed that -
requires new GECB software.
0606 SpbService W The SPB requested “Request For Ser- -
vice” (REM). See SPB event logging for
reason.
0607 /TUM1 F TUM1 missing after run at TOP or active TUM1 (1047)
during standstill; (reduced overhead: trig- HWY-TYP
ger modul contacts)
0608 /TUM2 F TUM2 missing after run at TOP or active TUM2 (1048)
during standstill; (reduced overhead: trig- HWY-TYP
ger modul contacts)
0609 /TDM F TDM missing after run at BOTTOM or TDM (1049)
active during standstill; (shallow pit: trig- HWY-TYP
ger modul contacts)
0610 /TUPS F TUPS missing during run; (reduced TUPS (1050)
overhead: trigger modul power supply) HWY-TYP
0611 /TDPS F TDPS missing during run; (shallow pit: TDPS (1051)
trigger modul power supply) HWY-TYP
0612 SOS up F Safety Operated Switch Up triggered SOSU (1054)
HWY-TYP
0613 SOS down F Safety Operated Switch Down triggered SOSD (1055)
HWY-TYP
0614 PRBB BatLow W The battery of the PRBB board is weak: EN-PRBB=1
During PowerOff, the battery only pro-
vides power for less than 10 seconds.
0615 PCB Certi W The PCB certification is not performed by -
using OEK PDA until the specified days
expired. In order that this function is ap-
plied, it should be set by OEK PDA.
Note: only for Korea application
0616 C-circuit F C-circuit does not work correctly C-CHK (704)
Note: only for MCS310
0617 RBU-Selftst F Selftest of Rope Brake has failed (i.e. RBTC (1029)
lasted longer than 5 seconds). RBTE (1028)
Car is blocked until TCI/ERO is switched.
0618 RBU-Fault F Rope Brake has detected overspeed. RBTC (1029)
Car is blocked until TCI/ERO is switched. RBTE (1028)
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0619 HWY-TYP F Please refer to blinking message “LOPIT Low Pit
cfg!”
0626 DeepBattery F LVA Switch or Evolux: Deep Discharge GECB_LV
Protection switched off the OCB to pro- DRV-TYP
tect the batteries (voltage was < 40 VDC).
0627 LowBat wait F LVA Switch or Evolux: Enforced Battery GECB_LV
Charging DRV-TYP
0628 NoPowerWait F LVA Switch or Evolux: BatRun-T expired GECB_LV
during blackout DRV-TYP
BatRun-T
0629 HighBatWait F LVA Switch: Enforced Battery Discharg- GECB_LV
ing
Battery voltage exceeded 70 VAC.
0630 OverBat F LVA Switch: Overvoltage Protection is GECB_LV
going to switch off the OCB to protect the
batteries (voltage > 75 VDC).
0631 E2P Mapped I The LCB2/TCBC E2Prom data, provided -
by an E2TB (E2prom Transfer Board)
were mapped to the GECB layout
Rescue
0701 SP missing F Node Guarding does not detect the SP at -
the CAN bus.
Check CAN_OK LED at SP;
Check CAN wiring between GECB &
SP;
0702 BCB missing F Node Guarding does not detect the 1st -
BCB at the CAN bus.
Check CAN_OK LED at LVPB/BCB_II
LVPB/BCB_II
0703 BcbIoFail F The state of inputs was not received eve- -
ry second or the output command was
not acknowledged.
CAN bus overload?
Defect LVPB/BCB_II?
0704 BcbHwFail F The BCB published an EEPROM error. -
Exchange LVPB/BCB_II
0705x BcbSwFail F The BCB published a task timing prob- -
lem.
Exchange LVPB/BCB_II according to
subcode
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0706 EncoderFail F The rescue encoder generates no signals -
during a normal run.
Check rescue encoder wiring;
Replace rescue encoder or GECB_II;
0707 OCB fail F The OCB auxiliary contacts are wired -
incorrectly.
Check wiring to OCB;
Check OCB;
Check GECB inputs;
0708 Overspeed W The measured rescue encoder speed is SPEED
15% faster than the nominal speed. The Encoder
OS contact or the safeties could be acti-
vated. MRO is prevented.
Reset OS contact;
Check Encoder / Speed parameter;
0709 MRO_BRK Flt F A wrong voltage at the brake was detect- LVA
ed.
That means that the brake could be unin-
tentionally lifted during MRO.
Check input MRO_BRK and wiring of
the brake
Check LVPB / Replace LVPB
DO NOT PERFORM MRO!!!
0710 No Battery F The 1st BCB misses the rescue battery. -
Check RPS / battery
0711 BatTempErr W The 1st BCB indicates that the battery -
cannot be charged, because the tempera-
ture is out of range.
Check battery temperature sensor
0712 BatFault F The 1st BCB indicates a battery charge -
failure or a defect battery.
Replace battery
0713 NoBatSignal F The 1st BCB has no charge unit signals. It -
could be a defect BCB or a missing
charge power supply.
Replace LVPB/BCB_II
0714 Low Battery I The 1st BCBs battery voltage is too low -
for ARO or MRO with drive.
Charge battery or replace it
0715 BatCharged I The 1st BCB indicates a fully charged bat- -
tery.
0716 BatPower I The BCB is powered by battery, caused -
by lost main power supply.
0717 NormalPower I The BCB operates by the main power -
supply.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0718x MroAborted W An attempt for MRO with Drive was LVA
aborted.
0719 No3runNoAro I The main power is lost, but there where -
less than 3 runs before power fail and
after ERO or after operating the OCB.
These 3 runs are needed to execute
ARO.
0720 AroStarted I ARO were initialized -
0721x AroAborted W The OCSS ARO mode was aborted (e.g. -
by INS, timeout, invalid position, drive
shutdown). If no other event was addi-
tional logged (as ARO abort indicator),
the failure must be found in the drive
(shutdown).
0722 AroFinished I ARO sequence was finished. -
0723 AroNoDrive F Drive does not communicate at the be- -
ginning of ARO.
Check wiring between drive / RR re-
lays / BCB_II;
0724 AroTimeout W ARO didn’t reached the target and -
opened the door during 5 minutes.
0725 NoPreferDir F ARO or MRO: Drive did not send its pre- -
ferred direction.
Check CAN connection to the drive;
Check if drive is powered by battery;
Check drive events;
0726 BothDirFail F MRO with drive: the car didn’t move / -
both directions tested.
Check rescue encoder & drive;
Check Drive events;
0727 DrvLineFail W The drive indicates a line failure. -
0728 /RRI_IN F The read back contacts of the RR relays -
were missed during ARO or MRO.
0729 /ARO_IN F The read back contacts of the ARO relays -
were missed during ARO or MRO.
0730 MroWithDrv I MRO with drive were started. -
0731 Mro w/o Drv I MRO without drive were started. -
0732 OCB off I OCB is switched off
0733 No Battery2 F The 2nd BCB misses the rescue battery. LVA Extended
Check RPS2 / battery
Software Basic Data

Berlin

0734 Bat2TempErr W The 2nd BCB indicates that the battery LVA Extended
cannot be charged, because the tempera-
ture is out of range.
Check battery temperature sensor
0735 Bat2Fault F The 2nd BCB indicates a battery charge LVA Extended
failure or a defect battery.
Replace battery
0736 NoBat2Signl F The 2nd BCB has no charge unit signals. LVA Extended
It could be a defect BCB or a missing
charge power supply.
Replace LVPB (EXTD)/BCB_II (PSRB)
0737 LowBattery2 I The 2nd BCBs battery voltage is too low LVA Extended
for ARO or MRO with drive.
Charge battery or replace it
0738 BatCharged2 I The 2nd BCB indicates a fully charged LVA Extended
battery.
0739 Bcb2Missing F Node Guarding does not detect the 2nd LVA Extended
BCB at the CAN bus.
Check CAN_OK LED at LVPB
(EXTD)/BCB_II (PSRB)
LVPB (EXTD)/BCB_II (PSRB)
0740 Bcb2IoFail F The state of inputs was not received eve- LVA Extended
ry second or the output command was
not acknowledged.
CAN bus overload?
Defect LVPB (EXTD)/BCB_II (PSRB)?
0741 Bcb2HwFail F The 2nd BCB published an EEPROM er- LVA Extended
ror.
Replace LVPB (EXTD)/BCB_II (PSRB)
0742 BCB >Volt F The LVPB detected overvoltage in the
230 VAC to 48 VDC converter
0743 BCB >VFail F The LVPB’s 230 VAC to 48 VDC converter
has been switched off because it persis-
tently produced overvoltage
Replace LVPB
0744 BCB2 >Volt F The 2nd LVPB detected overvoltage in the LVA Extended
230 VAC to 48 VDC converter
0745 BCB2 >VFail F The 2nd LVPB’s 230 VAC to 48 VDC con- LVA Extended
verter has been switched off because it
persistently produced overvoltage
Replace LVPB (EXTD)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
8 OOS Alarms
The table below lists all GECB OOS Alarms grouped into categories. The OOS Alarms are
only relevant to REM-TYPs 4,5,6,7,8,9,10. The related events and blink messages are ref-
erenced with links, so that the possible root causes can be easily found.
OOS Alarm Event Blink Message

CAN Bus
NAV - CAN bus disturbance or hardware failure 0004 CcanBusOff
Car
DBF - Car light off 0113 NoCarLight Car Light
Controller
DBF - Battery shutdown to prevent deep discharge 0626 DeepBattery DeepBat
DBF- Battery shutdown to prevent overvoltage 0630 OverBat OverBat
DBF - Parameter Mismatch (GECB/DRIVE): 6LS-TYP 0250 6LS-TYP! 6LS-TYP!
DBF - Temporary mandatory battery charging 0627 LowBat wait LowBatWait
DBF- Temporary mandatory battery discharging 0629 HighBatWait HighBatWait
DBF - Temporary mandatory waiting for power to return 0628 NoPowerWait NoPowrWait
EQO - Earthquake detected 0134 OpMode EQO
Fault detected during EQR inspection operation 0131 EQAR Fail
INI - Longer than 2 minutes 0117 INI > 2min
INS - EPO shutdown with TCI or ERO active 0101 EPO shutd.
LVC does not pull (SE Fault) 0205 SE-Fault SE-Fault
NAV - BSR stuck active 0287 BSR Fault BSR/RR Flt
NAV - EPO shutdown 0101 EPO shutd.
NAV - J-Relay 0264 J-Relay
NAV - Longer than 30 seconds 0123 NAV > 30s
NAV - No CICB CAN communication not yet implemented
Controller(continued)
Software Basic Data

Berlin

NAV - OCB off 0732 OCB off
NAV - TCI input (IO 0691) is invalid 0230 TCI Adr Chk TCI-Check
NOR - Longer than 5 minutes 0120 NOR > 5min
PRK - Longer than 2 minutes 0118 PRK > 2min
WCO - Longer than 5 minutes 0119 WCO > 5min
Door
APS folded above 1LS 0335x APS fault APS fault
APS unfolded in DZ of bottom floor 0335x APS fault APS fault
CGS stuck active 0302 DoorBridge DoorBridge
COR - Too many COR runs, potential door bypass fault 0303 DBP Fault
DBF - External LV does not drop 0317 Ext LV Err
DCP - Door held open by DOB/LRD/EDP/DOS 0104 OpMode DCP
DCS - No DCS run 0316 No DCS run start DCS!
DFC stuck not active 0241 /DFC > 5min
DLM - DFC stuck active 0302 DoorBridge DoorBridge
DLM - DW&DFC stuck active 0302 DoorBridge DoorBridge
DLM - DW or DFC was stuck active 0302 DoorBridge DoorBridge
DLM - DW stuck active 0302 DoorBridge DoorBridge
DTC - DFC not active 0102 OpMode DTC
DTC - GDS not active 0102 OpMode DTC
DTC - DW not active 0102 OpMode DTC
DTC - MD not active 0102 OpMode DTC
DTO - Door never reaches DOL/RDOL 0103 OpMode DTO
DW stuck not active 0240 /DW > 5min
DW stuck not active, DFC active 0240 /DW > 5min
FDOL stuck active or no front Door power 0304 DOL:alw. On DOL alw.on
Door(continued)
Software Basic Data

Berlin

Front door stuck reversing 0321 FDOOR stuck
HAD - DW not active 4 seconds 0306 Hwy Access switch INS
MD stuck not active 0279 /MD > 5min
MD stuck not active, DFC active 0279 /MD > 5min
NAV - DS1 not active for 4 s, but KS-L closed 0334 KS-L fault KS-L fault
RDOL stuck active or no rear Door power 0307 RDOL:alw.on DOL alw.on
Rear door stuck reversing 0322 RDOOR stuck
Drive
DBF - MPD 0281 MPD MPD!
NAV - DDP occurred during FR 0207 DDP in FR
NAV - DDP occurred during SR 0208 DDP in SR
NAV - DDP occurred during RS 0209 DDP in RS
NAV - Drive shutdown 0218 DrvShutdown Shutdown
(only used if no specific Drive OOS Alarm is reported)
NAV - NRD Not implemented
NAV - No Drive CAN communication 0010 DrvCommErr Shutdown
Load
LNS - Longer than 30 seconds 0115 LNS > 30s
OLD - Longer than 30 seconds 0114 OLD > 30s
Position Reference
COR - Longer than 2 minutes 0116 COR > 2min
COR - Too many COR runs, potential PRS input fault 0228 COR Count COR Count
Rescue Unit
ARO - Automatic rescue active 0121 OpMode ARO
DBF - SPB hall temperature sensor limit 0601 SPB:TempHTS SPB: HTS
NAV - MRO_BRK_IN stuck high while OCB off 0709aMRO_BRK Flt !!NO MRO!!
NAV - MRO_BRK_IN stuck low while OCB off 0709bMRO_BRK Flt !!NO MRO!!
Software Basic Data

Berlin

DBF - MRO_BRK_IN stuck high while OCB on 0709cMRO_BRK Flt
RSL
INS - 30VDC Dead 0204 TCI/ERO on
INS - ERO not active, TCI active (check RSL 30VDC) 0204 TCI/ERO on
Safety Chain
110VAC Dead 0225 No 110Vac No 110VAC!
48VDC Dead 0289 No 48Vdc No 48VDC!
DIB not active 0247 No UIB DIB
ESB - ES active with no prior DW open 0239 /ES with ][
ESB - RBU selftest failed 0617 RBU-Selftst RBU-Fault!
ESB - RBU triggered by brake failure 0618 RBU-Fault RBU-Fault!
ESB - SOS active during down run 0613 SOS down
ESB - SOS active during up run 0612 SOS up
ETSC did not drop after run 0243 ETSC Block ETSC-Fault
ETSC did not pull during run 0243 ETSC Block ETSC-Fault
INS - ERO active 0204 TCI/ERO on
INS - TCI active 0204 TCI/ERO on
INS - TCI Lock 0204 TCI/ERO on TCI-Lock!
NAV - ES wiring fault 0248 ES Wiring ES Wiring
NAV - Safety chain wiring fault 0249 SAF Wiring SAF Wiring
SC not active 0284 No SC No SC
UIB and DIB not active 0247 No UIB DIB No UIB DIB
UIB not active 0247 No UIB DIB
Software Basic Data

Berlin
System
Contract Software 1 Contract-specific
DBF - 1TH chain open 0222 1TH-Fault 1TH-Fault
DBF - 2SE chain open 0244 2SE-Fault 2SE-Fault
DBF - 2TH chain open 0223 2TH-Fault 2TH-Fault
DBF - ET_P bad adjustment 0257x Etsd Block ETSD-Fault
DBF - ET_P stuck closed 0257x Etsd Block ETSD-Fault
DBF - ET_P stuck open 0257x Etsd Block ETSD-Fault
DBF - ET_S stuck closed 0257x Etsd Block ETSD-Fault
DBF - ET_S stuck open 0257x Etsd Block ETSD-Fault
DBF - ETSD parameter or IO conflict 0257x Etsd Block ETSD-Fault
NAV - Low Pit not configured properly 0619 HWY-TYP LOPIT cfg!
NAV - No controller power Fehler! Verweis- No 110VAC!
quelle konnte nicht
gefunden werden.
NAV - No UCM message from Drive 0234 UCM Detect UCM Detect
NAV - SO relay broke down 0253 FSO Rly Err FSO RlyErr
NAV - TDM active during stop 0609 /TDM TUM / TDM
NAV - TDM inactive after bottom floor run 0609 /TDM TUM / TDM
NAV - TDPS active during stop 0611 /TDPS TUM / TDM
NAV - TDPS inactive during run 0611 /TDPS TUM / TDM
NAV - TUM1 active during stop 0607 /TUM1 TUM / TDM
NAV - TUM1 inactive after top floor run 0607 /TUM1 TUM / TDM
Software Basic Data

Berlin

NAV - TUM2 active during stop 0608 /TUM2 TUM / TDM
NAV - TUM2 inactive after top floor run 0608 /TUM2 TUM / TDM
System (continued)
NAV - TUPS active during stop 0610 /TUPS TUM / TDM
NAV - TUPS inactive during run 0610 /TUPS TUM / TDM
NAV - UCM detected by Drive 0234 UCM Detect UCM Detect
NAV - UCM detected outside door zone 0234 UCM Detect UCM Detect
NAV - UCM incorrect unique number from Drive 0234 UCM Detect UCM Detect
NAV - UCM relay stuck closed 0232 UCM Welded UCMRWelded
NAV - UCM relay stuck open 0232 UCM Welded UCMRWelded
No ETSD CAN communication 0256 EtsdCommErr ETSD-Comm
Software Basic Data

Berlin
9 RFS Alerts
The table below lists all GECB RFS Alerts grouped into categories. The RFS Alerts are
only relevant to REM-TYPs 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10. The related events and blink messages
are referenced with links, so that the possible root causes can be easily found.
RFS Alert Event Blink Message

Rescue Unit
Rescue Unit – no CAN communication SPB-Comm.
SP missing 0701 SP missing
BCB missing 0702 BCB missing
BCB2 missing 0739 Bcb2Missing
BCB failure 0703 BcbIoFail
BCB2 failure 0740 Bcb2IoFail
Rescue encoder failure 0706 EncoderFail
OCB failure 0707 OCB fail
Rescue run overspeed 0708 Overspeed
Battery missing 0710 No Battery
Battery2 missing 0733 NoBattery2
Battery temperature is out-of-range 0711 BatTempErr
Battery2 temperature is out-of-range 0734 Bat2TempErr
Battery defect 0712 BatFault
Battery2 defect 0735 Bat2Fault
Battery charger error 0713 NoBatSignal
Battery2 charger error 0736 NoBat2Signl
Low battery voltage 0714 Low Battery
Low battery2 voltage 0737 LowBattery2
REI mode BTI operation result is NG in 3rd step 0271 BTI NG 3rd
Software Basic Data

Berlin

REI mode BTI operation result is OK in 3rd step 0272 BTI OK 3rd
REI mode BTI operation failed 0273 BTI Fault
Earthquake auto recovery time is too long 0133 EQAR > Time
Configured OCSS error(s) were detected 0135 Event RFS
No car light 0113 NoCarLight
E2P error 0600 SPB-Alert
Battery error 0600 SPB-Alert
DZI error 0600 SPB-Alert
3 Encoder A errors 0600 SPB-Alert
E2P parameter out of range 0600 SPB-Alert
Rescue unit failure 0606 SpbService
0603 Aro Service
Software Basic Data

Berlin

Brake
REI mode BTI operation result is NG in 3rd step” 0271 BTI NG 3
REI mode BTI operation result is OK in 3rd step” 0272 BTI OK 3rd
REI mode BTI operation failed” 0273 BTI Fault
Controller
Earthquake auto recovery time is too long 0133 EQAR > Time
Configured OCSS error(s) were detected 0135 Event RFS
Software Basic Data

Berlin
10 Diagnostic Parameters
These diagnosis parameters are stored in non-volatile memory and are kept even if the
power is switched off. They can only be reset manually via Service Tool, except ACT-T and
REC-OK which are refreshed after each power-on.
Parameter Meaning since

01 ACT-T Actual elapsed time since last power-on
02 TOT-T Total elapsed time
03 UP-CNT Up flight count
04 DN-CNT Down flight count
05 UP-RLV Up Relevel Count
06 DN-RLV Down Relevel Count
07 FD-CNT Front door openings count (reversals not considered)
08 RD-CNT Rear door openings count (reversals not considered)
09 DZ-CNT Door zone count
10 ARO-CNT Automatic Rescue Operation count DAB
11 W_DOG-R. Watch-dog reset count (warm starts)
12 POW-ON Power-on count (cold starts)
13 REC-OK Recovery of previous stored diagnosis
Software Basic Data

Berlin
11 Commands
These internal commands are used for the on-board DCSS and MCSS.
Door Commands OPEN open door
DEEN deenergize door
CLD1 close door; no DOB, no LRD, no EDP
CLD2 close door; full DOB, full LRD, full EDP
CLD3 close door; full DOB, full LRD, lim EDP
CLD4 close door; full DOB, lim LRD, lim EDP
CLD5 close door; full DOB, no LRD, no EDP
CLD6 close door; full DOB, no LRD, lim EDP
CLD7 close door; lim DOB, no LRD, lim EDP
CLD8 close door; lim DOB, no LRD, no EDP
CLD9 close door; full SGS, nothing else
DCSS-5 Commands Ded&Eds 000 - Deenergize; Emergency Door Stop

Ded 001 - Deenergize
Cld&Dob 010 - Close Door; DOB, LRD, PP enabled
Cld 011 - Close Door; no reversal allowed
Ndg 100 - Nudging
Cld&Rev 101 - Close Door; LRD, PP enabled
Opn 111 - Open Door
Motion Commands CarGoTo Go to specific floor

ESMGoTo Emergency Service
Stand By Standby or Inspection
ReInit reinit position
ImmStop Immediate Stop
Relevel Relevel
Nxt Flor Go to next reachable floor
Software Basic Data

Berlin
12 LEDs
The LEDs on the computing platform have the following meanings, once the initial power-up
initialization blinking is completed:
LED Usage Description

LED1 power the computing platform is powered on
LED2 none
LED3 CAN1_OK slow blink if the group CAN is present and healthy, i.e., at least
one other node on the group CAN bus is connected in addition to
the GECB
LED4 CAN0_OK slow blink if the car CAN is healthy, i.e., at least one other node on
the car CAN bus is connected in addition to the GECB
LED5 RSL_OK fast blink if the RSL is healthy, i.e., the read and write cycles are
occurring regularly
Software Basic Data

Berlin
13 Event Logging Subcodes

During installation with an OFT-A, some events may show a small letter between the event
number and event name, to give additional information about the cause of the event. For
example:
0721i AroAborted
c003 t000020 p01
event letter description

0257_ Etsd Block a 1st step - Bottom zone edge floor >= top zone edge floor
b 2nd step - Bottom zone edge floor >= top zone edge floor
c 1st step - No floor with ET_Px “open” expectation, or
No floor with ET_Px “closed expectation, or
Bottom floor ET_Px expectation is not “open”, or
Top floor ET_Px expectation is not “open”
d 2nd step - No floor with ET_Px “open” expectation, or
No floor with ET_Px “closed expectation, or
Bottom floor ET_Px expectation is not “open”, or
Top floor ET_Px expectation is not “open”
e 1st step – ET_Px stuck closed
f 2nd step – ET_Px stuck closed
g 1st step – ET_Px stuck open
h 2nd step – ET_Px stuck open
i 1st step – ET_Sx stuck closed
j 2nd step – ET_Sx stuck closed
k 1st step – ET_Sx stuck open
l 2nd step – ET_Sx stuck open
m 1st step – PX2.1 = 4, but 1st Step ET_Px or ET_Sx IOs are
not programmed
n 2nd step – PX2.1 = 5, but 1st Step or 2nd Step ET_Px or
ET_Sx IOs are not programmed
o Factory programmed pattern does not match PX2.1 setting
p PX2.1 is not programmed, but ET_Px or ET_Sx IOs are
q PX2.1 = 4, but 2nd Step ET_Px or ET_Sx IOs are
Programmed
r PX2.1 = 5, but PX2.2 <> 1
0335_ APS fault a Restoring “APS folded above 1LS” after (re)start
b Restoring “APS unfolded in DZ of bottom floor” after (re)start
c APS folded above 1LS
d APS unfolded in DZ of bottom floor
0511_ DEK Error a PI Floor Name contains a letter
b Unexpected DEK warm start detected
Software Basic Data

Berlin
event letter description

0705_ BcbSwFail a 1st BCB: LVPB/BCB_II
b 2nd BCB: LVPB (EXTD)/BCB_II (PSRB)
0709_MRO_BRK Flt a Unexpected high signal at MRO_BRK while OCB off
b Unexpected low signal at MRO_BRK while OCB off
c Unexpected high signal at MRO_BRK while OCB on
0718_ MroAborted a Reason unknown
b MRO 48V stuck low
c MRO 48V stuck high
d RR stuck low
e RR stuck high
f MRO brk stuck low
g MRO brk stuck high
h Drive start error
i No 48V enable
j No 48VDC_IN
k ERO on, TOCB/COPG missing
l TES active
m TCI active
n Too many drive shutdowns
o Drive shutdown
p Too many encoder faults
0721_ AroAborted a Not available
b ARO timeout
c Position invalid
d 1LS Up / 2LS Down
e Above Top / Below Bottom
f Car close to CWT when EQR requested
g SW error
h ARO_IN missed
i RR_IN missed
j No Drive communication
k Wait-for-System timeout
l RR_IN detected, then lost
m ARO_IN detected, then lost
Part: GAA30782GAB_SP
OTIS Software Basic Data
No.: GAA30782GAB
Engineering Center Page: 1 / 50

Berlin
MCS GECB
Service Panel Manual Date: 2015-03-25
GCS - GECB
Service Panel Manual
Running on PCB GCA26800MD (GECB_II) or higher


2015-03-25 GAA30782GAB M. Ifland Original

This work and the information it contains are the property of Otis Elevator Company
(“Otis”). It is delivered to others on the express condition that it will be used only for, or on
behalf of, Otis; that neither it nor the information it contains will be reproduced or dis-
closed, in whole nor in part, without the prior written consent of Otis; and that on demand it
and any copies will be promptly returned to Otis.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
1 Revision History.................................................................................... 5
2 Scope ..................................................................................................... 9
3 Background / Overview ........................................................................ 9
4 Definitions / Abbreviations ................................................................... 9
5 Status Display ..................................................................................... 10
6 Buttons ................................................................................................ 11
7 Keylock ................................................................................................ 11
8 Main Menu ........................................................................................... 12
9 Menu Structure.................................................................................... 12
10 Menu Functions .................................................................................. 15
10.1 Main – Trapped Passenger .......................................................................... 15
10.2 Construction – Check Battery....................................................................... 15
10.3 Construction – Check CAN .......................................................................... 15
10.4 Construction – Check Safety ........................................................................ 16
10.5 Construction – Learn Direction ..................................................................... 17
10.6 Construction – Test Brake (MRO) ................................................................ 18
10.7 Construction – Test RTD/RRD ..................................................................... 18
10.8 Construction – Test Car Safeties ................................................................. 18
10.9 Construction – Test CWT Safeties ............................................................... 19
10.10 Startup – Check 6LS .................................................................................... 20
10.11 Startup – Check Inputs ................................................................................. 20
10.12 Startup – Door Learn.................................................................................... 22
10.13 Startup – Drive & LWD Learn ....................................................................... 22
10.14 Startup – Full INS Speed ............................................................................. 24
10.15 Startup – Door Check (DCS) ........................................................................ 24
10.16 Startup – Enable ADO/RLV .......................................................................... 24
10.17 Startup – Enable Features ........................................................................... 25
10.18 Startup – RSL Selftest .................................................................................. 25
10.19 Handover – Traction..................................................................................... 26
10.20 Handover – Overspeed Up........................................................................... 26
10.21 Handover – Overtraction .............................................................................. 27
10.22 Handover – CWT Buffer Test ....................................................................... 27
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.23 Handover – Governor................................................................................... 28

10.24 Handover – CWT Safeties ........................................................................... 28
10.25 Handover – CWT slack belt.......................................................................... 28
10.26 Handover – Leveling (Load) ......................................................................... 29
10.27 Handover – Car Balance .............................................................................. 29
10.28 Handover – Car Speed ................................................................................ 29
10.29 Handover – Car Buffer Test ......................................................................... 30
10.30 Handover – Low Pit Prop Test ..................................................................... 30
10.31 Handover – One Shoe Brake ....................................................................... 31
10.32 Handover – Test UCM Down ....................................................................... 32
10.33 Handover – Overload Traction ..................................................................... 33
10.34 Handover – Overload Safeties ..................................................................... 33
10.35 Handover – Leveling (Unload)...................................................................... 34
10.36 Handover – Test UCM Up ............................................................................ 34
10.37 Handover – Test ADO .................................................................................. 35
10.38 Handover – Test RLV................................................................................... 36
10.39 Handover – Test ARO .................................................................................. 36
10.40 Handover – Test Drive Safety (Ultra Drive only) .......................................... 37
10.41 Handover – Test LVD Safety (LV Drive only) ............................................... 37
10.42 Handover – Test Overvolt ............................................................................ 38
10.43 Handover – Floor Level Adjust ..................................................................... 38
10.44 Handover – Clear Event Logs ...................................................................... 39
10.45 Tools – Safety Wiring ................................................................................... 39
10.46 Tools – Test UDLS Down ............................................................................. 40
10.47 Tools – Drive & LWD Learn.......................................................................... 40
10.48 Tools – Test UDLS Up ................................................................................. 41
10.49 Tools – Load Check ..................................................................................... 41
10.50 Tools – Enter Call......................................................................................... 42
10.51 Tools – Version Info ..................................................................................... 42
10.52 Rescue ......................................................................................................... 43
10.52.1 ARO................................................................................................... 43
10.52.2 MRO .................................................................................................. 43
10.53 Service – UCM Reset ................................................................................... 44
10.54 Service – Governor Reset ............................................................................ 44
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.55 Service – Governor Trip ............................................................................... 44

10.56 Service – Test Overvolt ................................................................................ 44
10.57 Config – Contrast ......................................................................................... 45
11 Graphical Symbol Overview ............................................................... 46
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
1 Revision History
2008-12 A. Pfeffer first issue
2009-01-12 A. Pfeffer Confirmation of empty car added
2009-01-26 A. Pfeffer Keylock added
2009-02-05 A. Pfeffer Visual Inspection added, field feedback
included (governor, counterweight)
2009-02-16 A. Pfeffer At Top changed
2009-03-10 A. Pfeffer Button description added
2009-03-11 A. Pfeffer Menu Structure and Function descrip-
tions added
2009-03-24 G1830780DAD A. Pfeffer Reminder function added to test 6LS,
modifications in Construction-Inputs
and Construction-RRD/RTD
2009-04-04 G1930780DAD A. Pfeffer Changes for UDLS. Slightly modified
some symbols. Added Can Fault sym-
bol.
2009-04-07 G2030780DAD A. Pfeffer Service – Remote Trip added
2009-04-16 G2130780DAD A. Pfeffer Remote Reset/Trip renamed to Gover-
nor Reset/Trip
2009-04-16 A. Pfeffer Start conditions and user interactions
added
2009-04-17 G2330780DAD A. Pfeffer Battery Symbols added
2009-05-05 GAA30780DAD A. Pfeffer Release
2009-06-30 A. Pfeffer Added:
Construction - LearnDirection,
Startup - Enable ADO/RLV,
Startup - RSL Selftest,
Handover - DBD Test,
Handover - Traction,
Handover - Car Speed
2009-07-17 G1630780DAF A. Pfeffer Added:
display of Service state,
Main Menu,
Startup - FloorLevelAdjust,
Handover - Car Balance,
Handover - Overtraction,
Handover - Buffer Test,
Handover - Governor,
Handover - Overload Traction,
Handover - Overload Safeties,
Handover - One Shoe Brake
Handover - Test ADO,
Handover - Test RLV,
Rescue,
Tools menu,
2009-07-21 G1630780DAF A. Pfeffer Start Conditions extended
2009-07-22 A. Pfeffer Buffer Test start condition added,
Service Status changed,
FloorLevelAdjust modified
2009-07-27 G1730780DAF A. Pfeffer Service Symbol in Symbol Overview
adapted
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB

2009-08-17 G1830780DAF A. Pfeffer Construction-Inputs replaced by Con-
struction-Safety,
Startup-Enable Features added,
Handover-Test DBD removed,
Order of FloorLevelAdj and CarBal-
ance changed,
Handover-Overload Safeties changed,
Startup-Check Inputs added,
Start condition for DCS changed,
List of Symbols adapted,
Keylock Symbol added to Status Dis-
play
2009-08-19 A. Pfeffer Tools section repaired,
Symbols for DBD-Test removed
2009-09-01 A. Pfeffer ERO instruction added in Service-
GovernorTrip
2009-09-08 GAA30780DAF A. Pfeffer Added method to start a correction run
with CCBL+CCTL
2009-10-07 A. Pfeffer Order of BRB2+1 changed
2009-10-09 A. Pfeffer 2-stop-configuration added for Startup-
OverloadSafeties
2009-10-21 A. Pfeffer LWD included in Drive Learn Run
2009-10-26 A. Pfeffer Construction-TestSafetiesDown and
Construction-TestSafetiesUp added
2010-01-22 GAA30780DAG A. Pfeffer Test ARO added,
Sequence for “Full INS Speed” and
“FloorLevelAdjust” changed
2010-04-19 G1830780DAH A. Pfeffer No changes
2010-06-28 GP130780DAH A. Pfeffer No changes
2010-08-03 A. Pfeffer Handover – Clear Event Logs added
2010-09-10 A. Pfeffer Sequence of Handover tests modified
2010-09-10 G2230780DAJ A. Pfeffer Tools – Safety Wiring added
2010-11-10 G3230780DAJ A. Pfeffer In Construction-LearnDirection, re-
quest for DDO/CHCS removed
2011-01-04 G1130780EAA A. Pfeffer Added:
Handover – Test UCM Up,
Handover – Test UCM Down,
Service – UCM Reset
2011-01-31 G1630780EAA M. Hnida Added Handover Leveling Accuracy.
Extended Handover FloorLevelAdjust.
2011-03-11 G1330780EAB D. Cominelli - Added ERO recover run to Hando-
ver- Overload Safeties test.
- Added Handover – Test Drive Safety
- Release
2011-04-01 G1530780EAB A. Pfeffer - Added Handover-Leveling(Load),
- Added Handover-Leveling(Unload)
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB

2013-03-14 G2130780EAH A. Pfeffer Adapted for LVA:
- Status Display,
- Menu Structure,
- Construction – Check Battery
- Construction – Check Safety
- Startup – Check Inputs
- Handover – Test RLV
Adapted for LVA:
- Main – Trapped Passenger,
- Startup – RSL Selftes
- Graphical Symbol Overview
2013-03-21 G2330780EAH D. Cominelli - Modified “RSL Selftest” to include
RvC IO
- Added section “Main - Trapped Pas-
senger”
- Modified section “Handover – Buffer
Test” to include bi-directional buffer
tests and Low Pit Prop test.
2013-03-24 G2330780EAH A. Pfeffer Added UCM functions in Menu Struc-
ture
2013-06-11 G2630780EAH A. Pfeffer For LVA, added “Handover – Test
Overvolt”
2013-07-02 GP130780EAH A. Pfeffer Updated table of Contents
2013-09-13 G1730780EAJ A. Pfeffer - For LVA Extended, expanded “Con-
struction – Battery” for secondary
rescue battery.
- For LV Drive, added “Handover –
Test LVD Safety”
2014-01-28 G1330780EAL A. Pfeffer Added function “TOOLS – Version
Info”
2014-06-19 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland - added menu handover functions
“Overspeed Up”, “CWT Safeties”,
“CWT slack belt”, “MBB Braking Test”
2014-06-25 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Added handover function “Test UCM
Monitor”
2014-06-26 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Renamed construction function Test
Safeties Up/Down to Test CWT/Car
Safeties
2014-07-09 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Split handover function Buffer Test into
3 functions: Car Buffer Test, CWT
Buffer Test, Low Pit Prop Test
2014-07-10 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Added info in CWT Safeties and CWT
Buffer Test that test is optional
2014-07-16 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Modified CWT Safeties and OLD Safe-
ties to support tripping at a distance
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB

from floor level
2014-08-04 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Modified Construction – Learn Direc-
tion with different user interaction
2014-08-07 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Modified Handover – Floor Level Ad-
just
2014-08-08 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland In “Main Menu” added information
about the startup screen
2014-08-20 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Added functions Load Check and En-
ter Call in Tools menu
2014-08-20 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Modified title of Construction – Test
BRAKE
2014-08-20 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Added Service – Test Overvolt
2014-08-22 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Modified Handover – Test ARO to
include ERO run before ARO test
2014-08-22 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Modified menu structure to show avail-
ability of functions, give information
about availability in menus that are
modified or added since
Gxx30782GAB
2014-08-29 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland In Rescue function added that the
function can be left automatically.
2014-10-09 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Modified Construction – Check Battery
to include sensor information
2014-10-29 G1830782GAB M. Ifland Modified Construction – Check Battery
to include status of drive battery
2015-03-04 G2630782GAB A. Pfeffer In “Startup - Check Inputs”, renamed
“SC” to “SCO”
2015-03-04 G2630782GAB A. Pfeffer Removed "Handover - MBB Regen
Braking”
2015-03-04 G2630782GAB A. Pfeffer Renamed "Handover – UCM Monitor”
to "Handover – UCM Brake”
2015-03-18 G2730782GAB A. Diethert Low Pit Prop Test:
remark on oil buffer removed
2015-03-25 GAA30782GAB A. Pfeffer Removed "Handover – UCM Brake”
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
2 Scope
This document describes the User Interface of the Service Panel Software for GECB_II
and GECB_LV.
3 Background / Overview
This document describes the user interface of the Service Panel of the E&I Panel Control-
ler.
The Service Panel provides the following functions:
- Control of Manual Rescue Operation, also for balanced load with Drive
(MRO, MRO_DRV)
- Elevator Service and Monitoring Functions
- Elevator Installation without Service Tool.
4 Definitions / Abbreviations
ADO Advanced Door Opening

ARO Automatic Rescue Operation
BCB Battery Control Board
CAN Controller Area Network
GECB_II Global Elevator Control Board for the European (EN) market
MRO Manual Rescue Operation
MRO-BL Manual Resuce Operation with Balanced Load
RLV Relevling
SCN Software Configuration Number
SDI Speed and Direction Indicator
SOC Service Tool Over Can
SP Service Panel
SVT Service Tool
SPBC Service Panel Board – CAN
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
5 Status Display
SDI - Speed and Direction Indicator
DZI - Doorzone Indicator
PI - Position Indicator
Signal Status
es DW DFC
DZ EG dob dol grp
NOR ddo chc
Service Status Symbol
MAIN Trapped Passenger Alarm
.Construction.... Battery Status Symbol
Startup
Keylock Symbol
Test
...OK..
. Menu
Softkeys
SDI Shows the speed and direction of the car as measured by the encoder inputs located on
GECB_II.
The maximum value is defined by the parameter SDI-Max.
DZI DZ: The car is within the doorzone.

dz: The car is outside the doorzone
Battery Battery is charging. Rescue is possible.

Battery is fully charged. Rescue is possible.
Battery fault. Rescue is not possible. Check Battery and BCB.
Service Service notification for Gateway is ON

(blanc) Service notification for Gateway is OFF
Trapped The Trapped Passenger Alarm (TPA) button was pushed.

Passenger (blanc) No TPA active.
Alarm
PI EG: The display of the Car Position Indicator is shown in inverted style.
00: If the Position Indicator Setup is not valid, a floor counter is displayed in
non-inverted style.
Signals DW: Logically active inputs are displayed in uppercase inverted style.
es: Inactive inputs are displayed in lowercase normal style.
Menu The name of the shown menu is displayed in the first line in uppercase.
The selected menu function is highlighted in inverted style. Push the softkey OK to activate
this menu function.
Softkey In the bottom area, up to three softkeys can be shown. The name and functionality of these
softkeys are context sensitive and depend on the selected function.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
6 Buttons
Button Name Description
CCTL Car Call to Top Landing This button enters a car call to the top floor. Only availa-
ble in normal operation.
CCBL Car Call to Bottom Landing This button enters a car call to the bottom floor. Only
available in normal operation.
CCTL+CCBL Start a Correction Run If the buttons CCTL+CCBL are pushed for longer than 1
(> 1 sec) second, the system will perform a correction run. Outside
1LS/2LS, the direction of the COR can be defined by the
order in which CCTL/CCBL is pressed.
CHCS Cancel Hall Call Switch This button disables the hall calls. If activated, the car
parks with opened doors (except if DDO is activated).
If active, the status display shows “CHC”.
If inactive, the status display shows “chc”.
DDO Disable Door Operation This button disables door operation.

If active, the status display shows “DDO”.
If inactive, the status display shows “ddo”.
Up Within the menu, this button moves the menu selection up

by one row.
Down Within the menu, this button moves the menu selection
down by one row.
END End Only applicable for GCS222MRL, not for GCS222LVA:
When this button is pushed, the menu function is left and
the main menu is displayed.
When this button is pushed for longer than 2 seconds, a
new initialization of the SP is performed.
(softkeys) Context sensitive The meaning of the three softkeys depends on the cur-
rently active menu function and is shown in the lowest line
of the display just above the corresponding button.
BRB1 Brake Release Button When this button is pushed, the RESCUE function is acti-
vated.
7 Keylock
If the SP is not used for 45 minutes, the keypad except button BRB1 is locked so that the
SP is protected from unauthorized use.
This state is indicated by the symbol on the display.
To unlock the keypad, the softkeys 1 + 3 must be simultaneously pushed for 2 seconds.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
8 Main Menu
In the main menu, the following softkeys are provided:
Clear__ Clears the menu
Service Notifies REM/Gateway that the system is currently being serviced. An appro-
priate message “Service is ON” or “Service is OFF” appears on the screen
for 2 seconds and the SERVICE symbol is set to the requested state.
Note: This softkey is only visible of the REM/Gateway supports this function-
ality.
Lock_ Press this button for longer than 0.5 seconds to lock the Service Panel but-
tons (except BRB1 for Rescue) so that unauthorized persons have no access
to the system. When locked, the keylock symbol appears on the screen.
If no button is pushed for 30 minutes, the menu is automatically cleared and a blanc
screen is shown.
For GCS222LVA “Switch”:
Instead of a blanc screen, the voltage of the 48V battery is displayed.
Since GAA30782GAB the menu resumes at the last selected submenu or menu function
at startup. If a new software version or an error while restoring the menu is detected, a
blank screen is shown.
Before that the service panel always shows a blank screen at startup.
9 Menu Structure
MAIN
Trapped Passenger
Construction
Check Battery
Check CAN
Check Safety
Learn Direction (modified since GAA30782GAB)
Test Brake
Test RTD/RRD
Test Car Safeties (renamed since GAA30782GAB)
Test CWT Safeties (renamed since GAA30782GAB)
Startup
Check 6LS
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Check Inputs
Door Learn
Drive & LWD Learn
Full INS Speed
Door Check (DCS)
Enable ADO/RLV
Enable Features
RSL Selftest
Handover
Traction
Overspeed Up (since GAA30782GAB)
Overtraction
CWT Buffer Test (since GAA30782GAB)
Governor
CWT Safeties (since GAA30782GAB)
CWT slack belt (since GAA30782GAB)
Leveling (Load)
Car Balance
Car Speed
Car Buffer Test (renamed and modified since GAA30782GAB)
Low Pit Prop Test (since GAA30782GAB)
One Shoe Brake
Test UCM Down
Overload Traction
Overload Safeties (modified since GAA30782GAB)
Leveling (Unload)
Test UCM Up
Test ADO
Test RLV
Test ARO
Test Drive Safety (Ultra Drive only)
Test LVD Safety (LV Drive only)
Test Overvolt (LVA only)
FloorLevelAdjust
ClearEventLogs
Tools
Safety Wiring
Test UDLS Down
Drive & LWD Learn
Test UDLS Up
Load Check (since GAA30782GAB)
Enter Call (since GAA30782GAB)
Version Info (since GAA30780EAL)
Rescue
Service
UCM Reset
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Governor Reset
Governor Trip
Test Overvolt (since GAA30782GAB)
Config
Contrast
Use the and buttons to navigate through the menu. The selected function or sub-
menu is highlighted (i.e. inverted). Use the softkey OK to call the highlighted function or
submenu.
The softkey Back can be used to jump back to the previous menu.
Only for GCS222MRL, not for GCS222LVA:

With the button END, all functions or submenus are left and the main menu is displayed.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10 Menu Functions
10.1 Main – Trapped Passenger
Since GAA30780EAH:
This menu only appears if the system is blocked with a Trapped Passenger, detected via
the Alarm button. When it appears, it blinks. In addition to the blinking menu choice, a
Trapped Passenger Alarm symbol blinks in the Status Display.
When the menu choice is selected, the user is asked if the Trapped Passenger is re-
leased. If the trapped passenger is truly released, the user can hit the soft key “Yes”.
10.2 Construction – Check Battery

This function automatically checks the status of the battery.
Start Condition: - Rescue Battery must not be in use (i.e. controller must be switched on)
User interaction: - None
Since GAA30780EAH:
The softkey Info can be used to display battery detail information like status, voltage and
charging current.
Since GAA30780EAJ:
If two rescue batteries are included in the system (e.g. LVA Extended), the status of both
batteries are displayed. The softkeys Info and Next can be used to display the battery de-
tail information for each battery.
Since GAA30782GAB:
An information about the status of the temperature sensor of the battery is added to the
status screen.
If a drive battery is present, its status is also displayed.
10.3 Construction – Check CAN

This function automatically checks whether the GECB detects all required CAN compo-
nents on the CAN bus.
Start Condition: - All CAN components must be installed
The status of each expected component is displayed:
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Display Description
(name): √ The component is detected on the CAN bus
(name): - The component is not detected on the CAN bus. Check the wiring!
10.4 Construction – Check Safety

This function checks the state of safety chain inputs.
Start Condition: - Controller must be switched to ERO
User interaction: - Activate and Deactivate TES
For GCS222MRL:
• First, the following inputs are checked:
110VAC /es DW DFC /ERO uib dib
high high high high low low low
• After TES is pushed, the following inputs are checked:

110VAC /ES dw dfc /ERO uib dib
high low low low low low low
• After TES is released, the following inputs are checked:

For GCS222LVA:
48VDC /es DW DFC /ERO sc
high high high high low low
• After TES is pushed, the following inputs are checked:

48VDC /ES dw dfc /ERO sc
high low low low low low
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
• After TES is released, the following inputs are checked:

48VDC /es DW DFC /ERO sc
The inputs are displayed according to the following rules:

Display Description
“√” The input has the expected state

“-“ The input has the wrong state
“/” Indicates a low-active input
SIGNAL The input is logically active. The input is high.

signal The input is logically inactive. The input is low.
/SIGNAL The input is logically active. The input is low.
/signal The input is logically inactive. The input is high.
10.5 Construction – Learn Direction

This function was modified since GAA30782GAB and was done differently before.
With this function, the drive learns the direction of the encoder and motor and adjusts in-
ternal parameters. This is done by lifting the brake and measuring the torque of the motor
while the weight of the car/counterweight pulls the system up or down. During this process,
the car will move by a few millimeters.
For this sequence, the weight of the car and the counterweight must differ by at least
100kg. During construction, usually a platform is installed which is heavier than the empty
counterweight frame. After construction, usually the empty car is lighter than the filled
counterweight.
In this test, the direction is learned and the user is instructed to perform an ERO run in up
or down direction. The user is then asked whether the car moved in the correct direction. If
it did not, another direction learn is performed. When the user confirms that the car moved
in the correct direction, the direction learn is successfully completed.
Start Condition: - car and counterweight must differ by at least 100kg

- controller switched to ERO
User interaction: - Push UIB for at least 5 seconds
- Push UIB/DIB to perform ERO run
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.6 Construction – Test Brake (MRO)

This functions checks whether the brake can be lifted manually.
Start Condition: - requires BCB and battery

User interaction: - switch off the controller (OCB off)
- turn BRB2 keyswitch, push BRB1 button
The test is successful if the GECB detects that the brake is lifted and the encoder indicates
movement of the car.
10.7 Construction – Test RTD/RRD

This functions checks the Remote Tripping and Remote Resetting Devices.
User interaction: - confirm correct function of governor coils.
The outputs 1RRD, 1RTD and 3RTD are intermittently activated. The user is instructed to
confirm that he can hear the devices clicking.
Note that 1RRD and 1RTD are mandatory tests while the user can choose to skip 3RTD
because the feature CSW2 is optional. If the CSW2 (3RTD) test is skipped, the menu func-
tion “Construction - Safeties Up” will be marked by “x” to indicate that this test is not nec-
essary.
10.8 Construction – Test Car Safeties

This function tests the car safeties in down direction.
Start Condition: - Car must be empty
- Controller must be switched to ERO
User interaction: - push UIB/DIB
- trip the car safeties
- reset SOS switch
- check safeties and system according FIM
The user is guided through the following sequence:

• Confirm that the car is empty
• Switch to ERO
• Push DIB
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
• During run, push softkey to trip the car safeties (1RTD is activated for 1 second)
• The software verifies that ES is interrupted
• Push softkey to reset the OS switch at the governor (1RRD is activated for 1 sec-
ond)
• The software verifies that ES is still interrupted
• Manually check the safeties according FIM
• Manually reset the SOS switch at the safeties according FIM
• The software verifies that ES input is high
• Push UIB to pull the car out of the safeties
• Verify that the system is properly functioning according FIM
10.9 Construction – Test CWT Safeties

This function tests the car safeties in up direction. If the 3RTD test has been skipped in the
function “Construction – Test RTD/RRD”, this function is already marked by “x” indicating
that this test is not necessary.
Start Condition: - Car must be empty
- Controller must be switched to ERO
User interaction: - push UIB/DIB
- trip the counterweight safeties
- reset SOS switch
- check safeties and system according FIM
The user is guided through the following sequence:

• If the unit has no safeties in up direction, the user can decide to skip this test. If “No”
is selected, the menu function will be marked by “x”
• Confirm that the car is empty
• Switch to ERO
• Push UIB
• During run, push softkey to trip the car safeties (3RTD is activated for 1 second)
• The software verifies that ES is interrupted
• Push softkey to reset the OS switch at the governor (1RRD is activated for 1 sec-
ond)
• The software verifies that ES is still interrupted
• Manually check the safeties according FIM
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
• Manually reset the SOS switch at the safeties according FIM

• The software verifies that ES input is high
• Push DIB to pull the car out of the safeties
• Verify that the system is properly functioning according FIM
10.10 Startup – Check 6LS

This function reminds the user to manually check the 6LS limit switch according to the In-
stallation Manual.
Start Condition: - None
User interaction: - perform 6LS check according to the Installation Manual
10.11 Startup – Check Inputs

This function checks the state of basic inputs.
- BCB_II must be connected
User interaction: - Open and close the a landing door
For GCS222MRL:
• After the landing door is opened, the following inputs are checked:
110VAC /es dw dfc /ERO uib dib
high high low low low low low
• After the landing door is closed, the following inputs are checked:
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
• After that, the communication to the BCB is verified and the following inputs are
checked:
2TH 2SE
high high
For GCS222LVA:
48VDC /es DW DFC /ERO sco
• After the landing door is opened, the following inputs are checked:
48VDC /es dw dfc /ERO sco
high high low low low low
• After the landing door is closed, the following inputs are checked:
48VDC /es DW DFC /ERO sco
• After that, the following input is checked:

2SE
high
The inputs are displayed according to the following rules:

Display Description
“√” The input has the expected state
“-“ The input has the wrong state
“/” Indicates a low-active input

SIGNAL The input is logically active. The input is high.
signal The input is logically inactive. The input is low.
/SIGNAL The input is logically active. The input is low.

/signal The input is logically inactive. The input is high.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.12 Startup – Door Learn

Because automatic activation of the Door Learn Run is not yet possible, a graphic is
shown to follow the Installation Manual.
User interaction: - perform Door Learn Run according to the Installation Manual
10.13 Startup – Drive & LWD Learn

This function performs the Drive Learn Run including Calibration of the Hitch Load Weigh-
ing Device.
Start Condition: - DDO on, CHCS on
- controller switched to NOR (i.e. ERO off)
User interaction: - Confirm each step
- Verify the DZ/UDLS distance
- switch to ERO and NOR. Push UIB/DIB
The user is instructed to confirm each step.

Test UDLS Down:
• First, the car slowly moves down into UDLS so that the drive learns the lowest limit
of the hoistway. As soon as ES is interrupted, the distance between DZ and UDLS
is shown on the display (note 1).
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
• Then, the user is instructed to switch to ERO and move the car upwards. The drive
will automatically stop at the bottom doorzone.
If the UDLS is located within the doorzone, the car passes DZ. When DZ is left, the
car is automatically stopped and an instruction is shown to move the car back into
DZ.
Drive Learn Run
• When the user switches back to NORMAL, the drive performs a Learn Run until the
car reaches the top floor.
Test UDLS Up:
• After that, the car slowly moves up into UDLS so that the drive learns the position of
the upper limit switch. As soon as ES is interrupted, the distance between DZ and
UDLS is shown on the display (note 1).
• Then, the user is instructed to switch to ERO and move the car downwards. The
drive will automatically stop at the top doorzone.
DZ.
• After switching back to NORMAL, the Drive Learn Sequence is completed.
Note 1
For the DZ-UDLS distance, three values are displayed:
a
b
c
DZ UDLS
“a / b / c mm“
Note: If the value “c” is displayed as “---“, the UDLS is located within the doorzone:
a
b
DZ
UDLS
“a / b / --- mm“
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.14 Startup – Full INS Speed

This function requires that all functions of the previous CONSTRUCTION menu have been
completed successfully.
Start Condition: - All Construction functions must be completed successfully
User interaction: - Confirm to increase the Inspection Speed.
By default, the INS speed of the drive is preconfigured to 0.2 m/s. When this function is
executed, the INS speed is set to 0.3 m/s.
10.15 Startup – Door Check (DCS)

This function starts the Door Check Sequence.
Start Condition: - Drive Learn Run must be completed
- DDO off
- controller switched to NOR (i.e. TCI off, ERO off)
- Parameter EN-FPD=0
User interaction: - confirm to start DCS
If the car is not at bottom landing, the car is slowly moved to the lowest doorzone. If nec-
essary, the car first moves up out of 1LS and then down into bottom landing. After that, the
car is moved from floor to floor and opens every door. During each door cycle, the DW
input is checked.
10.16 Startup – Enable ADO/RLV

When the system is delivered from the factory, the parameters EN-ADO and EN-RLV are
programmed as required by the customer, but the functions are disabled by a separate
internal flag in the E2Prom.
With this function, these features are enabled by clearing the internal flag. Also, the flags
can be set so that the features can also be deactivated later on.
User interaction: - confirm to activate or deactivate ADO
- confirm to activate or deactivate RLV
Note that ADO/RLV cannot be activated if the according parameters EN-ADO, EN-RLV do
not allow this.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.17 Startup – Enable Features

When the system is delivered from the factory, some Advanced Features are programmed
as required by the customer, but these features are disabled by a separate internal flag in
the E2Prom.
With this function, these functions are enabled by clearing the internal flag. Once the fea-
tures have been enabled, they cannot be disabled again by the Service Panel. This pro-
tects against unintentional deactivation of security features.
User interaction: - confirm to activate EFO
(only if EFO is enabled by parameter EFO-POS)
- confirm to activate EPO
(only if EPO is enabled by parameter EPO-TYP)
- confirm to activate CLR
(only if CLR is enabled by I/O 1000)
- confirm to activate HBP
(only if HBP is enabled by parameter HBP-POS)
Note that a confirmation is only required if the related feature is programmed as indicated
above.
At the end of this function, a summary of the features is shown:
Display Description
“√” The feature is programmed and has been enabled by SP
“-“ The feature is programmed and has not yet been enabled by SP
“x” The feature is not programmed
10.18 Startup – RSL Selftest

This function performs the RSL and optionally the RvC (RSL via CAN from the CARIO
board) selftest. This test verifies whether the I/O setup is correct.
User interaction:
- use the and buttons to scroll through the list of messages
Display Description
04 E2P √ The RS address 04 is configured in the E2prom,
RSL – but the RSL Remote Station does not respond…
or RvC - or the RvC Remote Station does not respond.
10 E2P - The RS address 10 is not configured in the E2prom,
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
RSL √ but the RSL Remote Station does respond…

or RvC √ or the RvC Remote Station does respond.
21 E2P √ The RS address 21 is configured in the E2prom,
RSL √ and the RSL Remote Station does respond…
or RvC √ or the RvC Remote Station does respond.
This screen can only be displayed in case of Parity errors.
22 E2P - The RS address 22 is not configured in the E2prom,
RSL – and the RSL Remote Station does not respond…
or RvC - or the RvC Remote Station does not respond.
This screen can only be displayed in case of Parity errors. In this case, the parity errors
are caused by noise at the RSL.
Display Description
Parity 123 This is the number of parity errors since last power on. A parity error occurs if two Re-
mote Stations with the same address are connected to the RSL or RvC, each providing
different input states.
First all of the RSL results are shown. Then all of the RvC results are shown, then a
summary screen is shown to indicate RSL and RvC “Success” or “Failed”.
10.19 Handover – Traction

This function reminds the user to manually test the traction according to the Installation
Manual.
User interaction: - perform Traction Test according to the Installation Manual
10.20 Handover – Overspeed Up

This function is available since GAA30782GAB.
It reminds the user to manually test the Overspeed UP according to the Installation Manu-
al.
Start Condition: - car loaded with 0% of duty load
- DDO on, CHCS on, NOR on
User interaction: - verify ascending car overspeed according to the Installation Manual
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.21 Handover – Overtraction

This function reminds the user to manually test the overtraction according to the Installa-
tion Manual.
User interaction: - perform Overtraction Test according to the Installation Manual
10.22 Handover – CWT Buffer Test

It is used to test the buffer compression in up direction. For oil buffer types, the counter-
weight will run on the buffer with full speed!
IMPORTANT:
Only perform high speed test for oil buffers, otherwise select PU-Buffer test!

- DDO on, CHCS on, ERO off
User interaction: - perform Buffer Compression Test according to the Installation Manual
In the beginning the user is asked whether the test should be performed or skipped.
The user can push the buttons the and to move the car up or down by one floor so
that the car is sent to the desired floor.
Optionally, the user can decide to check the load of the car. In this case, the requested
and actual load is displayed.
If an Oil Buffer is installed, the user is asked to confirm the buffer test speed, and to con-
firm that he wants to run with that speed onto the Oil Buffer.
After the user confirms that he wants to run onto the Oil Buffer, the buzzer will sound for 1
second to stress the importance of the confirmation.
After that, the user is instructed to follow the Installation Manual.
If a PU-Buffer is installed, the user selects the according test and is instructed to follow the
Installation Manual.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.23 Handover – Governor

This function reminds the user to manually test the governor according to the Installation
Manual.
User interaction: - perform governor test according to the Installation Manual
10.24 Handover – CWT Safeties

It assists the user to test the safeties according to the Installation Manual.
The governor will be tripped when the car passes a doorzone. This allows to load the car if
the motor has not enough power to pull the counterweight out of the safeties.
User interaction: - perform counterweight safeties test according to the Installation Manual
- use buttons and to select a floor and a distance from the floor
where the counterweight shall be tripped.
In the beginning the user is asked whether the test should be performed or skipped.
Now, CCTL/CCBL can be used to move the car.
Then the user is asked to define the floor where the car shall be tripped. The proposed
default floor is TOP-1. The desired floor can be changed with the buttons and .
In the next step the user is asked to define distance-to-floor where the counterweight shall
be tripped (car below floor). The proposed default depends on the configuration of the sys-
tem. The desired distance can be changed with the buttons and .
The user is asked to confirm that the test shall be performed and a car call to the highest
floor is automatically generated. When the car passes the selected position in up direction,
the governor is automatically tripped by activating RTD.
After that, the user is instructed to confirm that everything was correct, and is given the
option to move the car down on ERO.
10.25 Handover – CWT slack belt

GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
It reminds the user to manually perform the counterweight slack belt test according to the
User interaction: - perform counterweight slack belt test according to the Installation Manual
10.26 Handover – Leveling (Load)

This function reminds the user to manually test the leveling accuracy according to the In-
stallation Manual.
User interaction: - perform Leveling Accuracy Test according to the Installation Manual
10.27 Handover – Car Balance

With this function, the weight of the counterweight can be checked so that the system is
correctly balanced.
Start Condition: - car loaded with balance load (as requested on the display, typically 47%)
User interaction: - load the car

- judge the displayed motor current values
After that, the user confirms to start the automatic verification procedure: While the car is
moved up and down at the center of the hoistway, the measured motor current values are
displayed on the screen.
The user decides whether these values are acceptable and confirms with the softkeys
“Yes” or “No”.
10.28 Handover – Car Speed

This test provides the evidence of rated speed.
Start Condition: - car loaded with 50%
User interaction: - load the car
- Use CCTL/CCBL to move the car
- judge the displayed speed
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
After that, the user is instructed to use CCBL/CCTL to move the car up and down. During
each run, the car speed is displayed on the screen.
The user decides whether these values are acceptable and confirms with the softkeys
“Yes” or “No”.
10.29 Handover – Car Buffer Test

This function was renamed and modified since GAA30782GAB and was done differently
before.
It is used to test the buffer compression in down direction. For oil buffer types, the car will
run on the buffer with full speed!
IMPORTANT:
Only perform high speed test for oil buffers, otherwise select PU-Buffer test!
Start Condition: - car loaded with full load (100%)

User interaction: - perform Buffer Compression Test according to the Installation Manual
If an Oil Buffer is installed, the user is asked to confirm the buffer test speed, and to con-
firm that he wants to run with that speed onto the Oil Buffer.
After the user confirms that he wants to run onto the Oil Buffer, the buzzer will sound for 1
second to stress the importance of the confirmation.
After that, the user is instructed to follow the Installation Manual.
If a PU-Buffer is installed, the user selects the according test and is instructed to follow the
10.30 Handover – Low Pit Prop Test

It is used to test the prop of a low pit configuration. The car will run on the prop with full
speed!
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB

User interaction: - perform Low Pit Prop Test according to the Installation Manual
The Low Pit inputs are checked to make sure they have the proper states. Then the user
is asked to confirm that the Prop is in the middle position to hold the car. Then the user is
asked to confirm the buffer test speed, and to confirm that he wants to run with that speed
onto the Prop.
10.31 Handover – One Shoe Brake

With this function, the One Shoe Brake Test can be performed.
User interaction: - perform One Shoe Brake test according to the Installation Manual
The user is reminded to perform this test for both brake shoes.
Upon confirmation, the drive will ignore any brake monitoring errors and will move the car
even if one brake shoe is blocked. During the test, the BS1 and BS2 states are displayed
on the screen.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.32 Handover – Test UCM Down

This function allows to demonstrate and verify the protection against Unintended Car Mo-
tion according EN81-1 A3.
This test is only possible if both following parameters are set:
GECB: SYSTEM “UCM-TYP”=3
DRIVE: CONTRACT “UCM-EN ON/OFF”=1
Also, the door bypass must be activated by at least one of the following parameters:
GECB: DRIVE “EN-ADO”=1
DRIVE “EN-ABL”=1
POS.REF “EN-RLV”=1

User interaction: - select floor where to test UCM
- remove test plug
- verify car position according to the Installation Manual
- insert test plug
- perform ERO run to clear the UCM blockage
Optionally, the user can decide to check the load of the car. In this case, the requested as
well as the actual load is displayed on the screen.
The test is performed in the following sequence:
1) User selects floor where to perform the test. For the test in DOWN direction, the bottom
floor cannot be selected.
2) If necessary, the car runs to the selected floor.
3) The user is instructed to remove the test plug which is labeled as “EN81 UCM Test”.
4) As soon as the test plug has been removed, HAD is disabled. On the screen, a 10-
second-countdown is shown together with a beeping sound. Within this timeout, the
user must push the softkey “START”. Otherwise, the menu function is aborted.
5) After START has been pushed, the door bypass is activated and the Drive performs a
special run to simulate free fall downwards.
6) When the car leaves the doorzone, the door bypass drops and the safety chain opens.
7) The user is instructed to measure the car position according to the Installation Manual.
8) After confirming the result, the user is instructed to insert the test plug again.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
9) To clear the UCM blockage, the user is instructed to switch to ERO and perform an
ERO run into the opposite direction of the previous test run. The car automatically
stops at the doorzone and the user is instructed to switch to NOR.
While in this menu, DDO and CHCS are continously checked. If either function is deac-
tivated, further execution of the menu is not possible.
Also, HAD is temporarily disabled after the test plug has been removed. That means that
the system will detect HAD if the menu is left before the plug is inserted again.
10.33 Handover – Overload Traction

This function reminds the user to manually test the traction with overload condition accord-
ing to the Installation Manual.
Start Condition: - car loaded with overload (125%)
User interaction: - perform overload traction test according to the Installation Manual
While in this menu, the overload status OLD is ignored and CCTL/CCBL can be used to
move the car.
10.34 Handover – Overload Safeties

This function was modified since GAA30782GAB and was done differently before.
This function assists the user to test the safeties with overload condition according to the
The governor will be tripped when the car passes a doorzone. This allows to unload the
car if the motor has not enough power to pull the overloaded car out of the safeties.
Start Condition: - car loaded with overload (125%)
User interaction: - perform overload safeties test according to the Installation Manual
- use buttons and to select a floor and a distance from the floor
where the car shall be tripped.
Now, the overload status OLD is ignored and CCTL/CCBL can be used to move the car.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Then the user is asked to define the floor where the car shall be tripped. The proposed
default floor is BOTTOM+1. The desired floor can be changed with the buttons and .
In the next step the user is asked to define distance-to-floor where the car shall be tripped
(car above floor). The proposed default depends on the configuration of the system. The
desired distance can be changed with the buttons and .
The user is asked to confirm that the test shall be performed and a car call to the bottom
floor is automatically generated. When the car passes the selected position in down direc-
tion, the governor is automatically tripped by activating RTD.
After that, the user is instructed to confirm that everything was correct, and is given the
option to move the car up on ERO.
10.35 Handover – Leveling (Unload)

This function reminds the user to manually test the leveling accuracy according to the In-
stallation Manual.
User interaction: - perform Leveling Accuracy Test according to the Installation Manual
10.36 Handover – Test UCM Up

This function allows to demonstrate and verify the protection against Unintended Car Mo-
tion according EN81-1 A3.
This test is only possible if both following parameters are set:
GECB: SYSTEM “UCM-TYP”=3
DRIVE: CONTRACT “UCM-EN ON/OFF”=1
Also, the door bypass must be activated by at least one of the following parameters:
GECB: DRIVE “EN-ADO”=1
DRIVE “EN-ABL”=1
POS.REF “EN-RLV”=1
Start Condition: - car empty (0% load)

User interaction: - select floor where to test UCM
- remove test plug
- verify car position according to the Installation Manual
- insert test plug
- perform ERO run to clear the UCM blockage
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Optionally, the user can decide to check the load of the car. In this case, the requested as
well as the actual load is displayed on the screen.
The test is performed in the following sequence:
1) User selects floor where to perform the test. For the test in UP direction, the top floor
cannot be selected.
2) If necessary, the car runs to the selected floor.
3) The user is instructed to remove the test plug which is labeled as “EN81 UCM Test”.
4) As soon as the test plug has been removed, HAD is disabled. On the screen, a 10-
second-countdown is shown together with a beeping sound. Within this timeout, the
user must push the softkey “START”. Otherwise, the menu function is aborted.
5) After START has been pushed, the door bypass is activated and the Drive performs a
special run to simulate free fall upwards.
6) When the car leaves the doorzone, the door bypass drops and the safety chain opens.
7) The user is instructed to measure the car position according to the Installation Manual.
8) After confirming the result, the user is instructed to insert the test plug again.
9) To clear the UCM blockage, the user is instructed to switch to ERO and perform an
ERO run into the opposite direction of the previous test run. The car automatically
stops at the doorzone and the user is instructed to switch to NOR.
While in this menu, DDO and CHCS are continously checked. If either function is deac-
tivated, further execution of the menu is not possible.
Also, HAD is temporarily disabled after the test plug has been removed. That means that
the system will detect HAD if the menu is left before the plug is inserted again.
10.37 Handover – Test ADO

This function shows the speed of the car when the doorzone is entered and the door be-
gins to open for Advanced Door Opening.
Start Condition: - menu STARTUP – Enable ADO must have been performed
- parameter EN-ADO=1 must be set
- DDO off
- ERO off
User interaction:
- press CCTL/CCBL/ and to move the car
By pressing CCTL/CCBL, the car moves to the end of the hoistway. By pressing the
and buttons, the car moves by one floor into the requested direction.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
When the car decelerates and reaches the doorzone, the ADO-speed (i.e. the speed while
entering the doorzone with opening doors) is displayed. Also, the previous maximum
speed of that run is displayed so that the user can check whether the contract speed was
reached.
The test is successful if the ADO-speed is below 0.8 m/s.
10.38 Handover – Test RLV

This function shows the Releveling speed of the car.
Start Condition: - menu STARTUP – Enable RLV must have been performed
- parameter EN-RLV=1 must be set
- DDO off
- CHCS on
- ERO off
User interaction:
- press CCTL/CCBL/ and to move the car
By pressing CCTL/CCBL, the car moves to the end of the hoistway. By pressing the
and buttons, the car moves by one floor into the requested direction.
During these runs, ADO is disabled. After each run, the car will be off-level by 40mm so
that a Relevel Run will be performed as soon as the door begins to open. For
GCS222LVA, the Relevel Run is started when the door has fully opened. After the relevel-
ing, the maximum RLV-speed of that run is displayed.
The test is successful if the RLV-speed is below 0.3 m/s.
10.39 Handover – Test ARO

This function tests the Automatic Rescue Operation.
Start Condition: - OCB on
- TCI off
- ERO on
- RPS on
- battery must be working
User interaction: - confirm that the car is empty
- Push UIB/DIB
- switch to NOR
- turn off OCB, turn OCB back on
The car will move to a doorzone and open the doors. After that, the user is instructed to
confirm that everything was correct.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Since GAA30782GAB:
Depending on the configuration of the system, the user is instructed to perform an ERO
run in up or down direction to move the car out of the door zone before ARO is executed.
10.40 Handover – Test Drive Safety (Ultra Drive only)

This function performs 4 Drive Safety Tests on the Ultra Drive.
- TCI off
- ERO on
- RPS on
The user is led through 4 tests sequentially:

- Tst SW Contact
- Tst PWM Exists
- Tst SaftyChain
- Tst BR Relay
For each test, the user is instructed to press UIB or DIB and is notified if the test passed
or failed.
10.41 Handover – Test LVD Safety (LV Drive only)

Since GAA30780EAJ.
This function performs 6 Drive Safety Tests on the LV Drive.
- TCI off
- ERO on
- RPS on
The user is led through 6 tests sequentially:

- Tst BR Picked
- Tst S1 Picked
- Tst S2 Picked
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
- Tst BR Dropped
- Tst S1 Dropped
- Tst S2 Dropped
For each test, the user is instructed to press UIB or DIB and is notified if the test passed or
failed.
10.42 Handover – Test Overvolt

Since GAA30780EAH and only available for GCS222LVA.
This function checks the internal overvoltage detection of the LVPB.
Start Condition: - OCB must be on
This function checks two independent channels to monitor the voltage of the switch mode
power supply:
The LVPB will switch into battery mode and back to normal power supply. During this test,
ARO will not be performed.
10.43 Handover – Floor Level Adjust

With this function, leveling accuracy can be adjusted for all floors simultaneously. A
Drive+LWD learn run before the test is performed is optional.
Start Condition: - Car must be stopped
User interaction: - select whether Drive+LWD learn run shall be performed or skipped
- confirm that car is at bottom before starting Drive+LWD learn run
- use the and buttons to adjust the floor level
- use CCTL/CCBL to move the car
- confirm that the stopping accuracy is < ±10 mm for all floors
First, the actual adjustment value is displayed, whereas sill level is considered as “0 mm”.
The buttons and are used to change the value as required.
When the required value is displayed, push the softkey Done to transmit the value to the
GDCB. The new value is effective with the next run.
The next time this function is executed, the previously selected value is displayed as de-
fault.
Since GAA30782GAB:
An optional Drive learn run including Calibration of the Hitch Load Weighing Device prior to
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
the floor level adjustment was added. If the learn run is selected, the user is asked to con-
firm that the car is at the bottom position.
Note:
This function adjusts the GDCB parameter VaneBias. The following table shows the rela-
tion between the Service Panel display and the parameter. These values depend on the
drive software version and might change in the future.
GDCB AAA30924CAF:
Service Panel VaneBias Remark
+3 mm 13 Maximum
0 mm 10 Sill Level
-3 mm 7 Minimum
At the end of this function the user is requested to confirm that the stopping accuracy is
< ±10 mm for all floors according to the Installation Manual.
10.44 Handover – Clear Event Logs

This function is used to clear the event logs of all subsystems after all Handover tests have
been performed.
Start Condition: - none
User interaction: - confirm to clear the event log
Note that the menu result of this function is cleared whenever any other HANDOVER pro-
cedure is performed. This reminds the user to clear the event log again.
10.45 Tools – Safety Wiring

This function allows to verify proper wiring of the safety chain.
Start Condition: - controller switched to NOR
User interaction: - open the landing door
- push TES
- close and open the landing door
- release TES
- close the landing door
- open the landing door at bottom landing
- push PES
- close and open the landing door
- release PES
- close the landing door
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
If a fault is detected (i.e. UIB and DIB are high though the door is opened), all safety chain
inputs are shown on the screen. Wrong inputs are indicated by a blinking symbol.
10.46 Tools – Test UDLS Down

This function is already included in Startup-DriveLearn but can also be performed sepa-
rately if required.
Start Condition: - DDO, CHCS on
- controller switched to NOR

• The car slowly moves down into UDLS so that the drive learns the lowest limit of the
hoistway. As soon as ES is interrupted, the distance between DZ and UDLS is
shown on the display.
• Then, the user is instructed to switch to ERO and move the car upwards. The drive
will automatically stop at the bottom doorzone.
DZ.
For a description of the displayed distance values, please refer to the chapter 10.13
”Startup – Drive & LWD Learn”
10.47 Tools – Drive & LWD Learn

rately (i.e. without UDLS test) if required.
Start Condition: - DDO on, CHCS on
If the position is bottom landing:

The user confirms that the car is at bottom landing
If the car is outside 1LS:
The car slowly moves down until lowest landing is reached.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
If the car is within 1LS, but outside DZ or with unkown position:

After confirmation, the car moves up out of 1LS and then turns around and moves
down until lowest landing is reached.
After confirmation, that the car is at the lowest landing, the drive performs the learn run.
10.48 Tools – Test UDLS Up

rately if required.
Start Condition: - DDO, CHCS on
- controller switched to NOR

• The car slowly moves up into UDLS so that the drive learns the position of the up-
per limit switch. As soon as ES is interrupted, the distance between DZ and UDLS
is shown on the display.
• Then, the user is instructed to switch to ERO and move the car downwards. The
drive will automatically stop at the top doorzone.
DZ.
For a description of the displayed distance values, please refer to the chapter chapter
10.13 ”Startup – Drive & LWD Learn”.
10.49 Tools – Load Check

It is already included in other functions but can also be performed separately if required.
Start Condition: - none
User interaction: - none
When this function is selected, the current load in the car is displayed.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.50 Tools – Enter Call

It is already included in Handover - Test UCM but can also be performed separately if re-
quired.
Start Condition: - controller switched to NOR
User interaction: - Select target floor
The user is instructed to enter the target floor. When the user confirms his selection, the
call is accepted and the car moves to the selected floor.
Then the user can enter more calls or quit the function.
10.51 Tools – Version Info

Available since GAA30780EAL.
This function displays the software configuration number (SCN) of all installed compo-
nents, e.g. GECB, Drive, TOCB, etc.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.52 Rescue
During this function, all other buttons than BRB1 are automatically disabled to avoid unin-
tended and unauthorized access to the menus. This is indicated by the keylock symbol .
The keypad can be unlocked by simultanously pushing softkey1 + softkey3 for longer than
2 seconds.
If the elevator is in normal operation while this function is active (detected by 5 normal
runs), the function is automatically exited.
10.52.1 ARO
This function is called when the power supply fails and the system performs ARO (Auto-
matic Rescue Operation).
Start Condition: - ARO is being performed
Because ARO is an automatic function, no user interaction is required.

While running, the display shows the state of the brake. After arriving at a floor, the door-
states are displayed.
If ARO fails, an instruction is shown to call the Service Personnel.
10.52.2 MRO
This function is called when the SP button BRB1 is pushed.
Start Condition: - BRB1 was pushed
User interaction: - switch controller off
- turn keyswitch BRB2 and push button BRB1
- manually open the doors
The user is guided through the Rescue Process:

• First, an instruction is shown to switch off the controller (OCB off!)
• After that, an instruction is shown to turn the keyswitch BRB2 and push the button
BRB1.
• While the system is performing MRO, the brake state is displayed.
• When the car has reached a doorzone, an instruction is shown to manually open
the door
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
10.53 Service – UCM Reset

This function guides the user through the steps to clear the UCM blockage.
User interaction: - perform ERO run
The user is instructed to switch to ERO and perform an ERO run. Within 2LS, the user is
instructed to push DIB, otherwise to push UIB.
As soon as the car has started to run, the blockage is automatically cleared. After that, the
user is instructed to switch to NOR again.
10.54 Service – Governor Reset

This function activates the RRD device to reset the governor. For this function the BCB
must be present.
User interaction: - confirm to activate 1RRD
After activation of the 1RRD output (which is located on the BCB), the ES input is checked.
If this input is still low, “FAILED” is displayed. If it is high, “SUCCESS” is displayed.
10.55 Service – Governor Trip

This function activates the overspeed governor for the car and/or counterweight.
Start Condition: - Normal Runs must be possible
User interaction: - confirm to activate the tripping coil
If the car is stopped, an instruction is shown to use CCTL/CCBL/ERO to run the car.
When the car begins to run, the measured car speed is displayed. As soon as the car has
reached nominal speed, the user is asked to activate either 1RTD or 3RTD, depending on
the moving direction.
After tripping, the ES input is checked. If it is still high, “FAILED” is displayed. If it is low,
“SUCCESS” is displayed.
10.56 Service – Test Overvolt

This function is available since GAA30782GAB and only available for GCS222LVA.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
It checks the internal overvoltage detection of the LVPB. It is also included in the Handover
menu.
Start Condition: - OCB must be on
This function checks two independent channels to monitor the voltage of the switch mode
power supply:
The LVPB will switch into battery mode and back to normal power supply. During this test,
ARO will not be performed.
10.57 Config – Contrast

With this function, the contrast of the Service Panel LCD display can be adjusted. Use the
buttons and to change the contrast.
The adjustment is effective immediately. No action is required to save the current value.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
11 Graphical Symbol Overview

Status Display
Symbol Text Meaning
Battery is charging. Rescue is possible.
Battery is fully charged. Rescue is possible.
Battery fault. Rescue is not possible. Check Battery and BCB.
Service notification for REM/Gateway is on

Keylock is active. All Service Panel buttons except BRB1
(RESCUE) are locked and must be unlocked manually: Simul-
taneously press Softkey1 and Softkey3 for 2 seconds.
Trapped passenger. The alarm button was pushed while the
elevator was out of service.
Instructions for User Actions

Symbol Text Meaning
Open! Manually open the door to rescue passengers
Close Door! Close the doors!
OCB off! Switch off the power supply (OCB)
OCB on! Switch on the power supply (OCB)
NOR ERO! Switch to ERO
ERO NOR! Switch to NOR
UIB!
Switch to UIB (Up Inspection Button)
UIB!
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Symbol Text Meaning
DIB!
Switch to DIB (Down Inspection Button)
DIB!
CCBL! Push SP button CCBL (Car Call to Bottom Landing)
CCTL! Push SP button CCTL (Car Call to Top Landing)
Push SP buttons UP or DOWN
BRB1+BRB2! Simultaneously push SP button BRB1 and turn keyswitch

BRB2
100%=630kg Fill the car with 100% of duty load, which is 630kg.
Now=80kg Currently the load weighing device measures 80kg.
Menu Perform all Service Panel functions of the menu

Construct! CONSTRUCTION
Startup: Perform the Service Panel function as indicated.

Enable ADO!
Startup: Perform the Service Panel function as indicated.

Enable RLV!
Confirmations for Automatic Actions

Symbol Text Meaning
OS (1RRD) Confirm to test Remote Governor Reset

Test Now?
OS (1RTD) Confirm to test Remote Governor Tripping (car)

Test Now?
OS (3RTD) Confirm to test Remote Governor Tripping (counterweight)

Test Now?
Reset now? Confirm to reset the Governor
1RTD now? Confirm to trip the Car Governor
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Symbol Text Meaning
Start? Confirm to start a run downwards
Start? Confirm to start a run upwards
Start? Confirm to start several runs in different directions
Find Confirm to move down to the lowest landing.

Bottom?
Find Confirm to move to the lowest landing. Because 1LS is active,

Bottom? the car first moves up out of 1LS and then moves down to the
lowest landing.
Car Confirm to run the car onto the buffer with full speed.
On Buffer?
+2 mm Adjust the floor level by pressing the buttons and .
Status Confirmations
Symbol Text Meaning
At Bottom? Confirm that the car is at bottom landing
At Top? Confirm that the car is at top landing
Empty? Confirm that no person is inside the car
Closed? Confirm that the doors are closed
Check Load? Confirm to manually check the load at bottom floor

100%
Platform? Confirm that a platform is installed which is heavier than the

counterweight frame.
Car? Confirm that the counterweight is heavier than the car.
Status Information
Symbol Text Meaning
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Symbol Text Meaning
Door is closing
Car is moving down
Car is moving up
Brake is closed
Brake is opened
Drive is learning the motor direction. The car will move a few
millimeters during that process.
Alerts
Symbol Text Meaning
m/s(up) Overspeed was detected in up direction
m/s(down) Overspeed was detected in down direction
Battery Temperature Fault
Power supply is missing. System is powered by battery.
Battery fault
SERVICE! System Blocked. Call Service Personnel
Other Symbols
Symbol Text Meaning
Refer to instruction manual
Wait Please wait until current process has finished
Stop your current action (e.g. Release all buttons)
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB

Berlin
MCS GECB
Symbol Text Meaning
CAN communication is lost. Therefore Rescue operation is not

CAN-Fault possible.
In order to reestablish CAN communicartion, unplug P11 on
GECB_II. Depending on the cause of the fault, this might ena-
ble Rescue again.
GAA30782GAB_SP.docx
No.: GAA30782GAB_STM
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Service Tool Manual Date: 2015-03-25
GCS - GECB
Service Tool Manual



Software Basic Data

Berlin
Table of Contents
2 Introduction ......................................................................................7
3 System Menu ....................................................................................8
3.1 Navigation ..................................................................................................... 8
3.2 Entries (dynamic) ......................................................................................... 8
3.3 Multiple SVT Connections ........................................................................... 9
3.4 Gateway 2 RS-CAN Converter Board ......................................................... 9
3.5 System Level Msg.: connection to OCSS is not available ........................ 9
3.6 System Level Msg.: a subsytem is not available ....................................... 9
4 Tree Structure ................................................................................10
4.1 Key Overview .............................................................................................. 12
4.2 Short Keys .................................................................................................. 12
5 Menu Functions of the Service Tool .............................................14
5.1 Status Functions ........................................................................................ 14
5.1.1 Status Display M - 1 - 1 - … .................................................................. 15
5.1.2 Status Calls Menu S8 / M - 1 - 1 - 1 .................................................... 16
5.1.3 Status Inputs Menu S7 / M - 1 - 1 - 2 ................................................... 18
5.1.4 Status Outputs Menu M - 1 - 1 - 3 ......................................................... 19
5.1.5 Status Group Menu M - 1 - 1 - 4 ............................................................ 20
5.1.6 Status ICSS Menu M - 1 - 1 - 5 ............................................................. 21
5.1.7 Status Command Menu M - 1 - 1 - 6 ..................................................... 23
5.1.8 Status Drive Menu M - 1 - 1 - 7 ............................................................. 25
5.1.9 Status Rescue Menu (GECB_II only) M - 1 - 1 - 9 ................................. 27
5.2 Test Functions ............................................................................................ 28
5.2.1 Test Events Menu S6 / M - 1 - 2 - 1 ..................................................... 29
5.2.2 Test Diagnostics Menu M - 1 - 2 - 2 ...................................................... 31
5.2.3 Test Part-No Menu M - 1 - 2 - 3 ............................................................. 33
5.2.4 Test IO Menu M - 1 - 2 - 4 ..................................................................... 35
5.2.5 Test Selftest Menu M - 1 - 2 - 5 ............................................................. 38
5.2.6 Clear Events Menu M - 1 - 2 - 7 ............................................................ 40
5.2.7 Test Fixture Menu M - 1 - 2 - 8 .............................................................. 41
5.2.8 Test ARO Menu (GECB_II, GECB_LV only) M - 1 - 2 - 9 ...................... 42
Setup Functions ............................................................................................................. 43
5.2.9 Setup Install Menu S4 / M - 1 - 3 - 1..................................................... 44
5.2.10 Setup IO Menu S5 / M - 1 - 3 - 2 .......................................................... 45
5.2.11 Setup Allowed Mask Menu M - 1 - 3 - 3 ................................................ 52
5.2.12 Setup Position Indicator Menu M - 1 - 3 - 4 ........................................... 60
5.2.13 Setup DCS-Run Menu M - 1 - 3 - 5 ....................................................... 61
5.2.14 Setup ELD Menu M - 1 - 3 - 6................................................................ 64
5.2.15 Setup Speech Menu M - 1- 3 - 7 ........................................................... 70
5.2.16 Setup Time Menu M - 1- 3 - 8................................................................ 72
5.2.17 Setup SAC Menu M - 1- 3 - 9 ................................................................ 73
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.3 Check Functions ........................................................................................ 74

5.3.1 UCM-EN Check Menu M - 1 - 4 - 1 ....................................................... 75
5.3.2 ET_S Speed Check Menu M - 1- 4 -2 ................................................... 81
5.3.3 REM6 Menu M - 1- 4 -3 ......................................................................... 82
5.3.4 Overvoltage Test Menu M - 1- 4 -4 ........................................................ 84
5.4 Monitoring Functions ................................................................................. 85
5.4.1 ARO (for OARO only; Asian) M - 1 - 7 - 1 ............................................. 86
5.4.2 REI – Remote Elevator Inspection M - 1 - 7 - 8 ..................................... 88
5.5 UCM (GECB, Korea / Japan only) M - 1- 9 ................................................ 90
5.6 Tools Functions.......................................................................................... 92
5.6.1 Search IO M - 2 - 1 ................................................................................ 92
5.6.2 Erase IO M - 2 - 2 .................................................................................. 94
5.6.3 Setup Inst M - 2 - 3 ................................................................................ 95
5.6.4 Setup Door M - 2 - 4 .............................................................................. 96
5.6.5 Customer ID Menu M - 2 - 5 .................................................................. 97
5.6.6 Check Tool - Tool Expiration Counter M - 2 - 7 ..................................... 99
5.6.7 Operate Special M - 2 - 8 .................................................................... 100
5.6.8 Operate Memory M - 2 - 9 ................................................................... 101
5.7 Extra Functions ........................................................................................ 102
5.7.1 Activate SW Menu M - 3 - 1 ................................................................ 102
5.7.2 Repair Params Menu M - 3 - 2 ............................................................ 105
5.7.3 End Construct Menu M - 3 - 3 ............................................................. 106
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1 Revision History

14-Mar-2002 GAA30082CAB A. Gerwing first issue;
also applicable for TCB, TCBC and
HCB
21-Nov-2003 GAA30082CAC A. Pfeffer M126, M137 added; Status Display
corrected; minor corrections
07-Sep-2004 GAA 30781 AAA M. Hoinkis added TCBC 30781 baseline
14-Dec-2004 GAA 30781 AAB M. Hoinkis Loader SCN (part menu)
06-Jan-2005 G15 30780 AAA A. Pfeffer also applicable for GECB
2005-02-18 G22 30780 AAA A. Pfeffer board versions for SHO/WCO correct-
ed
2005-02-25 G22 30780 AAA H.-K. Spielbauer Selftest updated
2005-02-28 G2230780AAA A. Pfeffer Selftest updated
2005-07-21 GAA 30780 AAB A. Pfeffer GECB: Compass added: M111, M115,
M1331
2005-11-04 Gxx30781AAE D. Cominelli Test-Event with new time stamp
2006-01-17 M. Hoinkis cut call mask; DIAG ACT-T;
2006-11-30 H.-K. Spielbauer SCN update
2007-01-12 M. Hoinkis System Menu with ARO
2007-04-05 GAA30780DAA A. Pfeffer no changes
2007-08-29 GP130780DAA A. Pfeffer no changes
2007-12-14 GAA30780DAB A. Pfeffer GECB: added M138 Setup Time,
M127 Clera Events, M128 Test Fix-
ture, adapted M115 Status Group
2008-12-04 GAA30780DAC A. Pfeffer M137 added for GECB and Compass
2009-02-19 G1630780DAD M. Wilke GECB2 board ID added (M123)
2009-05-07 GAA30780DAD M. Hoinkis M119 & M129 added (Rescue Status &
ARO-Test)
2009-05-20 G1130780DAE S. Seelmann M134 Position Indicator Codes ex-
panded
2009-06-08 G1330780DAE A. Pfeffer M19 Korean UCM added
2009-06-19 GAA30780DAE A. Pfeffer M137 Setup Speech: OPEN DOOR
MSG, CLOSE DOOR MSG, EMS/EMT
MESSAGE added
2009-07-22 G1630780DAF H.-K. Spielbauer M126 Test Plug Menu (LCB_II, TCB,
HCB, TCBC only)
2009-08-04 G1830780DAF M. Wilke SOD Expiration Counter (M-2-7)
2009-09-08 GAA30780DAF A. Pfeffer no changes
2009-09-21 G1130780DAG M. Wilke OFT-C Pairing
2009-11-19 G1930780DAG M. Wilke Gateway 2 RS-CAN Converter Board
2010-03-17 S. Seelmann Speech Setup EHS/EMT typo correct-

ed
2010-06-28 GP130780DAH A. Pfeffer No changes
2010-11-25 GAA30780DAJ M. Hnida Release
Software Basic Data

Berlin

2011-01-31 G1630780EAA A. Pfeffer Menu M14 SYTEM-CHECK added
Function M141 UCM-EN added
2011-01-31 G1630780EAA M. Hnida In M123, added display of SCNs to
Test Part-No Menu
2011-05-27 GP130780EAB A. Pfeffer No changes
2011-07-20 G1730780EAC SG Cho Added the monitoring menu for ARO
2011-10-25 G2530780EAC A. Pfeffer Removed descriptions for LCB2, TCB,
TCBC;
Reworked function overview;
Revised display for M23 “Setup Inst”;
Corrected default text in M136 “Setup
ELD”;
Minor corrections in M111 Status-Calls
2011-11-08 G5130780EAC D. Cominelli Corrected the OKI Speech Sythesizer
table in section 5.3.7
2012-06-04 GAA30780EAE SG Cho Updated OARO SVT menu <M-1-7-5>
to <M-1-7-1>; Deleted door command
monitoring during OARO
2012-08-28 G2330780EAE SG Cho Added REI Monitoring menu <M-1-7-
8> by MON-FUNC=2
2012-09-11 GAA30780EAE DH Kang Added UCM-J menu <M-1-9> by UCM-
TYP=2.
Added Speech setup for Japan.
2012-11-22 GAA30780EAG H.-K. Spielbauer New IO SVT menu <M-1-3-2> with
RSL and CARIO sub menu
2013-03-21 GAA30780EAH D. Cominelli Added RvC IO to SVT menus <M-1-2-
4>, <M-1-3-2> and <M-1-3-2>
2013-06-12 GAA30780EAH S. Seelmann Added Setup Menus <M-1-3-3-5>,
<M-1-3-3-6> and <M-1-3-9>
2013-06-12 Gxx30780EAJ D. Cominelli Added Check Menu <M-1-4-2>
2013-07-22 G1230780EAJ A. Pfeffer Corrected Function Overview (M132)
2013-10-30 Gxx30780EAJ D. Cominelli Added CARIO to <M-1-2-4>, added
RvC IO to <M-1-2-5> and updated it
for GECB, added section <M-1-4-3-1>,
added event subcode to <M-1-2-1>
2014-01-27 G1430780EAL M. Hnida Changed 2nd confirmation from "Acti-
vate SW?" to "Reset now?"
Software Basic Data

Berlin

2014-05-21 G2230782GAA DH Kang Added Repair Params Menu <M-3-2>
2014-05-23 GAA30782GAA A. Pfeffer In <M-3-2>, replaced “y=1” by ENTER
2014-08-22 Gxx30782GAB M. Ifland Added codes 41,42 to position indica-
tor menu
2014-09-01 Gxx30782GAB M. Wilke Added “End Construct” in <M-3-3>
2014-10-09 G20307882GAB M. Ifland In <M-2-1> added CARIO search
In <M-1-2-9> added displays for
GECB_LV
In <M-3-1> added restrictions for soft-
ware activation
2015-01-06 G2130780GAB M. Wilke Added “Overvoltage test” in <M-1-4-4>
2015-01-27 G2130780GAB DH Kang Updated the description of display in
Status Calls Menu <M-1-1-1> for the
group size with JICA
Software Basic Data

Berlin
2 Introduction
The Service Tool is a pocket terminal that lets you control all elevator functions:
Monitoring of software states, system inputs and outputs and system messages
Setup of installation parameters
Use of software tools.
The access of each function is controlled by the Menu System which allows convenient
work with the Service Tool.
The Service Tool Manual describes the Menu System and the single Service Tool functions.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3 System Menu
The System Menu is not available at the LCB_II
The System Menu is an overview of all components which are connected at the CAN bus
and have a SVT menu.
3.1 Navigation
The System Level-Menu can be entered in 2 ways:
1. by connecting physically the Service Tool onto any Service Tool plug
2. pressing the Module key twice out of a subsystem menu
M-M Selection of the System Level-Menu

GoOn go to second page of System Level-Menu (if more than 4 menus detected)
3.2 Entries (dynamic)

1:OCSS 2:DRIVE>
3:FDOOR 4:RDOOR>
1: OCSS TCBC or GECB

2: DRIVE MCBIII or GDCB
3: FDOOR front DCSS5 via CAN or Multidrop
4: RDOOR rear DCSS5 via CAN or Multidrop
5: SPBC SPBC, SPBC_II, SPBC_III
6: RMH REM5 (connected at OCSS SVT plug)
7: LWB LWB_II
9: ARO external ARO
Software Basic Data

Berlin
3.3 Multiple SVT Connections

Multiple SVT connections can be established by connecting the SVT to any local Service
Tool plug (e.g., MCBIII, …) and by selecting the same subsystem in the SVT menu.
Note: TCBC SVT menu access must be the final connection, otherwise it will be discon-
nected by other connections.
An earlier SVT connection will be disconnected by any other SVT connection. Following
SVT display will indicate this:
disconnected .
by other SVT .
3.4 Gateway 2 RS-CAN Converter Board

If a Gateway 2 is connected to the GECB SVT port via the RS-CAN-Converter the
REM_TYPE is configured to “6”. “1” means an RMH is connected instead.
In the case of REM_TYPE “6”, if by any reason a SVT is connected to the SVT port of the
GECB during power up, the SVT will show:
local SVT .
disconnected .
Please press any key in this case and the normal GECB menu is shown. Alternately you
can disconnect the SVT and connect again.
3.5 System Level Msg.: connection to OCSS is not available
waiting .
for SYSTEM MENU.
If the GECB is not available, you will see this message for 6 seconds. Then the SVT will
switch automatically into the local SVT menu.
3.6 System Level Msg.: a subsytem is not available
e.g.
wait for LWB .
or press ‘M’ 2x.
If a subsystem is not available, you will see this message (‘LWB’ as an example). If you
press MODULE twice times, you will get the System Menu.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4 Tree Structure
All Service Tool functions are organized in a Tree-Structure.
It is divided into a SYSTEM path, where you have access to the main Service Tool functions
STATUS (system monitoring)
TEST (system test functions)
SETUP (setup of system environment)
a TOOL path and an EXTRA path.
The TOOLS path contains the Service Tool functions which support installation and maintenance of
the elevator. The EXTRA path contains a function to activate software.
Menu Structure:
M M - Main
F 1 - System 2 - Tools 3 - Extra
S 1 - Status 2 - Test 3 - Setup 4 - Check

Software Basic Data

Berlin
Function Overview:
System – Status Tools

M111 Status – Calls (16) M21 Search IO (92)
M112 Status – Inputs (18) M22 Erase IO (94)
M113 Status – Outputs (19) M23 Setup Inst (95)
M114 Status – Group (20) M24 Setup Door (96)
M115 Status – ICSS (21) M251 Customer-ID – Pairing (97)
M116 Status – Command (23) M252 Customer-ID – Rest (98)
M117 Status – Drive (25) M26 (not used)
M118 (engineering use) M27 Check Tool (99)
M119 Status – Rescue (27) M28 Opr. Special (100)
M29 Opr. Memory (101)
System – Test Extra

M121 Test – Events (29) M31 Activate SW (102)
M122 Test – Diagnosis (31) M32 RepairParams (105)
M123 Test – Part (33) M33 End Construct (106)
M124 Test – IO (35)
M125 Test – Selftest (38)
M126 (not used)
M127 Test – ClearEvents (40)
M128 Test – Fixtures (41)
M129 Test – ARO (42)
System – Setup
M131 Setup – Install (44)
M132 Setup – IO (45)
M1321 Setup – RSL (46)
M1322 Setup – CARIO (48)
M1322 Setup – RSL via CAN (50)
M1331 Setup – Allowed – Enable (54)
M1332 Setup – Allowed – Cut Call (55)
M1333 Setup – Allowed – Card-Rd (56)
M1334 Setup – Allowed – SHO/WCO (57)
M1335 Setup – Allowed – Dest Dsp (58)
M1336 Setup – Allowed – Mode Mask (59)
M134 Setup – Pos (60)
M135 Setup – DCS (61)
M136 Setup – ELD (64)
M137 Setup – Speech (70)
M138 Setup – Time (72)
M139 Setup – Secure Access (73)
System – Check
M141 Check – UCM-EN (75)
M142 Check – ET_S Speed (81)
M143 Check – REM6 – (82)
M144 Check – Overvoltage Test (84)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
4.1 Key Overview

If there is only one number to choose, you can call the function also with the key ENTER.
GOON or GOBACK.
4.2 Short Keys

The Short Keys provide direct access to certain , often used Service Tool functions, elimi-
nating the need to step through the menu structure.
The Service Tool functions Input, Calls, Install, RSL and Events are assigned to the
Standard Short Keys S4 (Shift 4), S5 (Shift 5), S6 (Shift 6), S7 (Shift 7), S8 (Shift 8).
Short Key S9 (Shift 9) is a free programmable key to store any position of the Tree –
Structure as a sixth Short Key. Once you have stored S9 (by pressing S9 at the desired
position) you can reset it only on level M (Main – Menu).
Key old key name new key name Description
S4 SETUP INST DISP IN M-1-3-1 SETUP INSTALL
S5 SETUP ALTER SEL OUT M-1-3-2 SETUP RSL
S6 RET . . M-1-2-1 TEST EVENTS
S7 DISPL INPUT DISP STATE M-1-1-2 STATUS INPUTS
S8 ENTER CALL ENT CALL M-1-1-1 STATUS CALLS

Programmable Shortkey
S9 PROG TEST • Select any Service Tool Function and press S9 to store
this key as a Shortkey for that function.
• While using any other Service Tool Function, press S9 to
jump to the previously stored function.
• Press M – S9 to reset the definition for this key. You can
now redefine this key for a different Shortkey
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Example
press keys description

M - 1 -1 - 3 use M113 to view system outputs
S7 View system inputs
S8 Enter calls
S9 Use S9 to view system outputs
S7 View system inputs
M – S9 Reset S9
M -1 -1 - 6 Use M116 to view commands

S8 Enter calls
S9 Use S9 to View commands
Software Basic Data

Berlin

The following chapters describe the functions of the Service Tool.
5.1 Status Functions

The Status Functions allow monitoring the status of the system. The first row provides gen-
eral information about the Operational Mode and Drive State. The second row is different for
each Status Function.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1.1 Status Display M-1-1-…

The first row of the Service Tool display is identical for all Status Functions:

1 A Car ID A-D car identifier for group configura-
123 4 5 6 7 tions. Depends on parameter
A-01 IDL ST ][][ GRP-NO.
u moving up
d moving down
4 IDL Operational Mode see Reference List for all available Op-
erational Modes
5 ST Drive State see Reference List for all available Drive
States
6 ][ front door state ][ fully closed
<> opening
[] fully opened
7 ][ rear door state >< closing
DDO both doors are fully closed and
Disable Door Operation is acti-
vated
8 blink message A blinking message appears if the sys-
8 tem is blocked. This message shows the
A-01 >TCI-Lock!. reason of the shutdown. See Reference
List for all available Blink Messages.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1.2 Status Calls Menu S8 / M - 1 - 1 - 1

With this function you can view the general status of the system and enter calls.
A-01 IDL ST ][][

C> U00D00 A 1C
GOON / GOBACK change the call type
0 … 9 enter a floor number
ENTER enter the selected call type at the selected floor

Software Basic Data

Berlin

1 C call type Standard Calls:
A-01 IDL ST ][][ C car call
C> U00D00 A 1C U up hall call
1 2 3 4 5 6
D down hall call
E emergency hall call
If EN-EXT=1 is selected, the Extended

Calls are shown with lower case letters:
c extended car call
u extended up hall call
d extended down hall call
e extended emergency hall call
use GOON / GOBACK to change be-

tween the call types
2 destination 0-31 the value you entered
> prompt to enter a destination

P destination entry device installed
at this floor, no call possible
3 U00 number of accepted

calls in up direction
4 D00 number of accepted
calls in down direction
5 A load status A ANS (LWX; <100kg)
D Default (normal; 80-110%)
F Full (LNS; >80%)
O overload (LWO; >110%)
6 1C group size and 1C-8C number of detected cars in the
power supply group during Normal Operation
1E-8E number of detected cars in the
group during Emergency Power
(EPO).
1J-8J number of detected cars in the
group with alive JICA during
Normal operation
Note: if ‘J’ is changed to the lower
case ‘j’, it means cars in the group
with dead JICA but with JICA
specification.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1.3 Status Inputs Menu S7 / M - 1 - 1 - 2

This function displays system inputs.
A-01 IDL ST ][][

aes es DW DFC
The inputs are arranged in pages, each page containing four inputs. Active inputs are dis-
played in upper case letters, inactive inputs are displayed in lower case letters. See docu-
ment Gxx30780xxx_REF for a list of available inputs.
Only those inputs are displayed which are currently used by the software, that means that
the list of inputs is rearranged every time an installation parameter is changed. The com-
plete list is shown if the parameter DISP-ALL=1 is programmed.
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous page of inputs.
UP / DOWN display a brief description of the input page in the first row.
ON jump to the first page of inputs

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1.4 Status Outputs Menu M-1-1-3

This function displays system outputs.
A-01 IDL ST ][][

u D T g .
The outputs are arranged in pages, each page containing four outputs. Active outputs are
displayed in upper case letters, inactive outputs are displayed in lower case letters. See
document Gxx30780xxx_REF for a list of available outputs.
Only those outputs are displayed which are currently used by the software, that means that
the list of outputs is rearranged every time an installation parameter is changed. The com-
plete list is shown if the parameter DISP-ALL=1 is programmed.
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous page of outputs.
UP / DOWN display a brief description of the output page in the first row.
ON jump to the first page of outputs

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1.5 Status Group Menu M-1-1-4

This function displays the status of all cars in the group.
A-01 IDL ST ][][

B-03 NOR ST <>][
The first line always displays the status of the own car, while the second line displays the
status of one of the other cars in the same group.
If no group communication is active (i.e. not installed or broken link), then the following dis-
play is shown:
A-01 IDL ST ][][

B***************
GOON / GOBACK select the car in the second line of the display
Description of display::
1 nav Operational Mode of RNG-ICD=0:
A-01 IDL ST ][][ other car Some OpModes cannot be transmitted
B-** nav na ][][ by Ring ICS 3.3 or earlier. Those modes
1 2
are displayed as "nav":
DAR, DCS, UFS, ACC, EAR, DLM
2 na Drive State of other RNG-ICD=3:
car Only three drive states are available in
Ring ICD 4.0 or later:
na: not available
av: available
dc: decelerating
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1.6 Status ICSS Menu M-1-1-5
NOTE: This menu is not shown for a GeN2 Home elevator. Instead the text
“Not for GeN2 Home” is displayed.
This function displays which other boards are detected in the group.
GOON / GOBACK select the next/previous information page
Description of display (since GAA30780DAB):

1 1 Tells whether the ICSS0 for IS ONLINE
ICSS0 IS ONLINE. EMS (Ring address 11) is is offline
ICSS1 is offline alive.
2 2 Tells whether the ICSS1 IS ONLINE
(Ring address 10) is alive. is offline
1 1 Tells whether the GCB1 for IS PRIMARY
GCB12 IS PRIMARY Compass (Ring address IS SECNDRY
GCB14 is offline 12) is alive. is offline
2 2 Tells whether the GCB2 for IS PRIMARY
Compass (Ring address IS SECNDRY
14) is alive. is offline
1 1 Tells whether any GCB has COMPASS IS ON
Compass is off . detected keypads and/or Compass is off
Config: None . touchscreens for Destina-
2
tion Entry.
2 Tells the Compass type as None
defined by EN-GCB, DEST- Full
DE and the configuration of Mixed
the GCB. Up Boost
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Description of display (until GAA30780DAA):

1 1 Tells whether the ICSS0 for IS ONLINE
ICSS0 IS ONLINE. EMS (Ring address 11) is is offline
ICSS1 is offline alive.
2 2 Tells whether the ICSS1 IS ONLINE
(Ring address 10) is alive. is offline
1 1 Tells whether the GCB1 for IS ONLINE
GCB1 IS ONLINE. Compass (Ring address is offline
GCB2 is offline 12) is alive.
2
2 Tells whether the GCB2 for IS ONLINE
Compass (Ring address is offline
14) is alive.
1 1 Tells whether any GCB has COMPASS IS ON
Compass is off . detected keypads and/or Compass is off
. touchscreens for Destina-
tion Entry.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1.7 Status Command Menu M-1-1-6
This function shows the Door- and Motion-Commands which are generated by the Opera-
tional Control part of the Software.
A-01 IDL ST ][][

F:CLD6 R:CLD6
GOON / GOBACK select the next page of commands

1 F:CLD6 front door command from OCSS see table below
A-01 IDL ST ][][ 2 R:CLD1 rear door command from OCSS see table below
F:CLD6 R:CLD1
1 2
1 MC:CarGoTo Motion command from OCSS to see table below

A-01 IDL ST ][][ MCSS
MC:CarGoTo To:01 2 To:01 Actual Target Bottom - Top
1 2
If a DO-5 or AT120 is installed, the following additional displays are available:
1 F:CLD6 front door command from OCSS see table below

A-01 IDL ST ][][ 2 /Cld&Dob front door command as sent to see table below
F:CLD6 / Cld&Dob the DCSS5/AT120
1 2
1 F:CLD1 rear door command from OCSS see table below

A-01 IDL ST ][][ 2 /Cld rear door command as sent to the see table below
R:CLD1 / Cld . DCSS5/AT120
1 2
1 F: 010 status of ST1, ST2, ST3 000 - 111

A-01 IDL ST ][][ 2 R: 011 status of RST1, RST2, RST3 000 - 111
F: 010 R: 011 .
1 2
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Description of the commands:

Door Commands OPEN open door
DEEN deenergize door (TCI, DTO, DTC, ESB)
CLD1 close door; no DOB, no LRD, no EDP
CLD2 close door; full DOB, full LRD, full EDP
CLD3 close door; full DOB, full LRD, lim EDP
CLD4 close door; full DOB, lim LRD, lim EDP
CLD5 close door; full DOB, no LRD, no EDP
CLD6 close door; full DOB, no LRD, lim EDP
CLD7 close door; lim DOB, no LRD, lim EDP
CLD8 close door; lim DOB, no LRD, no EDP
CLD9 close door; full SGS, nothing else
DO-5 Commands Ded&Eds deenergize door; no door movement allowed

Ded stop door; door may be operated using Service Tool (connected
to DO-5)
Cld&Dob close door; only DOB enabled
Cld close door; no Reversals enabled
Ndg close door; no Reversals enabled; reduced profile
Cld&Rev close door; LRD, DOB and PP enabled
Opn open door
Motion Commands CarGoTo Go to specific floor

ESMGoTo Emergency Service
Stand By Standby or Inspection
ReInit reinit position
ImmStop Immediate Stop
Nxt Flor Go to next reachable floor
Abbreviations:
DOB = Door Open Button
LRD = Light Ray Device
PP = Passenger Protection
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1.8 Status Drive Menu M-1-1-7

Displays the status and commands of the drive subsystem.
A-01 IDL ST ][][

Drv: Idle .
GOON / GOBACK select the next/previous page
1 Running Drive Status see table below
Au01 NOR FR ][][
Drv: Running .
1
1 GoToLnd Drive Command GoToLnd Run to specified landing

Au01 NOR FR ][][ 2 05 specified Target Top…Bottom
Cmd: GoToLnd 05.
1 2
or
1 Tci Drive Command Corr Correction Run into specified
Au01 INS IN ][][
Cmd: Tci up . direction
1 2 Resc Rescue Run to next floor into
specified direction
Tci Inspection Run (TCI) into speci-
fied direction
Ero Inspection Run (ERO) into
specified direction
2 up specified direction up move up
down move down
stop don't move
1 at05 Actual Target Top…Bottom
Au01 NOR FR ][][ (final destination)
at05mt05nc02af01 2 mt05 Motion Target Top…Bottom
1 2 3 4
(Accepted Target
from Drive)
3 nc02 Next Commitable Top…Bottom
Floor
4 af01 Actual Floor Top…Bottom
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Description of the Drive Status:
Drive Status Description

NotAvail Drive is not communicating
Shutdown Drive has shut down
Init Drive is initializing during PowerUp
Idle Idle
Running Accelerating or running at constant speed
Stopping Decelerating to Target
AtTarget Arrived at target
Calibr Encoder-Adjustment or Learn-Run
Wt_F_Saf Wait For Safety; safety chain is open
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.1.9 Status Rescue Menu (GECB_II only) M-1-1-9

Displays the rescue status (rescue –mode, -encoder, -battery).
A-01 IDL ST ][][

NOR UP 1.60m/s .
GOON / GOBACK select the next/previous page
1 NOR Rescue Status NOR normal (none rescue)
A-01 NOR FR ][][ ARO Automatic Rescue Operation
NOR UP 1.60m/s . MRO Manual Rescue Operation
1 2 3
2 UP Direction of car -- none movement
(rescue encoder) UP car goes UP
DN car goes DOWN
3 1.60m/s Speed of car 0.00 – 9.99 m/s

(rescue encoder)
1 Ubat Battery Voltage / 0 – 99.9 Volt
A-01 NOR FR ][][ 50.1V charge voltage
Ubat50.1V HTS31’ 2 HTS31’ Hall Temperature 0 – 99 ° C
1 2
Sensor (mounted
at SP (Service
Panel)
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2 Test Functions

These functions provide access to the diagnostic functions of the system and allow to test
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.1 Test Events Menu S6 / M - 1 - 2 - 1

View all events which has been stored since last cleared.
00021 savedRuns number of runs since the events were last cleared
000153 savedMins number of elapsed minutes since the events were last cleared
View Events
UP clear events
DOWN display 100 msec timestamps

1 0204 number of event see Service Tool
1 2 3 Reference List for a
0204xTCI/ERO on. list of possible events
c003 t000020 p**
2 x Event subcode, if one see Service Tool
4 5 6
exists Reference List for a
list of possible event
subcodes
3 TCI/ERO on text of event see Service Tool
Reference List for a
list of possible events
4 003 counter 0 – 999
5 00020 elapsed time since last 0 – 999999

occurence of this event
6 ** car position where the 00 – 31
last event occurred ** unkown
position
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Erase Events
You can either erase all events which are stored in the system or erase a single event.
GOON / GOBACK Display the next/previous event
Erase all events

UP
Erase EVENTS ?
n=0 y=1 > .

Erase EVENTS ?
n=0 y=2 > .

Erase EVENTS ?
done! .
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.2 Test Diagnostics Menu M-1-2-2

This menu displays the diagnostic values which have been stored in the E2Prom. These
values are memorized even if the power is switched off.
01 DIAG ACT-T .
000:00:00:01 .
View Diagnostics
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous diagnostic value
UP display description lower line (available for time-related values only)

1 01 DIAG ACT-T number and text of diag- see Service Tool
01 DIAG ACT-T . list of existing diag-
002:03:04:05 .
2 3 4 5 nostic values
2 002 months 0-999
3 03 days 0-29
4 04 hours 0-23
5 05 minutes 00-59
1 03 DIAG UP-CNT number and text of diag- see Service Tool
01 DIAG UP-CNT . list of existing diag-
000000023 .
2 nostic values
2 000000023 counter
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Erase Diagnostics
You can either erase all values which are stored in the system or erase a single value.
GOON / GOBACK Display the next/previous diagnostic value
Erase all Diagnostic values

UP
Erase DIAGN. ?
n=0 y=1 > .

Erase DIAGN. ?
n=0 y=2 > .

Erase DIAGN. ?
done! .
Erase the displayed diagnostic value

ON
Erase Value ? .
02 DIAG TOT-T .
Press ENTER to erase this event

or press OFF to cancel
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.3 Test Part-No Menu M-1-2-3

Displays the Software Configuration Numbers (SCN) of the software.
No. GAA30081AAA.
28-Aug-01 11:32
GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous number
Part Numbers of Standard Software

1 GAA30081AAA SCN of Standard-Software
1
No. GAA30081AAA.
28-Aug-01 11:32 2 28-Aug-01 11:32 date and time of authoriza-
2
tion
1 Unit-Number
EE=47AG2375 . 1 47AG2375
.
1 G1231032AAA SCN of Loader (integrated only TCBC software

1 into FLASH) 30781
PR=G1231032AAA .
28-Sep-04 11:32 only TCBC software
2 28-Sep-04 11:32 date and time of Loader 30781
2
Part Numbers of Contract Software

SCN of Contract-Software
1 1 47CE2375
No. U47CE2375 .
28-Aug-01 11:32 2 28-Aug-01 11:32
2 date and time of authoriza-
tion
Baseline used: . 1 GAA30081AAA SCN of parent software

No. GAA30081AAA.
1
1 1 47CE2375 Unit-Number
EE=47CE2375 .
.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Board ID (GECB_II only)
Since software version GAA30780DAD, the following keys can be used for GECB_II:
UP / DOWN display the GECB2 board ID

1 GECB2 board ID descriptive text
1
GECB2 board ID . descriptive text
press <GOON> ... 2 press <GOON> ...
2
st
1 0000000000000000 GECB2 board (1 8 bytes) -
1 MSB on left side
0000000000000000 1234567890123456 nd
1234567890123456 GECB2 board ID (2 8 bytes)
2 - LSB on right side
2
NOTE:
In this case UP/DOWN work like an on/off-switch. Pressing UP will show the basic infor-
mation from above plus the additional information of the GECB_II board ID. Pressing
DOWN again will switch off the additional information.
Component SCNs
Since software version GAA30780EAA, the following keys can be used:
ON / OFF display the component SCNs

1 SDK: descriptive text
1
SDK: . descriptive text
AAA30982CAF . 2 AAA30982CAF
2
NOTE:
Pressing ON will show the basic information from above plus the additional information of
the component SCNs. Pressing OFF again will switch off the additional information.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.4 Test IO Menu M-1-2-4

With this menu, the function of IOs can be tested.
IO Type Selection (EN-CARIO non-zero):

If the install parameter EN-CARIO is zero, the menu choice below is skipped. Otherwise, up
to three different IO menus are available:
Test IO – Menu >

1 = RSL .
Test IO – Menu >

2 = CARIO .
Test IO – Menu > only shown if EN-CARIO +4 bit is set (CARIO includes RSL Master)
3 = RSL via CAN
1 … 3 select the IO Type
ENTER select the IO Type which is currently displayed
GOON / GOBACK select the next/previous IO Type

Software Basic Data

Berlin
RSL Link Selection (GECB with 3 Links):

If the GECB board has 3 RSL links, the following menu choices 1, 2 and 3 appear to choose
the RSL link. For boards with 1 RSL link, the following choice is not available and the RS
address can be entered immediately. Also, please note that link selection is not required for
RvC IOs because they are all on the car link.
TestRSL – Menu >

1 = Car Link .
TestRSL – Menu >

2 = Hall Link .
TestRSL – Menu >

3 = Group Link.
1 … 3 select the link
ENTER select the link which is currently displayed
GOON / GOBACK select the next/previous link

Software Basic Data

Berlin
IO Test
The next screen allows to test the functionality of IOs by address.
xxx-ADR> .
.
0 … 9 enter an IO address
ENTER confirm the entered address
GOON / GOBACK test the next/previous IO address
UP / DOWN test the next/previous pin
ON / OFF switch the displayed output on or off

1 C link for the displayed I/O number C = Car RSL link
1 2 3 H = Hall RSL link
C-ADR>04 PIN=1 G = Group RSL link
IN:on OUT:off
4 5 CARIO = RSL IO on the
CARIO board, e.g.,
TOCB or CSPB
RvC = RSL IO on the CAR
IO board, e.g., TOCB or
CSPB
2 04 selected IO address 04 .. 63 (for RSL and RvC)
90 .. 96 (for CARIO)
3 selected Bit of that address 1 .. 4 (for RSL and RvC)
1 1 .. 8 (for CARIO)
use UP / DOWN to change the PIN
4 on status of IO input on, off
5 off status of IO output on, off
use ON / OFF to change the output
Note that the elevator software cannot update the I/Os as long as this menu is selected!
For security reasons, some I/Os (e.g. DO-5 outputs ST1-ST3) cannot be changed by this
menu. In this case, it might be necessary to program the related I/O to 00-0 before the out-
put can be tested.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.5 Test Selftest Menu M-1-2-5

Performs a selftest of the software.
PRx SWx EE? RAx.

RSL? .
PR: verifies whether the checksum of the secondary loader is correct
(is automatically skipped in software version GAA30780AAA)
SW: verifies whether the checksum of the application software is correct
EE: checks whether the content of the E2Prom has been changed since the last selftest
RA: checks whether the RAM can be written correctly
RSL: checks whether the remote station address setup is correct (note that this also
checks RvC remote stations on the CARIO board if EN-CARIO +4 is set)
A blinking '?' indicates that the corresponding test is running. After completion of the test,
the display shows '+' or '-', respectively, or 'x' if the test is skipped.
GOON / GOBACK • cancel the actually running test and start the next test
• display the next/previous RS-error status
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Display description Values

1 PRx Loader test ? the test has not yet been completed
1 2 3 4 + the checksum of the Flash is correct
PRx SW+ EE- RA+. - the Flash is corrupted
RSL-C 05Ar000 .
5 6 7 8 9 replace the Computing Core!
2 SW+ Application test ? the test has not yet been completed
+ the checksum of the App is correct
- the App is corrupted
re-download App with OMU!
3 EE- E2Prom test ? the test has not yet been completed
+ the content of the E2Prom (parame-
ters, I/Os, diagnostic values) has not
been changed since the last selftest
- Any value in the E2Prom has been
changed since last selftest
Do this test once again. If you don't
get a '+' now, replace the E2Prom.
4 RA+ RAM test ? the test has not yet been completed
+ the RAM is ok
- the RAM is corrupted
replace board
5 RSL RSL type RSL is connected to GECB
or RvC (RSL via CAN) is connected to the
RvC CARIO board, e.g., TOCB, COPG, CSPB
6 C or Link type Car, Hall or Group
H or
G
7 05 RS address 04-63
This RS has a problem as described be-
low
8 Ar Remote Station is Ar Available in Setup, but physically not
A – Available responding
a – not available check address configuration of RS
R – Responding check wiring and connection
r – not responding replace RS
aR Not available in Setup, but physically
responding
check I/O-setup
find misconfigured RS
AR Available in Setup, and also respond-
ing; Parity Error detected
There are multiple RS with the
same address in the system
9 000 Parity Error Coun- 000-999
ter This is the number of RS parity errors
since power on. The counter is only
cleared when the power is switched off.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.6 Clear Events Menu M-1-2-7

This menu clears the event log of the GECB. This is the same functino as implemented in
M-1-2-1-UP, but more visible for the user.
Erase EVENTS ?
ny=1 > .
0 ENTER Leave this menu without clearing the EVENT log
Erase all events

1 ENTER
2 ENTER Erase EVENTS ?
n=0 y=1 > .

Erase EVENTS ?
n=0 y=2 > .

Erase EVENTS !
done! .
CLEAR Leave this menu without clearing the EVENT log

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.7 Test Fixture Menu M-1-2-8

This menu allows the user to check whether the hall fixtures are working properly. The se-
quence is as follows:
1. Enter SVT menu M-1-2-8

2. Get into the car
3. Activate ISC
4. Move from floor to floor and inspect the TTLs and lanterns.
5. Deactivate ISC
6. Leave SVT menu M-1-2-8
Hall Fixt. Chk..

Switch on ISC .
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.8 Test ARO Menu (GECB_II, GECB_LV only) M-1-2-9

This menu allows the user to initiate an ARO run whether the main power is still available.
The test will be started by the SVT button ‘1’. The svt button ‘CLEAR’ aborts the test. You
can jump to other SVT menus during the ARO test without aborting the ARO test.
The sequence is as follows:
# Step Display Time Remark

out
1 check -- only displayed, if a problem occurs;
ARO-TEST . otherwise started with #2;
GECB_II needed .
not av. at INS .
OCB must be on . for GECB_II
OCB must be off. for GECB_LV
no battery avail
2 start -- only svt button ‘1’ starts the ARO test
ARO-TEST: start?
car empty? yes=1
3 request 10s As first the drive will be stopped by a ‘RescueStop’
please wait!. command. Then ARO will be requested as a simulat-
ARO requested . ed line fail.
If ARO does not start,
“ARO not started / push button”
will be displayed for 15s.
4 prepar- -- At this state the rescue relays will be switched and
ing ARO preparing . the drive will be powered up by battery.
. If the svt button ‘CLEAR’ is pushed,
“aborted by user / press 2x MODULE”
5 per- -- At this state the OCSS mode ARO will be executed.
form- ARO performing. If the svt button ‘CLEAR’ is pushed,
ing . “aborted by user / press 2x MODULE”
6 fin- -- After ARO (see feature setup description) the GECB
ished ARO-Test finishd resets itself. For GECB_LV OCB must be switched
press 2x MODULE. on to enable reset. If the SVT is not directly connect-
ed to the GECB, the display seems frozen during /
after the reset. Pushing twice times the modul button
leads into the system menu.
switch OCB on . for GECB_LV since GAA30782GAB
Resetting . for GECB_LV since GAA30782GAB

Software Basic Data

Berlin
Setup Functions
These functions allow to adapt the system to the needs of the jobsite. All values which are
changed by these functions are stored into E2Prom.
The E2P-Selftest (M1-2-5) will display '-' if any value has been changed since the last selft-
est.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.9 Setup Install Menu S4 / M - 1 - 3 - 1
View and setup Installation Parameters.

The parameters can only be changed if the car is not moving.
INSTALL – Menu >

01 System .
GOON / GOBACK go to the next/previous group of parameters
0 … 9 • directly access a group of parameters

• enter a new value for the displayed parameter
ENTER • access the displayed group of parameters

• store the new value for the displayed parameter (if the car is not moving)

1 01 number of parameter- see Service Tool Reference List for
INSTALL – Menu > group a list and description of available
01 System .. 2 System parameters
1 2 name of parameter-group
1 000 number of parameter

1 2 within this group
000 System new 2 System
TOP =010> . name of parameter-group
3 4 3 TOP name of parameter
4 010 value of parameter
5 the value you entered 0-255
000 System new
TOP =010>009
5 press ENTER to store
this value
Note:
A new DCS run is required if TOP or BOTTOM is changed.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.10 Setup IO Menu S5 / M - 1 - 3 - 2

This function is used to setup IOs. If the install parameter EN-CARIO is zero, the menu
choice below is skipped and the “Setup RSL Menu” (next section) is automatically shown.
Otherwise, up to three different IO menus are available:
SetupIO – Menu >

1 = RSL .
SetupIO – Menu >

2 = CARIO .
SetupIO – Menu > only shown if EN-CARIO +4 bit is set (CARIO includes RSL Master)
3 = RSL via CAN
GOON / GOBACK change to the next/previous group of IO type
1 … 3 press a number to select the group of IO type directly
ENTER select the displayed group of IO type

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.10.1 Setup RSL Menu M-1-3-2-1

View and setup RSL addresses.
RSL IO .
> .
GOON / GOBACK go to the next/previous I/O number
0 … 9 enter an I/O number
ENTER display the address of the requested I/O number
UP / DOWN go to the next/previous I/O number which is different from the IO’s default set-
ting.
ON change the Invert-Bit of the I/O number:

<address> - ON – ENTER
Note that you have to enter the address again if you want to change the Invert-
Bit.
1 2 3 1 C link for the dis- C = Car RSL link
C:Name off played I/O number H = Hall RSL link
0001=0 04 1> . G = Group RSL link
4 5 6 7 CAR = discrete IO on the CARIO
board, e.g., TOCB or CSPB
C:DOB off RvC = RSL IO on the CARIO
0001=0 04 1>05 3 board, e.g., TOCB or CSPB
8 9 2 Name IO Name See IO list
3 off IO Status On / off
4 0001 I/O number 0…9999
5 0 invert-bit 0,1
6 04 address of the 4-63
Remote Station
7 1 bit of the Remote 1-4
Station
8 05 the address you 4-63
entered
9 3 the bit you entered 1-4
1 if the Invert-Bit is
Inverted IO! ON. 1 Inverted IO set, the first row will
0691=1 16 3> . blink
CAR:RDOB off if the IO is located
0545=(CARIO) . 1 (CARIO) at CARIO, the sec-
1 ond row will blink
Software Basic Data

Berlin
RvC:CB00 off if the IO is located

0545=(Rvc) . 1 (RvC) at RvC (RSL via
1 CAN), the second
row will blink
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.10.2 Setup CARIO Menu M-1-3-2-2

View and setup CARIO addresses.
CAR IO .
> .
ting.

Bit.
1 2 3 1 CAR link for the dis- C = Car RSL link
CAR:Name off played I/O number H = Hall RSL link
0605=0 93 5> . G = Group RSL link
CAR:DOS off RvC = RSL IO on the CARIO
4 0605 I/O number 0…9999
5 0 invert-bit 0,1
CAR IO Board
7 1 bit of the 1-8
CAR IO Board
entered
0691=1 96 5> . blink
H:HB00 off if the IO is located
0001=(RSL) . 1 (RSL) at RSL, the second
1 row will blink
Software Basic Data

Berlin
RvC:CB00 off if the IO is located

0545=(RvC) . 1 (RvC) at RvC (RSL via
1 CAN), the second
row will blink
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.10.3 Setup RvC Menu M-1-3-2-3

View and setup “RSL via CAN” addresses (RSL connected to the TOCB, or CSPB).
RvC IO .
> .
ting.

Bit.
1 2 3 1 RvC link for the dis- C = Car RSL link
RvC:Name off played I/O number H = Hall RSL link
0001=0 04 1> . G = Group RSL link
RvC:DOB off RvC = RSL IO on the CARIO
4 0001 I/O number 0…9999
5 0 invert-bit 0,1
Remote Station
7 1 bit of the Remote 1-4
Station
entered
0691=1 16 3> . blink
CAR:RDOB off if the IO is located
0545=(CARIO) . 1 (CARIO) at CARIO, the sec-
1 ond row will blink
Software Basic Data

Berlin
H:HB00 off if the IO is located

0096=(RSL) . 1 (RSL) at GECB RSL, the
1 second row will
blink
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.11 Setup Allowed Mask Menu M-1-3-3

This function is used to setup the Floor Table masks. Four different Allowed Masks are
available:
ALLOWED – Menu >

01 Enable .
ALLOWED – Menu >

02 Cut_Call .
ALLOWED – Menu >

03 Card_Rd. .
ALLOWED – Menu >

04 SHO/WCO .
ALLOWED – Menu >

05 Dest Dsp .
ALLOWED – Menu >

06 Mode Mask.
GOON / GOBACK change to the next/previous mask
1 … 4 press a number to select the mask directly
ENTER select the displayed mask

Software Basic Data

Berlin
Key Handling for all Allowed Masks

The following keys can be used in all Allowed Masks:
GOON / GOBACK change to the next/previous floor number
0 … 2 enter numbers to program the Allowed Mask
ENTER store the Allowed Mask
CLEAR Delete the last input
The following keys can be used in the 1st Allowed Mask:
Display the corresponding Opening number in the first row:

UP / DOWN Switch between standard and extended calls:
standard calls:
at CUDE CUDE P R
00 1100 1100 0 0
opening number:
at F:00 R:01 P R
00 1100 1100 0 0
extended calls:
at cude cude P R
00 1100 1100 0 0
opening number:
at f:00 r:01 P R
00 1100 1100 0 0
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.11.1 Enable Mask M-1-3-3-1
The following functions can be set for each floor:

• which type of call is allowed
• allow or prohibit parking
• define Short Landings
ALLOWED – Menu >

01 Enable .

1 at floor number 00 - 15
at CUDE CUDE P R 2 CUDE front Standard Enable 0000 … 1111 see below
00>1110 0000 0 0 Mask 2000 dummy opening
1 2 3 4 5
C Standard Car Call
U Standard Up Hall Call 0 call type not allowed in this Opening
D Standard Down Hall 1 call type allowed in this Opening
Call
E Standard Emergency
Hall Call
lower case letters indicate the call mask for Extended Calls
3 CUDE rear Enable Mask

4 P Park Enable Bit 0 parking allowed here
1 no parking allowed here
5 R Reduced Run Distance between displayed floor and the
floor above:
0 Normal Run
1 Short Run (not for OVF10)
4 Medium Run (not for OVF10)
Note: Only for LCB_IIC (‘)

1 F:00 Opening Number for front 00-31
1 2 door
at F:00 R:-- P R 2 R:-- Opening Number for rear 00-31
00>1110 0000 0 0
3 3 at00 floor level 00-15
For TCBC / GECB the R-Bit is not necessary. The handling of Short Landings is completely
done by the Drive.
(*) For LCB_IIC only:

For Drivetypes with discrete interface and integrated learnrun (e.g. OVF20, OVFWW), the
setting of R=1 is only required within 1LS and 2LS.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.11.2 Cut Call Mask M-1-3-3-2

• which type of call is affected by Cut Call key switches
• park with opened doors
•
ALLOWED – Menu >
02 Cut_Call .

1 2 3 4 2 CUDE front Enable Mask 0000 … 1111 see below
at CUDE CUDE Op. C
00>1110 0000 0 . Car Call 0 calls are always allowed
U Up Hall Call 1 calls are deleted if any CCO
D Down Hall Call keyswitch is active
E Emergency Hall Call
3 CUDE rear Enable Mask 0000 … 1111 see above
4 Op Park with open doors 0 park with closed doors
1 park with front door open
2 park with rear door open
3 park with both doors open
The following RSL inputs can be used to disable calls:

I/O Name Remark
610 CCOC Cut Car Calls On Car link
611 CCOH Cut Car Calls On Hall link
612 HCCO Hall Call Cut Off
613 GCCO Group Call Cut Off
746 HCOC Hall Call Cut Off from Car
To prevent malfunction: All unused I/O’s from the table above must be set to ‘010’ (default).
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.11.3 Card Reader Mask M-1-3-3-3

• which type of call is affected by Card Reader Operation
• activate Special Door Open Button (SDOB)
ALLOWED – Menu >

03 Card_Rd. .

1 2 3 4 2 CLD- front Enable Mask 0000 … 1110 see below
at CLD- CLD- Sb. C
00>1110 0000 0 . Car call 0 car call is only allowed if card reader
input is activated
1 car call always allowed
L force to Lobby 0 don't force car to lobby
1 force car to Lobby if DOB is pressed
while the car is resting with closed
doors at this floor
D enable DOB 0 DOB disabled
1 DOB enabled; setting of L-bit is ig-
nored
- not used
3 CLD- rear Enable Mask 0000 … 1110 see below
4 Sb Special Door Open 0 no SDOB
Button 1 only front SDOB enabled
2 only rear SDOB enabled
3 both SDOB enabled
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.11.4 SHO and WCO Masks M-1-3-3-4

This mask is used to setup the Shabat Operation and Wild Car Operation.
The following functions can be set for each floor, separately for SHO and WCO:
• Select at which floor the car will stop
• Select which door will be opened
ALLOWED – Menu >

04 SHO/WCO .

1 at floor number 00-15
1 2 3 2 SUDFR SHO mask
at SUDFR WUDFR . U
00 0000 0000 . stop in Up direction 0 action disabled at this floor
D stop in Down direction 1 action enabled at this floor
F open Front door
R open Rear door
3 WUDFR WCO mask
U stop in Up direction 0 action disabled at this floor
D stop in Down direction 1 action enabled at this floor
F open Front door
R open Rear door
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.11.5 Destination Dispatching Masks M-1-3-3-5

This mask is used to setup the Destination Dispatching Car Call Transfer and gives infor-
mation about the presence of DEC devices.
The following function can be set for each opening:

• Invert the car call transfer setting as set in DEST-DE install parameter
The presence of DEC devices is for information only and cannot be changed as this infor-
mation is updated by the Compass GCB trough ring messages
ALLOWED – Menu >

05 Dest Dsp .

1 2 3 2 Tf Transfer mask 0 use transfer as set in DEST-DE
at Tf De . 1 invert for front opening
00 0 0 .
2 invert for rear opening
3 invert for both openings
3 De DEC Present 0 no DEC present
1 DEC at front opening
2 DEC at rear opening
3 DEC at both openings
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.11.6 Mode Mask M-1-3-3-6

This mask is used to setup which opening is allowed to be served depending on the opera-
tion modes NOR (which includes all normal operations like LNS, ACP, ATT, OLD etc.), EHS
Phase 2, EFS and ISC.
The following functions can be set for each opening

• Select at which floor the car will stop in certain operational modes
ALLOWED – Menu >

06 Mode Mask.
Display description Values

1 2 3 2 NEFI Mode mask front
at NEFI NEFI . N
00 0000 0000 . NORmal modes 0 service disabled at front opening
E EHS Phase 2 mode 1 service enabled at front opening
F EFS mode
I ISC mode
3 NEFI Mode mask rear
N NORmal modes 0 service disabled at rear opening
E EHS Phase 2 mode 1 service enabled at rear opening
F EFS mode
I ISC mode
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.12 Setup Position Indicator Menu M-1-3-4
This menu defines the display of the Position Indicator at each floor.
Pos.Ind. new
at: L 00 =10 > .
GOON / GOBACK change to the next/previous floor number
0 … 9 enter a code number to program the Position Indicator (see list below)
ENTER store the new code

1 L left or right digit of the PI L, R
Pos.Ind. new 2 00 floor number 00-31
at: L 00 =10 > .
1 2 3 3 10 code for the displayed charac- 00-39 (40) (see list below)
ter or digit
Pos.Ind. new 4 01 the new code you entered 00-39 (40) (see list below)
at: L 00 =10 >01
4
Description of codes:
Code Symbol Code Symbol Code Symbol Code Symbol Code Symbol
0 0 10 (blank) 20 J (*) 30 T (*) 40 12 (*)
1 1 11 A 21 K (*) 31 U 41 1 (*) For Asia
2 2 12 B (*) 22 L 32 V (*) 42 S (*) For Asia
3 3 13 C 23 M (*) 33 W (*)
4 4 14 D (*) 24 N (*) 34 X (*)
5 5 15 E 25 O 35 Y (*)
6 6 16 F 26 P 36 Z (*)
7 7 17 G (*) 27 Q (*) 37 -
8 8 18 H 28 R (*) 38 *
9 9 19 I (*) 29 S 39 All segments
(*) These characters cannot be displayed by 7-segment position indicators!
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.13 Setup DCS-Run Menu M-1-3-5

The Door Check Sequence (DCS) - Function is a safety feature for MCS controllers. It in-
sures that all hoistway door contacts are installed correctly and will open the safety chain
when a door opens.
Until the Door Check Sequence is finished successfully it is only possible to move the car in
inspection mode. Normal runs are disabled.
to start DCS .
press ENTER .
The following error messages can be displayed before the DCS run is started:
DCS Start Error: The car is not at the lowest floor.

Into 1LS and DZ! move the car to the lowest floor (ERO)
DCS Start Error: The car is in 1LS, but not in the doorzone.
Leave 1LS! . Leave 1LS or move into DZ.
DCS Start Error: The car is in shutdown.

Not able to Run!
DCS Start Error: The car is in TCI or ERO mode.

Switch off INS!! Switch to Normal
DCS Start Error: The check has already been done

already done > press GOON to start DCS again.
Software Basic Data

Berlin

12 3 4 5 u moving up
-00 DW:clsd <>][ d moving down
open front door.
6
3 DW:clsd status of DW input and DW:clsd landing door is closed
DS contact dw:opnd landing door is opened
4 <> front door state ][ fully closed
<> opening
[] fully opened
>< closing
5 ][ rear door state ][ fully closed
<> opening
[] fully opened
>< closing
6 open action open front door
front open rear door
door check DW input
close front door
close rear door
moving to bottom
up to next floor
error text see table below
Software Basic Data

Berlin
The following error messages can be displayed during the DCS run:

Front Door Error landing door contact is not opened while front car door is opened
Rear Door Error landing door contact is not opened while rear car door is opened
aborted by ENTER The key ENTER has been pressed; DCS is aborted.
DW not closed car door is closed but landing door contact is open
Door opening Err door could not be opened within 20 seconds
Position Error The calculated position is higher than TOP.
Door closing Err door could not be closed within 20 seconds
SE is missing! safety chain is closed but SE is low.
At the end of the DCS the following displays appear:
DCS successfull. press GOON to continue

press GOON >
Check PES,GTC... Reminder what has to be done next

press GOON > press GOON to continue
to start normal! press GOON to continue

press GOON >
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.14 Setup ELD Menu M-1-3-6
The ELD – function is used to define the ”Customer Message” of the OTIS 2000-ELD
(CPI-11).
For each floor the Customer Message can be
displayed (Floor-Mode)
modified (Edit-Mode and Default-Mode)
or stored into EEPROM (Store-Mode).
Overview
1
M -1 -3 -6
5
CLEAR send Customer Messages to ELD
Floor-Display
2
ENTER CLEAR
ON
Edit-Display Default-Display
CLEAR
ENTER
3 OFF
ENTER CLEAR
Store-Display
4
ENTER
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Floor-Display:
GOON / GOBACK Change the floor number
0 … 9 Enter a floor number
UP / DOWN Change the Edit-Mode, which will be used in the Edit-Display
ENTER Transition to the Edit-Display
CLEAR All messages will be sent to the ELD if you have been in the Store-Display.
Floor-Display:

1 00 level number 0-31
0 2
00?FLOOR ALL?ELD 2 ALL selected Edit-Mode, ALL: all characters available
BASEMENT . which will be used in A-Z: only A-Z
3
the Edit-Display 0-9: only 0-9
%/): only &(),-./:<>'
SPE: only ÄÁÅÇØÖÆ
HEX: all characters available by
using hex input
mov: move the text to the left or
right
3 BASEMENT Customer Message
which is currently
stored in the E2Prom
for the selected level
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Edit-Display:
UP / DOWN Change the cursor position within the customer message. The selected posi-
tion is marked by a blinking "?".
GOON / GOBACK Change the Selected character. The range of available characters is defined
by the active Edit-Mode.
Edit-Mode "mov":
Move the displayed Customer Message to the left or right. This is an easy way
to center the message on the ELD.
1 … 9 Skip through the character set using the selected step width (Key-No.)
0 … F Edit-Mode "HEX":
Input 2-digit-HEX-code to enter a new character
ON Transition to the Default-Display, which allows to use predefined Customer

Messages
ENTER Transition to the Store-Display.
CLEAR Back to the Floor-Display. The current Customer Message will be buffered so
that you can change the Edit-Mode without loosing your changes.
Edit-Display:

1 00 floor number 00-31
1 2 3
00 E? ALL<ELD 2 E? selected character
BAS?MENT . 3 ALL
4 selected Edit-Mode see above
4 ? cursor
Edit-Mode HEX: 1 00 floor number 00-31
2 E selected character
1 2 3 4 3 45 HEX-code for the 00 - FF
00 E?45 HEX<ELD
BAS?MENT . selected character
5 4 HEX Edit-Mode "HEX" HEX
5 ? cursor
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Store-Display:
ENTER Store the displayed Customer Message into E2Prom.

Activate Floor Mode
CLEAR Back to Edit-Mode
Store-Display:

1 1 00 level number 00-31
00 write E2P? .
BASEMENT .
2
alternating with
1 2 BASEMENT current Customer
00 press ENTER . Message
BASEMENT .
2
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Default-Display:
0 … 9 Two digits input to select the Default Message by entering the List-No.
UP / DOWN select the language
GOON / GOBACK select the predefined Default-Message
ENTER Transition back to Edit-Display. The desired Default Message will be buffered.
CLEAR , OFF Back to Edit-Display without buffering your changes.
Default-Display:

1 2 3 1 00 level number 00-31
00 06?ELDdef?ENG 2 06 number of selected 00-19
GARAGE . default message
4
3 ENG selected language ENG, GER, ITA
4 GARAGE selected Default see table below
message
Software Basic Data

Berlin
List of Default Messages
No. ENG GER ITA

0 LOBBY ERDGESCHOSS TERRANO
1 BASEMENT KELLER SOTTERRANEO
2 PENTHOUSE DACHTERASSE ATTICO
3 FLOOR ETAGE PIANO
4 RECEPTION EMPFANG RICEZIONE
5 EXIT AUSGANG USCITA
6 GARAGE TIEFGARAGE POSTEGGIO
7 SECRETARY SEKTRETARIAT SEGRETERIA
8 RESTAURANT RESTAURANT RISTORANTE
9 CAFETERIA KAFFEESTUBE CAFFETERIA
10 GARAGE PARKHAUS POSTEGGIO
11 POOL SCHWIMMHALLE PISCINA
12 SAUNA SAUNA SAUNA
13 DOCTOR ARZT DOTTORE
14 0 123 456 789 0 123 456 789 0 123 456 789
15 : . () <> / -, & ’ : . () <> / - , & ‘ : . () <> / - , & ‘
16 ABCD EFGH IJKL ABCD EFGH IJKL ABCD EFGH IJKL
17 MNOP QRST UVWXYZ MNOP QRST UVWXYZ MNOP QRST UVWXYZ
18 Ä Á Å Ç Æ Ø Ö Ä Á Å Ç Æ Ø Ö Ä Á Å Ç Æ Ø Ö
19 empty string
HEX-CODE Table
ASCII HEX ASCII HEX ASCII HEX ASCII HEX ASCII HEX
Blank 20 0 30 A 41 N 4E Ä 80
& 26 1 31 B 42 O 4F Á 81
( 28 2 32 C 43 P 50 Å 82
) 29 3 33 D 44 Q 51 Ç 83
, 2C 4 34 E 45 R 52 A- 84
- 2D 5 35 F 46 S 53 -E 85
. 2E 6 36 G 47 T 54 Ø 86
/ 2F 7 37 H 48 U 55 Ö 87
: 2A 8 38 I 49 V 56
< 3C 9 39 J 4A W 57
> 3E K 4B X 58
L 4C Y 59
M 4D Z 5A
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.15 Setup Speech Menu M - 1- 3 - 7

This menu is used to setup the messages for the vendor speech synthesizer which is con-
trolled by the I/Os 647-656.
FLOOR MSG AT 000

01 02 03 04 .
Each message consists of up to four phrases which will be played in sequence. You can
view and change the phrases for all available messages.
GOON / GOBACK change the message which should be displayed or programmed
0 … 9 change the codes for the phrases
ENTER store the phrase codes into E2Prom
1 FLOOR MSG AT 000 Type of mes- FLOOR MSG AT 000
1 sage …
FLOOR MSG AT 000 FLOOR MSG AT 031
01 27 00 00 . UP DIR MESSAGE
2 DOWN DIR MESSAGE
WELCOME MESSAGE
NUDGING MESSAGE
OVERLOAD MESSAGE
EPO MESSAGE
INSPECTION MSG
ALARM MESSAGE
EXIT CAR MESSAGE
TEST MESSAGE
OPEN DOOR MSG
CLOSE DOOR MSG
HANDICAP MESSAGE (*)
CMPS VIP MESSAGE (*)
CMPS DEPART MESSAGE (*)
CMPS CARD SWIPE (*)
EHS/EMT MESSAGE
(*) with Compass only
2 01 27 00 00 codes of 4 see table below. This example
phrases for the would say "First Floor"
above message
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Phrase codes for the OKI Speech Synthesizer:

dec hex text dec hex text dec hex text
00 00h (no operation) 23 17h Fifty 46 2Eh Going up
01 01h First 24 18h Plaza 47 2Fh Going down
02 02h Second 25 19h Ground 48 30h Please stand clear of the closing door
03 03h Third 26 1Ah Twentieth 49 31h This elevator
04 04h Fourth 27 1Bh Floor 50 32h is full
05 05h Fifth 28 1Ch Basement 51 33h Please take the next elevator
06 06h Sixth 29 1Dh Thirtieth 52 34h Do not be alarmed
07 07h Seventh 30 1Eh Fortieth 53 35h We are experiencing
08 08h Eighth 31 1Fh Fiftieth 54 36h a temporary power interruption
09 09h Ninth 32 20h Story 55 37h minor technical difficulties
10 0Ah Tenth 33 21h Garage 56 38h is needed for an emergency
11 0Bh Eleventh 34 22h Mezzanine 57 39h Please exit when the doors open
12 0Ch Twelfth 35 23h Level 58 3Ah You are pressing...buttons required
13 0Dh Thirteenth 36 24h Lobby 59 3Bh To summon assistance
14 0Eh Fourteenth 37 25h Restaurant 60 3Ch Concourse
15 0Fh Fifteenth 38 26h Lower 61 3Dh Please push the alarm button
16 10h Sixteenth 39 27h Main 62 3Eh Good morning
17 11h Seventeenth 40 28h Cafeteria 63 3Fh Penthouse
18 12h Eighteenth 41 29h Parking
19 13h Nineteenth 42 2Ah One 64-126 (spare)
20 14h Twenty 43 2Bh Two
21 15h Thirty 44 2Ch Three 127 7Fh Test sequence initiator
22 16h Forty 45 2Dh Upper
Phrase codes for Speech Synthesizer(ELEVOA) for Japan with EN-JIS>0:

Phrase Codes
Name Message Feature
Dec Hex
FLOOR MSG AT00 ~ FLOOR MSG
1~16 1h~10h It is the 1st floor ~ 16th floor 1 times
AT15
FLOOR MSG AT016 ~ FLOOR MSG
77~92 4Dh~5Ch It is the 17th floor ~ 32nd floor 1 times
AT031
CLOSING MESSAGE 20 14h Closing the door 1 times
UP DIR MESSAGE 22 16h Going up 1 times
DOWN DIR MESSAGE 23 17h Going down 1 times
Repeat every 5
OVERLOAD MESSAGE 25 19h This elevator is full. Please get off from the elevator
sec
Repeat every 10
EOP MESSAGE 27 1Bh Please wait for a while
sec
EXIT MESSAGE 31 1Fh Please exit 1 times
Repeat every 10
EFS MESSAGE 33 21h It is the Fire operation
sec
Repeat every 10
EQO MESSAGE 34 22h When the door opened Please exit
sec
Repeat every 10
ARE (Battery Rescue Op) MESSAGE 35 23h It is the Battery rescue operation
sec
Please push alarm button./ It is calling the service
CFS MESSAGE 38 26h 1 times
engineers
Repeat every 10
PHD MESSAGE 40 28h Please stay away from the door
sec
PUSH CCB MESSAGE 41 29h Please push the destination button 1 times
The car does not stop at the floor that is indicated by
CCS MESSAGE 48 30h 1 times
the flashing lamp.
Repeat every 5 or
EOP2 MESSAGE 53 35h When the door opened please exit
10 sec
OPENING MESSAGE 59 3Bh Opening the door 1 times
Repeat every 10
EQAR RUN MESSAGE 72 48h It is being the Earthquake auto recover operation
sec
Repeat every 10
EQAR MESSAGE 73 49h Starting the Earthquake auto recover operation
sec
Repeat every 10
EEQF MESSAGE 74 4Ah The earthquake early warning was received
sec
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.16 Setup Time Menu M - 1- 3 - 8
This menu is used to setup the date and time of the real time clock. The parameters in the
group “11-TIME” enable automatic adjusting of Daylight Saving Time (i.e. Summer-
time/Wintertime). For more details, refer to Gxx30780xxx_INS and Gxx30780xxx_FSD.
TIME – Menu >

Set Date/Time=1
1 Enter menu to set or change date and time
Setting Time .
31.12.07 23:59.
1 31 Day 1-31
Setting Time . 2 12 Month 1-12
31.12.07 23:59.
1 2 3 4 5 3 07 Year
4 23 Hour 0-23
5 59 Minute 0-59
GOON / GOBACK Change the position of the cursor. The cursor is indicated by a blinking value.
ENTER Store date/time.

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.2.17 Setup SAC Menu M - 1- 3 - 9
This menu is used to setup the access codes and secured state for the Secure Access fea-
ture for each opening.
SAC-F 1 2 3 S .
000 0 0 0 0 .
Valid nubers
1 000 Floor Number 0-99
F front opening
SAC-F 1 2 3 S . R rear opening
000 0 0 0 0 . st
2 0 1 SAC Digit 1-6
1 2 3 4 5
nd
3 0 2 SAC Digit 1-6
rd
4 0 3 SAC Digit 1-6
5 0 Secured State 0-1
GOON / GOBACK Change the floor number
UP Jump to rear openings
ENTER Store data
CLEAR Delete the last input

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.3 Check Functions

This menu is used to perform system check functions, e.g. handover tests.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.3.1 UCM-EN Check Menu M-1-4-1
This function allows to perform the handover test for Unintended Car Movement Protection
according to EN81-1.
For the Handover Test procedure, the safety chain is interrupted by a specially designed
test plug which is located between the DS and the GS contacts.
After the plug has been removed and a key has been pushed, the car performs a special
run with closed the doors and the door bypass is bridged. This special run will use a defined
profile to simulate free fall.
When the car leaves the doorzone, the door bypass circuit interrupts the safety chain and
causes an emergency stop.
After the test, the displacement of the car must be manually measured by the mechanic.
The Service Tool guides the mechanic through the steps of the handover procedure.
First, the desired direction of the test run must be chosen:
Direction? .
Up=1 Down=2 > .
1. Enter “1” to perform the UCM test in up direction.

At top floor, “Up=x” is shown and this option is not available.
2. Enter “2” to perform the UCM test in down direction.

At bottom floor, “Down=x” is shown and this option is not available.

Software Basic Data

Berlin
Now the required load must be confirmed. For the UP test, the car must be empty. For the
DOWN test, the car must be fully loaded.

Load=0%? . Load=100%? .
n=0 y=1 > . n=0 y=1 > .
0. Abort the function to load the car as required.
1. Confirm that the car is loaded correctly.
For safety reasons, the doors must be closed during this test.
If DDO is not active, the following screen is shown:
DDO on! .
.
No keys can be used in this step. When DDO is activated, the next screen is shown auto-
matically.
To prevent unexpected movement of the car, hall calls must be deactivated during this test.
If CHCS is not active, the following screen is shown:
CHCS on! .
.
No keys can be used in this step. When CHCS is activated, the next screen is shown auto-
matically.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Now the mechanic is instructed to remove the plug which is labeled as indicated below.
Remove Plug: .
No keys can be used in this step. When the plug has been removed (i.e. DW and DFC are
low), the next screen is shown automatically.
Note that the plug simulates an opened landing door so that the software will prevent
HAD as long as this menu is active.
If you leave the menu after removing the plug, HAD will be detected!
Confirm to start the test run.

Start Up? . Start Down? .
n=0 y=1 > . n=0 y=1 > .
0. Abort the function.
1. Confirm to start the test run.
The door bypass is activated and a special command is sent to the drive to perform the
UCM test run (simulating free fall). This run will be interrupted by the safety chain when the
car leaves the doorzone and the doorbypass drops.
ok. .
wait... .
No keys can be used in this step. When the Drive reports that the run has ended, the next
screen is shown automatically. If the Drive does not respond within 8 seconds, the function
is aborted and the failure screen is shown.
The software checks whether the test run was successful and also whether UCM was de-
tected by GECB as well as Drive.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
ok. .
checking... .
No keys can be used in this step. When everything was correct, the next screen is shown
automatically. If this cannot be determined within 8 seconds, the function is aborted and the
failure screen is shown.
Now the mechanic must verify that the car has stopped within the required limits. Refer to
the Field Instruction Manual for details.
Check car! .
press ENTER .
Now the mechanic is instructed to insert the plug which is labeled as indicated below.
Insert Plug: .
No keys can be used in this step. When the plug has been inserted (i.e. DW and DFC are
high), the next screen is shown automatically.
Confirm the result of the test.

Software Basic Data

Berlin
Test OK? .
n=0 y=1 > .
0. Press “0” if the car was not stopped within the limits.
1. Press “1” if the car was stopped within the limits.
ENTER Press ENTER to continue.
Now the mechanic is instructed to perform an ERO run so that the UCM blockage is
cleared.
Run ERO to .
continue .
No keys can be used in this step. When the Drive performs an ERO run, the next screen is
shown automatically.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
After successful test, the final screen is shown:
UCM-Test .
done! .
No keys can be used in this step. The test sequence is finished.
If the test was aborted, the abort screen is shown:
UCM-Test .
aborted! .
No keys can be used in this step. The test sequence is aborted.
If an error has occurred, the error screen is shown:
UCM-Test .
FAILED! .
No keys can be used in this step. The test sequence has failed.
Check the status and the event log to determine the reason of the failure.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.3.2 ET_S Speed Check Menu M - 1- 4 -2
This menu is used to check the ET_Sx speed adjustments on systems with “ETSD with
Reed Switches”. It displays the measured values from the last run, and also latches the
earliest measures values (displayed in parentheses).
ET_S1 o:91%(90%)
ET_S2 o:90%(90%)
st st
1 ET_S1 Name of the ET_S1 – 1 step 1 signal
st nd
ETSD speed ET_S2 – 1 step 2 signal
ET_S1 o:00%(--%) signal
nd st
ET_S3 – 2 step 1 signal
ET_S2 o:00%(--%) nd nd
1 2 3 4 ET_S4 – 2 step 2 signal
2 o: Signal edge o: - closed to open edge
indicator c: - open to closed edge
3 00% Last measured 00% - 99%
speed at indi-
cated edge
4 --% Latched earliest 00% - 99%
measured edge
since last clear- The earliest “o” edge is the
ing lowest measured speed at the
closed-to-open edge.
The earliest “c” edge is the

highest measured speed at the
open-to-closed edge.
GOON / GOBACK Change the displayed signal
UP / DOWN Clear the latched “earliest” edges

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.3.3 REM6 Menu M - 1- 4 -3
This menu provides REM6 submenus to test the function of the REM6.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.3.3.1 REM6 Menu – Signal Status M - 1- 4 -3 - 1
This menu shows the signal status of varios REM6 signals.
oos rfs aps apc>

alb albc albf .
GOON
tpa tpaf tprb .
GOON / GOBACK Change the displayed signal
An active signal, is displayed in CAPITAL LETTERS.

An inactive signal, is displayed in small letters.
Signal Description of the active state

-------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OOS Out Of Service and OOS delay elapsed
RFS Request for service
APS Alarm pending set – alarm queued but not ACK‘d
APC Alarm pending clear – alarm clear queued but not ACK‘d
ALB State of alarm button
ALBC Alarm Button Confirmed – ALB pushed while tpaf not active
ALF Alarm filter – active when service state or Drive power save
TPA Trapped passenger alarm – OOS and ALBC
TPAF TPA filter – active when doors open or will open or no OOS
TPRB State of TPR Button
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.3.4 Overvoltage Test Menu M - 1- 4 -4
This menu provides a test function for an automatic test of the overvoltage control of the
GECB_HE only (GeN2 Home). The test switches the GECB_HE to battery mode with the
output OVTest1, checks the battery mode and switches back to normal mode and checks
the normal mode. This is done with the 2nd output OVTest2 as well.
The user can start the test with “1” and ENTER.
Overvolt Test ?
n=0 y=1 >
A successful test shows
OVTest1 off+ on+

OVTest2 off+ on+
Overvoltage test
+ SUCCESS
A non-successful test shows one a more minus signs, in order to show where the test was
failed, e.g.
OVTest1 off+ on+

OVTest2 offon-
Overvoltage test
- FAILED
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.4 Monitoring Functions

These functions are to monitor current status of elevator during Optimized ARO, REI mode
for field mechanic or engineering usage.
The OARO monitoring menu will display always, but REI monitoring menu can be displayed
by set <M-1-3-1-10> MON-FUNC to 2.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.4.1 ARO (for OARO only; Asian) M-1-7-1
This menu is used to monitor the ARO (Automatic Rescue Operation).

For more details, refer to Gxx30780xxx_INS and Gxx30780xxx_FSD.
FEATURE – Menu >.

5=ARO .
5 REI Mode Operation Monitoring
GOON / GOBACK Change the menu. There are three kinds of menu – MODE, STEP, TARGET
SPB_F x/x/x/x > 1 FLAG: This is only for engineering usage
DRV_F x/x/x >
1
1 POS: Position value
1 2 2 DIR Direction / Rescue direction
POS:x/x DIR:x/x 3
TARGET: Axx->Txx A The actual floor.
3 4 5 6 4 xx Floor number
5 T The REI target floor.
6 xx Floor number
1 OP- Current / Previous
1 MODE
OPMODE: x/x . 2 DRIVE The drive is idle. IDLE
DRIVE: IDLE .
2 The drive is not ready yet. NOT READY
The drive is running. RUNNING
The drive is stopped. STOPPED
The drive is blocked by some reason. BLOCKED
Software Basic Data

Berlin
1 STATE: This menu is to show the ARO step
The ARO is initiated. INIT ARO
STATE: CHECK .
MC CMD: CARGOTON The car is check landing. CHECK
The car is running to next floor. RUN2NEXT
The car stopped at landing. AT LANDING
The car is closing door. CLOSE DOOR
The car is wait for DOB input. WAIT4DOB
The ARO is successful. SUCCESSFUL
The ARO is finished. FINISHED
The ARO is not used. NOT USED
ABORT The ARO is aborted by condition. ABORT N/A
The ARO is aborted by timeout expired. ABORT TOUT
The ARO is aborted by position invalid. ABORT POS
The ARO is aborted by inside LS zone. ABORT LS
The ARO is aborted by terminal landing ABORT TML
direction.
The ARO is aborted by counter weight ABORT CWT
direction.
The ARO is aborted by software error. ABORT ERR
MC CMD This is only for engineering usage.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.4.2 REI – Remote Elevator Inspection M-1-7-8

<M-1-3-1-10> 27 MON-FUNC=2 (2: REI Monitoring)
This menu is used to monitor the REI (Remote Elevator Inspection).
8 REI Mode Operation Monitoring
GOON / GOBACK Change the menu. There are four kinds of menu – MODE, STEP, TARGET,
FLAG
1 MODE The REI is not active. DEACTIVE
A-xx IDL ST ][][. 2 The REI is active. ACTIVE
MODE: ABORT TPA .
3 The REI is paused. PAUSE
4 The REI is recovered. RECOVERED
5 The REI is aborted by some reason ABORT
5-1 The REI is not available. - N/A
5-2 The REI timeout is expired. - TOUT
5-3 The REI is aborted by NMS. - NMS
5-4 The REI is aborted by higher priority OpMode. - MODE
5-5 The REI is aborted by OOS condition. - OOS
5-6 The REI is aborted by TPA alarm. - TPA
6 The REI is finished successfully. COMPLETE
1 STEP NORMAL
A-xx REI FR ][][. 2 The BeforeLog is collected. BeforeLog
STEP: STOP UP .
3 The car is going to Bottom. GO BOTTOM
4 The car stops at all floor from Bottom to Top STOP UP
with door operation
5 The car stops at all floor from Top to Bottom STOP DOWN
without door operation
6 The car is going up from Bottom to Top GOING UP
7 The car is going down from Top to Bottom GOING DOWN
8 The car light inspection CAR LIT
9 The emergency light inspection EMERG. LIT
10 The Brake Torque Inspection BTI
11 The AfterLog is collected. AfterLog
12 The car returns to floor REI started GO START
13 Stop BeforeLog collection when REI is not STOP BfLog
available.
14 The REI is not started or finished. WAIT
1 TARGET Target
Software Basic Data

Berlin
A-xx REI FR ][][ 2 A The actual floor.

TARGET: Axx->Txx 3 xx Floor number
1 2 3 4 5 4 T The REI target floor.
5 xx Floor number
A-xx REI ST ][][ 1 FLAG: This is only for engineering usage
FLAG: xx/x/x/x/x
1
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.5 UCM (GECB, Korea / Japan only) M - 1- 9
This menu is used to release or to monitor the UCM (Unintended Car Movement) relay con-
tact. The menu is only visible if the parameter UCM-TYP=1 for Korea or UCM-TYP=2 for
Japan is enabled. For more details, refer to Gxx30780xxx_INS and Gxx30780xxx_FSD.
tion between GECB and GDCB should be available in order to clear UCM fault.
Special Feature>
3=UCM Reset .
3 Reset UCM relay
Note : UCM errors can be also cleared by ERO toggle 3 times within 10 sec.
Special Feature>
4=UCMErr Status.
4 Monitor UCM error condition
Description of display (for Korea) :


z d n q o c . opens
GDCB for x seconds

Software Basic Data

Berlin
Display description Msg id

1 UCM No Response No message from UCM board 0
UCM-ERR: . Door OpenRun Err Door Open Run Fault 1
Error msg .
1 Over Speed Err Over Speed Fault in door open run 2
DZ Senser Err Short mode failure of Door Zone 3
Sensers(1LV and 2LV)
BS Err Consecutive failure of Brake 4
Switches(BS1, BS2)
S-RelayErr Short mode failure of S-relays(S1, S2, 5
S3, BY)
CGS Err Short mode failure of CGS relays(CGS 6
and CGS2)
BypassCircuitErr Short mode failure of Door Bypass 7
Circuit(LV1, LV2, LVC contacts)
PVT Err Open mode failure of PVT 8
UCMR Err Short mode failure of UCMR contact 9
SCR Err Short mode failure of Speed Check 10
Relay
WD Reset Watch dog reset happen and latch up 11
the system at boot-up
Memory Error Check sum mismatch detected and 12
latch up the system at boot-up
Special Feature>.
5=UCM Scn .
The following keys can be used(for Japan):
5 Display SCN of UCM software on the UCM fixture board

1 SCN of the UCM Software configuration Number on the
UCM-SCN: . software UCM fixture board
JAA31477AAA .
1
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6 Tools Functions

These are a couple of functions for additional diagnostic.
5.6.1 Search IO M-2-1

This function finds all I/O-Numbers which are programmed to a specific RSL or RvC
address.
Since GAA30782GAB: The search is also possible for CARIO addresses.
0 … 9 enter an RSL/CARIO address and bit
ENTER start or continue the Search Run
GOON continue the Search Run
1 ? status indicator ? waiting for input (ENTER)
1 ? blinks when searching
Search-IO ? 2 04 Address to be
Adr: 04 / Pin: 1
2 3 searched for
3 1 Pin/Bit to be
searched for
1 2 3 1 C link for the displayed C = Car RSL link
C:LWO > I/O number H = Hall RSL link
0005=0 04 1(in ) G = Group RSL link
4 5 6 7
RvC = RSL IO on the CARIO
2 LWO IO Name
3 > status indicator > waiting for input (ENTER or
GOON)
? blinks when searching
4 0005 I/O-number which is 0000 - 9999
programmed for this
Address/Pin
5 0 invert-bit 0,1
6 04 1 Address and Pin to 04 1 … 63 4
be searched for
7 (in ) Type of IO ín, out
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Search-IO . no further I/O-

no more match!. Numbers have been
found
Search-IO . no I/O-Number has

no match! . been found
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6.2 Erase IO M-2-2

This function completely erases the I/O-Setup in the E2PROM.
Erase IO_Part?
n=0 y=1 / Enter.
display keys description
1 Erase IO_Part? 0 & ENTER leave menu; the setup will not be erased
n=0 y=1 / Enter.
1 & ENTER first confirmation
2 Erase IO_Part? 0 & ENTER leave menu; the setup will not be erased
n=0 y=2 / Enter.
2 & ENTER confirm again to erase the I/O-Setup
3 Erase IO_Part! 1: countdown; the procedure is finished when this

Please Wait:1581 number reaches zero
1
After calling this function all RemoteStation-Adresses will have been deleted and all I/Os will
be inactive:
I/O-Nr. name default I/O-Nr. name default

0 DOL 0 01-0 692, 693 1LS, 2LS 1 01-0
7-9 LWX, UIS, DIS 0 01-0 694 DCL 0 01-0
12 LWX 0 01-0 695 RDCL 0 01-0
17-19 NU, NUSD, NUG 0 01-0 697 MCLS 0 01-0
224-255 FPD-xx 0 01-0 703 ON 0 01-0
480-511 CRS-xx 0 01-0 746 HCOC 0 01-0
544 RDOL 0 01-0 772 AEFO 1 01-0
588 MTC 0 01-0 775 XEFO 0 01-0
610-613 CCO 0 01-0 783 TCIB 1 01-0
624 EFO 1 01-0 784 PDD 0 01-0
625 ESH 0 01-0 1000 CLR 0 01-0
691 TCI 1 01-0 all others 0 00-0
Description of the default value:

1 Invert-Bit
0 01-0. 2 address
1 2 3 3 bit
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6.3 Setup Inst M-2-3

This function completely erases the Installation Parameter Setup in the E2PROM.
Setup Install ?
n=0 y=1 / Enter.
1 Setup Install ? 0 & ENTER leave menu; the setup will not be erased
n=0 y=1 / Enter.
1 & ENTER first confirmation
2 Setup Install ? 0 & ENTER leave menu; the setup will not be erased
n=0 y=2 / Enter.
2 & ENTER confirm again to erase the I/O-Setup
3 Setup Install ! Installation Parameters are being set to the default

Please Wait... . values
4 Setup Install !
Setup DONE! .
After calling this function all parameters have been set to the Default-value as indicated in
the document Gxx30780xxx_INS.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6.4 Setup Door M-2-4

This function allows you to change from predefined Door Operators (DOOR=0-10) to Ge-
neric Door Operator (DOOR=11) without programming each parameter separately.
Enter a doortype as listed in the List of Installation Pa-
1 Which door type? 0 … 9 rameters for parameter DOOR.
front > .
ENTER confirm
Enter a doortype as listed in the List of Installation Pa-

2 Which door type? 0 … 9 rameters for parameter REAR.
rear > .
ENTER confirm
Store the default values for Generic Door Operator Pa-

3 F: FLH . ENTER rameters
R: 9550 TLD .
4 Loading done!. Finished

Have fun! .
Now you can setup DOOR=11 (or REAR=11) without changing the behaviour of the soft-
ware.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6.5 Customer ID Menu M-2-5
5.6.5.1 Pairing M-2-5-1
With this menu you can pair a GECB controller with a specific OFT-C (OTIS Field Tool –
Customer).
NOTE: An OFT-C has to be initialized at the WW OTISkey server with a unique Customer
ID (CID).
Before an OFT-C is passed on to the customer, it has to be paired with the customers’ con-
troller. With that approach an OFT-C from customer B won’t work with controllers from cus-
tomer A and vice versa.
The pairing is enabled with an OFT-A (Adjuster Tool) with M-2-5-1. After this is done some-
one has 3 minutes left in order to plug in the OFT-C. The GECB will read out the OFT-C’s
CID and will save it on the GECB.
Description of display (M-2-5-1):

1 Enable Pairing?. 0/1 0=cancel, 1=pairing

n=0 y=1 > .
2 Enable now? . 0/2 0=cancel, 2=enable pairing

n=0 y=2 > .
3 Pairing enabled! Pairing is enabled: 3 minutes left to plug in OFT-C

Please, plug …..
4 OFT-C Pairing . Wait until OFT-C is paired with controller.

please wait …..
The first line always shows that the GECB is in pairing
4 OFT-C Pairing . mode.
DONE! .
or DONE: Pairing was successful. The menu is shown after
OFT-C Pairing . 3 seconds.
FAILED! .
or
OFT-C Pairing . FAILED: The connected tool is no OFT-C or the OFT-C
WRONG CID! . was not initialized at the WW OTISkey server. No menu
is shown anymore, plug in another tool
WRONG CID: The connected OFT-C was not initialized

at the WW OTISkey server. No menu is shown anymore,
plug in another tool.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6.5.2 Reset M-2-5-2
An already paired GECB can be reset (set back to factory default) to make it an un-paired
GECB.
Description of display (M-2-5-2):

1 Reset Cust.-ID?. 0/1 0=cancel, 1=reset

n=0 y=1 > .
2 Reset now? . 0/2 0=cancel, 2=reset now

n=0 y=2 > .
3 Cust.-ID reset!. Reset done.

Done! ..
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6.6 Check Tool - Tool Expiration Counter M-2-7

With this menu a connected Smart OTIS Dongle (SOD) or an OFT-A (OTIS Field Tool –
Adjuster) can be tested for its expiration counter.
TOOLS - Menu >

7 = Check Tool.
One of the above tools is connected:

Expiration .
count = 000955
None of the above tools is connected:

NO EXPIRATION, .
press ‘CLEAR’ .
NOTE:
An expired OFT-A shows “NO EXPIRATION”.
An expired SOD shows “Expiration count = 00000”.
In addition to this TOOL menu a 60 sec blink message during startup was implemented,
which will warn about 50 (or less) connections left until expiration.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6.7 Operate Special M-2-8

This menu allows to access the memory addresses of the board.
Engineering only. Not for Field use.

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.6.8 Operate Memory M-2-9

This menu allows to access the memory addresses of the board.
Engineering only. Not for Field use.

Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.7 Extra Functions

These are a couple of functions for additional diagnostic.
5.7.1 Activate SW Menu M-3-1

Since GAA30780DAJ the GECB has two places to store application software:
• Active image
• Inactive image
The application runs from the active image. An application download goes into the inactive
image without disturbing the current running application.
If the inactive image contains a valid application, the Activate SW menu allows activating it.
Activate SW can be called multiple times to switch between the two images back and forth.
After programming the GECB with a non-bootable OMU (for field usage), the Activate SW
menu can also be used to switch back to the previous running version. Multiple calls allow
switching between the two images back and forth.
Programming the GECB with a bootable OMU (not for field usage) erases the other image
preventing switching back with the Activate SW menu.
Since GAA30782GAB:
Activation is only allowed when the car is not running and the doors are closed.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Optional at any time
No Reset-CarRuns Shown if the car is running

Please wait .
No Reset- Doors! Shown if the doors are not closed

Please wait .
First screen
Validating Checks whether the inactive image is valid

Please wait
Advances to
Current SW
Press GOON >
GOON
GAA30780DAJ SCN of the current running software (active image)

01-Oct-10 13:02> Date and time of authorization
Press GOON / GOBACK to continue / go back to the previous screen
SW to activate
Press GOON >
G1130780DAK SCN of the software in the inactive image that is available

02-Oct-10 13:02> for activation, date and time of authorization
Activate SW?
n=0 y=1 >

or press GOBACK to go back to the previous screen
or press MODULE to cancel
Reset now?
n=0 y=2 >
Software Basic Data

Berlin
Press 2 - ENTER to perform a reset1 and activate the software in the inactive image
or press MODULE to cancel
Activating
G1130780DAK
The GECB resets and starts the selected software (changes the inactive image to be the
active one).
1
Please note that a reset should not be performed during car movement because it would cause an emergen-
cy stop.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.7.2 Repair Params Menu M-3-2

This menu is available since GAA30782GAA.
If the value of parameter is less than min or higher than max, this value on the E2PROM
would be manually adjusted to the default value.
EXTRA - Menu .
2=Repair Params.
1 006 The number of parameters to be changed 000-999
1 2 3 to the default value
006 COP-COPY=011 2 COP-OPY Parameter name
Set to 000? . 3 Current value
4
011
4 000 Default value
Press ENTER : store default value and
show the next bad parameter.
Press GOON or GOBACK : show the next

bad or the previous bad parameter without
storing default value.
Software Basic Data

Berlin
5.7.3 End Construct Menu M-3-3

This menu is available since GAA30782GAx and is only available for GeN2 Home.
This is the manual option of terminating the construction phase of the GeN2 home elevator.
EXTRA - Menu .
3=End Construct.
EndConstruction?
n=0 y=1 > .
EndConstruction?
n=0 y=2 > .
This is a “one way” setting. Since the user has ended the construction phase, the system
cannot be set to the construction phase via the OFT again.

Gcs - Gecb: All Menu - Service Tool Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gcs - Gecb: All Menu - Service Tool Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

No.

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 1/ 24

Authorization Date D1 2015-03-25

Running on PCB GCA26800LC (GECB-EN) or higher

Software Version GAA30782GAB

Document Revision V 1.0

Date SCN Author Comment

Copyright 2015, OTIS GmbH & Co. OHG Berlin.

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 2/ 24

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 3/ 24

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 4/ 24

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 5/ 24

3 Menu Tree Structure

.M. System Menu

.S. (tbd) 1 Events (8) 1 Install (21) (tbd)

1 Trace (9) 1 CST Collec- (21)

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 6/ 24

3.1 Key Overview

The CLEAR key lets you jump one step back.

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 7/ 24

3.2 Short Keys

Key old key name new key name Description

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 8/ 24

4 Menu Functions of the Service Tool

4.1 ALL Monitor Menu M-1- …

4.2 ALL Test Menu M-2- …

4.2.1 Events M-2-1-…

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 9/ 24

4.2.1.1 Trace Menu M-2-1-1

Event 1 Event 2 Event 3 Event 4

Event 1 Event 2 Event 3 Event 4

Event 1 Event 2 Event 3 Event 4

Event 1 Event 2 Event 3 Event 4

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 10/ 24

The following keys can be used in this menu:

GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous event

DOWN / UP display the next/previous extra event info

OFF Scroll lock toggle.

S5 Clear Events (see chapter XX).

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 11/ 24

Display description values

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 12/ 24

4.2.1.2 Trace Filter Menu M-2-1-2

4.2.1.3 Clear Events Menu M-2-1-3

You can either erase events in all subsystems or in individual subsystems.

To erase all subsystems:

Press 1 to confirm clearing the whole system

Press 2 to erase all subsystems

Press 0 to select individual subsystems for clearing

Press 1 to select the GECB for erasing

Press 1 to select the DRIVE for erasing

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 13/ 24

Press 2 to erase the individual selected subsystems

4.2.1.4 Log Menu M-2-1-4

4.2.2 Service Info M-2-2-…

4.2.2.1 Actual Info M-2-2-1

The following keys can be used in this menu:

GOON / GOBACK display the next/previous blockage (up to 4 simultaneous blockages)

OFF Scroll lock toggle.

Engineering Center GCS – GECB Page: 14/ 24

4.2.2.2 Saved Info M-2-2-2

4.2.2.3 Clear Saved M-2-2-3

4.2.3 Statistics M-2-3-…